Conference Proceeding of Advances in Pow

International Conference & Expo on
Advances in Power
Generation from
Renewable Energy
Sources
(APGRES-2017)
December 22-23, 2017
Government Engineering College Banswara

Behind Mayur Mill, Dungarpur Road Banswara-327001
Advances in Power
Generation from
Renewable Energy
Sources
(APGRES-2017)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
GOVERNMENT ENGINEERING COLLEGE BANSWARA

Behind Mayur Mill, Dungarpur Road Banswara-327001
INNOVATIVE RESEARCH PUBLICATION

APGRES-2017 Editorial Board
Mr. Ankur Kulshreshtha, GEC Banswara

Mr. Sohan Lal Swami, GEC Banswara
Mr. Shailendra Goswami, GEC Banswara
Mr. Ravi P. Maheshvari, GEC Banswara
Ms. Shulbha Kothari, GEC Banswara
Mr. Himanshu Swarnkar, GEC Banswara
Dr. Shiv Lal, GEC, Banswara
i
APGRES-2017 Committees
Honored Chair:
Prof. S. C. Kaushik, CES, IIT Delhi, India
Chief Patron:
Honorable Smt. Kiran Maheshwari
Higher and Technical Education Minister, Govt. of Rajasthan
Patron:
Dr. Shiv Lal, Principal, GEC, Banswara
Convener
Dr. N. L. Panwar, CTAE Udaipur
Mr. Gaurav Pathak, GEC Banswara
Coordinators:
Mr. Ankur Kulshreshtha/Mr. Sohan Lal Swami, GEC Banswara
Advisory Committee:
Prof. B. V. Reddy, Univ. of Ontario, Canada
Prof. L.M Das, CES IIT Delhi, India
Prof. S. A. Sherif, Univ. of Florida, U.S.A.
Prof. P. K. Jamwal, Nazarbayev Univ. Astana
Prof. K. S. Ong, Monash University, Malaysia
Prof. M. Maerefat, Tarbiat Modares Univ., Tehran, Iran
Prof. Mohammad O. Hamdan, United Arab Emirates University.UAE
Prof. Atit Koonsrisuk, Suranaree University of Technology, Thailand
Prof. Abdul Khaliq, King Fahd Univ. of Petroleum and minerals, Saudi Arabia
Prof. Richard Petela, Technology Scientific Ltd., Canada
Prof. N. S. Rathor, ADG, ICAR Delhi India
ii
Prof. S. Mishra, UCE RTU Kota, India
Prof. A. K. Pratihar, GPU Uttarakhand, India
Prof. H. Hirani, MED IIT Delhi, India
Prof. Paramjeet Singh, GDEC, PTU, India
Prof. S. L. Soni, MNIT, Jaipur, India
Prof. M.K. Gupta, UEC, Ujjain, India
Prof. Sunil Punjabi, UEC, Ujjain, India
Prof. S. Chandrasekaran, DOE, IIT Chennai
Prof. J. K. Nayak, ESE IIT Bombay
Dr. Henry Tan, Univ. of Aberdeen, Scotland, UK
Dr. P.K. Bhargava, CBRI Roorkee, India
Dr. V Shiva Reddy, SPRERI Anand, India
Dr. Harender, SNU Greater Noida, India
Dr. Navneet Kumar, Galgotia Univ. Gr. Noida, India
Dr. Rajat Bhagwat, MBM, JNVU Jodhpur
Dr. Raj Kumar, YMCA Faridabad, India
Dr. Rahul Dev, MNNIT Allahabad, India
Dr. Akhilesh Arora, DTU Delhi, India
Dr. Amit Sharma, DCRUST, Murthal, India
Dr. Vishal Garg, IIIT Hayderabad, India
Dr. Rohit Mishra, GEC Ajmer, India
Dr. V. Bansal, UCE, RTU Kota, India
Dr. K.N. Patil, SDMCET Dharwad, India
Dr. Ashok Sharma, GASCO Abu Dhabi
Dr. Rahul Rawat, MNRE Delhi India
Mr. Radheshyam Meena, MNRE Delhi India
Dr. M. L. Meena, MNIT Jaipur
Dr. Mukesh Kumar, MNIT Jaipur
Dr. S.K. Singh, SEC, MNRE, India
Dr. Sanjay Kumar, CEL, Sahibabad, U.P. India
Dr. K. Vamsi Krishna, CES IIT Delhi
*******
iii
CONTENTS
Editors Board i
Committees ii
S. No. Title Page No.

1. Cascade Utilization of Energy and Exergy for the Performance 3-7
Analysis of a Solar Powered Cogeneration Cycle
2. Modeling, simulation and performance analysis of monocrystalline 8-11
and polycrystalline panel.
3. Voltage and frequency controller for three Phase Four Wire Hybrid 12-18
System for Loads in Isolation
4. Effect of Heat Transfer Fluids on the Techno-Economic 19-24
Performance of Parabolic Trough based Solar Thermal Power
Generation in India
5. Determination of optimum heat rejection pressure in transcritical 25-33
N2O refrigeration cycle with vortex tube
6. Impact of Renewable Energy Generation on Bidding Strategy 34-36
7. Review of Different Energy Resources 37-40
8. IA Review of CFD Methodology used for Solar Devices 41-45
9. Impact of RES in Distribution Systems 46-48
10. Microbial pretreated Water hyacinth as an Energy Source 49-55
11. Effect of Viscosity in Biomechanics for the Fluid: A Review 56-58
12. Thermodynamic investigation on biomass derived syngas fueled 59-63

combined cycle power plant
13. Bio Fuel: Need for the sustainable Generation 64-69
14. Parametric study of Pump as Turbine-1: variation of speed 70-75
15. Performance Analysis of a Low Price Thermoelectric Cooler: An 76-82

Experimental Approach
16. Transcritical CO2 Based Dedicated Mechanical Sub Cooling VCR 83-88
System: A Review
17. Pump as Turbine: Review of Simple Modifications for Performance 89-94
Improvement
18. Growth, Design Aspects and Applications of Photovoltaic Systems 95-101
19. An Assessment of Wind Power Potential in Astana: A Wind Power 102-111

Plant Feasibility Study for Akmola Region, Kazakhstan
20. Energy efficiency of PV panels under real outdoor conditions – An 112-119
experimental assessment in Kazakhstan
21. Design and Performance Evaluation of Improved Biogas Stove 120-126
(IBS) by Preheating of Biogas
22. Empowering Rural Women through Renewable Energy 127-133
Technologies
23. An Expert System for the Estimation of Direct Solar Radiation in 134-137
Indian Region
24. Parametric study of Pump as Turbine-2: Variation of Diameter of 138-142
Impeller
25. Renew your Inner Energy through Human Internal Energy 143-150
Sources: A Practitioner and Theoretical Approach
26. Renewable Energy Management for Smart Cities of India 151-155
27. Design Aspects of Small Scale Wind Turbines: A Review 156-161
28. On-Off Control Based Maximum Power Point Tracking of Wind 161-168
Turbine Equipped by DFIG Connected to the Grid
29. Advances in Green Composites: A Review 169-170
30. Nonlinear coupling of Inertial Alfvén waves and cavity formation in 171-175
low beta plasmas
31. Thermodynamic analysis of Factors affecting the Performance of 176-181
Solar Collectors
32. Reactive power control in distribution line by using D-STATCOM 181=186
33. State of Health Assessment of Lead Acid Cells as a Function of 187-192

Conductance
34. Control of Current and Voltage for Micro Grid 193-197
35. Reactive Power Compensation using Static Synchronous Series 198-201

Compensator (SSSC): A Review Paper
36. Induction Motor Protection System Using Fuzzy Logic 202-206
37. A Review Paper on Fuzzy Logic Based Speed Control of Induction 207-210
Motor
38. Renewable Energy Resources with Internet of Things 211-214
39. Renewable Energy Options and Possibilities to develop Banswara 215-224

as Energy Hub: A theoretical approach
40. Design Analysis of Distribution Power Network in ETAP-A Case 225-229
Study
41. Power system stability enhancement using fuzzy logic-based power 230-234
system stabilizer
42. Impact of Facts Device on Protective Distance Relay 235-239
43. Study and Review of Design and Simulation of CCM Boost 240-244
Converter for Power Factor Correction Using Variable Duty Cycle
Control
44. Dynamic Voltage Restorer for Power Quality Improvement 245-248
45. Design of Active Shunt Filter for Harmonics Reduction at Load 249-253
Side for Power Quality Improvement
46. A Study on Speed Control of BLDC Motor Using Fuzzy Logic 254-257
47. Hybrid Energy Management System design with Renewable Energy 258-262
Sources (Fuel Cells, PV Cells and Wind Energy): A Review
48. Comparative study of ATSMC and PTMC for a Single Phase SAPF 263-268
49. Combined Vector and Direct Power Control of Doubly Fed 269-273
Induction Generator- Based Wind Turbines: A Review Paper
50. Biomass-Diesel based Hybrid Electrical Supply System for Small 274-284
Network
51. Energy Conservation Options to Transport Solids at Higher 285-290
Concentration
52. Analysis of Process Characteristics for a Batch Production Unit 291-298
and Controlling the Variation for Effective Performances
53. Availability Analysis of Energy of Micro Hydro Power Plant with 299-305
Screw Archimedean Turbine in Indian Context
54. Solar Energy in India and National Solar Mission: A Review 306-311
55. Optimization Techniques Based Selective Harmonic Elimination 312-319

for Multilevel Inverter with Reduced Number of Switches
56. Techno-economic Analysis of Solar Photovoltaic Cooling System: 320-325
an analysis in four different climates in India
57. Effect of Renewable Energy on Green House Effect and 326-331
Environment: A Study
58. Fault Ride-Through Techniques of Wind Turbine State of Art: A 332-338
Review
59. Numerical solution to Natural convection in Triangular enclosures 339-345
and its application for double dome solar water distillation
systems
60. Solar Parks to Ramp up Solar Projects in the Country, Issues and 346-359
Challenges: Contribution towards Climate Change
61. Interconnected Hybrid RE Network with Embedded VSC - MTDC 360-377
Transmission System for Secure and Efficient Power Delivery:
Modeling and Steady State Response Analysis
62. Mitigation of Inrush Current in Power Transformer using 378-384
Prefluxing Technique
63. Analysis of Solar Thermal Cooling System Using TRANSOL 385-388
64. Analysis and Modeling of AC-DC Buck Converter Using PFC 389-395
Control Technique
65. Architectural and Technical Approach for Self-Sustainable 396-401
Building
***********
International Conference & Expo on “Advances in Power Generation from Renewable Energy Sources (APGRES 2017)” December 22-23,
2017 at GEC Banswara, www.apgres.in
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
1
Short note for Conference
Apparently, the climate change is inextricably linked to future energy and necessitates a concerted
worldwide focus on the development and implementation of sustainable energy solutions. In the
coming decades, the energy sector will face an increasingly complex array of interlocking challenges
encompassing economic, geopolitical, technological, and environmental sectors.
Since the developing world’s population continues to expand, the energy needs of billions of additional
people in rural and especially urban areas will have to be met. Moreover, supplies of conventional oil
and conventional natural gas are expected to decline. Use of conventional energy resources, including
coal, will also have to be scrutinized since increasingly tight limits are being placed on the total amount
of greenhouse gases that can be released into the atmosphere. Eventually, solution to all our energy
related problems lies in the development of alternative energy sources and technologies.
The responses to this varied range of developments will play a crucial role in shaping trade and
investment flows, competitive positions, and the structure of economies across the globe, while
simultaneously determining mankind’s capacity to construct a sustainable future.
Meeting these challenges will require very long lead times. The objectives, in the context of future
energy, therefore are, renewing the existing patterns of energy production and consumption, transport
and other technical infrastructures, the layout of cities, the nature of the industrial capital stock, current
technologies, values and attitudes, etc.
I hope that the APGRES2017 conference shall lead the discussion in order to advance a global green
energy transition. Deliberations during the conference shall promote dialogues, innovation and the
international transfer of knowledge between stakeholders in civil, commercial, institutional and
government sectors. The conference will demonstrate ideas and solutions on energy recycling sources
and implementation of the principle "green economy" buildings, that generate energy for self-
provision, "smart houses", electric cars, automobiles on bio fuel and others.
Dr. Prashant Jamwal

Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering,
School of Engineering, Nazarbayev University, Astana, Kazakhstan
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
2
International Conference & Expo on “Advances in Power Generation from Renewable Energy Sources (APGRES 2017)”
December 22-23, 2017 at GEC Banswara, www.apgres.in
Cascade Utilization of Energy and Exergy for the Performance

Analysis of a Solar Powered Cogeneration Cycle
Abdul Khaliq1*, Faizan Khalid2, Suhail A. Siddiaqui3
1
Mechanical Engg. Dept., King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals (KFUPM) Dhahran - 31261, Saudi Arabia,
2
Department of Mechanical Engineering, Gautam Buddha University, Greater Noida, U.P, India
3
Mechanical Engineering Department, Al-Falah School of Engg. & Tech., Dhauj, Faridabad, Haryana,
Corresponding Author: khaliqsb@gmail.com
Abstract
Present study focuses on the first and second law analyses of a solar based cogeneration system which
could simultaneously produce the electric power and refrigeration. An investigation is carried out to
ascertain the effect of varying the direct normal irradiation (DNI) and turbine back pressure on the
first law efficiency, cooling to power ratio and second law efficiency of the cogeneration system. The
results obtained indicate that variation in DNI and turbine back pressure have a considerable impact
on the second law performance of the cogeneration system while its first law performance is least
affected.
Nomenclature quantitatively and qualitatively and thereby

E Rate of exergy [W] shows the possibilities where improvements
Q Rate of heat transfer [W] in efficiency could be made. Hasan et al [ ]
W Rate of work output [W] presented the first and second law analysis of
R / Cooling to power ratio the combined power and cooling cycle that
q Solar radiation received per unit area could use low temperature heat sources
[W/m2] below 200oC as a primary energy input and
ammonia-water mixture as a working fluid.
Subscript Li et al (2013) investigated the organic
s Sun Rankine cycle with ejector from first and
R Refrigeration second law point of view and emphasized on
El Electrical its thermo-organic performance at the
c/p Cooling to power maximum net power output of the cycle.
ex exergy Habibzadeh (2013) conducted a
thermodynamic study on organic Rankine
1. Introduction cycle with ejector and evaluated its first and
In order to utilize the solar thermal second law performance for different
energy for its potential in reducing fossil fuel working fluids. They obtained the optimum
consumption and alleviating environmental values of the turbine and pump inlet pressures
problems, the cogeneration cycles for which minimize the total thermal
combined production power and cooling conductance of the system for working fluids
have been explored for improving the overall under consideration.
energy conversion efficiency. In this context, From the foregoing literature review,
a new combined power and cooling it is noted that the majority of the previous
thermodynamic cycle was proposed by research is focused on the solar assisted
Goswami [2002]. This was a combined cycle cogeneration cycle which combines the
because it produces both power and cooling organic Rankine cycle with an ejector and
simultaneously with only one heat source, utilized R-134a, R-113, R-123, R141b, R-
using ammonia-water mixture as the working 117, and R-609 etc. as the working fluids
fluid. Other researchers [Dai et al.(2009), which have the advantages of zero ozone
Khaliq et al.(2012), Zhang and Li ( )] have depletion potential, but they have higher
also investigated this new cycle from both global warming potential and safety
energy and exergy point of view where latter problems as well as they produces lower
provides a clearer assessment of various power output because of their smaller latent
losses occurring in energy systems both heat of vaporization. In order to overcome
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
3
with the aforementioned disadvantages, a energy input to the cycle, and may be
new cogeneration cycle was introduced expressed as:
which combines the conventional Rankine
power cycle with a steam ejector. This cycle EUF =
̇ ̇
=
̇ ̇
̇ ̇
used extraction steam from steam turbine in
conventional Rankine cycle to heat the
working fluid of the steam ejector where, 𝑄̇ is the rate of thermal energy
refrigeration cycle. Since water is used as a received by the heliostat and may be given as
working fluid for both power and cooling
production which has a zero-ozone depletion 𝑄̇ =𝐴 𝑞
potential and zero global warming potential
as well as have very good thermal 2.2 Cooling to power ratio 𝐑 𝐂/𝑷
properties, therefore, this cycle could be
considered as one of the most suitable options The effectiveness of the proposed
for harnessing the solar thermal potential of cogeneration system is directly related to the
the hot areas. The performance amount of power it can generate for a given
characteristics of solar based cogeneration amount of refrigeration produced. Therefore,
cycle using the solar power tower technology R / which is the cooling to power ratio
are not well reported in the literature. could be one of the important parameter to
Therefore, the objective of the present work assess the thermodynamic performance of a
is to investigate the performance of a given cogeneration system.
proposed cogeneration cycle using a
combined first and second law approach. A It is defined as:
parametric analysis is performed to examine R =
̇
/
the effects of some influencing parameters on ̇
the energy and exergy efficiency of the In both energy utilization efficiency and
cogeneration cycle. Numerical results are power to cold ratio, power and refrigeration
graphed and commented upon. are treated as equal from the first-law of
thermodynamic point of view. This reflects
2. Theoretical Analysis that parameters based on first-law are
Energy and exergy analyses of a solar concerned with the quantity of energy, not its
powered cogeneration system involve the quality. Thus, EUF and R / are also known
application of the principle of conservation of as first-law efficiencies.
mass and conservation of energy along with
the second law of thermodynamics and can 2.3 Exergy efficiency 𝐞𝐱 :
identifies and quantifies the sources of losses
and hence provides guidance for performance Exergy, or availability, which deals with the
improvement. quality of energy along with its quantity, can
The relevant parameters required to be defined as the maximum amount of work
evaluate the energetic and exergetic produced during the reversible transition of a
performance of the proposed cogeneration stream of a matter from its given
cycle may be considered as follows: thermodynamic state to its dead state where it
is supposed to be in thermodynamic
2.1 Energy Utilization Factor (EUF) equilibrium with the environment. Exergy
The energy utilization factor is the efficiency is the exergy output divided by the
energy measure of efficiency and is simply a exergy input to the cycle. It may be further
ratio of useful output energy to input energy. defined as:
For cogeneration of electrical power and ̇ ̇
cooling the energy utilization factor can be
 = ̇
defined as the ratio of all the useful energy
extracted from the system to the primary
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
4
where, 𝑊̇ is the exergy of electrical DNI. This is because increase in DNI as a

power output and may be given as 𝑊̇ = higher temperature source causes a greater
 𝑊̇ exergy output of the system. It is further
noticed that amount of exergy associated with
where, 𝑊̇ is the exergy of electrical power
the cooling capacity is considerably less than
output 𝐸̇ is the exergy associated with the the energy and turbine power output gives
rate of refrigeration produced, and 𝑄̇ is 100%contribution to exergy, therefore, the
the rate of exergy associated with the solar exergetic cooling to power ration also a
radiations falling on heliostat field and may considerable increasing trend parallel to
be given as second law efficiency.
𝐸̇ − 𝑄̇ 1− The effect of change in turbine back pressure

is also investigated and is shown in fig. 4. It
where 𝑇 is the apparent Sun temperature is found that both first law efficiency and
which may be taken as 4500 K. cooling to power ration of the cogeneration
are significantly increased with the increase
𝑇 −𝑇 in turbine back pressure. This is due to the
𝐸̇ = 𝑄̇
𝑇 fact that as turbine back pressure increases,
It is defined as the refrigerator capacity the pressure ratio across the turbine decreases
divided by the COP of a Carnot refrigeration which decreases the turbine power, but there
cycle operating between 𝑇 − 𝑇 . is an increase in motive steam pressure which
Environment Temperature(0C) 270C

Turbine inlet pressure (MPa) 8
3. Results and Discussion
Molten salt outlet temperature 567-644
The effects of DNI and turbine back pressure range (0C)
is observed on the energyic and exergetic Molten salt inlet temperature 290
0
( C)
performance of the proposed solar based
cogeneration. Numerical results are graphed Area of the heliostat, AH ( m2) 10000
and comment upon and may be reported Turbine isentropic efficiency 85
below. (%)
The effect of change in DNI on first law Generated efficiency (%) 95
0
Evaporator temperature, TE ( C) 7
efficiency and cooling to power ratio of the
cogeneration is shown in fig. 2. It is observed increases the refrigeration capacity. Since the
that the first law efficiency increases with the increase in refrigeration capacity is greater
increase in DNI while cooling to power ration than the decrease in turbine power output,
decreases insignificantly with the increase in
DNI. This is because higher DNI causes a therefore, both first law efficiency and
greater turbine output and hence a higher cooling to power ratio are increased
efficiency. Increase in turbine output is considerably with the increase in turbine back
greater than the increase in cooling output, pressure. The second law efficiency and the
therefore, the cooling to power ratio increases exergetic cooling to power ratio shows the
marginally with the increase in DNI. In order opposite trend with the increase in turbine
to gain further insight into the performance of back pressure. This is because the turbine
the system, the effect of DNI is also observed power output which gives 100% contribution
on the second law efficiency and the to exergy decreases while the exergy of the
exergetic cooling to power ratio of the refrigeration which is much less than the
cogeneration which is shown in fig. 3. Both refrigeration capacity decreases with the
second law efficiency and the exergetic increase in turbine back pressure. Therefore,
cooling to power ratio were found to be exergy output which is the sum of turbine
increased considerably with the increase in power and the exergy of the refrigeration
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
5
decreases while exergetic cooling to power

20
ratio increases.
ηII (%), Cooling to Power ratio

35 15
ηI (%), Cooling To Power Ratio
30
10
25
First Law Efficiency [%]
5 Second Law Efficiency [%]
20 Cooling to Power ratio
Cooling to Power ratio
15 0
0.3 0.325 0.35 0.375 0.4 0.425 0.45 0.475
10
Turbine Back Pressure (MPa)
5
Figure 5
0 Conclusion
800 825 850 875 900 925 950 975 In this paper, an analysis based on combined
DNI (W/m2)
first and second laws of thermodynamic was
Figure 2
performed for the solar based cogeneration
20 system which could produce both power and
18 cooling simultaneously. It was found that by
16
employing an ejector between the turbine and
ηII (%), Cooling to Power ratio
condenser, thermodynamic performance of

14
the system increased. Results obtained after
12
the parametric investigation show that the
10
Second Law Efficiency [%] variation in DNI and the turbine back
8 pressure have a greater impact on the second
Cooling to Power ratio
6 law performance of the cogeneration than its
4 first law performance. It is noted that second
2 law analysis provides an insight into the
0 system performance which first law analysis
800 825 850 875 900 925 950 975 alone cannot. The model presented for the
analysis in this paper can be used to assess the
DNI (W/m2) thermodynamic performance of other kind of
Figure 3 cogeneration system.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
35
30
The first author would like to acknowledge
ηI (%), Cooling to Power ratio
the financial support provided through the

25
First Law Efficiency [%] Project No. RG1330 under the Grant of
20 Cooling to Power ratio Research Group from DSR of King Fahd
University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi
15
Arabia.
10
5 REFERENCES
[1] Xu F., Goswami D. Y., and Bhagwa S. S.,
0
0.3 0.325 0.35 0.375 0.4 0.425 0.45 0.475 A combined power/cooling cycle. Energy, 25
Turbine Back Pressure (MPa)
(3), 2002, pp. 233-246.
[2] Dia Y., Wang J., and Gao L., Exergy
Figure 4
analysis, parametric analysis and
optimization for a novel combined power and
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
6
ejector refrigeration cycle. Applied Thermal

engg. 29, 2009, pp. 1983-1990.
[3] Khaliq A., Agrawal B., and Kumar R.,
First and second law investigation of waste
heat based on combined power and ejector–
absorption refrigeration cycle. International
Journal of Refrigeration, 35, 2012, pp. 88-97.
[4] Zhang N., and Lior N., Development of
novel combined absorption cycle for power
generation and refrigeration. ASME Trans.
Energy Resources Technology, 129, 2007,
pp. 254-265.
[5] Hasan A. A., Goswami D. Y., and
Vijayaraghavan S., First and second law
analysis of a new power and refrigeration
thermodynamic cycle using solar heat source.
Solar Energy, 73 (5), 2002, pp. 385-393.
[6] Xinguo L., Xiajie L., and Zhang Q., The
first and second law analysis on an organic
Rankine cycle with ejector, Solar Energy, 93,
2013, pp. 100-108.
[7] Habibzadeh A., Rashidi M. M., and
Galanis N., Analysis of combined power and
ejector-refrigeration cycle using low
temperature heat, Energy Conversion and
Management, 65, 2013, pp. 381-391.
[8] Bejan A., Fundamentals of exergy
analysis, entropy generation minimization,
and the generation of flow architecture,
International Journal of Energy Research,
26, 2002, pp. 545-565.
[9] Xu C., Wang Z., Li X., and Sun F.,
Energy and exergy analysis of solar power
tower plants. Applied Thermal Engineering,
31, 2011, 3904-3913.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
7
Modeling, simulation and performance analysis of monocrystalline and

polycrystalline panel.
Neelam Rathore, N.L. Panwar, Surendra Kothari, Kirtika Sharma
Renewable Energy Engineering Department, M.P.U.A.T, Udaipur, India
Corresponding Author: E-mail: neelamrathore79@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
This paper presents the modeling and simulation of photovoltaic model using MATLAB/Simulink
software package. Modeling and simulation is done for monocrystalline panel and polycrystalline panel
of 40 Watt having total 37 cells in which 36 cells were connected in series and 1 cell in parallel. For
both type of panels electrical characteristics is plotted and temperature effect is analyzed. Performance
analysis of mono-crystalline and poly-crystalline solar photovoltaic panels was done considering
certain parameters i.e. analysis of V-I curve, effect of variation in tilt angle on PV module power, effect
of shading on PV module power, effect of increase of temperature on PV module power, efficiency,
space efficiency and cost. Both the panels were compared on the basis of above parameters. The
proposed model is very useful for engineers who are dealing with PV system designing.
1. INTRODUCTION Following equations were written in MATLAB

Photovoltaic (PV) is a method of generating for the figure shown above Fig 1:
electrical power by converting solar radiation The ideal photovoltaic module consists of a
into direct current electricity using single diode connected in parallel with a light
semiconductor by photovoltaic effect. The generated current source (ISC) as shown in Fig
modeling and simulation of photovoltaic (PV) 1:
have made a great transition and form an I = ISC -I RS
important part of power generation in this Where ISC is photocurrent which is the light-
present era [1]. The cost and the performance of generated current at the STP condition (25°C
PV plants strongly depend on the modules. The and 1000W/m2).
ideal photovoltaic module consists of a single The equations of Reverse Saturation Current
diode connected in parallel with a light and photocurrent are given by [3 -4]:
generated current source (ISC) as shown in I RS=Iscref[e ( ]
Figure 1 [1-2]:
ISC =[ Iscref+ K (T Tref)]
The equation that describes the I-V
characteristic of the circuit in Fig1 is given by
ISC – ID –VD / RP - IPV = 0
Output of PV Module: It represents the output
current generated which depends on the PV
module voltage, solar irradiance on PV module,
wind speed, and ambient temperature. [4 -5]
IPV = NPISC - NSIO{ exp (q(VPV + IPV RS)/

Fig 1: Solar cell model using single diode with NSAKT) - 1} - VPV + (IPV RS / RP)
RS Where k is the Boltzmann constant (1.38 x 10 ^
-23 J K-1), q is the electronic charge (1.602 x
2. MATHEMATICAL MODELLING 10 ^ -19 C), T is the cell temperature (K), A is
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
8
the diode ideality factor, the series resistance R S varying irradiance at 25° C ( Monocrystalline
(Ω) and is the shunt resistance RP (Ω). NS is the panel)
number of cells connected in series = 36. Np is
the number of cells connected in parallel and
VOC = V PV.
Theoretically observations were recorded using
MATLAB and practically characteristics were
plotted using “Solar PV Training and Research
Kit” shown in fig 2. Circuit diagram to analyze
V-I Characteristics is shown in figure3.
Fig 6:MATLAB P-I characteristics for Varying

Irradiance at 25° C (Mono Panels)
Fig 2: Circuit diagram to analyze V-I

characteristics
3. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
3.1 V-I CHARACTERISTICS
V-I and P-I characteristics at 25˚C for both
types of panel were observed so that power can
be observed at any radiation using MATLAB as
shown in below figure 3 and 4.
Fig 7:MATLAB P-I characteristics for varying
Irradiance at 25° C (Mono Panels)
Irradiance at 25 ° C (Poly Panels)
As it can be seen from graphs, at constant
module temperature, it can be observed that
with increase of solar irradiance, the short-
circuit current and open circuit voltage
increases. Therefore, higher the irradiation,
Fig 3: MATLAB V-I characteristic for varying greater is the current. Contrary to the influence
irradiance at 25° C ( polycrystalline panel) of the solar irradiance, the increase in the
temperature around the solar module has a
negative impact on the power generation
capability. Table 1 shows that as temperature
increases power decreases but the decrement of
power is more for monocrystalline panel as
compared to polycrystalline panel. Another
parameter that gets affected is open circuit
voltage. As temperature increases open circuit
voltage decreases while short circuit current
does not very much.
Fig 3: MATLAB V-I characteristic forfor Table 1: Effect of variation of temperature
on power (MATLAB results)
Temper Open Circuit voltage Power(watt)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
9
ature (Volt)
Polycryst Monocrys Polycryst Monocrys
alline talline alline talline
Panel Panel Panel Panel
25° C 22 22 37 39
50° C 21 17 35 28
75° C 19 15 31 24
3.2 EXPERIMENTAL ANALYSIS

(using “Solar PV Training and Research Kit”)
3.2.1 Effect of increase of temperature on PV
module power
Fig 7 is showing effect of increase of
temperature on PV module power for
monocrystalline and polycrystalline PV panel.
Here temperature is operating temperature of
solar panel which is always 25˚C greater than
ambient temperature. As temperature increases
power decreases but the decrement of power is
slightly lower for polycrystalline panel as
compared to monocrystalline panel. Fig 9: Comparison Curve of temperature on PV
panels
3.2.2 Effect of shading on PV Module power

Readings were taken for 0 cell shading, 2 cell
shading, 4 cell shading, 9 cell shading and
power was observed at different shading. In
case of shading power decrement of 23.9% was
observed in polycrystalline while only 19.37%
of power was reduced in monocrystalline panel.
Monocrystalline panel is less affected by
shading and works well in shady condition as
compared to polycrystalline panel as power
drop was more in case of polycrystalline panel
during shading as shown fig 8.
Efficiency:
Power was observed for full day ( i.e. 7 a.m. to
5 p.m.) hence efficiency was calculated .
Efficiency of monocrystalline varies between
3% to 14% whereas from polycrystalline panel
it is 2.5% to 9.5%.
3.2.3 Space Efficiency:

Fig 8: Curve showing effect of increase As two panels were considered while taking
showing effect of shading for both panels observations for different parameters and the
area of monocrystalline panel was 0.18 m2
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
10
while for that of polycrystalline panel was 0.20

m2 for 40 watts. Monocrystalline panel REFERENCES
occupies small space as compared to 1. Abdulkadir, M., Samosir, A.S. and Yatim, A.H.
polycrystalline panel for the same amount of M. 2012. Modeling and Simulation Based
power. Monocrystalline panels supply power Approach of Photovoltaic System in Simulink
about 222 Watt/m2 while polycrystalline Model, ARPN Journal of Engineering and
Applied Sciences, Vol. 7: 616-623.
supplies power about 200 watt/m2.
2. Adamo,F., Attivissimo, F., Nisio,A.D., Lanzolla,
A.M.L. and Spadavecchia, M. September 6−11,
3.2.4 Cost: 2009. Parameters Estimation for A Model of
Now a days cost of both panels is decreasing. Photovoltaic Panels, XIX I MEKO World
Monocrystalline solar panels are expensive Congress Fundamental and Applied Metrolog:
because of its purity. Polycrystalline cells are 964-967.
made up of multiple crystals and are 3. Basim Alsayid . 2012. Modeling and Simulation
generally less expensive to manufacture than of Photovoltaic Cell/Module/Array with Two-
mono cells. Diode Model, International Journal of Computer
Technology and Electronics Engineering, Vol. 1,
4. CONCLUSIONS Issue 3: 6-11.
4. Bikaneria,J. Joshi,S.P. and Joshi, A.R. 2013.
Power output from monocrystalline
Modeling and Simulation of PV Cell Using One
panel is more than polycrystalline so Diode Model, International Journal of Scientific
Monocrystalline panel tends to perform better and Research Publications, Vol. 3, Issue 10: 1-4.
than similarly rated polycrystalline at low light 5. Chouder, A ., Silvestre,S., Taghezouit ,B. and
conditions. Engin Karatepe . 2012. Monitoring, modeling
Theoretically and Practically “Effect of and simulation of PV systems using LabVIEW,
increase of temperature on PV module power Solar Energy ,1-12.
was observed and it was concluded as 6. Das, D. and Pradhan, S.K. 2011. Modeling and
temperature increases power decreases but the simulation of PV array with boost converter: an
decrement of power is slightly lower for open loop study, Unpublished B.Tech project
polycrystalline panel as compared to report submitted to Department of Electrical
Engineering, National institute of technology,
Monocrystalline panel. When temperature was
Rourkela.
increased from 25°C to 50°C power decreases 7. Dev, A. and Jeyaprabha, S.B. 2013. Modeling
by 5.40 % in case of polycrystalline while in and Simulation of Photovoltaic Module in
case of monocrystalline power decrement of MATLAB, Proceedings of the International
28.20 % was observed. Conference on Applied Mathematics and
Theoretical Computer Science: 268-273.
Effect of shading on PV Module power 8. Dunford ,W.G., Xiao, W. and Capel, A. 2004. A
was done and it was observed that Novel Modeling Method for Photovoltaic Cells,
monocrystalline panel is less affected by 35th Annual IEEE Power Electronics Specialists
shading and works better in shady condition as Conference: 1950-1956.
compared to polycrystalline panel. In case of 9. Hadjab, M., Berrah, S. and Abid, H. 2012.
Neural network for modeling solar panel,
shading power decrement of 23.9% was
International Journal of Energy, Vol. 6, Issue 1:
observed in polycrystalline while only 19.37% 9-16.
of power was reduced in monocrystalline panel
Both monocrystalline and
polycrystalline panels are good choices but
polycrystalline panel tends to be less space
efficient as Monocrystalline panel occupies
small space as compared to polycrystalline
panel for the same amount of power.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
11
International Conference & Expo on “Advances in Power Generation from Renewable Energy Sources (APGRES 2017)” December
22-23, 2017 at GEC Banswara, www.apgres.in
Voltage and frequency controller for three Phase Four Wire Hybrid
System for Loads in Isolation
Mukesh Sahi, B.P. Chouhan
Government Polytechnic College Banswara, Rajasthan, India-327001
ABSTRACT:
Wind driven Self Excited Induction generator (IG) and Permanent magnet synchronous generator
(PMSG) along with Solar photovoltaic (SPV) power generating system are combined to feed the
variety of loads like linear/non-linear balanced/unbalanced loads in isolated regions. Powers from all
sources are combined at common coupling point with battery energy storage system (BESS).
Nonlinear and unbalanced loading condition demands reactive power from the system. Whole system
with load side controller is simulated in the MATLAB Simulink and the system performance is
evaluated during nonlinear and unbalanced loading condition. Source side controller maintains the
PMSG output maximum and also achieve a maximum torque for the maximum power tracking with
minimum currents.
KEYWORDS: Voltage Stability, Wind Turbine, Squirrel-Cage Induction Generator, PMSG, SPV,
Common Coupling Point, BESS.
synchronous generators (PMSG) are gaining
I.INTRODUCTION popularity among the variable-speed wind
To cope up with the future power demand and turbines [6]. A PMSG is a rotating electric
increased environmental concern, nowadays machine, in which the field excitation is
focus is laid on electrical power generation provided by permanent magnets. PMSGs have
from renewable energy sources such as wind, a loss-free rotor and the power losses are
solar. These sources are the world’s fastest confined to the stator windings and the stator
growing energy resources. These are clean and core [7]. A multipole PMSG connected to a
effective modern technology that provides a power converter can operate at low speeds and
beacon of hope for future energy based on so gear can usually be omitted [8]. A gearless
sustainable and pollution free technology. construction represents an efficient and robust
These renewable energy sources are located in solution for a WECS. Thus, the efficiency of a
remote regions, thereby causing some PMSG based WECS has been assessed to be
problems in their development. One solution higher than other variable-speed wind turbine
for this is that if local small-scale power systems.
systems are developed employing these However, PMSGs have the disadvantage of
distributed energy sources, thereby reducing high cost of permanent magnet material in
the transmission of the electricity over long present time, which is expected to reduce in
distances. The autonomous or distributed the near future. Full scale power converter is
generation systems can be used when the grid used in the case of PMSG-based WECSs,
connection is not possible. In starting, during which allows the full controllability of the
the development of the wind generation for system [9]. The power converter decouples the
grid connected systems, the fixed speed wind PMSG from the grid and results in an
turbines with squirrel cage induction improved reliability. In the case of a grid-
generators were in use. For such systems the connected variable speed WECS; the total
energy conversion efficiency was very low. active power can be fed to the grid. For stand-
Now a day's variable speed wind energy alone systems [6] supplying local loads, if the
conversion system (WECS) [1-4] uses the extracted power from the wind is more than
maximum power tracker (MPT) [5], which the local loads (and losses), the excess power
enables to adjust the rotational speed to is required to be diverted either to a dump load
maximize the wind turbine output power. The or to be stored in the battery bank. So the study
turbines driving permanent magnet for three-phase four-wire autonomous WECS
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
12
is important because most of the loads in power from the wind is more than the local
isolated areas, such as islands or remote loads (and losses), the excess power is
locations are single-phase distributed loads. required to be diverted either to a dump load
Another important renewable energy system is or to be stored in the battery bank. Moreover,
solar photovoltaic (PV) generation system. Sun when the extracted power is less than the load
irradiations are directly converted into electric power, the deficit power needs to be supplied
energy by the use of the PV array. As these from a storage element like a flywheel, a super
irradiations are available in huge amount for a capacitor, compressed air, hydrogen storage, a
long period of time per day, so it must be secondary battery [12]. A number of attempts
harnessed. Keeping it in mind, a system is have been made to address the issues of
studied in MATLAB Simpower environment voltage and frequency control (VFC) for
which utilizes the solar energy and the wind stand-alone systems using asynchronous
energy to supply an isolated area. WECS generators [13] [14] [15] [16]. Attempts are
through the self-excited induction generator is made to develop a battery-based controller
also included in the proposed system. So, three for a wind-driven autonomous four-wire
sources PMSG, IG and SPV are supplying the system using a PMSG and feeding local
power to the loads and these three sources are loads in stand-alone mode without mechanical
joined in parallel at the common DC link. position sensors. Further this autonomous
II. SYSTEM WECS using PMSG is considered in a hybrid
For the widely varying wind speeds the energy system with the Solar system using
conversion efficiency of fixed speed wind photovoltaic array. As solar power is an
energy conversion system (WECS) is very endless source of energy like wind energy, so
low. In many of the modern-day variable- developing a hybrid system based on these
speed WECS, a maximum power tracker two freely available energies is a need of the
(MPT) adjusts the rotational speed to present world. The Three energy sources
maximize the wind turbine output power. The PMSG, IG and SPV are connected in parallel
variable-speed operation of WECS can be to a common DC bus line as shown in fig. 1,
achieved in a number of ways. In the case of through their individual converters. The load
doubly fed induction generator (DFIG) the may be dc-connected to the dc bus line or may
power converter needs to handle only the rotor include an IGBT based pulse width modulated
power, which is only a fraction of the total (PWM) voltage source inverter to convert the
power. Among the variable-speed wind DC power into AC at 50 or 60 Hz. Each
turbines, the turbine driving permanent magnet source has its individual control. The diodes,
synchronous generator (PMSG) is gaining D1, D2 and D3, allow only unidirectional
popularity. In PMSG, the field excitation is current flow from the source to the DC bus
provided by permanent magnets. PMSG have line, thus keeping each source from acting as a
a loss-free rotor, and the power losses are load on each other or on the battery. Therefore,
confined to the stator windings and the stator in the event of malfunctioning of any of the
core only [10]. At low speed a gear can usually energy sources, the respective diode will
be omitted if a multi-pole PMSG is used. This automatically disconnect that source from the
gearless construction represents an efficient system. The output of the hybrid generating
and robust solution for a WECS. Thus, the system goes to the DC bus line to feed the
efficiency of a PMSG-based WECS is higher isolating DC load or to the inverter, which
than other variable-speed wind turbine converts the DC into AC. When the output of
systems [11]. In the case of PMSG based the system is not available, the battery powers
WECS, a full- s c a l e power converter is used, the DC load or discharges to the inverter to
which allows the full controllability of the power AC loads.
system. In such systems, the power converter III. PRINCIPLE
decouples the PMSG from the grid, resulting The operating principle of the controller which
in an improved reliability. For stand-alone controls the load-side converter is based on the
systems supplying local loads, if the extracted control of the reactive power to regulate the
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
13
magnitude of the load voltage and control of wind speed is sensed for the MPT. The rotor
active power to regulate the frequency of the position (θ ) is estimated using stator flux
voltage. The battery system absorbs the excess linkages. The equations and algorithm for the
active power when the frequency of the load sensor less operation are illustrated through
voltage is above the nominal frequency, and it equation 1 to 6. The rotor speed (ω ) is
supplies the active power when the frequency determined from the rotor position (θ ). The
is below the nominal frequency. When the reference rotor speed (ω∗ ) for the MPT is
magnitude of the voltage falls below the generated from the wind speed and the
reference value, the load-side converter optimum tip speed ratio(TSR) and is compared
provides the reactive power, and when the with (ω ) to calculate the rotor speed error
magnitude of the voltage rises above the
(ω ) at the nth sampling instant as:
reference value, the reactive power is absorbed
ω ( ) = ω∗( ) −
by the load-side converter.
For the control of the load-side converter, the ω ( ) … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … . (1)
reference three-phase phase-to-neutral At the nth sampling instant, the output of the
voltages are compared with the sensed three- proportional-integral (PI) speed controller with
phase, phase-to-neutral voltages at the load proportional gain K ω and integral gain K ω
end, and the difference is fed to the voltage gives reference for the q-axis stator current
controller. The output of the voltage controller (I ) as:
gives the reference three-phase load-side I∗ ( ) = I ( ) + K ω ω ( ) −
converter currents, which are compared with
ω ( ) + K ωω ( ) … … … … . … (2)
the sensed three-phase load-side converter
To obtain maximum torque with minimum
currents to achieve control signals for the load
stator current, the reference d-axis stator
side converter.
current (I∗ ) is set to zero at the nth sampling
instant as:
I∗ ( ) =
0 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … . (3)
By dq to abc transformation, the reference d-q
stator currents (I∗ and I∗ ) are converted to
three-phase reference PMSG stator currents
(i∗ , i∗ and i∗ ), which are then compared
with sensed PMSG stator currents (isa,isb, and
isc) to compute the PMSG stator current errors
(isaerr,isberr, and iscerr) as:
i = i∗ −
i … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … . … . . (4)
i = i∗ −
i … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … . (5)
i = i∗ −
i … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … . . (6)
Fig. 1 Block Diagram for Proposed System These current errors are amplified with gain
(K) and the amplified signals are compared
A. Machine Side Converter Control with the fixed frequency (10 kHz) triangular
wave to generate gating signals for IGBTs of
The operating principle of the controller for the machine-side converter.
the machine-side converter is based on the B. LOAD SIDE CONVERTER CONTROL
decoupled control of the d-axis and q-axis The purpose of the load-side converter is to
stator currents of the PMSG with the d-axis maintain rated voltage and frequency,
aligned to the permanent magnet flux or rotor irrespective of connected load. The power
electrical axis. In the proposed algorithm, the balance of the load-side converter is
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
14
maintained by diverting excess power carrier wave of unity amplitude to generate

generated to the battery in the DC link of back- gating signals for IGBTs of the load-side
to-back connected PWM converters or by converter.
supplying active power from the battery in the IV. SIMULATION AND RESULTS
case of a deficit between the generated power
and load requirement. Similarly, the required MATLAB simulation of the proposed system,
reactive power for the load is supplied by the “Autonomous WECS using PMSG” (Wind
load-side converter to maintain a constant Energy Conversion System using Permanent
value of the load voltage. The reference Magnet Synchronous Generator), Solar
∗ ∗ ∗
voltages (v , v and v ) for the control of Photovoltaic (SP) and Induction Generator
the load voltages at time t are given as: (IG) is done in MATLAB using Simulink,
∗ ( )
v = √2V sin 2πft … … … … … … . . 7 ( ) SimPower System. The simulation is carried
∗
v = √2V sin(2πft − out on MATLAB version R2011a with
120° ) … … … … … … … … … … … . . … … … (8) ode23tb solver. Complete system for WECS
using PMSG, SP and IG in isolation is
v ∗ = √2V sin(2πft +
simulated by combining the simulated models
120° ) … … … … … … … … … … … .. … . . (9) of the WECS, SP, IG, Machine Side
Where, ‘f’ is the nominal frequency (50 Hz) Controller, Load Side Controller, and Battery
and V is the RMS phase-to-neutral load Energy Storage System (BESS) is shown in
voltage (240 V). The load voltages (v , v fig. 2 here two back-to-back connected
and v ) are sensed as feedback signals and insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT) based
error voltages (v ,v and v ) are voltage source converters (VSCs) are
calculated from the reference voltages and load connected between the PMSG and the load
voltages as: end. The VSCs are controlled through the
v ( ) = pulse width modulation (PWM) based
v∗ ( ) v ( ) … … … … … … … … … . (10) controllers. A battery bank is connected at
v ∗
( ) = v ( )− the DC link of these VSCs. An LC filter and a
v ( ) … … … … … … … … … … … … … 11) step-up-transformer are connected between the
∗ load-side converter and the load.
v ( ) = v ( )−
v ( ) … … … … … … … … … … … … . (12) Tm
The reference three-phase load-side converter

Discrete, aA A
Ts = 5e-006 s. m Vabc_Wind T7
<Rotor speed (wm)> Vabc
bB B Mean
powergui PQ
(discrete)
cC C Iabc
currents (i∗ ,i∗ and i∗ ) are generated by

Wp Iabc_Wind
wind Induction Generator Discrete
power1 3-phase 1 T6
Mean value2
C
A
B
Te
72 kvar
Wind Turbine
feeding the voltage error signals to the PI

A
B
C
Tm
Generator speed (pu)
Rectifire1
T
Tm (pu) Pitch angle (deg) 0
Speed Ws Wm
+
voltage controllers.
-
Wind speed (m/s) 10

Manual Switch
A
12 Grounding
Transformer
wind speed B +
The reference three phase load side converter - v

C
A
B
Vabc_B1 Vabc
C Scope3 Mean
PQ
Iabc (discrete)
currents are then compared with sensed load

wind generation Iabc_B1
Diode2 Discrete
A
B
C
3-phase T1
Mean value1
R
T2
side converter currents (i , i and i ) to

i
-
C
A
B
+ 3 kvar
[ILn_abc]
- v
compute the load side converter current errors

Goto
Scope1
C
A
B
+v
- PWM
IGBT Inverter
Scope
as:
Balanced / Unbalanced
g g
Linear / Non-Linear Loads
+ + i
a +
A A A A A a A - Conn1
Diode1 i
C b +
i
- Conn2 Conn4
B B B B B b B
c +i
- - - Conn3
C DC BUS C C C C c C
= i∗
n2 i
+
-
Rectifire 2 mH Measure1 Three-Phase T3
Transformer
-- ---
++++
−i … … … … … … … … … … … … … … . . (13) Vabc_B1 Vpu

1
z
BESS
From
+++ Scope4
i Iabc_B1 I
Iref Signal(s) Pulses
---
T4
Out1
Vlabc V1
From5
= i∗
Subsystem ILabc [ILn_abc]
Load Side
Source Side
T5 Controller
Controller
− i … … … … … … … … … … … … … … . . (14)
i = i∗
Figure 2: Simulation diagram for the system
− i … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … (15)
under consideration.
These current errors are amplified with gain
(K), and the amplified signals are compared
A. SOURCE SIDE CONTROLLER
with the fixed frequency (10 kHz) triangular
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
15
load-side converter to maintain a constant

The objective of the source side controller is value of the load voltage. The graphs for the
to achieve a maximum torque for the load side controller are shown in Fig. 7. In
maximum power tracking with minimum fig. 7(a) the graph shows the three phase
currents. The graphs for the source side reference voltage. Fig. 7(b) represents the
converter are shown in fig. 3. The output of sensed three phase load voltage. The sensed
the Wind turbine driven PMSG is maximized three phase load voltage is subtracted from the
by using maximum power tracking technique reference three phase voltages and outcome is
and simulated as source side cont roller. shown in fig. 7(d), which is directly entered to
Graphs are plotted between the time and the the PI controller. Fig. 7(e) shows the output of
various observed quantities. The input and the PI controller. Sensed three phase load
output of the system are shown through the current is shown in fig.7 (e) is subtracted from
graph placed in the fig 3. In fig.3 (a) graph the output of the PI controller shown in fig.
shows Cos and Sin values created through 7(d) and the result of subtraction is shown in
PLL by using the three phase per unit voltages fig. 7(f). Then these values of fig. 7(f) are
generated by PMSG. These Cos and Sin values given to the PWM generator unit to generate
are used to convert the ‘dq0’ values to three the switching pulses for the load side
phase ‘abc’ values. Fig. 3(b) & fig. 3(c) controller. These switching pulses are shown in
represent the input and output values of the PI fig. 7(g).
controller respectively, ‘dq0’ to three phase
‘abc’ conversion is shown in fig. 3(d). Three
phase current generated through the PMSG is
shown in fig. 3(e). Fig. 3(f) shows the result of
subtraction of generated current shown in fig.
3(e) from the values shown in fig. 3(d). These
values are given to the PWM generator unit to
generate the switching pulses for the source
side controller. These switching pulses are
shown in fig. 3(g).
Fig. 7 Load Side Controller
C. LINEAR LOAD
At starting the system is running with
balanced load. At 0.6 sec. an unbalance is
created by disconnecting the phase ‘a’ from
Fig. 3 Source Side controller load, (by opening the connection between
phase ‘a’ and its load. This will reduce the
B. LOAD SIDE CONTROLLER active power demanded by the load but cause
supply imbalance which affects the source.
The objectives of the load-side converter are Further at 0.7 sec. load form the phase ‘b’ is
to maintain rated voltage and frequency, also removed, making the system more
irrespective of connected load. The required unbalanced. At 0.85 sec. both removed
reactive power for the load is supplied by the phases loads are connected again which
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
16
makes the system a balanced one again. Further at 0.7 sec. load form the phase ‘b’ is
Behavior of the WECS using PMSG, IG and also removed from its diode bridge rectifier
SP is shown by a set of waveforms in fig. 8. load, making the system more unbalanced. At
Here in the system during the unbalanced to 0.85 sec. both removed phases loads are
maintain the constant frequency on the load connected which places the system in the
side the extra active power is diverted to the previous condition. It is clearly visible in fig. 9
BESS. It is clearly seen from the graphs that that the voltage and frequency are almost
the load voltages for all three phases are in constant even though during the disturbances.
balanced condition. The system frequency
remains always close to the 50 Hz. V. CONCLUSION
Matlab/simulink based simulation of the
proposed system shows that the voltage and
frequency on load side remains balanced in all
electrical loading conditions. The performance
of the WECS using PMSG, IG, SPV system
feeding balanced/unbalanced resistive,
inductive, and non-linear load has been found
satisfactory.
REFERENCES
1. T. F. Chan, and L. L. Lai, “Permanent

magnet machines for distributed power
generation: A review,” IEEE Proceedings
of the Power Engineering Society General
Fig. 8 Graph for Linear Meeting, pp. 1–6, June 2007.Rolan, A.
Balanced/Unbalanced Load Luna, G. Vazquez, “Modeling of variable
speed wind turbine with a perman
D. NON-LINEAR BALANCED/ 2. ent magnet synchronous generator”,
UNBALANCED IEEE International Conference on Electric
System is started with balanced three phase Machines and Drives, pp. 734-739, July
load. At 0.6 sec. an unbalance is created by 2009.
disconnecting a diode bridge rectifier load 3. P. K. Goel, B. Singh, S. S. Murthy, N.
from phase ‘a’ (by opening the connection Kishore, “Isolated wind-hydro hybride
between phase ‘a’ and its load). system using cage generators and battery
storage,” IEEE Transactions on Industrial
Electronics, Vol. 58, No. 4, pp. 1141-
1153, April 2011.
4. M. Abdel-Salam, A. Ahmed, M. Abdel-
Sater, “Harmonic mitigation, maximum
power point tracking, and dynamic
performance of variable-speed grid-
connected wind turbine,” Electric Power
Components and System, Vol. 39, No. 2,
pp. 176-190, 02 Feb. 2011.
5. X. Yang, X. Gong, and W. Qiao,
. “Mechanical sensorless maximum power
Fig. 9 Graph for Non-linear Balanced tracking control for direct drive PMSG
/Unbalanced Load wind turbine”, IEEE Energy Conversion
Congress and Exposition, pp. 4091-4098,
sep. 2010.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
17
6. P. K. Goel, B. Singh, S. S. Murthy, and 14. R.S Bhatia., D.K Jain., Bhim Singh and
N. Kishore, “Autonomous hybrid system S.P. Jain, “Battery energy storage system
using SCIG for hydro power generation for power conditioning of renewable
and variable speed PMSG for wind power energy sources”, in Proc. of IEEE
generation”, IEEE Conference on Power Conference on Power Electronics and
Electronics and Drive Systems, pp. 55-60, Drive Systems, Dec. 2005, pp.501-506.
nov. 2009. 15. V. Valtchev, A. V. D. Bossche, J.
7. J. Faiz, B. M. Ebrahimi, M. rajabi- Ghijselen, and J. Melkebeek,
sebdani and A. Khan, “Optimal design of “Autonomous renewable energy
permanent magnet synchronous generator conversion system,” Renewable
for wind energy conversion considering Energy,Vol. 19, No. 1/2, pp. 259–
annual energy input and magnet volume”, 275, January 2000.
IEEE Conference on Sustainable Power 16. C. H. Lee and L. Wang, “A novel
Generation and Supply, pp. 1-6, april analysis of parallel operated self-excited
2009. induction enerators”, IEEE Transactions
8. S. Miyabukuro, M. Takiguchi,and R. on Energy Conversion, vol. 13, No.2, pp.
Takhashi, “Modeling and simulation of 117- 123, June 1998.
wind turbine –fed interior permanent
magnet synchronous generator”, IEEE
Conference on Electrical Machines, pp. 1-
6, sept. 2008.
9. M. Chinchilla, S. Annaltes, and J. C.
Burgos,, “Control of permanent-magnet
generators applied to variable-speed wind
energy systems connected to the grid,”
IEEE Transactions on Energy Conversion,
Vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 130–135, March 2006.
10. E. Spooner, A.C. Williamson, G. Catto,
"Modular design of permanent magnet
generators for wind turbines," IEE
Proceedings, Electric Power Applications,
Vol.143, No. 5, pp. 388-395, Sep. 1996.
11. J. Chen, C.V. Nayar, and L. Xu, "Design
and finite-element analysis of an outer
rotor permanent-magnet generator for
directly coupled wind turbines," IEEE
Transactions on Magnetics, Vol. 36, No.5,
pp. 3802-3809, Sep 2000.
12. K. Stunz, and J. Nedrud, “Multilevel
energy storage for intermittent wind
power conversion: Computer system
analogies,” IEEE Power Engineering
Society General Meeting, pp. 1950–1951,
San Francisco, CA, 12–16 June 2005.
13. E. Mulzadi, and T. A. Lipo, “Series
compensated PWM inverter with battery
supply applied to an isolated induction
generator,” IEEE Transactions Industry
Applications, Vol. 30, No. 4, pp. 1073–
1082, July/August 1994.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
18
Effect of Heat Transfer Fluids on the Techno-Economic Performance

of Parabolic Trough based Solar Thermal Power Generation in India
Tarun K. Aseria, Chandan Sharmaa, Ashish K. Sharmab, Rahul Rawatc
a
Mechanical Engineering Department, Govt. Engineering College, Ajmer, Raj., India.
b
International Finance Corporation (IFC), World Bank Group, New Delhi, India
c
Ministry of New and Renewable Energy, New Delhi, India
Abstract
The share of renewable energy based electricity generation in total energy mix in India is increasing
day by day owing to climatic concerns and resource scarcity associated with fossil fuels. Solar thermal
is a prominent option for renewable energy based power generation. The solar thermal technologies
like parabolic trough, central tower receiver and linear Fresnel reflector are being used to generate
electricity in the different part of the world. In the present study, the effect of heat transfer fluids
(Solar salt, Hitec XL, Therminol VP-1, Hitec) on techno-economic performance of a 50MW parabolic
trough based solar thermal power plant (without thermal energy storage) has been analyzed. The
location of Jaisalmer in the state of Rajasthan, India has been considered for the analysis. Annual
energy output has been obtained using System Advisor Model (SAM) simulation tool. Levelized cost
of electricity (LCOE) has been computed. The results obtained reveals that Hitec–XL heat transfer
fluid provides highest annual electricity output and correspondingly lowest LCOE in comparison to
other heat transfer fluids considered in the study.
Keywords: Solar thermal power generation; parabolic trough; heat transfer fluid; levelized cost of
electricity.
(Sharma et al., 2015). Kumar and Reddy
1. INTRODUCTION (Reddy and Kumar, 2012) have assessed
High rate of GHG emissions and resource feasibility of solar thermal power plant at 58
scarcity concerns associated with fossil fuel potential locations using synthetic oil and
based electricity generation has renewed the water as working fluids in solar parabolic
interest of researchers to explore renewable trough field. The study observed that PTC
energy sources for electricity generation (Pitz- based solar thermal power plants are
Paal et al., 2003). Solar energy based power economically viable in India. Feldhof et al.
generation is one of the promising non- (Feldhoff et al., 2012, 2010) have carried out
conventional energy source. Two routes are comparative studies for PTC based solar
available to harness solar energy and convert thermal power plant using water/steam and
into electrical energy. These are: Solar PV and synthetic oil as HTF with and without TES
solar thermal (IRENA and ETSAP, 2013; system. As reported, using direct steam
REN21, 2016). The concentrating solar power generation (DSG) could lead to reduction in
(CSP) can play a significant role in shifting cost of energy delivered by 11% without TES.
carbon rich energy sector to green energy Further, recent research is focused on
sector. Moreover, the option of incorporating enhancing thermodynamic performance of
relatively inexpensive thermal storage with solar thermal power plant using different kind
solar thermal power plant is expected to of heat transfer fluid using nano particles
improve it’s dispatch ability (Sargent & (Cingarapu et al., 2013; Fernández et al., 2014;
Lundy, 2003). Several studies have analysed Tiznobaik and Shin, 2013).
and assessed the effect of various design Though numerous studies have envisaged
parameters such as collector field, design significant potential of solar thermal power
direct normal irradiance (DNI), solar multiple generation in India (Purohit et al., 2013;
(SM), thermal energy storage (TES), type of Ramachandra et al., 2011; Sharma et al.,
heat transfer fluid (HFT) on techno-economic 2014), very few studies have been reported that
performance of solar thermal power plant deals with study of effect of design parameters
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
19
on the techno-economics of solar thermal intermediate pressure (I.P.) and low pressure
power generation. In the present study, an (L.P.) turbine. The outlet steam from the L.P.
attempt has been made to investigate the effect turbine is condensed back into water in the
of heat transfer fluids (Solar salt, Hitec XL, condenser and recycled to steam generator
Therminol VP-1, Hitec) on techno-economic using feed water pumps and heaters.
performance of a 50MW parabolic trough In the present study, the technical data
based solar thermal power plant in India. The pertaining to one of the operational 50 MW
plant without thermal energy storage has been PTC based solar thermal plant (Megha solar
chosen for the study. power plant located in Anantpur, Andhra
2. Site selection for the study Pradesh) has been taken for evaluation of
The analysis of the techno-economic electricity output and same are presented in
performance of solar thermal power plants in Table 2.
India is primarily based on available annual 4. Heat transfer fluids
direct normal irradiance (DNI) in the region. The selection of optimum heat transfer fluid
As reported, the locations with annual DNI (HTF) is important aspect for overall techno-
more than 1800 kWh/m2 are technically and economic performance and efficiency of CSP
economically viable for deployment of solar plant over its entire useful life. Besides
thermal power plants (Purohit and Purohit, exchanging heat in steam generator, the HTF
2017). Figure 1 shows the distribution map of can also be used as thermal storage media to
the daily average DNI for India. It is observed generate electricity in hours of no or
that most of the northern-western region is intermittent sunshine. The selection of
having high DNI and hence significant appropriate HTF depends on several desired
potential for solar thermal power generation physical characteristics including higher
exist. . The site selected for the present analysis thermal stability at higher temperature, high
is falling in the same region. The geographic thermal conductivity and boiling point, low
and environmental characteristics of the viscosity and melting point, low corrosive
potential location i.e. Jaisalmer in the state of nature and low cost (Batuecas et al., 2017).
Rajasthan is summarized in Table 1. The High heat capacity for storage is essential
monthly variation of ambient temperature and characteristic of HTF (González-Roubaud et
DNI for the location of Jaisalmer is presented al., 2017a). Based on material used, the heat
in Figure 2. transfer fluids can be : (a) water/steam, (b)
3. PTC based solar power plant thermal oils, (c) organic fluids, (d) molten
Majority of operational solar thermal power salts, (e) liquid metals and (f) air/other gases
plants across the globe are parabolic trough (Vignarooban et al., 2015). In the present
based as the technology is relatively more study, the performance CSP plant with
mature than central tower receiver and linear commonly used thermal oil (Therminol VP-1)
Fresnel reflector. Further most of the as HTF has been compared with three different
operational plants are of 50 MW nominal molten salts. Table 3 presents characteristics of
capacity. Hence, a 50 MW parabolic trough heat transfer fluids selected for the analysis.
based solar thermal plant has been considered 5. Economic analysis
in the study. A schematic flow diagram of the As mentioned earlier, the Megha Solar Plant
50MW Rankine cycle based solar thermal has been chosen as reference plant and capital
power plant is shown in Figure 3. In this cycle, cost (US $2690/kW) of same has been
the cold heat transfer fluid (HTF) gets heated considered for the analysis (SolarPACES,
in the solar collector field by incident solar 2016). The capital cost used in the study is
radiation. This heated heat transfer fluid adjusted for the present year (i.e. 2017)
exchanges its heat and convert water into (Decelerates and Flatten, 2017). The levelized
superheated steam in the steam generator. This cost of electricity (LCOE) has been estimated
high pressure (100 bar) and high temperature from the following expression (Kandpal and
(375°C) steam is expanded in various stages of Garg, 2003):
various turbines i.e. high pressure (H.P.),
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
20
(Capitalcost  capitalrecoveryfactor) annualO & M cost

LCOE
Annualelectricity output Table 1
Details of location selected for the analysis
(2) oE
Latitude 26.91
Capital recovery factor (CRF) is given by:
o
Longitude N 70.95
d (1  d ) n
CRF  Wasteland km 2
16762
(1  d ) n  1
2
DNI kWh/m 1883
(3)
Dry bulb Temperature (ºC) 28.65
where d is discount rate and n is useful life of
Wind speed m/s 4.89
the plant. In the present study, a discount rate
Rainfall mm 181.2
of 10%, useful life of 25 years has been
assumed. Annual operation and maintenance
(O&M) cost has been assumed as 2% of the
capital cost.
Figure 3: Schematic of solar thermal power plant

Table 2
Design parameters used in simulation for 50MW PTC
based solar thermal power plants(SolarPACES, 2016)
Parameter Value
Collector AlbiasaTrough AT150
Receiver Siemens UVAC 2010
Heat Transfer fluid Therminol VP-1
Irradiation at Design (W/m2) 700
Solar multiple 1.20
Figure 1: Daily average direct normal irradiance map
Reflected area (m2) 366,240
for India Land Area (km2) 1.3
DNI Ambient temperature Year to year decline in
Nil
output
40 240
35
Table 3
220 Characteristics of heat transfer fluids (González-Roubaud
Ambient temperature (ºC)
30 et al., 2017b; Jung et al., 2015)

200
Heat
25 Thermin Solar Hitec
DNI (W/m²)
180 transfer Hitec

ol VP-1 salt XL
20 fluid
160 NaNO3 NaNO3
15 C12H10 NaNO3 (7), (7),
140 Compositio (73.5), (60), KNO3 KNO3
10
n (wt%) C12H10O KNO3 (45), (53),
5 120 (26.5) (40) Ca(NO3) NaNO2
2 (48) (40)
0 100 Minimum
Jan
Sep
Dec
May
Jul
Aug
Nov
Feb
Jun
Oct
Mar
Apr
operating
12 238 120 142
temperature
Figure 2: Monthly variation of ambient o
( C)
temperature and direct normal irradiance Maximum
400 593 500 538
operating
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
21
temperature
(oC)
Density Table 4
764.3 1871.8 1956.5 1828.6 Annual energy output, capacity utilization and cost
(kg/m3)
Specific of energy delivered with different HTFs
heat 2.457 1.502 1.432 1.56 Annual
(kJ/kgK) Heat
Electricity CUF LCOE
Kinematic transfer
output (%) (₹/kWh)
viscosity 0.0032 0.0031 fluid
0.00059 0.00637 (GWh)
(at 300 oC) 6 6
(Pa-s)
Therminol
105.5 24.1 10.8
VP-1
Solar Salt 107.0 24.4 10.6
6. Results and discussion Hitec 103.3 23.6 11.0
The annual electricity output for the proposed Hitec XL 110.8 25.3 10.3
solar thermal plants has been obtained using 11.2
system advisor model (SAM). SAM is
11.0
freeware renewable energy technology
simulation tool and is developed by the 10.8
LCOE (₹/kWh)
National Renewable Energy Laboratory 10.6
(NREL), USA (SAM, n.d.). The National 10.4
Solar Radiation Database (NSRDB) source has
been used for weather data (NREL - NSRDB, 10.2
n.d.). The monthly energy output obtained for 10.0

a 50MW PTC based solar thermal power plant 9.8
using different heat transfer fluids is presented Therminol Solar Salt Hitec Hitec XL
in Figure 4. It is observed that the variation in VP-1
energy output follows the variation in monthly Figure 5 Variation in levelized cost of electricity for
DNI values. Table 4 summarizes annual different HTFs
energy output, capacity utilization factor
(CUF) and levelized cost of electricity (LCOE) 7. Concluding remarks
for plant with different HTFs. As shown in the An attempt has been made to analyze the effect
Table 4, the plant with Hitec – XL HTF of various heat transfer fluids on the techno-
generate relatively higher annual electricity economics of a 50 MW solar thermal power
output and hence minimum LCOE amongst the plant in India. The location of Jaisalmer in
other HTF (Figure 5). The primary reason for Rajasthan has been selected for the same.
the same can be attributed to relatively Technical data pertaining to an operational
superior thermodynamics properties. plant in India has been used. Four different
heat transfer fluids were used, and it was found
Therminol VP-1 Solar Salt
that annual electricity output with the use of
Hitec Hitec XL
Hitec XL is maximum (Rs. 110.8 GWh) and
14.00 LCOE is minimum (Rs. 10.3 per kWh).
12.00 Further, annual electricity output with the use
Energy output (GWh)
10.00 of Hitec heat transfer fluid is minimum (103.3

GWh) and LCOE is maximum (Rs. 11.0 per
8.00
kWh). This reveals that among other
6.00 parameters, the selection of proper heat
4.00 transfer fluid has considerable impact on
2.00 annual electricity output and cost of electricity
0.00 delivery.
Jan
Apr
Mar
Jul
Aug
Nov
Feb
May
Jun
Sep
Dec
Oct
Months of the year

References
1. Batuecas, E., Mayo, C., Díaz, R., Pérez,
Figure 4 Monthly variation in energy output F.J., 2017. Solar Energy Materials and
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
22
Solar Cells Life Cycle Assessment of heat 148. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2017.05.084

transfer fl uids in parabolic trough 9. IRENA, ETSAP, 2013. Concentrating
concentrating solar power technology. Solar Power: Technology Brief.
Sol. Energy Mater. Sol. Cells 171, 91–97. 10. Jung, C., Dersch, J., Nietsch, A., Senholdt,
doi:10.1016/j.solmat.2017.06.032 M., 2015. Technological Perspectives of
2. Cingarapu, S., Singh, D., Timofeeva, E. Silicone Heat Transfer Fluids for
V, Moravek, M.R., 2013. Nanofluids with Concentrated Solar Power. Energy
encapsulated tin nanoparticles for Procedia 69, 663–671.
advanced heat transfer and thermal energy doi:10.1016/j.egypro.2015.03.076
storage. Int. J. Energy Res. 1–9. 11. Kandpal, T.C., Garg, H.P., 2003.
doi:10.1002/er.3041 Financial Evaluation of Renewable
3. Decelerates, U.S.I., Flatten, C.P., 2017. Energy Technologies. Macmillan India
US Inflation Decelerates as Consumer Ltd.
Prices Flatten in June US Inflation Falls in 12. NREL - NSRDB, n.d. The National Solar
May for Second Time in Three Months Radiation Database (NSRDB) [WWW
US Inflation Bounces Back in April ; Rate Document]. Natl. Renew. Energy Lab.
Eases Year- On-Year Annual Rate of URL https:/nsrdb.nrel.gov/ (accessed
Inflation Eases in March ; CPI Logs First 9.14.16).
Drop in 13 Months . 13. Pitz-Paal, R., Dersch, J., Milow, B., 2003.
4. Feldhoff, J.F., Benitez, D., Eck, M., ECOSTARE: European Concentrated
Riffelmann, K.-J., 2010. Economic Solar Thermal Road-Mapping. doi:SES6-
Potential of Solar Thermal Power Plants CT-2003-502578 ECOSTAR
With Direct Steam Generation Compared 14. Purohit, I., Purohit, P., 2017. Technical
With HTF Plants. J. Sol. Energy Eng. 132, and economic potential of concentrating
41001. doi:10.1115/1.4001672 solar thermal power generation in India.
5. Feldhoff, J.F., Schmitz, K., Eck, M., Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev. 78, 648–
Schnatbaum-Laumann, L., Laing, D., 667. doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2010.01.041
Ortiz-Vives, F., Schulte-Fischedick, J., 15. Purohit, I., Purohit, P., Shekhar, S., 2013.
2012. Comparative system analysis of Evaluating the potential of concentrating
direct steam generation and synthetic oil solar power generation in Northwestern
parabolic trough power plants with India. Energy Policy 62, 157–175.
integrated thermal storage. Sol. Energy doi:10.1016/j.enpol.2013.06.069
86, 520–530. 16. Ramachandra, T.V., Jain, R., Krishnadas,
doi:10.1016/j.solener.2011.10.026 G., 2011. Hotspots of solar potential in
6. Fernández, A.G., Ushak, S., Galleguillos, India. Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev. 15,
H., Pérez, F.J., 2014. Development of new 3178–3186.
molten salts with LiNO3 and Ca(NO3)2 doi:10.1016/j.rser.2011.04.007
for energy storage in CSP plants. Appl. 17. Reddy, K.S., Kumar, K.R., 2012. Solar
Energy 119, 131–140. collector field design and viability
doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2013.12.061 analysis of stand-alone parabolic trough
7. González-Roubaud, E., Pérez-Osorio, D., power plants for Indian conditions.
Prieto, C., 2017a. Review of commercial Energy Sustain. Dev. 16, 456–470.
thermal energy storage in concentrated doi:10.1016/j.esd.2012.09.003
solar power plants: Steam vs. molten salts. 18. REN21, 2016. Renewables 2016 Global
Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev. 80, 133– Status Report. Secretariat, Paris, France.
148. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2017.05.084 19. SAM, n.d. System Advisor Model,
8. González-Roubaud, E., Pérez-Osorio, D., Version 2017.1.17. National Renewable
Prieto, C., 2017b. Review of commercial Energy Laboratory, Alliance for
thermal energy storage in concentrated Sustainable Energy, LLC for Department
solar power plants: Steam vs. molten salts. Of Energy (DOE), USA [WWW
Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev. 80, 133– Document]. URL
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
23
https://sam.nrel.gov/download (accessed 23. SolarPACES, 2016. NREL:

3.3.17). Concentrating Solar Power Projects
20. Sargent & Lundy, 2003. Assessment of [WWW Document]. URL
Parabolic Trough and Power Tower Solar http://www.solarpaces.org/csp-
Technology Cost and Performance technology/csp-projects-around-the-
Forecasts:NREL/SR-550-34440, National world (accessed 10.12.16).
Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL). 24. Tiznobaik, H., Shin, D., 2013. Enhanced
21. Sharma, C., Sharma, A.K., Mullick, S.C., specific heat capacity of high-temperature
Kandpal, T.C., 2015. Identifying Optimal molten salt-based nanofluids. Int. J. Heat
Combinations of Design for DNI, Solar Mass Transf. 57, 542–548.
Multiple and Storage Hours for Parabolic doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2012.10.
Trough Power Plants for Niche Locations 062
in India, in: Energy Procedia. pp. 61–66. 25. Vignarooban, K., Xu, X., Arvay, a., Hsu,
doi:10.1016/j.egypro.2015.11.478 K., Kannan, a. M., 2015. Heat transfer
22. Sharma, C., Sharma, A.K., Mullick, S.C., fluids for concentrating solar power
Kandpal, T.C., 2014. Assessment of solar systems – A review. Appl. Energy 146,
thermal power generation potential in 383–396.
India. Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev. 41. doi:10.1016/j.apenergy.2015.01.125
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
24
Determination of optimum heat rejection pressure in transcritical N 2O

refrigeration cycle with vortex tube
1
Gaurav Jain, 2Akhilesh Arora, 3S. N. Gupta
1
Department of Mechanical Engg., JSS Academy of Technical Education, Noida, UP 201301,
2
Department of Mechanical Engineering, Delhi Technological University, Delhi 110042,
3
Department of Mechanical Engineering, IIT, BHU, Varanasi, UP 221005, India
Corresponding author E-mail: gauravjain@jssaten.ac.in
Abstract
In a transcritical vapour compression cycle heat rejection pressure plays an important role and it has an
optimum value corresponding to the maximum coefficient of performance (COP) of the cycle. In the
present paper, with a thermodynamic simulation model, the optimum heat rejection pressure has been
studied for the transcritical cycle with vortex tube (TCVT) having refrigerant N 2O. The effects of various
parameters (compressor efficiency, vortex tube nozzle efficiency, gas cooler outlet temperature,
evaporator temperature, cold mass fraction and water inlet temperature to desuperheater) on the optimum
heat rejection pressure are analyzed. Based on the cycle simulations, correlation of the optimum heat
rejection pressure in terms of appropriate parameters have been developed for considered operating
conditions. The correlation offers significant help in the design and control of the transcritical N 2O
refrigeration cycle with vortex tube.
Keywords: Refrigeration cycle, Nitrous oxide, Vortex tube, expansion valve, Optimum heat rejection
pressure.
List of symbols
COP Coefficient of performance 1. Introduction
ℎ Specific enthalpy (kJ kg-1) The applications of natural refrigerants such as
𝑃 Pressure (MPa) carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, propane,
𝑞 Cooling effect (kJ kg-1) isobutene, ammonia is gaining their importance
𝑡 Temperature (0C) due to their zero-ozone depletion potential
TCEV Transcritical cycle with expansion (ODP) and low global warming potential
valve (GWP). In transcritical refrigeration cycles
TCVT Transcritical cycle with vortex tube carbon dioxide (CO2) has already gained large
𝑥 Dryness fraction acceptance, whereas its counterpart nitrous
Greek letters oxide (N2O) is still not fully explored. N2O and
µ Cold mass fraction CO2 have similar properties in terms of critical
𝜂 Compressor isentropic efficiency pressure, temperature and molecular weight
𝜂 Vortex tube nozzle efficiency (Kruse et al. 2006). The N2O exhibits five times
𝜀 Effectiveness of desuperheater lower toxicity than CO2, however its GWP (240)
Subscripts is higher than CO2 (1) but it falls under the low
𝑏 Cycle with expansion valve GWP category (Agrawal et al. 2011).
𝑐 Gas cooler outlet Some studies have been reported on use of N2O
e Evaporator in transcritical refrigeration systems (Sarkar and
𝑚 Cycle with vortex tube Bhattacharyya, 2010; Agrawal et al., 2011). In
opt Optimum the mentioned studies, it is shown that
𝑟 Improvement (%) transcritical N2O cycle performs higher cooling
𝑤𝑑 Water inlet to desuperheater COP, lower discharge pressure and temperature
1-9 State points of refrigerant
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
25
with higher exergetic efficiency compared to A transcritical N2O refrigeration system consists
equivalent transcritical CO2 cycle. of a compressor, a gas cooler, an evaporator, and
The transcritical vapour compression cycle has an expansion device. The expansion device can
heat rejection process in supercritical region and be either a throttle valve or vortex tube. The
evaporation process in subcritical region. schematic diagram of transcritical cycle with
Therefore, the expansion loss in the throttle vortex tube (TCVT) for Maurer model (1999) is
valve from the high pressure transcritical region shown in Fig.1 and the corresponding P − h
into the two-phase region is not so small. The (pressure-enthalpy) diagram is shown in Fig. 2.
loss of this useful energy can be overcome by
using the vortex tube in place of expansion valve
in transcritical refrigeration cycle. The studies
on vortex tube expansion transcritical cycles
shows that vortex tube instead of expansion
valve in transcritical cycle improves the
maximum COP and reduces the optimum heat
rejection pressure (Li et al., 2000; Christensen,
2001; Sarkar, 2009; Xie et al. 2011; Liu and Jin,
2012; Jain et al. 2017).
Heat rejection pressure is an important Fig. 1 Schematic diagram of transcritical cycle
parameter in transcritical refrigeration cycle, and with vortex tube for Maurer Model
it has an optimum value corresponding to
maximum COP. The optimum heat rejection
pressure in transcritical cycle with expansion
valve (TCEV) has been investigated by many
researchers (Kauf, 1999; chen et al. 2005; Aprea
et al. 2009; Cecchinato et al. 2010). Sarkar
(2009) also developed expressions for optimum
heat rejection pressure for vortex tube expansion
transcritical CO2 refrigeration cycles based on
maurer and keller models. However, the
correlation for optimum heat rejection pressure
for transcritical cycle with vortex tube (TCVT)
using N2O as refrigerant is scarce in open
literature.
In the present study, the analyses have been done Fig. 2 P-h diagram of transcritical cycle with
on the optimum heat rejection pressure based on vortex tube for Maurer Model
the maximum COP for the vortex tube expansion
transcritical N2O cycle with layout based on As shown in Fig. 1, the superheated refrigerant
maurer model (1999). A correlation for the N2O enters the compressor at state 1 and
optimal heat rejection pressure has been compressed adiabatically to state 2. The
developed in terms of system operating superheated gas is then cooled to state 3 in a gas
parameters. The correlation can provide a cooler. The refrigerant coming out from the gas
guideline to the system design and optimization cooler expands through the vortex tube nozzle
of a transcritical N2O cycle with vortex tube. (state3a) and separates into three parts i.e.
saturated vapour (state 5), superheated vapour
2. Transcritical N2O refrigeration cycle with (state 6) and saturated liquid (state 4). The
vortex tube saturated liquid collects in a ring inside the
vortex tube. The saturated vapour and liquid are
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
26
mixed again (state 8) at the inlet of evaporator. The actual enthalpy at exit of vortex tube
In the evaporator the refrigerant N2O absorbs the nozzle can be calculated using equation (1).
heat and converts into saturated vapour (State 9). ℎ = ℎ − 𝜂 (ℎ − ℎ ) (1)
The superheated vapour (state 6) is sensibly
cooled in the desuperheater to state 7 and mixed Where 𝜂 is the nozzle efficiency of vortex
with the saturated vapour leaving the evaporator tube,
(state 9) before entering the compressor (state 1).
In the transcritical cycle with expansion valve Energy conservation equation for vortex tube is
(TCEV) the refrigerant enters the compressor as given by equation (2).
saturated vapour (state 9) and exits at state 2b, ℎ = (1 − 𝑥)ℎ + µ𝑥ℎ + (1 − 𝜇)𝑥ℎ (2)
which is shown by a dotted line in Fig. 2. The
expansion in the throttle valve (expansion valve) Energy conservation at the inlet of Evaporator
is isenthalpic (process 3-y is not shown in P-h (1 − 𝑥 + 𝜇𝑥)ℎ = (1 − 𝑥)ℎ + 𝜇𝑥ℎ (3)
diagram).
Using the effectiveness of desuperheater 𝑡 can
3. Thermodynamic modeling and Simulation be calculated by equation (4)
𝑡 = 𝑡 − 𝜀 (𝑡 − 𝑡 ) (4)
The thermodynamic model based on
conservation of mass and energy as proposed by Where 𝜀 is the effectiveness of superheater
Sarkar (2009) is considered for the analysis. and 𝑡 is the temperature of water at inlet to
Following assumptions are made for analysis: desuperheater,
(i) The refrigerant leaving the vortex tube Energy conservation at the inlet of compressor
separates into three parts; saturated vapour (state ℎ = (1 − 𝑥 + 𝜇𝑥)ℎ + (1 − 𝜇)𝑥ℎ (5)
5), saturated liquid (state 4) and superheated
vapour (state 6). Cooling capacity of the system is given by
(ii) The pressure drops in various components equation (6)
and connecting pipes of the system are 𝑞 = (1 − 𝑥 + 𝜇𝑥)(ℎ − ℎ ) (6)
neglected. Compressor work
(iii) The mixing and separation processes in the 𝑤 = ℎ − ℎ = (ℎ − ℎ )/𝜂 (7)
cycle are isobaric.
(iv) The process inside the compressor is Where 𝜂 is the isentropic efficiency of the
irreversible adiabatic. compressor
(v) The refrigerant at the exit of evaporator is dry
saturated vapour. The COP of the transcritical cycle with vortex
(vi)The hot fluid leaving the vortex tube absorbs tube can be evaluated using equation (8)
all the kinetic energies. ( )( )×
𝐶𝑂𝑃 = = (8)
The mass of the refrigerant (N2O) coming out
from the gas cooler has been taken as one kg for The COP of the basic cycle i.e. transcritical cycle
analysis. Suppose dryness fraction of refrigerant with expansion valve (TCEV) is computed using
at state 3a is ‘𝑥’ and the cold mass fraction is ‘µ’. equation (9)
Then fraction [𝑥 ∗ µ] is separated as saturated 𝐶𝑂𝑃 = (ℎ − ℎ )/(ℎ − ℎ ) (9)
vapour, liquid [1 − 𝑥] is separated as saturated
liquid and rest [𝑥 ∗ (1 − µ)] absorbs all the The percentage COP improvement with vortex
kinetic energies and separated as superheated tube over expansion valve is given by
vapour. 𝐶𝑂𝑃 = (𝐶𝑂𝑃 − 𝐶𝑂𝑃 ) ∗ 100/𝐶𝑂𝑃 (10)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
27
From equation (8), the COP of the transcritical Water temperature at inlet to desuperheater
cycle with vortex tube has maximum value when (𝑡 ) = 50 C to 350 C
the partial derivative of the COP with respect to Cold Mass Fraction (µ)
the heat rejection pressure (𝑃) is equal to zero = 0.3 to 0.8
i.e. =0 (11) 4.1 Effect of evaporator temperature on

optimum heat rejection pressure and
maximum cooling COP
The heat rejection pressure resulting in a
maximum 𝐶𝑂𝑃 is called as the optimum heat Fig. 3 shows the variations of optimum heat
rejection rejection pressure (𝑃 ) of TCVT and TCEV
Pressure 𝑃 , which can be determined with with evaporation temperature (𝑡 ) for 𝑡 =450
𝑃 = 𝑃 (𝑡 , 𝑡 , 𝜂 , 𝜂 , 𝜀 , 𝜇, 𝑡 ) (12) C, µ = 0.5 and 𝑡 = 250 C. The optimum
pressure for both the cycles increases with
From equation (12), it is clear that optimum heat decrease of evaporator temperature for
rejection pressure in a transcritical N2O cycle refrigerant N2O. It is clear from the figure that
with vortex tube mainly depends on gas cooler the 𝑃 is higher for TCEV compared to TCVT
outlet temperature, evaporation temperature, for all considered values of evaporator
compressor and vortex tube nozzle efficiency, temperature. The value of optimum gas cooler
desuperheater effectiveness as well as on cold pressures for TCVT and TCEV varies from
mass fraction and water temperature inlet to the 10.93 to 9.78 MPa and from 11.85 to 9.86 MPa
desuperheater. respectively, for the considered evaporator
Based on the above analysis, a simulation model temperatures. It shows that evaporator
for transcritical N2O cycle with vortex tube temperature has significant effect on the
using EES software (Klein and Alvarado 2012) optimum heat rejection pressure of both the
is developed and optimum value of the heat cycles.
rejection pressure is calculated. 12
Optimum heat rejection
4. Results and Discussion 11.5 TCE

V
pressure(MPa)
11
The following input parameters have been
considered for the analysis of transcritical cycle 10.5
with vortex tube based on maurer mode.
Refrigerant N2O has been used in the TCVT as 10
well as in TCEV for analysis.
9.5
-55 -45 -35 -25 -15 -5 5
Vortex tube nozzle efficiency (𝜂 )
Evaporator temperature (⁰ C)
= 0.75
Desuperheater effectiveness (𝜀 ) Fig. 3. Variation of optimum discharge pressure
= 0.85 for TCVT and TCEV at different evaporator
Gas cooler outlet temperature (𝑡 ) temperatures
= 350 C to 600 C Fig. 4 shows the variation of COP values of the
Evaporator temperature (𝑡 ) two cycles with the evaporator temperature (𝑡 )
= -550 C to 50 C for the 𝑡 =450 C, µ = 0.5, 𝑡 = 250 C and at the
Compressor isentropic efficiency (𝜂 ) optimum heat rejection pressure (𝑃 ).The
= 0.80
maximum cooling COP for both the cycles
increases on increasing the values of evaporator
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
28
temperatures. It is also observed that maximum temperature, the TCVT tends to show the
cooling COP of TCVT is higher compared to advantage in lowering the system pressure. The
TCEV for all the values of evaporator value of gas cooler pressures for TCVT and
temperatures. The maximum cooling COP for TCEV varies from 7.42 to 14.97 MPa and from
the TCVT and TCEV varies from 0.70 to 2.37 7.49 to 15.81 MPa respectively, for considered
and from 0.61 to 2.27 respectively for gas cooler exit temperatures. It shows that gas
considered evaporator temperatures, whereas the cooler exit temperature has great influence on
maximum cooling COP for TCVT is 14.41 % the optimum heat rejection pressure of both the
and 4.36 % higher than TCEV corresponding to cycles.
evaporator temperatures of -550 C and 50 C
respectively. It can be concluded that the
16.5
application of vortex tube instead of expansion
15.5 TC
valve is more beneficial at lower values of
Optimum heat rejection

14.5 EV
evaporator temperature to reduce the optimum
13.5
pressure(MPa)
heat rejection pressure and increase the
12.5
maximum cooling COP.
11.5
2.5 10.5
2.3 9.5
2.1 co
pb 8.5
1.9
Maximum COP
7.5
1.7
1.5 6.5
1.3 35 40 45 50 55 60
1.1 Gas cooler outlet temperature ( ⁰C)
0.9
0.7 Fig. 5. Variation of optimum heat rejection
0.5 pressure for TCVT and TCEV at different gas
-55 -45 -35 -25 -15 -5 5 cooler outlet temperatures
Evaporator temperature (⁰ C)
Fig. 6 shows the variation of COP values of the
Fig. 4. Variation of maximum cooling COP for
two cycles with the gas cooler exit temperature
TCVT and TCEV at different evaporator
(𝑡 ) for the 𝑡 = -200 C, µ = 0.5, 𝑡 = 250 C and
temperatures
at the optimum heat rejection pressure (P ). It
4.2 Effect of gas cooler exit temperature on is observed that the cooling COP for both the
optimum heat rejection pressure and cycles decreases rapidly with the increase of gas
maximum cooling COP cooler outlet temperatures. The maximum
cooling COP of TCVT is higher compared to
Fig. 5 shows the variations of 𝑃 for TCVT TCEV for all the gas cooler outlet temperatures.
The maximum cooling COP for the TCVT and
and TCEV with gas cooler exit temperature (𝑡 )
TCEV varies from 1.84 to 0.94 and from 1.78 to
for 𝑡 = -200 C, µ = 0.5 and 𝑡 = 250 C. The
0.82 respectively for the considered gas cooler
optimum pressure increases with the gas cooler
outlet temperatures, whereas the maximum
exit temperature for both TCVT and TCEV. The
cooling COP for TCVT is 2.97 % and 14.96 %
value of 𝑃 for TCVT is lower compared to
higher than TCEV corresponding to gas cooler
TCEV at all the considered values of gas cooler temperatures of 350 C and 600 C respectively. It
exit temperatures. It is observed that at low value is concluded from the figures 3, 4, 5 & 6 that
of gas cooler outlet temperature, both the cycles lower values of gas cooler exit temperatures and
have very close optimum heat rejection pressure, higher evaporator temperatures are the necessary
whereas on increasing the gas cooler
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
29
conditions not only for the maximum COP but

also for lower values of P .
12.5
2
Optimum heat rejection Pressure (MPa)

1.8 11.5
co
1.6 pb
Maximum COP
10.5
1.4
1.2 9.5 𝑡 = -200 C, 𝑡 = 450 C, μ = 0.5,
1 𝑡 = 250C, 𝜀 =0.85, 𝜂𝑣 =0.75
0.8 8.5
0.6
35 40 45 50 55 60 7.5
Gas cooler outlet temperature ( ⁰C)
6.5
0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95
Fig. 6. Variation of maximum cooling COP for
Compressor isentropic efficiency
TCVT and TCEV at different gas cooler outlet
temperatures Fig. 8. Optimum heat rejection pressure versus
the compressor isentropic efficiency
4.3 Effect of 𝛈𝐯 , 𝛈𝐜 , 𝛆𝐝𝐞 , 𝛍, 𝐭 𝐰𝐝 on optimum
heat rejection pressure Figs. 9 and 10 shows the variation of optimum
Figs. 7 and 8 shows the variation of optimum heat rejection pressure (P ) with the
heat rejection pressure (P ) with the vortex desuperheater effectiveness (𝜀 ) and cold mass
tube nozzle efficiency ( 𝜂 ) and compressor fraction (𝜇 ) respectively for TCVT at 𝑡 = -200
isentropic efficiency (𝜂 ) respectively for TCVT C, 𝑡 = 450 C.
at 𝑡 = -200 C, 𝑡 = 450 C.
12.5
Optimum heat rejection Pressure (MPa)
12.5
Optimum heat rejection pressure
11.5
11.5
10.5 10.5
𝑡 = -200 C, 𝑡 = 450 C, μ = 0.5,
(MPa)
9.5 9.5 𝑡 = 250C, 𝜂 =0.80, 𝜂 =0.75

𝑡 = -200 C, 𝑡 = 450 C, μ = 0.5,
8.5
𝑡 = 250C, 𝜂 =0.80, 𝜀 =0.85 8.5
7.5 =0.85
7.5
6.5
0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 6.5
Vortex tube nozzle efficiency 0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95
Desuperheater effectiveness
Fig. 7. Optimum heat rejection pressure versus

the vortex tube nozzle efficiency Fig. 9. Optimum heat rejection pressure versus
the Desuperheater effectiveness
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
30
From the Figs. 7, 8,9,10 and 11, it is concluded

that the effect of various parameters
12.5
(η , η , ε , μ, t ) are negligible on the
optimum heat rejection pressure of TCVT.
Optimum heat rejection pressure (MPa)
11.5
4.4 Correlation for optimal heat rejection
10.5
pressure
9.5 In engineering systems correlations are widely

𝑡 = -200 C, 𝑡 = 450 C, 𝜂 =0.80, employed to provide a quick guideline and
𝑡 = 250C, 𝜀 =0.85, 𝜂𝑣 =0.75 reasonable accurate results. As described from
8.5
Equation (12), the optimal heat rejection
7.5 pressure for TCVT can be correlated with gas
cooler outlet temperature, evaporation
6.5 temperature, compressor and vortex tube nozzle
0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 efficiency, desuperheater effectiveness, cold
Cold mass fraction mass fraction and water temperature inlet to the
desuperheater, whereas the results show that
Fig. 10. Optimum heat rejection pressure versus optimum heat rejection pressure only depends
the cold mass fraction on evaporator and gas cooler exit temperatures.
The effect of other parameters
Fig. 11 shows the variation of optimum heat (η , η , ε , μ, t ) are negligible on optimum
rejection pressure (P ) with the water inlet gas cooler pressure. Therefore, the optimum heat
temperature to desuperheater (𝑡 ) for TCVT rejection pressure can be considered as a
at 𝑡 = -200 C, 𝑡 = 450 C. function of the evaporator temperature and the
gas cooler outlet temperature. The simulation
12.5 results of the optimum heat rejection pressure
are shown at different evaporator and gas cooler
Optimum heat rejection pressure (MPa)
11.5 exit temperatures in Table 1. It is clear from the

table that the effect of gas cooler exit
10.5 temperature is significant on the 𝑃 compared
to evaporator temperature.
9.5
𝑡 = -200 C, 𝑡 = 450 C, μ = 0.5, Table 1. Variation of P (MPa) for TCVT with
𝜂 =0.80, 𝜀 =0.85, 𝜂𝑣 =0.75
8.5
gas cooler temperature (t ) and evaporator
temperature (t )
Optimum heat rejection pressures (MPa)
7.5 tₑ=5⁰ tₑ= -5⁰ tₑ=- tₑ=- tₑ=- tₑ=- tₑ= -
tc C C 15⁰ C 25⁰ C 35⁰ C 45⁰ C 55⁰ C
35 7.209 7.293 7.38 7.471 7.563 7.658 7.754
6.5
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 8.488 8.624 8.762 8.9 9.04 9.18 9.32
45 9.787 9.979 10.17 10.362 10.554 10.745 10.934
Inlet water temperature to desuperheater
50 11.139 11.385 11.632 11.879 12.126 12.371 12.612
(⁰ C)
55 12.57 12.864 13.165 13.469 13.772 14.072 14.366
Fig. 11. Optimum heat rejection pressure versus 60 14.1 14.436 14.787 15.145 15.504 15.859 16.206
the inlet water temperature to desuperheater

From the simulation results, a correlation has
been obtained to predict the optimal heat
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
31
rejection pressure (in MPa) for transcritical N2O optimization of a novel two stage
refrigeration cycle with vortex tube transcritical N2O cycle” International
(R2=99.54%), as given in equation (13) Journal of Refrigeration 34:991–999.
2. Aprea, C., Maiorino, A.,(2009) “Heat
𝑃 = −1.0951 − 0.022𝑡 + 0.1847𝑡 + rejection pressure optimization for a carbon
0.00128𝑡 (13) dioxide split system: an experimental study”
Appl. Energy 86 : 2373-2380.
Where, R2 signifies the perfectness of data 3. Cecchinato, L., Corradi, M., Minetto,
fitting. This correlation is valid for evaporator S.(2010) “A critical approach to the
temperature (𝑡 ) of -550 C to 50 C and gas cooler determination of optimal heat rejection
exit temperature (𝑡 ) of 350 C to 600 C. pressure in transcritical systems”Appl.
Therm. Eng.30 : 1812-1823.
Conclusions 4. Chen, Y., Gu, J.,(2005) “The optimum high
In the present study, thermodynamic model of pressure for CO2 transcritical refrigeration
TCVT and TCEV are analyzed for the effect of systems with internal heat exchangers” Int.
heat rejection pressure on COP. Based on the J. Refrig. 28 :1238-1249.
simulation results of the cycles, following 5. Christensen, K.G., Heiredal, M., Kauffeld,
conclusions can be drawn. M., Schneider, P. (2001).“Energy savings in
refrigeration by means of a new expansion
(1) For a transcritical N2O refrigeration cycle device.” Report of Energy
with expansion valve or vortex tube, there exists researchprogramme, Journal no. 1223/99–
an optimal heat rejection pressure that gives a 0006.
maximum COP. 6. Jain, G., Arora, A.,Gupta, S., (2017).
“Performance analysis of a transcritical N2O
(2) The TCVT has high COP and low optimum refrigeration cycle with vortex
pressure compared to TCEV at all the considered tube”International journal of ambient
evaporator and gas cooler temperatures. energy”. http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1080/
(3) The analysis of TCVT reveals that the values 01430750.2017.1399449
of the optimum heat rejection pressure mainly 7. Kauf, F.,(1999) “ Determination of the
depend on the evaporator and gas cooler exit optimum high pressure for transcritical CO2
temperatures. The effects of other parameters refrigeration cycles” Int. J. Therm. Sci. 38:
(compressor efficiency, vortex tube nozzle 325-330
efficiency, gas cooler outlet temperature, 8. Klein, S.A., Alvarado, F. (2012).
evaporator temperature, cold mass fraction and Engineering Equation Solver, Version
water inlet temperature to desuperheater) are 9.224, F-chart Software, Middleton,WI.
negligible. 9. Kruse, H., Rüssmann, H. (2006).“The
(4) A correlation has been obtained for the natural fluid nitrous oxide—an Option as
optimum heat rejection pressure in terms of substitute for low temperature synthetic
evaporator and gas cooler temperatures. This refrigerants.”International Journal of
correlation offer useful guidelines for system Refrigeration 29: 799-806.
development and performance optimization of a 10. Li, D., Baek, J.S., Groll, E.A. and Lawless,
transcritical N2O refrigeration cycle with vortex P.B. (2000) ‘Thermodynamic analysis of
tube. vortex
11. tube and work output expansion devices for
References the transcritical carbon dioxide cycle’,
1. Agrawal, N., Sarkar, J., Bhattacharyya, S. Fourth
(2011).“Thermodynamic analysis and
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
32
12. IIR-Gustav Lorentzen Conference on optimization of a transcritical N2O

Natural Working Fluids at Purdue, Purdue refrigeration cycle.”International Journal of
University, Refrigeration 33:33–40.
13. USA, pp.433–440. 18. Xie, Y.B., Cui, K.K. , Wang, Z.C. , Liu, J.L.
14. Liu, Y., Jin, G. (2012).“Vortex tube (2011).“CO2 trans-critical two stage
expansion two-stage transcritical CO2 compression refrigeration cycle with vortex
refrigeration cycle”. Advanced Materials tube.” Applied Mechanics and Materials 52-
Research 516-517: 1219-1223. 54: 255-260.
15. Maurer, T. (1999). Patent DE 197 48 083 19. Zhang, X. , Wang, F., Fan, X., Wei, X.,
A1, Entspannungseinrichtung. Wang, F. (2013) “Determination of the
16. Sarkar, J. (2009).“Cycle parameter optimum heat rejection pressure in
optimization of vortex tube expansion transcritical cycles working with
transcritical CO2 system”. International R744/R290 mixture” Appl. Therm. Eng. 54
Journal of Thermal Sciences 48: 1823-1828. : 176-184.
17. Sarkar, J., Bhattacharyya, S.
(2010).“Thermodynamic analyses and
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
33
Impact of Renewable Energy Generation on Bidding Strategy

Md Irfan Ahmed a, Deepti Bhatia b and Aditya Sharma c
a
Career Point University, Electrical Engineering Department, Kota, Rajasthan, India
Corresponding Author: irfannitp.ahmed@gmail.com , deeptib442@gmail.com
Abstract
Renewable energy resources (RER) are the fastest growing energy resources in the world. RER exist
over wide geographical areas, in contrast to other energy sources, which are concentrated in a limited
number of countries. National renewable energy markets (REM) are projected to continue to grow
strongly in the coming decade and beyond. Due to need of such a source we need a well- managed
alternative which is abundant and easy to access. Most of the renewable energy resources had been
installed in the distribution systems as distributed generation. The change in the generation mix from
conventional electricity sources to renewables has important implications for bidding behaviour and
may have an impact on prices. The principle objective of this paper is to determine the role played by
expected renewable energy production, together with other relevant factors, in explaining the day-
ahead market price. It is suggested that the solar and wind power forecasts are a new key determinant
for supply market participants when bidding in the day-ahead market. We also provide a conservative
quantification of the effect of such trading strategies on marginal prices at an hourly level for a specific
year in the sample.
Keywords: - Renewable energy resources (RER), Renewable energy markets (REM), Competitive
electricity market (CEM), Bidding strategy (BS)
1. INTRODUCTION fight climate change has been the creation of
Nowadays Electricity Price forecasting has carbon emission markets [1].
been a vital and essential issue in every nation. 1.1 Indian Installed Capacity in 2017
Because of deregulation, the price for
electricity has come to be determined by
competitive bidding by producers and
consumers in the wholesale day-ahead market,
where an auction system is generally followed.
The electricity supply function is discontinuous
and increases with the level of demand [4]. The
resulting price from the auction, the so-called
marginal price, corresponds to the highest price
offered by the supply side from those accepted
to satisfy demand. The offered prices to sell
electricity will, in turn, depend on production
costs and these significantly differ among the
generation technologies. Therefore, the
generation mix of a specific market area,
among other factors, will likely condition the
resulting marginal prices and the success of a
given market design. Due to greater climate
awareness, the inclusion of renewable
production in the electricity system is a goal in
most countries. Apart from the promotion of Table 1: All India Installed Capacity (In MW)
renewable generation, another measure taken to 2017
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
34
In the Indian case, the development and the actual physical delivery of power. In these
integration of renewable electricity production environments, the generation decisions for the
in the electricity market has been a target for next day are in most cases the result of a double
the regulator over the last decade. Tables 1 (two-sided) auction where producing (selling)
show the annual figures for installed power and consuming (buying) agents submit a set of
capacity and electrical energy in India per price-quantity curves (bids). The bids must be
generation technology in 2017. submitted by a deadline on the day before
actual delivery of power. A clearing price based
2. BIDDING STRATEGY on the submitted bids is determined by the ISO
In most of the country’s Electricity market is (Independent System Operator) or market
planned as a day-ahead market where, the making agent and all subsequent trades are
electricity energy transactions are cleared for settled at this price [2].
each hour of the next day. In day-ahead market,
demand is estimated for each trading interval, 2.1 Factors Affecting the Price of Electricity
example one-hour period, twenty-four hours 1. Climate conditions
ahead and offers and bids are received from the 2. Constraints
market participants. 3. Communication traffic
4. Fuel costs
5. Unit cost productions
6. Bidding strategies
7. Demand and supply Management
8. Power shortage
9. Outages of generation power plants
10. Market Policy
3. REM IN BIDDING STRATEGY

 One advantage of the Indian auction format
is that it is more technology-neutral and thus
provides another way to promote robust
competition in REM.
 The electricity market is structured to
guarantee matching between the offers from
generators and the bids from consumers at
each node of the power network according to
an economic merit order [1]. To perform this
task, the exchanges starts one day ahead on
the basis of daily energy demand forecasting
and then successive market sections refine
The changes from regulation to competition in the offers with the aim of both satisfying the
Electrical industries around the world have led balancing conditions and of preserving the
to the improvement of markets for Electricity. power quality and the security of energy
Day-ahead electricity markets are emerging as supply.
an important medium through which power is 4. RENEWABLE ENERGY IMPACT ON
allocated in many de-regulated environments. A BS
day-ahead electricity market is a short-term  The auction provides a unique opportunity to
hedge market that operates a day in advance of participate in the new competitive wholesale
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
35
electricity market and retain the traditional Models for Power Producers, Springer-Verlag
opportunity of selling to the utility under a Berlin Heidelberg, 41-59, Doi 10.1007/978-3-
long-term purchase power contract [3]. 642-23193-3_2
 Increase in consumer choice and their [4] Cristina Ballester and Dolores Furió, 2017.
participation in short and long-term demand Impact of Wind Electricity Forecasts on
management, as well as growing Bidding Strategies, International Journal of
responsibility to secure their own energy. Sustainable Energy, 1-17, doi:10.3390/
su9081318
6. CONCLUSION
The use of renewable energy sources is creating
a new energy market where it is of the utmost
importance to be in condition to anticipate
trends and needs from users and producers to
reduce inefficiencies in energy management
and optimize production. In the CEM every
participant wants to enhance its profit by using
information announced by market operator. The
participation of RES in the Indian electricity
market not only led to a decrease in equilibrium
prices, but also caused a change in combined
cycle bidding strategy in the spot market. Such
a decrease in prices forced combined cycle
producers to change their bids, so that they
could afford their production costs when they
are matched in the pool. We observe that (i)
combined cycle plants bid now at lower prices
and that (ii) their participation in adjustment
markets has increased. The question now is if
the market price reductions entailed by RES are
enough to pay for the increasing costs of the
adjustment markets.
REFERENCES
[1] I.L.R. Gomes, H.M.I. Pousinho, R. Melíco,
V.M.F. Mendes, 2016. Bidding and
Optimization Strategies for Wind-PV Systems
in Electricity Markets Assisted by CPS. Energy
Procedia, 106, 111-121. doi:
10.1016/j.egypro.2016.12.109.
[2] M. Begović, A. Pregelj, A. Rohatgi and D.
Novosel, 2001. Impact of Renewable
Distributed Generation on Power Systems,
Proceedings of the 34th Hawaii International
Conference on System Sciences, 1-10.
[3] Roy H. Kwon and Daniel Frances, 2012.
Optimization-Based Bidding in Day-Ahead
Electricity Auction Markets: A Review of
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
36
International Conference & Expo on “Advances in Power Generation from Renewable Energy Sources (APGRES 2017)” December 22-
23, 2017 at GEC Banswara, www.apgres.in
Review of Different Energy Resources

Sandeep Kumara and Emarti Kumarib
a
Department of Computer Engineering, St. Wilfred’s Institute of Engineering & Technology, Ajmer, Rajasthan
b
Department of Mechanical Engineering, M.B.M. Engineering College, Jodhpur, Rajasthan
Abstract
The demand of Electricity is increasing day by day on the earth, because the global population is
increasing continuously. At present, approximately the global population is nearly eight billion
people, but one third of the population do not have electricity. Thus, we are looking for alternative
energy resources for example renewable energy, fossil fuel energy, nuclear energy, hydro energy, etc.
The objective of this research paper is to study the various aspects for instance power consumption
rate and power production rate of energy.
Keywords: Renewable Energy; Fossil Fuel Energy; Nuclear Energy.
1. Introduction kW/year, which is about 10,000 times the

In now a day the electricity consumption is current annual energy consumption of the
growing faster than energy production. It is entire earth.
expected that during the period 2000 to 2040
in all fields and regions the annual demand will 2. Energy
increase by 2.3 % per year was reviewed by Energy is the extensive property that can
researchers [1 – 3]. Hence, further research and be transferred from one form to another form
review is necessary to estimate the exact for example heat to chemical reactions and
demand and production of energy through chemical reactions to thermal energy similarly
various energy resources. thermal energy to mechanical energy and
There are many forms of energy resources mechanical energy to electrical energy or vice
available for example fossil energy, nuclear versa. An energy resource can produce heat,
energy, renewable energy sources. Mostly move objects and produce electricity. The
countries are using fossil energy as their Common forms of energy are kinetic
primary energy sources and nuclear energy as energy of a moving object and the potential
secondary to meet their requirement from day energy stored by an object's position in a
by day, but these sources are not satisfactory force field gravitational, electric or magnetic,
and appropriate source of energy and not better the elastic energy stored by stretching solid
for environment. Because fossil and nuclear objects, the chemical energy released when a
energy resources are limited. Therefore, for fuel burns, the radiant energy carried by light,
securing the future of coming generations we and the thermal energy due to an
have to switch on environmental friendly object's temperature. The people are using
energy resources. This leads to the usage of several energy’s for: residential, commercial,
renewable sources in many parts of the world. transportation, and industries.
Renewable energy is easily available in Human energy consumption has grown
abundance in most parts of the world and is the regularly throughout human and earth
most readily available free source of energy. history. Living organisms require available
Renewable energy is to be the most appropriate energy to stay alive, such as the energy from
green energy and is environmental friendly. food. Early humans had modest energy
The amount of solar energy incident on the requirements, mostly food and fuel for fires to
earth's surface is approximately 1.53 × 1018 cook and keep warm. In today society humans
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
37
consume as much as 200 times as much energy However, fossil fuels also have negative
per person as early humans. Most of the impacts, being the dominant source of local air
energy we use today come from fossil pollution and emitter of CO2, CO, NO2 and
fuels. But fossils fuels have a disadvantage in other greenhouse gases. The world must
that they are non-renewable on a human time therefore balance the role of energy in social
scale, and also causes other potentially harmful and economic development with the need to
effects on the environment. decarbonise, reduce our reliance on fossil
Human civilization requires energy to fuels, and transition towards lower-carbon
function, which it gets from energy energy sources. Fossil energy sources
resources such as fossil fuels, nuclear fuel available in the form of Coal, Natural Gas, Oil,
and renewable energy. The processes of Sustainability, are expressed in Figure 1. Fossil
Earth climate and ecosystem are driven by the energy resources are presented by yellow
radiant energy Earth receives from the sun and colour because it is reducing continuously due
the geothermal energy contained within the to extraction of resources day by day.
earth. Between 2015 and 2040, world energy The 20th century saw a large diversification of
consumption increases by 30% in the IEO fossil energy consumption, with coal declining
(international energy organization) 2017. from 96% of total production in 1900 to less
than 30% in 2000 and 20% in 2040. Today,
2.1 Energy Resources crude oil is the largest energy source,
accounting around 40% of fossil energy,
followed by coal and natural gas at 33% and
28% respectively.
2.1.2 Nuclear energy

Nuclear energy is energy in the core of an
atom. Everything around you are made up of
tiny objects called atoms. Atoms are tiny
particles that make up every object in the
universe.
Most of the mass of each atom is concentrated
in the centre and the rest of the mass is in the
cloud of electrons surrounding the nucleus.
Protons and neutrons are subatomic particles
Figure 1. Various available energy resources’ that comprise the nucleus. Under certain
circumstances, the nucleus of a very large atom
2.1.1 Fossil fuel production and can split in two. In this process, a certain
consumption amount of the large atom’s mass is converted
Fossil fuels continuously have a dominant role to pure energy following Einstein’s famous
in global energy systems. Fossil energy was a formula E = MV2, where M is the small amount
fundamental driver of the industrial revolution, of mass and C is the speed of light. Nuclear
and the technological, social, economic and energy can be used to make electricity. It can
development progress which has followed. be released from atom in two ways as shown in
Energy has played a strongly positive role in Figure 1. Nuclear fusion and nuclear fission, in
global development. nuclear fission atoms are split apart to form
smaller atoms releasing energy and in nuclear
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
38
fusion energy is released when atoms are colour because these resources are healthy for
combined or fused together to form a larger human’s, animals and surrounding’s.
atom. Nuclear energy is represented by red
colour, because the emission rays due to 2.2 Energy Consumption
nuclear fusion and nuclear fission is very Continent wise energy consumption is given in
dangerous for humans, animals and the Table 1. from 2006 to 2016. In the Table
surrounding. Thus nuclear energy is not also elaborated growth rate per annum of
environmental friendly. But, nuclear energy is energy consumption. It is observed from Table
great resources of energy as given here: that due to increasing the use of renewable
 The first commercial nuclear power energy fossil energy consumption is decreases
stations started in the 1950s. in Europe & Eurasia and South & Cent.
 There are over 450 commercial nuclear America by 0.4 % and 1 % respectively. Here,
power reactors operable in 32 countries, with also observed the average growth rate per
over 396,000 MW of total capacity and 70 annum reduction in year 2016 as compared to
more reactors are under construction. year 2006 to 2015 as shown in Figure 2.
 Nuclear plant provides over 16% of the
world's electricity as continuous reliable power Table 1. Different continent energy
to meet base-load demand without CO2 consumption
Year Africa North Europe Asia
emissions. America & Pacific
 55 countries operate a total of about South & Eurasia
Cent. Middle
250 research reactors, and a further 180 America East
Energy consumption (million tonne oil equivalent)
nuclear reactors.
2006 334.8 567.8 592.2 2824.1 3023.5 3924.3
2007 347.9 593.9 625.6 2866.5 3017.7 4175
2.1.3 Renewable energy resources 2008 369.5 613.2 667.6 2819.2 3022.2 4292.1
Renewable energy is energy that is collected 2009 373.4 606 690.3 2689.7 2839.8 4402.2
2010 388.9 641.7 734.2 2777.8 2952.6 4674.7
from natural resources which are naturally 2011 388 665.4 750.3 2778.6 2937.9 4935.1
replenished on a human timescale such as sun, 2012 402.9 680.9 780.8 2724.3 2936.3 5095.5
wind, rain, tide, waves, hydropower, biomass 2013 415.4 696.7 812.4 2795.9 2900.6 5245
2014 427.9 704.1 840 2821.2 2838.3 5357.2
and geothermal heat. Typically, renewable 2015 433.5 710.4 874.6 2792.4 2846.6 5447.4
energy resources have much lower greenhouse 2016 440.1 705.3 895.1 2788.9 2867.1 5579.7
gas and other emissions associated with use. Growth rate per annum
2016 1.20% -1.00% 2.10% -0.40% 0.40% 2.10%
The renewable energy resources are cleaner 2006-
and offer a sustainable supply of energy and 2015
2.80% 2.80% 4.50% -0.20% -0.40% 3.90%
nature friendly. As of 2015 worldwide, more
than half of all new electricity capacity 7000 Africa S. & Cent. America
Consumption (Mil. tonne oil equ.)
Middle East North America

installed was renewable. Renewable energy 6000
Europe & Eurasia Asia Pacific
resources have much lower greenhouse gas
5000
and other emissions associated with use. Thus,
4000
world is switching to renewable energy
resources frequently comparatively primary, 3000
secondary energy resources. Various (3.1 Solar 2000
energy. 3.2 Wind power. 3.3 Wave and tidal
1000
power. 3.4 Geothermal. 3.5 Biomass. 3.6
Hydropower) available renewable energy 0
2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016
resources are shown in Figure 1. With green
Year
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
39
7000 Africa S. & Cent. America

Consumption (Mil. tonne oil equ.) Middle East North America
6000
Europe & Eurasia Asia Pacific
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016
Year
Figure 2. Energy consumption per annum
3. Summary
In this communication authors have reviewed
the consumption of various energy resources
for example fossil energy, nuclear energy and
renewable energies in last twelve years by
world wise. Here, also noticed the value of
renewable energy for instance: solar energy,
biomass, wave and tidal energy, wind energy
and hydro energy, etc. from environment point
of view as well as future perspective wise.
References
1. Sumit, W. & Walke, P.V. (2017). Review
on wind- solar hybrid system,
International Journal of Research in
Science & Engineering, 3 (2), 71-76.
2. Anwarul, H.M. & Dubey, R.R. (2014).
Solar Energy – An Eternal Renewable
Power Resource, International Journal of
Advanced Research in Electrical,
Electronics and Instrumentation
Engineering, 3 (2), 7344 – 7351.
3. Christenseen, E. (2015). Electricity
Generation, 173.
4. Schiffer, H.W. (2016). World Energy
Resources. World Energy Concil.
5. Dudley, B. (2017). BP Statistical Review
of World Energy.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
40
A Review of CFD Methodology used for Solar Devices

Himanshu Pandya
Dept. of Mechanical Engg, Techno India NJR Institute of Technology, Udaipur, Rajasthan, India
Corresponding Author Email: erhimanshupandya@gmail.com
Abstract
Tremendous need of renewable energy development is very much felt in every part of the globe and
sun energy is a prime source of renewable energy, many different techniques and devices are created
to harness this vast amount of clean energy source as an alternative to the fossil fuels. Experiments
on the physical models and prototypes has been done to create a higher efficiency device but they are
time-consuming and costly processes and with the development in the field of computer, scientist and
inventors are equipped with the powerful technique of numerical or computational fluid dynamics
(CFD) simulation. With the help of numerical or CFD simulation various parameters and effects are
check prior to building a physical system with a good accuracy. This article discusses the
computational approach used by various researchers in developing various solar systems such as solar
water heater, solar air heater and solar still. And also, about the advantages and limitations of the
computational approach. In this review it is found out that CFD results are validates with the
experimental results and various parametric study can be done more efficiently.CFD is a powerful
tool of the analysis of the physical problem.
Keywords: Solar energy, solar water heater, solar air heater, solar still, CFD.
1. Introduction It’s now a great challenge for engineers,

The sun is a major source of renewable free researchers, scientist and inventors to create
energy (i.e. solar energy) for our planet Earth. such devices which can easily and efficiently
With the modernization new technologies are harness, store, and utilize this immense source
being employed to generate energy from of pollution free energy. This required great
harvested solar energy. These approaches have amount to research has to be done, which is
already been proven and are widely practiced also happing in more advance ways then it was
throughout the globe as renewable alternatives before. The analysis of solar devices was
to conventional nonrenewable energy sources carried out in the literature using three
[1]. Also use of solar energy for domestic and approaches as stated below
industrial heating purposes has also increased. 1. Experimental
With the increase in demand in solar energy 2. Theoretical (mathematical)
due to the following reasons: - 3. Computational approach.
1. Solar energy is free and available for In this paper, main objective is to highlight the
most of the year for the major part of the globe. latest work done in Computational approach
2. It is pollution free and also helps in for solar devices with brief introduction and
carbon reduction in the world [2]. comparison with Experimental approach.
3. It is Available in abundance such that it 2. Methods or approaches for solar devices
can full fill all the world demand if its analysis
harvesting and supplying technologies are A solar device involves the physics of fluid and
readily available [3]. heat flow. For analyzing the solar devices its
thermal and hydraulic performance has to be
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
41
predicted. To evaluate its thermal and three elements of every CFD codes are (i) a
hydraulic performance, solar devices can be pre- processor, (ii) a solver and (iii) a post-
analyzed using experimental, theoretical or processor
analytical and numerical or computational 2.3.1. Pre-processing
approach (i.e. CFD). In Pre-processing a 3D model of the object of
2.1 Experimental approach interest is created, and then this domain is
In experimental approach, a prototype (actual divided into number of smaller domain which
dimensions or scaled model) of a solar device is known as grid generation or meshing.
is manufactured and on it experiments are Smaller element thus formed from meshing is
performed. Thermal and hydraulic parameters also known as cell and solution to the
like temperature, pressure, flow etc are governing equation are defined at nodes inside
measured to evaluate the performance of the each cell. As the number of cell increases
device. Various factors like cost of accuracy and cost of computational also
manufacturing the device, time required for increases. Fluid properties and boundary
research, experimental facility and conditions are also stated in this step.
measurement devices, apart from these human 2.3.2 Solver
error, measurement error and atmospheric Governing equations are converted into
condition play a critical role in the accuracy of discrete system of algebraic equation using
the research data from the experimental suitable discretization procedure such as finite
method [4]. difference method (FDM), finite element
2.2 Analytical approach method (FEM) or finite volume method
In theoretical or analytical approach, (FVM). In CFD codes FVM is mostly
mathematical equations which are generally preferred. Now these algebraic equations are
partial differential equations represent the solved by an iterative method.
governing equation of the physics are used. 2.3.3 Post-processing
These are solved using various mathematical Post processing is use to examine the results, it
analytical approach but the solving a higher includes the visualization tools like contour
order complex equation is a difficult task. To plots, vector plots, line and shaded plots, 2D
solve these complex equations researcher, use and 3D surface plots etc. and also numerical
various assumption such that equation reporting tools to examine various properties
becomes easy to solve and the results obtained like pressure, temperature, heat transfer
from it matches with the experimental results coefficient etc. of the system.
[5]. 2.3.4 Validation
2.3 Computational approach Table 1 Difference between experimental and
Computational approach is the latest computational approach [6]
approaches for analysis, it uses numerical Experimental Computational
solutions to the mathematical governing Experiments are Except initial software
equations with the help of powerful expensive to setup cost, it is less costly
These are time Less time consuming as
computational software like ANSYS
consuming compare to experimental
FLUENT, ANSYS CFX, CFD ++, Open Modification in setup is Modification can be done
FOAM, GASP CFL 3D, TYPHON etc. In CFD difficult easily
governing equations which are in the form of Large number of Various tools are
integrals or the partial derivatives are measuring instruments available for calculating
required
converted into discretized algebraic which
gives the solutions at discrete points. The main
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
42
Not limited to the Availability of D.G. Gunjo et al. [8] have carried out
complexity of the mathematical model sets experiment and CFD analysis on the novel
problem limit to the complex
type solar collector.CFD analysis of a single
problem
bent riser tube attached to an absorber plate has
Limited number of No such limitation of time
experimental data and at and space been done.
limited time period Their results reveal that: (1) CFD results are
But gives real solution to Solution accuracy validated with the experimental setup with low
the problem depends upon deviation in the results. (2) For the investigated
approximation taken
solar collector with 60°C outlet water
during simulations
temperature maximum thermal efficiency of
71% was obtained. (3) The simulation model
CFD solution of physical problem must be
of the collector gives the outlet water
validated with the experimental data to ensure
temperature, energy efficiency, absorber plate
sufficient accurate description of the reality. In
temperature, and overall heat loss coefficient
many conditions no experimental data is
with maximum error of 9%.
available; simulation process is carried out
Both experiment and CFD analysis have been
with scale model for which experimental
carried out by Facao [9] to analyze the flow
results are available and then it is extended for
distribution in solar collectors which is done
full scale model. Table 1 shows the difference
first time on the varying diameter solar
between experimental and computational
collector which are generally of constant
diameter. The main outcomes were: (1) There
3. CFD methodology for solar devices
is good agreement between CFD and
Bouhal et al. [7] have simulate two different
experimental results. (2) The header manifold
configuration of solar water heater’s storage
dimension of the outlet must be greater than
tank, one with the charge inlet and outlet in
that of the inlet for better results.
horizontal direction (Configuration A) and
ANSYS CFX was used by H.N. Panchal et al.
other having charge inlet and outlet in vertical
[10] to simulate the solar still model and
direction (Configuration B). In both the
validate with the experimental setup. Their
configurations effect of flat plate inside the
results show that: (1) the average deviations
tank as an obstacle to flow has been studied.
from CFD and experimental values for
The flat plate is located horizontally in
production rate and water temperature are
different position in Configuration A and tilted
6.0% and 10.25% respectively. (2) ANSYS
in various angle in Configuration B has been
CFX is very powerful tool for design,
simulated. The following conclusions were
difficulty removal in solar still construction
drawn from their analysis: (1) CFD framework
and parameter analysis.
has been done to evaluate thermal stratification
A computational analysis using ANSYS
in vertical solar storage. (2) CFD codes are
FLUENT has been carried out by Khare et al.
validated with the experimental work done
[11] on simple solar still The main
before and a good agreement between them
observations from their study were: (1)
has been found out. (3) The optimum case for
Simulation results were found to be in good
configuration A is when two horizontal plates
agreement with the experimental data within
located at the Middle and Top in the tank. (4)
the scope of their study. (2) Thermal efficiency
The optimum case for configuration B is when
of the Solar Still is higher from 16:00 to 17:00
plate is tilted 30°.
hrs. (3) Rubber is found to be one of the best
basin materials to improve absorption, storage,
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
43
and evaporation effects. (4) The Solar Still for tooth rib was more than uniform cross-section
low water depth has more productivity. ribs. (2) For the range of Reynolds number
Panchal et al. [12 ] performed a CFD investigated the Nusselt number for
simulation and experimental analysis of trapezoidal rib was found to be highest
hemispherical solar still. The conclusions followed by square rib and circular rib. (3)
drawn from their analysis were: (1) Distillate CFD results also found in good agreement with
water errors of 12 % while comparing with the experimental data.
actual experimental results. (2) Also, good 4.Conclusion
agreement with experimental data and average The conclusions which can be derived from
error of water temperature is 8 %. this article are presented here:
Jin et al. [13] Conducted 3D numerical (1)CFD is a powerful tool for the analysis of
investigation of solar air heater having multi the physical problems
V-shaped ribs on the absorber plate to study (2)With the advance in technology and
the effect of heat transfer and fluid flow research more number of analysis with CFD
characteristics. The major findings of theirs are happing all around the world
tudies are listed here – (1) Multi V-shaped ribs (3)With number of advantages over
promote the fluid mixing between the colder experimental approach many researchers
upper channel fluid and the warmer near- are performing CFD analysis
bottom-wall fluid by generating the stream (4)With growing need of free and clean energy
wise helical vortex flows. (2) Heat transfer was CFD analysis in the field of solar energy is
greatly improved when compared to a smooth a vast field and lot many work has to be
wall channel. (3) The maximum values of both done.
the thermo hydraulic performance parameter (5)Still there is limited number of research
and average Nusselt number was for Angle of available on CFD analysis on solar devices
attack of 45°, and an angle of attack of 60° (6) For obtaining results with greater accuracy
gave the highest value of the friction factor. in CFD; mathematical model, boundary
Yadav et al. [14] simulated a 3D computational conditions, and assumption made during
domain of roughened solar air heater with non- simulation play a great role
uniform mesh using V-shaped perforated (7)But for the final validation of the CFD
blocks as artificial roughness on the absorber results experimental data are required.
plate. Their study revealed following
conclusions: (1) for perforated V-shaped References
blockages average enchantment in the Nusselt 1.Solar energy: Potential and future prospects
number was found to be 33% higher than solid Ehsanul Kabira, Pawan Kumarb, Sandeep
blockages. (2) Friction factor blockages were Kumarc, Adedeji A. Adelodund, Ki-Hyun
decreased by 32% of the value as observed in Kime, Renewable and Sustainable
solid blockages. EnergyReviews 82 (2018) 894–900
Singh et al. [15] investigates a CFD using 3D 2. International Energy Agency. 2D S-hiRen
computational domain of solar air heater to Scenario, Energy Technology Perspectives;
study effect of non-uniform and uniform cross 2012.
section transverse rib on the friction factor and 3. Blaschke T, Biberacher M, Gadocha S,
Nusselt number of roughened solar air heater. Schardinger I. Energy landscapes:
The major findings of the study were: (1) For meetingenergy demands and human
Reynolds number above 7000 the Nusselt aspirations. Biomass- Bioenergy 2013;55:3–
number for non-uniform cross-section saw- 16.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
44
4. Gawande V B, Dhoble A S ,Zodpe D B. Renewable Energy, Vol. 8, No. 1, January –

Effect of roughness geometries on heat transfer June 2013
enhancement in solar thermal systems—a 13.Dongxu Jin, Manman Zhang, Ping Wang,
review .Renew Sustain Energy Shasha Xu. Numerical investigation of heat
Rev2014;32:347–78. transfer and fluid flow in a solar air heater duct
5. Shamardan M M,Norouzi M,Kayhani M with multi V-shaped ribs on the absorber plate.
H,Delouei A A. An exact analytical solution Energy 2015;89:178–90.
for convective heat transfer in rectangular 14.Yadav A S, Samant T S, Varshney L. A
ducts .Zhejiang Univ-SciA 2012; 13(10):768– CFD based analysis of solar air heater having
81 V-shaped perforated blocks on absorber plate.
6. A review of CFD methodology used in Int Res J Eng Technol 2015;2(2):822–9.
literature for predicting thermo-hydraulic 15.Singh S, Singh B, Hans V S, Gill R S.CFD
performance of a roughened solar air heater (computational fluid dynamics) investigation
Vipin B.Gawande , A.S.Dhoble , D.B.Zodpe , on Nusselt number and friction factor of solar
Sunil Chamoli Renewable and Sustainable air heater duct roughened with non-uniform
Energy Reviews 54 (2016) 550–605. cross-section transverse rib. Energy 2015;
7. Numerical modeling and optimization of 84:509–17.
thermal stratification in solar hot water storage
tanks for domestic applications: CFD study T.
Bouhala, S. Fertahib, Y. Agrouaza,, T. El
Rhafiki, T. Kousksou, A. Jamil ,Solar Energy
157 (2017) 441–455.
8. Exergy and energy analysis of a novel type
solar collector under steady state condition:
Experimental and CFD analysis Dawit Gudeta
Gunjo, Pinakeswar Mahanta, Puthuveettil
Sreedharan Robi* Renewable Energy 114
(2017) 655-669.
9. J. Facao, Optimization of flow distribution
in flat plate solar thermal collectors with riser
and header arrangements, Sol. Energy 120
(2015) 104-112.
10. Hitesh N Panchal, P. K. (2011). Modelling
and verification of single slope solar still using
ANSYS CFX. International Journal of Energy
and Environment, 2(6), 985-998.
11. Modeling and Performance Enhancement
of Single Slope Solar Still using CFD Vaibhav
Rai Kharea, Abhay Pratap Singhb*, Hemant
Kumarc, Rahul Khatrib Energy Procedia 109
(2017) 447 – 455.
12. Experimental and ANSYS CFD simulation
analysis of hemispherical solar still, Hitesh N
Panchal, P.K. Shah. International Journal of
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
45
Impact of RES in Distribution Systems

Shubham Verma, Devendra Goyal and Pallavi Soni
Career Point University, Electrical Engineering Department, Kota, Rajasthan, India
Corresponding Author: vermashubham669@gmail.com, devagoyal87@gmail.com
Abstract
Renewable energy sources (RES) is defined as energy that comes from resources which are naturally
replenished on a human time scale such as Wind, sunlight, rain, tides, wave and etc. The high penetration
of renewable generations in the distribution system (DS) has introduced more uncertainties and technical
challenges in the operation of the grid-like voltage variation, degraded protection, altered transient
stability, two-way power flow, and increased fault level. The reverse power flow due to high penetration
of renewable generation may result to voltage rise which distribution network operators may not be able
to control effectively. This paper impacts the renewable generations such as solar photovoltaic (PV) and
wind energy on distribution system with voltage control strategies. The work shows that the application
of smart grid technologies such as demand side integration and energy storage mitigate voltage variation
problems with minimum network reinforcement.
Keywords: - Renewable Energy Sources (RES), Distribution system (DS), photovoltaic (PV),
Renewable Generation (RG)
1. INTRODUCTION variability of their energy sources but also to

DS are undergoing a radical transformation, due their integration into the distribution network.
to several factors which contribute to the
evolution of distribution networks into the new 2. BENEFITS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
concept of smart grid but also greatly influence STORAGE SYSTEM
the grid planning and operation. More  Storage of off-peak PV/wind energy
specifically, the new distribution grid will be  Power smoothing for large solar arrays
characterized by  Peak-load deduction (peak shaving) at
(i) A massive penetration of dispersed substation
generation units,  Distribution and transmission feeder
(ii) The adoption of energy storage technologies reliability improvement
for providing services to the grid,  Customer feeder load management
(iii) The active participation of end users to grid  Ancillary services (frequent regulation,
operation, and black start capability).
(iv) The use of information/communication
technologies which enables the information 2.1 Energy Scenario in India
exchange between all the grid resources. [1].
In recent years, the number of renewable
generation units connected to distribution
networks has continued to grow, and projections
are that this process will continue in the future.
The reason for this trend is to be found in the
increased interest in energy saving and reduction
of environmental impact. However, these
renewable generation units pose many
challenges to grid operators due not only to the Figure 1: India Energy Scenario
 5th largest power generation portfolio.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
46
 5th largest wind energy producer.

 20,000 MW of solar power by 2022.
3. ADVANTAGES OF RES
 One major advantage with the use of
renewable energy is that as it is renewable it
is therefore sustainable and so will never run
out.
 Renewable energy facilities generally require
less maintenance than traditional generators.
 Even more importantly, renewable energy
produces no waste products such as carbon Figure 2: Impact of RG on Feeder
dioxide or other chemical pollutants, so has Voltage Profile
minimum impact on the environment.
 Renewable energy projects can also bring
economic benefits to many regional areas, as 6. CONCLUSION
most projects are located away from large The objective of this paper is to study the effect
urban centers. of RES penetration on voltage stability at the
time of connecting and disconnecting wind,
4. IMPACT OF RENEWABLE ENERGY solar or both with RES system. It shows the
IN DS impact of Renewable generation on DS with
 Renewable generation (RG) that comes with voltage control strategies and presents the aspect
distribution system may exhibit a new set of of smart grid technologies in voltage control as
technical problems which often includes the most appropriate voltage control at varying
problem of voltage rise instead of fall at wind speed and PV irradiance. The combination
certain end points with RG integration into of electrical energy storage and demand side
the network and sometime the reversal of measures one operating from the supply side
power flow. (Energy Storage), the other from the demand
 Other effect is that, wind turbine is designed side (DSI), will potentially allow generation
to shut down as a safety precaution in very plant, both traditional and renewable, to operate
high winds, which means a wind turbine in a more cost-effective manner. Coordination of
supplying power into the grid might be liable voltage control devices and RG for voltage
to stop without warning, leading to a sudden profile improvement can further be investigated.
drop in production which the network might
struggle to compensate for. If the proportion REFERENCES
of distributed energy is low, there will not be [1] J.O. Petinrin, and Mohamed Shaaban, 2016.
Impact of renewable generation on voltage control in
any problem but when it is getting to 20%, a
distribution systems. Renewable and Sustainable
level proposed by EU countries, then, a risk Energy Reviews, 770-783.
of global outage is very high. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.rser.2016.06.073.
 iency, reliability and power quality are very [2] M. Begović, A. Pregelj, A. Rohatgi and D.
important factors to be considered in the Novosel, 2001. Impact of Renewable Distributed
integration of RG with Distributed system Generation on Power Systems, Proceedings of the
others are cost of energy conversion, 34th Hawaii International Conference on System
appropriate load management, security and Sciences, 1-10.
safety. [3] Tareq Aziz, Sudarshan Dahal, and N.
Mithulananthan and Daniel Frances, 2010. Impact of
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
47
widespread penetrations of renewable generation on

distribution system stability, Electrical and
Computer Engineering (ICECE),
doi: 10.1109/ICELCE.2010.5700697
[4] Dariush Shirmohammadi, 2010. Impacts of high
penetration of distributed and renewable resources
on transmission and distribution systems, IEEE,
Doi: 10.1109/ISGT.2010.5434736
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
48
Microbial pretreated Water hyacinth as an Energy Source

Diksha Srivastava Yashwant Raj Verma and Dr. Nafisa Ali
Department of Renewable Energy Engineering, College of Technology and Engineering, Maharana
Pratap University of Agriculture and Technology, Udaipur -313001, Rajasthan, India.
Abstract:
The present research work was undertaken to study the potential of water hyacinth in generation of
biogas; after a microbial pre-treatment. Water hyacinth, an aquatic weed is often associated with
uncontrolled growth and eutrophication. Culture of Phanerochaete chrysosporium, a lingocellulytic
fungus was used for microbial pre-treatment. Performance evaluation, in terms of biogas production was
checked in 2m3 Modified Deenbandhu biogas plant, which is fitted with a stirrer on its side to remove
scum formation in digester. The biogas production from the water hyacinth was only 1.92% more than
that of cattle dung but the methane content of the biogas from the water hyacinth was 10.71% higher
than that of cattle dung. The average NPK content of the digested slurry of the water hyacinth was
38.55%, 10.52% and 137.14% more than that of digested slurry of cattle dung respectively. This will
help to sort out the problems of cooking fuel, lightening, aquatic weed disposal, waste management and
sanitation etc.
Keywords: Water hyacinth, Modified Deenbandhu biogas plant, phanerochaete chrysosporium,
Biomethanation
1. Introduction subjected to anaerobic digestion in the presence

Water hyacinth (Eichhornia Crassipes) has been of methanogenic bacteria. This process is better
identified by the IUCN as one of the 100 most as the digested slurry from biogas plants is
aggressive invasive species (Tellez et al., 2008) available for its utilization as organic manure in
and recognized as one of the top 10 worst weeds agriculture and horticulture as a substitute of
in the world (Patel 2012). It is characterized by chemical fertilizers, and in pisciculture as a
rapid growth rates, extensive dispersal nutritional feed for fish.
capabilities, large and rapid reproductive output
and broad environmental tolerance (Zhang et al., 2. Materials and Methods
2010). Among all the control methods such as;
physical process, chemical process or biological
process, physical process is the best as it
provides both rid of water hyacinth which is a
major problem for hydrosphere and also
provides proper waste disposal of the taken out
weed from lakes.
Biogas technology in comparison to all other
renewable sources of energy is well developed
and easy to adopt for any person, as its
technological infrastructure is easily available at
large scale in Indian market for generating biogas.
Biogas is a product of biomethanation
process when fermentable organic material such
as cattle dung, kitchen waste, poultry droppings,
night soil wastes, agricultural wastes etc. are
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
49
Figure 1: Collection and preparation of water

hyacinth for pre-treatment
The study was conducted at the Department of

Renewable Energy Engineering, College of
Technology and Engineering, Udaipur
(Rajasthan). Water Hyacinth was collected from
the pond of the nearby village named Kanpur,
Udaipur (Rajasthan), and was chopped using
crusher machine under green house shed, as
shown in Figure1.
For the microbial treatment of Water Hyacinth,
Figure 2: Sub-cultures of Fungus
a wood-rot fungus that is capable of degrading
lignin via its lignolytic enzymes; Phanerochaete
Further these subcultures were used for
chrysosporium (NCIM 1197) was used. This
preparing mother spawns. For this, one kg of
organism is termed as “white rot fungus”
wheat grains was soaked in 1 liter water for
because of its ability to degrade lignin. The
overnight. Next day the grains were boiled for
cellulosic portion of wood is attacked to a lesser
15-20 minutes, after boiling the grains, it was
extent, resulting in the characteristic white color
soaked in the same water for 10-15 minutes and
of the degraded wood. Degradation of material
then excess water was drained off using a wire
involves important extracellular enzymes such
mesh sieve. The grains were surface dried on
as lignin peroxidase, manganese dependent
white paper sheet and 12 gm gypsum (CaSO4
peroxidase, glyoxal oxidase and pyranose
2H2O) and 3 gm calcium carbonate (CaCO3)
oxidase (located in the interplasmic space of the
were mixed with these boiled grains, where the
fungal cell wall) (Urek and Pazarlioglu, 2007).
gypsum was added to prevent the grains from
The vials received from NCIM were kept as
sticking to each other and calcium carbonate was
parental cultures from which sub-cultures were
used to bring the pH to 6.5. The grains were then
prepared in malt extract agar medium using
filled in 500 ml conical flask up to three fourth
slants of test tubes and secondary sub-culture in
of the capacity, plugged with non-absorbent
petri plates as shown in Figure 2.
cotton and sterilized in autoclave at 120°C + 2°C
and 15 lb psi for 1 to 1½ hours. Flasks were
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
50
cooled at room temperature and then were In field level the methodology adopted for
inoculated with colonized mycelium of treatment of water hyacinth is as under-100 kg
Phanerochaete chrysosporium by putting the of crushed Water Hyacinth was soaked
two bits of agar (from petri plates) just opposite (overnight) in 70-80 lt. of water containing 0.05
to each other in the inner side in the middle of percent bavastine and 0.25 percent
flasks and then incubated at 25 ± 1°C for 2 formaldehyde. This is done to sterilize the
weeks. The flasks were shaken every day to organic waste (Deshmukh and Deshmukh,
obtain homogenous growth of fungi. After 2 2013). For fungal treatment, mother spawn of
weeks of inoculation the flasks were ready as Phanerochaete chrysosporium (prepared
spawn culture (Pant et al., 2006). A comparative previously) was spread on substrate layer by
view of grain filled flasks, before and after sub layer in 3 canisters. These canisters were marked
culturing is shown in Figure 3. and kept at ambient temperature for growth of
fungus for 3 days, as shown in Figure 4 (Ali,
2014). Further respectively first, second and
third canister was used for feeding biogas plant
so as to obtain sufficient growth of microbes for
three days and simultaneously filled with fresh
material and layer of microbes. This process was
repeated till the end of the experiment.
Figure 4: Preparation of mixture of pre-

treated water hyacinth and cattle dung
Figure 5: Deenbandhu Biogas Plant with

Figure 3: Before and after spawn growth Mixing Unit
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
51
Initially plant was fed with 100% cattle dung as 30 6.07 6.92 9.61 8.00 82.68 77.10
35 6.09 6.95 9.59 7.80 82.73 75.80
seeding material to enhance the rate of reaction 40 6.08 6.96 9.62 7.50 83.18 74.52
and then was replaced by pretreated water 45 6.09 6.92 9.64 7.46 82.56 74.00
hyacinth (Ali, 2010) with reduction ratio of 20% 50 6.10 6.91 9.64 7.10 82.60 73.72
(i.e. ratio between cattle dung and water hyacinth 55 6.09 6.87 9.63 7.30 82.87 73.56
60 6.10 6.90 9.64 7.40 82.50 72.83
was maintained as 50:0, 40:10, 30:20, 20:30, 65 6.10 6.89 9.62 7.12 82.89 72.75
10:40, 0:50 respectively after every one week). A 70 6.09 6.87 9.60 7.18 82.63 72.80
simple mechanical hand driven mixing unit was Average 6.08 6.89 9.61 7.78 82.65 76.14
developed and installed in the Modified WH: Water Hyacinth, BD: Before Digestion,
Deenbandhu biogas plant to solve the problems AD: After Digestion
of choking experienced when using pH value of the water hyacinth before digestion
lignocellulosic material. It has an axle with four was nearly constant during the whole process.
vertical and two horizontal baffles on both side The average value of total solid content of water
of the centre. The whole unit was installed inside hyacinth was found to be 7.78% and of cattle
the biogas plant perpendicular to the flow of feed dung was found to be 8.10%. Degradation in VS
material in the plant having bearings on both content of water hyacinth was found to be
sides for ease in rotation. Handle for operating 12.11%, while that in case of cattle dung was
the mixing unit was kept outside the plant. The found to be 11.10% which indicated the lower
speed of rotation was 4 rpm as shown in figure biogas production from cattle as compare to
5. water hyacinth. The maximum and minimum
temperature of the environment near biogas
3. Results and Discussion plant during digestion was found to be 45.70°C
To check the feasibility of water hyacinth as a and 12.50°C respectively.
substrate and adduct for biomethanation, Production of biogas depends on the degradation
biochemical analysis of water hyacinth and of volatile solid matter and here degradation is
cattle dung was done. All the analysis was done higher in water hyacinth as compare to cattle
using standard methods as shown in Table No.1. dung which clearly indicates the reason of higher
Table 1: Physico chemical analysis of water biogas production from water hyacinth as
hyacinth and cattle dung compare to cattle dung. Figure 6 shows the
Constitue pH TS VS N P K biogas produced from water hyacinth and cattle
nts % % % % % dung graphically, calculated using biogas flow
Water 6.0 9.6 82. 2.1 0.5 1.6 meter during the digestion process.
Hyacinth 8 1 65 6 8 3
Cattle 6.8 10. 81. 1.3 0.5 0.5 2
dung 2 72 54 8 2 5 1.8
1.6
The biochemical analysis of the feed material
1.4
before and after digestion, with respect to pH,
Biogas (m3)
1.2
total solid content and volatile solid content were 1 WH
done by standard methods and are shown in table 0.8
CD
2. 0.6
Table 2: Characteristics of feed material 0.4
0.2
before and after digestion 0
Days of pH TS VS 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
Observation BD AD BD AD BD AD
10 6.08 6.83 9.60 9.10 82.90 82.78 Days
15 6.06 6.83 9.54 8.70 82.50 81.25 Figure 6: Biogas production in m3 from the
20 6.05 6.85 9.58 8.50 82.60 80.40
25 6.05 6.92 9.62 8.10 81.85 78.40 water hyacinth and cattle dung
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
52
Figure 7 and 8 shows the amount of methane and The biogas spent slurry was analyzed for
carbon dioxide content in biogas produced from nutrients like nitrogen, phosphate and potash at
water hyacinth and cattle dung graphically during every 10 day’s interval. Results are presented in
digestion process. The maximum and figure 9,10and 11 respectively.
minimum amount of methane content of the
biogas produced from the water hyacinth was 2.5
68.70% and 45.80% respectively. The average
2
methane content was found to be 63.33%. The
Nitrogen (%)
maximum and minimum amount of methane 1.5
content of the biogas produced from the cattle
1 WH
dung was 59.80% and 45.90% respectively. The CD
average methane content was found to be 0.5
57.20%. Higher the amount of methane 0
percentage in biogas clearly denotes the quality of 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
biogas, which in turn increases the calorific value Days
of biogas. The maximum and minimum amount Figure 9: Nitrogen percentage in digested
of CO2 content of the biogas produced from the material
water hyacinth was 51.80% and 28.80% Nitrogen content of the fresh water hyacinth was
respectively. The average CO2 content was found to be 2.16% and after digestion, an
found to be 34.19%. Amount of CO2 in biogas increase of 10.18% was observed. Range of the
reduce the calorific value of biogas. Lower nitrogen content in the digested slurry of water
amount of CO2 in biogas produced from water hyacinth was found to be 2.16% to 2.38% and
hyacinth indicates the higher calorific value as the average nitrogen content was found to be
compare to that of cattle dung. 2.30%. Nitrogen content of the fresh cattle dung
was found to be 1.38% and after digestion, an
80 increase of 36.95% was observed. Range of the
nitrogen content in the digested slurry of cattle
60
Methane (%)
dung was found to be 1.38% to 1.89% and the

40 WH average nitrogen content was found to be 1.66%.
CD
Due to higher value of nitrogen content in fresh
20 water hyacinth than that of cattle dung, it is
0 higher in digested slurry.
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
Days
0.8
Figure 7: Methane percentage in the biogas 0.7
60 0.6
Phosphate (%)
0.5
50
0.4
40 0.3 WH
CO2 (%)
0.2 CD
30 WH
0.1
20 CD
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
10
Days
0
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 Figure 10: Phosphate percentage in digested
Days
material
Figure 8: CO2 percentage in the biogas
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
53
1.8 will help to sort out the problems of aquatic

1.6 weed disposal, waste management, sanitation,
1.4 cooking fuel, fuel for lightening, organic manure
Potash (%)
1.2
1 production etc. The biogas production from the
0.8 water hyacinth was 1.92% more than that of
0.6 WH
0.4
cattle dung but the methane content of the biogas
CD from the water hyacinth was 10.71% higher than
0.2
0 that of cattle dung. After biogas production, bio-
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
chemical analysis of the digested slurry was
Days
done which concludes that the average NPK
content of the digested slurry of water hyacinth
Figure 11: Potash percentage in digested
was 38.55%, 10.52% and 137.14% more than
material
that of digested slurry of cattle dung
Phosphate content of the fresh water hyacinth
respectively.
increase of 15.51% was observed. Range of the
References
phosphate content in the digested slurry of water
1. Ali, N., Chaudhary, B.L. and Khandelwal,
hyacinth was found to be 0.58% to 0.67%, the
S.K. 2004. Better use of water hyacinth for
average phosphate content was found to be
fuel, manure and pollution free
0.63%. Phosphate content of the fresh cattle
environment. Indian Journal of
dung was found to be 0.52% and after digestion,
Environmental Protection 24 : 297-303.
an increase of 19.23% was observed. Range of
2. Ali, N., Chaudhary, B.L. and Panwar, N.L.
the phosphate content in the digested slurry of
2014. The fungal pre-treatment of maize
cattle dung was found to be 0.52% to 0.62% and
cob heart and water hyacinth for enhanced
the average phosphate content was found to be
biomethanation. International Journal of
0.57%.
Green Energy 11 : 40-49.
3. Bak, J.S., Ko, J.K., Choi, I.G., Park, Y.C.,
Potash content of the fresh water hyacinth was
Seo, J.H. and Kim, K.H. 2009. Fungal
found to be 1.63% and after digestion, an
pretreatment of lignocellulose by
Phanerochaete chrysosporium to produce
potash content in the digested slurry of water
ethanol from rice straw. Biotechnology and
hyacinth was found to be 1.63% to 1.70%, the
Bioengineering 104 : 471-82.
average potash content was found to be 1.66%.
4. Biogas Technology Development Division.
Potash content of the fresh cattle dung
Ministry of New and Renewable Energy.
(http://mnre.gov.in/schemes/decentralized-
systems/schemes-2/).
potash content in the digested slurry of cattle
5. Deshmukh, S. and V.R. Deshmukh, V.R.
dung was found to be 0.55% to 0.81%, the
2013. Bio-efficiency of mushroom on
average potash content was found to be 0.70%.
different agro-waste. PKV Research Journal
37 : 50-52.
4. Conclusion
6. Fadairo, A.A. and Fagbenle, R.O. 2014.
In this study, an attempt has been made to
Biogas production from water hyacinth
utilize an obnoxious aquatic weed, water
blends. In : 10th International Conference
hyacinth. It is a serious hazard to various lakes,
on Heat Transfer, Fluid Mechanics and
ponds or any other stagnant water body. This
Thermodynamics held at Orlando, Florida,
study has determined the potential of generation
U.S.A. during July 14-16, 2014, pp. 792-
of biogas after a microbial pre-treatment, which
799.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
54
7. Frezina, N.C.A. 2013. Water hyacinth as a water hyacinth, Eichhornia crassipes: An

substrate for plant-microbial fuel cell to invasive plant in the Guadiana River Basin
clean water and produce electricity in (Spain). Aquatic Invasions 3 : 42-53.
marshes. International Journal of Scientific 16. Xing, J., Criddle, C. and Hickey, R. 1997.
& Engineering Research 4 : 1297-1312. Effects of a long-term periodic substrate
8. Harley, L.S., Julien, M.H., and Wright, A.D. perturbation on an anaerobic community.
1997. Water Hyacinth: A tropical Water Research 31 : 2195-2204.
worldwide problem and methods for its 17. Zhang, Y., Zhang, D., Barrett, S., 2010.
Control. In : Proceedings of the First Genetic uniformity characterizes the
Meeting of the International Water invasive spread of water hyacinth
Hyacinth Consortium held at World Bank, (Eichhornia crassipes), a clonal aquatic
Washington during March 18-19, 1997. plant. Molecular Ecology 19 : 1774-1786.
9. Jayaweera, M.W., Dilhani, J.A., Kularatne,
R.K. and Wijeyekoon, S.L. 2007. Biogas
production from water hyacinth
(Eichhornia crassipes) grown under
different nitrogen concentrations. Journal of
Environmental Science and Health. Part A,
Toxic/Hazardous Substances and
Environmental Engineering 42 : 925-932.
10. Lancer, L. and Krake, K. 2002. Aquatic
weeds and their management. International
Commission on Irrigation and Drainage 1 :
22-57.
11. Njogu, P., Kinyua, R., Muthoni P. and
Nemoto Y. 2016. Biogas production using
water hyacinth (Eicchornia crassipes) for
electricity generation in Kenya. Energy and
Power Engineering 7 : 209-216.
12. Patel, S. 2012. Threats, management and
envisaged utilizations of aquatic weed
Eichhornia crassipes: An overview.
Reviews in Environmental Science and
Biotechnology 11 : 249–259.
13. Sawatdeenarunat, C., Surendra, K.C.,
Takara, D., Oechsner, H. and Khanal, S.K.
2015. Anaerobic digestion of
lignocellulosic biomass: Challenges and
opportunities. Bioresource Technology 178
: 178-186.
14. Singh, D. and Chen, S. 2008. The white-rot
fungus Phanerochaete chrysosporium:
conditions for the production of lignin-
degrading enzymes. Applied Microbiology
and Biotechnology 81 : 399-417.
15. Tellez, T., Lopez, E., Granado, G., Perez,
E., Lopez, R., and Guzman, J. 2008. The
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
55
Effect of Viscosity in Biomechanics for the Fluid: A Review
Vinod Kumar Bais1 and Ankur Kulshreshtha2
1
Manav Bharti Universty, Solan, HP, India.
2
GEC, Banswara, Rajasthan, India.
Corresponding Author: Ankur_kulshreshtha@yahoo.in
Abstract:
The viscosity of a liquid is the correlation of shear stress and velocity gradient. It is the quantity of force
need to obtain that substance moving in circular tube. Mathematical techniques are used to find various
types of viscosity for fluid and obtain the result with the numerical example to discuss the feature for
multiple applications in biomechanics.
Key Terms: Shear stress, Mathematical Model, Fluid Dynamics, Viscosity.
1. Introduction: mathematical models has been provided for the

Biomechanics focuses on the application of study of folding mechanism of insect wings and
mechanics in the field of living organism for study the pattern and behavior of the wings and
human development. The biomechanics of leg muscles. Boda M.A. et. al. 2015 has provided
human beings is a main part of kinesiology. In the analysis of kinematic viscosity for high and
this regard, construction of mathematical model low sticky liquids at different level of
to solve the problems of the biomechanics of the temperature. Nithiarasu P. published his book
human skeleton and its various body parts and “Biofluid Dynamics”, in which there are
other biomaterials like artificial blood vessel and sufficient theoretically information about the
so on. The viscosity of a fluid is a measure of its biofluids and many other solving techniques to
resistance to gradual deformation by shear find Stress and strain and other terms. Kim B. H.
stress. It is the force per unit area, therefore the et. al 2013 has worked on effect of the fluid
viscosity is equal to force divided by the area. In viscosity on the liquid- feeding flow phenomena
medical field, the viscosity is a direct of a female mosquito. The study is focused on
measurement of the blood to flow through the the feeding mechanism and viscosity of the
blood vessels. Also, the study the stress, we fluids in food canal. Sanjeev Kumar et. al. 2009
focus on the length and diameter of the vessels. discussed the effect of porous parameter for the
Bessonov N. et. al. 2016 discussed methods of blood flow in a time dependent stenotic artery
blood flow modeling that blood assumed as a and to find the stress and pressure on wall, used
heterogeneous fluid and analysis rheology and the Navier-Stokes and the continuity equations.
non-Newtonian properties. The constructive
model for incompressible viscous fluids based 2. Mathematical Models:
on the assumption that the extra stress tensor is Model 1: Kinematic Viscosity
proportional to the symmetric part of the It is the measure of the inherent resistance of a
velocity gradient, 𝜏 = 2𝜇𝐷. Where μ is the fluid to flow when no external force is exerted,
viscosity and 𝐷 = ∇𝑢 + ∇𝑢 /2 is the rate of the except gravity. Mathematically, it can be
deformation tensor. Also, analyze an calculated by dividing the absolute viscosity of a
equilibrium stage of blood vessel and internal liquid with the liquid mass density. It is denoted
blood pressure by the Newton method. by ν and defined as
Alexander R. McN. Has worked on modeling 𝜂
𝜈=
approaches in biomechanics in 2003. In this 𝜌
work, conceptual models, physical models and
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
56
Where 𝜈 = 𝐾𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑐 𝑉𝑖𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝜂= Shear flow is defined as flow caused by
𝐷𝑦𝑛𝑎𝑚𝑖𝑐𝑠 𝑉𝑖𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 and 𝜌 = 𝐹𝑙𝑢𝑖𝑑 𝐷𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦. tangential movement. This imparts a shear
For example: Obtain the kinematic viscosity, stress on the fluid.
for a liter of mercury with weight 1.95 Kg. Shear rate is a ratio of velocity and distance
Solution: Here, first find the density mass of and has units per second. It is defined as
mercury. 𝛾̇ = .𝑚 = = (𝑠 )
.
Density of mercury (𝜌) = = = Where h is the distance between two layer
.
= 1950 of tube and 𝑣 is the velocity of upper layer.
.
Shear stress is proportional to shear rate
Since the dynamic viscosity of the mercury (𝜂)
with a viscosity constant or viscosity
= 1.526 Pa*s.
function.
Now the kinematic viscosity is calculated by the
formula: 𝜈= Shear Stress is defined as 𝜏 = (𝑁/𝑚 )
Where F is force applied on the area (A) of
𝜂 1.526 Pa ∗ s 1.526 N ∗ s/𝑚
𝜈= = = the tube.
𝜌 𝐾𝑔 𝐾𝑔
1950 1950
𝑚 𝑚 3. Result and Conclusion:
= 0.00078256 𝑚 /𝑠
Biomechanics is used to explanations of the
Model 2: Dynamic Viscosity with Tangential
mechanical behavior of living organisms. Also,
Force
there is an important to understand the basic
It is the tangential force required to move one
relationship between stress and strain. It has
horizontal plane of a fluid with respect to another
many mathematical techniques to construct the
plane. It is denoted by 𝜂 and defined as
𝜏 model for the study of mechanical behavior like
𝜂= pressure and stress of vessel of human body as
𝛾
shown in the figure.
Where 𝜂 = 𝐷𝑦𝑛𝑎𝑚𝑖𝑐𝑠 𝑉𝑖𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 , 𝜏=
𝑆ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑆𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠 and 𝛾 = 𝑆ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑟 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒.
For example: Calculate the pressure necessary
to move a system of liquid with a shear rate of
0.33 per second and the value of dynamics
viscosity is 0.019 Pa*s.
Solution: To find the pressure (stress), use
dynamics viscosity formula
𝜂 = => 𝜏 = 𝜂 ∗ 𝛾……….(1)
Where 𝛾 = 0.33 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜂 =
0.019 𝑃𝑎 ∗ 𝑠. Then from equation (1) we get
𝜏 = 𝜂 ∗ 𝛾 = (0.019 𝑃𝑎 ∗ 𝑠)
∗ (0.33 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑)
𝜏 = 0.00627 𝑃𝑎 =
0.00627 𝑁/𝑚
Model 3: Viscosity, Shear Stress and Shear Source: Book Bio fluid Dynamics
Rate Biomechanics has advantage of engineering
Fluid mechanics of polymers are modeled principles and requires understanding of
as steady flow in shear flow. mathematical modeling, mechanics and biology.
Shear flow can be measured with pressures We have discussed some model with numerical
in the fluid and a resulting shear stress. examples to find various factors as shear stress,
shear rate, and viscosity. It has play an important
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
57
role in the field of medical sciences specially in
orthopedics and obtains a good joint implication,
it is also optimizing the different shape of
implants so they may better resist extreme a long
time mechanical demands in medical field. In
this field shear stress, shear rate, viscosity is the
important tools for designing the new shapes of
various fluid tube and various parts of skeleton
and so on and provide a new way to researchers,
mechanical manufactures and software designer
to develop existing and new shapes.
References:
1 N. Bessonov (et. al.) “Methods of blood flow
modeling”, Math. Model. Nat. Phenom. Vol. 11,
No. 1, 2016, pp. 1-25
2 R. McN. Alexander, “Modelling approaches in
biomechanics”, The Royal Society, UK, 6
August, 2003.
3 P. Nithiarasu, published his book Bio fluid
Dynamics, UK.
4 M A Boda (et. al.) “Analysis of Kinematic
Viscosity for Liquids by Varying Temperature”,
IJIRSET, Vol. 4, Issue 4, April 2015
5 Bo Heum Kim (et. al.) “Effect of fluid
viscosity on the liquid-feeding flow phenomena
of a
female mosquito”, The Journal of
Experimental Biology 216, 952-959, 2013.
6 Sanjeev Kumar, Archana Dixit, “Effect of
Porous Parameter for the Blood Flow in a time
Dependent Stenotic Artery”, Indian Journal of
Biomechanics: Special Issue (NCBM 7-8 March
2009).
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
58
Thermodynamic investigation on biomass derived syngas fueled

combined cycle power plant
Mohd Parvez, Abdul Khaliq
Department of Mechanical Engineering, Al-Falah University, Faridabad (Haryana) India
Mechanical Engg. Dept., King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia
Corresponding Author: mparvezalig@rediffmail.com
Abstract
This article reports the results of syngas fueled combined power cycle which was analyzed from both
energy and exergy point of views. A parametric investigation was carried out to ascertain the effects of
change in biomass material, gas turbine inlet temperature, and steam turbine inlet pressure on
performance of the biomass gasifier integrated combined cycle plant. The results obtained clearly reveal
that first law efficiency and second law efficiency of the combined cycle significantly vary with the
change in gas turbine inlet temperature and steam turbine inlet pressure but the change in biomass
material shows small variation in these parameters.
Keywords: combined cycle, thermo-chemical equilibrium, gasification, syngas, power generation
Corresponding author:
1. Introduction technology effectively. Marcio [1] proposed a

The energy and environment norms regarding thermodynamic methodology for the viability of
the ozone layer depletion and the global a power generating system based on atmospheric
warming are becoming more and more stringent gasification of sugarcane bagasse using
in almost all over the world. In this challenging fluidized- bed gasifier. In this study various
scenario, biomass gasification energy for configurations of the power unit were tried until
producing electricity gaining popularity, the most efficient was found. Ciferno and
because they use zero global warming and ozone Marano [2] reported benchmarking biomass
depletion. However, these systems have lower gasification technology for fuels, chemicals and
efficiency than the conventional power plants hydrogen production. Larson et al. [3] carried
and need optimization from thermodynamic out the cost benefit assessment of biomass
point of view. Direct combustion of biomass is gasification power generation in the pulp and
worsened by heterogeneous composition of paper industry. De Souza Santos [4] described a
waste biomass leading to unacceptable theory of solid fuels combustion and
consequences because it has low efficiency and gasification. The material reported has been
a high environmental impact, due to the found of much use for the analysis of solid
unburned hydrocarbons and the release of fueled power generation system simultaneously
particulates matter. Gasification of biomass is an involved in the processes of gasification and
attractive technology for power generation. The combustion.
use of biomass gasification process is a key Most of the studies reported in the literature as
element in an advanced gas turbine combined discussed above are based on first law analysis
cycle system. or energy balance approach. First – law of
Various investigations based on conventional thermodynamics simply deals with the
first – law of thermodynamic method have been conversion of energy from one form to another.
carried out in the past on biomass integrated It fails to identify and quantify the sources of
gasification combined cycle. These thermodynamic losses which are responsible to
investigations laid a foundation for the proper deteriorate the performance of thermal energy
utilization of biomass using gasification systems and cannot answer why the actual
operational performance of energy system differ
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
59
from the design one. In order to overcome with 2. Problem formulation

these limitations of the first law, second law of Figure 1 shows a thermo – chemical model of
thermodynamics has been adopted by many biomass gasification combined power cycle
investigators for the last decade and it is power plant. The biomass fed to the gasifier. The
observed that combined application of first and compressed air at state 2 and saturated steam at
second laws of thermodynamics results to state 4 enter the gasifer where syngas is
provide credible information about the real produced and goes to the combustion chamber
performance of thermal power generation after passing through a gas cleanup unit where
systems [5]. Wu et al. [6] carried out first law tar and char removed. In combustion chamber
simulation for 450 kW gas engine using the chemical reaction are taking place. The
fluidized bed gasifier and reported that its products of combustion go to the gas turbine
overall efficiency can be achieved 26-28%. For where they expand and produce power. The
rice husk and agricultural waste plant they found exhaust gasses of gas turbine enter the heat
gasifier as the major source of exergy losses. recovery steam generator (HRSG) where
Brown et al. [7] addresses the issues of thermo superheated steam is produced. This superheated
economic assessment of wood gasification for steam is used to run the steam turbine and
electricity generation. They identified the produce electric power and exhaust steam from
operating conditions for maximum exergy steam turbine routed to the condenser where its
efficiency of the plant with minimal investment phase changes from vapor to liquid and then
cost. Bhattacharya et al. [8] conducted a pumped back to the HRSG. The waste gases
thermodynamic analysis of biomass integrated available at the exit of HRSG discharge to the
gasification combined cycle considering the atmosphere at ambient pressure. The analysis
combustion of supplementary biomass fuel was carried out as per the assumptions taken by
using the oxygen available in gas turbine Wu et al. (2008) [6]
exhaust. There results show the plant 3. First and second law analyses of a
efficiencies increase with the increase in both
combined power cycle
pressure and temperature ratios: however, the
The gasification reactions in the gasifier are
latter has a stronger influence than the former.
explain as
Srinivas et al. [9] predicted the thermal
C H O N +wH O + a (O + 3.76N )
performance of a biomass based IGCC plant and
+a H O
examined the effects of gasifier conditions on
= b CH + b CO + b CO + b H + b H O +
the efficiency and power generation capacity of
the plant as well as their effect on NOX and CO2 b N (1)
emissions. Most recently theoretical
investigations on different biomass material The syngas obtained after gasification was used
gasification at ambient conditions for gas turbine in combustion chamber as a fuel reported as
power generation have also been presented for 𝑏 𝐶𝐻 + 𝑏 𝐶𝑂 + 𝑏 𝐶𝑂 + 𝑏 𝐻 + 𝑏 𝐻 𝑂
various operating conditions [10-12]. + 𝑏 𝑁 + 𝑎 (𝑂 + 3.76𝑁 )
In this context the current study has been carried = 𝑏 𝐶𝑂 + 𝑏 𝐻 𝑂 + 𝑏 𝑁 (2)
out to evaluate the thermodynamic performance The composition of syngas formed after
of various biomass fueled combined gas - steam gasification of biomass was computed after
cycle for power generation. The effect of change following the model developed by Bhattacharya
in biomass material and some influenced et al. [8].
thermodynamic parameters have been observed The thermodynamic performance parameters for
on the first law and second law performance of the first and second law efficiency of the
the proposed cycle. proposed combined cycle were calculated after
using
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
60
𝜂 = and hence decreases the overall efficiency of the

̇ ̇ ̇ ̇
(3) cycle. Since the contribution of gas turbine
̇ towards the overall power generation is much
𝜂 = higher and is three times larger than the
̇ ̇ ̇ ̇
(4) contribution of the steam turbine, and change in
̇ , steam turbine pressure only effects the steam
4. Results and discussion turbine output not the gas turbine output,
The present study is carried out to identify the therefore, first law efficiency of combined
effect of various influenced parameters on the power cycle slightly drops with the increase in
performance of the integrated gasification steam turbine inlet pressure. For the similar
combustion chamber in the range of operation, reasons, second law efficiency also drops
gas turbine inlet temperature (1273 –1473K), slightly with the same.
turbine inlet pressure (30 bar to 70 bar) and 5. Conclusions
approach temperature (288 K). The proposed The proposed biomass derived syngas fueled
model developed in this paper for solid waste, combined power cycle was analyzed by using
rice husk and sugarcane bagasse are tested by first and second law of thermodynamics. The
comparing the result with the published papers performance of the system was examined under
of relevant researchers [12]. the variation of gas turbine and steam turbine.
Figs. 2-3 shows the variation of first and second The main conclusions drawn from this study can
law efficiencies of biomass gasification of be summarized as follows:
combined power cycle with the change in gas  Both first and second law efficiencies
turbine inlet temperature. In general, second law increases considerably with the rise of gas
efficiencies of combined are slightly lower than turbine inlet temperature. First law efficiency
their first law efficiencies. This is due to the fact has been found maximum for solid waste
that the chemical exergy of biomass fuel which and minimum for sugarcane bagasse.
is considered as the input in second law analysis  Second law efficiency also increases
is higher than the calorific value of the fuel significantly with the increase in gas turbine
which is considered as the input in the first law inlet temperature and it was maximum for
analysis. Figs. 2-3 reveal that both first law and solid waste and minimum for sugarcane
second law efficiencies increase linearly as gas bagasse fueled cycle.
turbine inlet temperature for all three cases of  Both first and second law efficiencies
biomass considered. It is further noticed that decrease significantly with the increase in
both first and second law efficiencies of steam turbine inlet pressure.
combined power cycle are higher for solid waste
Nomenclature
and lower for sugarcane bagasse. This is due to
𝑊̇ power (KW)
the fact that gasifier temperature and lower
ηI first law efficiency
heating value of syngas is higher in case of solid
ηII second law efficiency
waste and lower in case of sugarcane bagasse.
φ exergy ratio
Figs. 4-5 shows the variation of first and second
1-8 state points of Brayton cycle
law efficiencies of combined power cycle with
a-e state points of the steam cycle
the change in steam turbine inlet pressure. It is
found that both first and second law efficiencies References
decrease with the increase in steam turbine inlet [1] Marcio L.de Souza – Santos. A feasibility
pressure. The reason for this kind of trend is that study of an alternative power generation system
increase in steam turbine inlet pressure results in based on biomass gasification / gas turbine
lower mass flow rate of steam produced in the concept”. Fuel 1999; 78: 529-538.
HRSG which in turn reduces the steam output
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
61
[2] Ciferno J.P, Marano J.J. Benchmarking firing and co-firing combined power plants.
biomass gasification technologies for fuels, Biofuels 2017; 8 (1): 1-15.
chemicals and hydrogen production. U.S [12] Parvez M. Investigation on thermodynamic
Department of Energy National Energy behavior of apple juice waste and sugarcane
Technology Laboratory 2002. bagasse gasified fuelled combined cycle power
[3] Larson E.D, Consonni S, Katofsky R.E. A generation system”. Biofuels 2017;
cost-benefit assessment of biomass gasification http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17597269.2017.1374
power generation in the pulp and paper industry. 768.
Energy Group Publications, Princeton
University, Princeton, NJ 2003. 4
[4] Marcio L. de Souza-Santos. Solid fuels
combustion and gasification: modeling, 5 e
Gas
simulation and equipment operations”. CRS Cleaner
Press, Taylor & Francis Group 2010. Unit St
Ste
ea
[5] Dincer I, Rosen M.A. Exergy. 2nd edition, am
Com Tu
Elsevier; New York 2012. Gasif
Gasifi Comb 7
ier busti
ustion
[6] Wu C, Yin X, Ma L, Zhou Z and Chen H. er
Design and operation of a 5.5 MWe biomass 2 6 a
b
3
3
integrated gasification combined cycle H
H
demonstration plant”. Energy & Fuels 2008; 22: R
R
2
Bioma G
Ga Cond
4259-4264. ss sas
S
S
c
enser
G
[7] Brown D, Gassner M, Fuchino T, Marechal Comp
G
d
F. Thermo-economic analysis for the optimal 1 ressor Feed
conceptual design of biomass gasification 8
energy conversion systems. Applied Thermal A
i To Stack Gases to
Engineering 2009; 29: 2137-2152. Atmosphere
[8] Bhattacharya A, Manna D, Paul B, Datta A.
Biomass integrated gasification combined cycle Figure 1 Schematic diagram of biomass
power generation with supplementary biomass fueled combined power cycle plant
firing: Energy and exergy based performance
analysis. Energy 2011; 36 (5), pp 2599-2610. 41 First law efficiency of Solid waste
[9] Srinivas T, Reddy B.V and Gupta 40 First law efficiency for Rice husk
A.V.S.S.K.S. Thermal performance prediction 39
of a biomass based integrated gasification 38
combined cycle plant. Journal of Energy 37
Resources Technology 2012; Vol. 134/ 021002- 36
1-021002-9.
35
[10] Saeidi S, Mahmoudi SMS, Nami H, Yari M.
34
Energy and exergy analyses of a novel near zero
33
emission plant: Combination of MATIANT
32
cycle with gasification unit. Applied Thermal
1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
Engineering 2016; 108: 893-904.
[11] Athari H, Soltani S, Rosen M, Mahmoudi
SMS, Morosuk T. A comparative
Figure 2 Variation of first law efficiency with
exergoeconomic evaluation of biomass post-
turbine inlet temperature of combined power
cycle
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
62
40 Second law efficiency of Solid

waste
38 Second law efficiency of Rice
husk
36
34
32
30
28
1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
Figure 3 Variation of second law efficiency

with turbine inlet temperature of combined
power cycle
39 First law efficiency of Solid waste

38
37
36
35
34
33
32
30 40 50 60 70 80
Figure 4 Variation of first law efficiency with

pressure ratio of combined cycle power cycle
39 Second law efficiency of Solid

38 waste
Second law efficiency of Rice husk
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
30 40 50 60 70 80
Figure 5 Variation of second law efficiency

with pressure ratio of combined cycle power
cycle
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
63
Bio Fuel: Need for the sustainable Generation

Sunil Sharma, Vishnu Inani
Department of Electronics & Communication Engg, Pacific University, Udaipur
Corresponding Author: ersharma.sunil@gmail.co, vishnuinani77@gmail.com
INTRODUCTION
Bioenergy is energy derived from biofuels. Biofuels are fuels produced directly or indirectly from
organic material – biomass – including plant materials and animal waste.
Overall, bioenergy covers approximately 10% of the total world energy demand. Traditional
unprocessed biomass such as fuelwood, charcoal and animal dung accounts for most of this and
represents the main source of energy for a large number of people in developing countries who use it
mainly for cooking and heating.
More advanced and efficient conversion technologies now allow the extraction of
biofuels from materials such as wood, crops and waste material. Biofuels can be solid, gaseous or
liquid, even though the term is often used in the literature in a narrow sense to refer only to liquid
biofuels for transport.
Biofuels may be derived from agricultural crops, including conventional food plants or from special
energy crops. Biofuels may also be derived from forestry, agricultural or fishery products or municipal
wastes, as well as from agro-industry, food industry and food service by-products and wastes.
A distinction is made between primary and secondary biofuels. In the case of primary biofuels, such
as fuelwood, wood chips and pellets, organic materials are used in an unprocessed form, primarily for
heating,
cooking or electricity production. Secondary biofuels result from processing of biomass and include
liquid biofuels such as ethanol and biodiesel that can be used in vehicles and industrial processes.
Bioenergy is mainly used in homes (80%), to a lesser extent in industry (18%), while liquid biofuels
for transport still play a limited role (2%)
TYPES OF LIQUID BIOFUELS combustion performance and lowers the

emissions of carbon monoxide and sulphur oxide.
The most widely used liquid biofuels are ethanol
and biodiesel. Biodiesel is produced, mainly in the European
Ethanol is a type of alcohol that can be produced Union, by combining vegetable oil or animal fat
using any feedstock containing significant with an alcohol. Biodiesel can be blended with
amounts of sugar, such as sugar cane or sugar traditional diesel fuel or burned in its pure form in
beet, or starch, such as maize and wheat. Sugar compression ignition engines. Its energy content
can be directly fermented to alcohol, while is somewhat less than that of diesel (88 to 95%).
starch first needs to be converted to sugar. The Biodiesel can be derived from a wide range of
fermentation process is similar to that used to oils, including rapeseed, soybean, palm, coconut
make wine or beer, and pure ethanol is obtained or jatropha oils and therefore the resulting fuels
by distillation. The main producers are Brazil can display a greater variety of physical properties
and the USA. Ethanol can be blended with petrol than ethanol.
or burned in nearly pure form in slightly
modified spark-ignition engines. A liter of SECOND-GENERATION BIOFUELS
ethanol contains approximately two thirds of the
energy provided by a liter of petrol. However, Currently used liquid biofuels, which include
when mixed with petrol, it improves the ethanol produced from crops which is
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
64
containing sugar Around 85% of the liquid biofuels are currently

and starch and biodiesel from oilseeds, are produced in the form of bioethanol with the main
referred to as first-generation producers being Brazil and the USA. Biodiesel
biofuels. These fuels only use a portion of the production is essentially concentrated in the
energy potentially available in the biomass. European Union.
Most plant matter is composed of cellulose,
hemicellulose and lignin, and “second- Large-scale production of biofuels from crops
generation biofuel” technologies refer to requires large land areas to grow them, which
processes able to convert these components to generates increasing competition for natural
liquid fuels. Once commercially viable, these resources, notably land and water. Crop yields per
could significantly expand the volume and hectare vary widely depending on the type of
variety of sources that could be used for biofuel crop, the country
production.
and the production system. Currently, ethanol
Potential cellulosic sources include municipal production from sugar cane and sugar beet
waste and waste products from agriculture, produces the highest yields per hectare.
forestry, processing industry as well as new
energy crops such as fast-growing trees and
DRIVERS OF BIOFUEL POLICIES
grasses. As a result second generation biofuel
production could present major advantages in The main drivers behind government
terms of environmental sustainability and support for biofuels in OECD countries are
reduced competition for land with food and feed concerns about climate change and energy
production. It could also offer advantages in security, and the political will to support the farm
terms of greenhouse gas emissions. Various sector through increased demand for agricultural
techniques are currently being developed to products.
produce second generation biofuels. However, it
is uncertain when such technologies will enter Energy Security Secure access to energy is a
production on a significant commercial scale. longstanding concern in many countries. The
recent increases in oil and other energy prices
The conversion from have increased the incentive to promote
cellulose to ethanol involves two steps. alternative sources of energy. Strong demand
The cellulosic and hemi cellulosic from rapidly developing countries, especially
China and India, is adding to concerns over future
components of the plant material are first broken energy prices and supplies. The transport sector
down into sugars, which are then fermented to depends mainly on oil. Liquid biofuels represent
obtain ethanol. The first step is technically the main alternative source that can supply fuels
difficult, although research continues on suitable for use in current vehicles, without
developing efficient and cost-effective ways of radical changes to transport technologies.
carrying out the process. Lignin cannot be
converted to ethanol, but it can provide the Climate change There is increasing concern about
necessary energy for the conversion process. human-induced climate change, and the effects of
Current world oil demand amounts to about greenhouse gas emissions on rising global
4000 Million tonnes of oil equivalent (Mtoe) temperatures. Bioenergy is often seen as a way to
While the productionof liquid biofuels reduce greenhouse gas emissions.
amounts to 36 More representing less
than 1% of this world demand.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
65
policy measures are influencing biofuel prices of biofuels and provide an incentive for
development? domestic
Policies on agriculture, energy, transport,
environment and trade all have an influence on production.
biofuel production. Schemes to promote and
support biofuels have been introduced both in o Tax incentives or penalties are among the
OECD and developing countries. Without these most widely used instruments for stimulating
incentives, widespread biofuel production would demand for biofuels and can drastically affect the
in most cases not have been commercially competitiveness of biofuels compared to other
viable. energy
The policies used by governments to promote sources.

and support biofuel development include various
o Research and development is generally
instruments. They can support the biofuel supply
aimed at improving the efficiency and cost-
chain at different stages.
effectiveness of biofuel production, and
identifying sustainable feedstocks. In developed
o Agricultural policies existed well before the
countries an increasing proportion of public
introduction of biofuels. They include
research and development funding is directed
agricultural subsidies and price support
towards
mechanisms which directly affect
production levels and prices of biofuel crops as

well as production systems and methods. These
policies also have implications at international
level for agricultural trade and geographical
pattern of agricultural production.
o Blending mandates defining the overall

amount or proportion of biofuel that must be
blended with petrol and diesel are
increasingly being imposed.
o Subsidies and support for the distribution

and use of biofuels are key policy components in
most countries that promote the use of biofuels.
Several countries are subsidizing or mandating second-generation biofuel technologies, in
investments in infrastructure for biofuel storage, particular cellulosic ethanol andbiomass-derived
transportation and use, especially towards alternatives to petroleum-based diesel.
bioethanol which requires major investments in
equipment. Impacts of biofuel policies on international
markets and trade?
o Tariffs or import barriers are duties o assesses the net effect on greenhouse gas
usually imposed on imported goods. They are emissions of replacing fossil fuels by biofuels, we
widely used on biofuels to protect the national need to analyse emissions throughout the whole
agriculture and biofuel sectors, support domestic process of producing, transporting and using the
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
66
fuel. Life-Cycle Analysis is the main tool used sources can even generate more greenhouse gas
to do this. It compares a specific biofuel system emissions than fossil fuels.
with a reference system – in most cases petrol.
Greenhouse gas balances differ widely A significant factor contributing to greenhouse
depending on the type of crop, on the location, gas emissions is the amount of fossil energy used
on how feedstock production and fuel for feedstock production and transport, including
processing is carried out. Biofuels from some for fertilizer and pesticide manufacture, for
sources can even cultivation and harvesting of the crops, and or in
generate more greenhouse gas emissions than the biofuel production plant itself.
fossil fuels.
Emissions of nitrous oxide are another important
A significant factor contributing to greenhouse factor. It is released when nitrogen fertilizers are
gas emissions is the amount of fossil energy used used and its greenhouse gas effect is about 300
for feedstock production and transport, times stronger than that of carbon dioxide.
including for fertilizer and pesticide
manufacture, for cultivation and harvesting of By-products from biofuel production such as
the crops, and or in the biofuel production plant proteins for animal feed make a positive
itself. contribution to climate change mitigation because
Emissions of nitrous oxide are another important they save energy and greenhouse gas emissions
factor. It is released when that would otherwise have been needed to produce
nitrogen fertilizers are used and its greenhouse the feed by other means. Most studies have found
gas effect is about 300 times stronger than that that producing first generation biofuels usually
of carbon dioxide. yields reductions in greenhouse gas emissions of
By-products from biofuel production such as 20 to 60% when fossil fuels are replaced provided
proteins for animal feed make a positive the most efficient systems are used and carbon
contribution to climate change mitigation dioxide emissions from changes in land-use are
because they save energy and greenhouse gas excluded.
emissions that would otherwise have been
needed to produce the feed by other means. CHALLENGES OF BIOFUEL
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF POLICIES
BIOFUEL PRODUCTION
Government incentives and support for
To assess the net effect on greenhouse biofuel production and use have been largely
gas emissions of replacing fossil fuels by guided by national or regional interests rather than
biofuels, we need to analyse emissions a more global perspective. The desire to support
throughout the whole process of producing, farmers and rural communities has been one of the
transporting and using the fuel. Life-Cycle strongest drivers.
Analysis is the main tool used to do this. It
compares a specific biofuel system with a There is a need for a more consistent set of
reference system – in most cases petrol. policies and approaches, based on a clearer
Greenhouse gas balances differ widely understanding of the economic, environmental
depending on the type of crop, on the location, and social implications, in order to balance the
and on how feedstock production and fuel potential and risks.
processing are carried out. Biofuels from some
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
67
These policies must be formulated in a situation fluctuating fossil fuel prices and on policy
of considerable uncertainty. developments.
o The exact role of biofuels in future global energy o Technological developments may also influence
supplies is unknown. Yet even if the their profitability on the medium and long term.
contribution of biofuels to global energy supply For instance, commercial competitiveness of
remains small, it may still imply a considerable second
impact on agriculture and food security.
generation biofuel technologies may significantly
o The future economic viability of biofuels is improve the prospects for biofuel development.
uncertain, because it depends on
REFERENCES 9. Knight, R. "Green Gasoline from Wood

1. Evans, G. "International Biofuels Strategy Using Carbona Gasification and Topsoe
Project. Liquid Transport Biofuels - TIGAS Processes." DOE Biotechnology
Technology Status Report, NNFCC 08- Office (BETO) 2015 Project Peer Review
017", National Non-Food Crops Centre, (24 Mar 2015).
2008-04-14. Retrieved on 2011-02-16. 10. Lu, Yongwu, Fei Yu, Jin Hu, and Jian Liu.
2. "ADEME" (PDF). ADEME. Retrieved 22 "Catalytic conversion of syngas to mixed
September 2015. alcohols over Zn-Mn promoted Cu-Fe based
3. Oliver R. Inderwildi, David A. catalyst." Applied Catalysis A: General
King (2009). "Quo Vadis Biofuels". Energy (2012).
& Environmental Science. 2: 11. Quarderer, George J., Rex R. Stevens,
343. doi:10.1039/b822951c Gene A. Cochran, and Craig B. Murchison.
4. Peterson, Andrew (9 July 2008). "Preparation of ethanol and higher alcohols
"Thermochemical biofuel production in from lower carbon number alcohols." U.S.
hydrothermal media: A review of sub- and Patent 4,825,013, issued April 25, 1989.
supercritical water technologies". Energy & 12. Subramani, Velu; Gangwal, Santosh K.; "A
Environmental Science. 1 (1): 32– Review of Recent Literature to Search for
65. doi:10.1039/b810100k. an Efficient Catalytic Process for the
5. Ramirez, Jerome; Brown, Richard; Rainey, Conversion of Syngas to Ethanol", Energy
Thomas (1 July 2015). "A Review of and Fuels, 31 January 2008, web
Hydrothermal Liquefaction Bio-Crude publication.
Properties and Prospects for Upgrading to 13. Larry Rother (2006-04-10). "With Big
Transportation Fuels". Energies. 8: 6765– Boost From Sugar Cane, Brazil Is Satisfying
6794. doi:10.3390/en8076765. Its Fuel Needs". The New York Times.
6. National Non-Food Crops Centre. "NNFCC Retrieved 2008-04-28.
Newsletter – Issue 19. Advanced Biofuels", 14. "Biofuels in Brazil: Lean, green and not
Retrieved on 2011-06-27 mean". The Economist. 2008-06-26.
7. National Non-Food Crops Centre. "Review Retrieved 2008-11-28.
of Technologies for Gasification of Biomass 15. "Greenhouse Gas Reduction
and Wastes, NNFCC 09-008", Retrieved on Thresholds". U.S. Environmental
2011-06-24 Protection Agency. Archived from the
8. R. Inderwildi; David A. King (2009). "Quo original on 2011-11-14. Retrieved 2015-06-
vadis biofuels?". Energy Environ. Sci. 2: 14.
343346. doi:10.1039/B822951C. "Refuel.c 16. "EPA designates sugarcane ethanol as
om biomethanol". refuel.eu. advanced biofuel". Green Momentum.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
68
Archived from the original on 2011-07-11. Introduction (pp. 339-444) and Pillar I:
Retrieved 2015-06-14. Innovation (pp. 445-482)
17. Garten Rothkopf (2007). "A Blueprint for
Green Energy in the Americas". Inter-
American Development Bank.
Retrieved 2008-08-22. See chapters
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
69
Parametric study of Pump as Turbine-1: variation of speed

Doshi A. V.; Bade M. H.
Mechanical Engineering Department, SVNIT, Surat, Gujarat, India-395007
Corresponding Author: avdoshi2001@gmail.com
Abstract
Pump operated in reverse mode (PAT) are popular for remote energy source where energy is required
mainly for lighting during night hours and may used for local industry during day. However, in Indian
situation, flow rate of available water streams are higher in rainy season and reducing toward summer.
If speed of PAT is constant then there is significant loss in efficiency due to reduction in flow rate.
However, operating the PAT at variable speed, efficiency loss may be significantly reduced. In this
paper, simple approach based on characteristics of pump operated in reverse mode and affinity law
is used to evaluate the best efficiency point at variable speed conditions.
Keywords: Pump as turbine, reverse mode operation of pump, affinity law
1. Introduction monsoon. So designing the PAT for variable

Energy is necessary for holistic development flow conditions so that it will give maximum
of society and need to be provided to everyone efficiency is essential. Fernandez et al.
irrespective of paying capacity. Considering (Fernández et al. 2004) presented parametric
challenges of use of fossil fuels such as study on a centrifugal pump used as a turbine
pollution mainly due to emission of flue gases, at various rotational speeds. However, they felt
climate change due to global warming, etc., that in order to predict the turbine
renewable energy sources are only the characteristics accurately it is necessary to
potential source for sustainable development analyze statistically more test data to arrive
(Derakhshan and Nourbakhsh 2008). Among good relations. Yang et al. (2012) carried out
various renewable energy sources, micro- experimental work on single stage centrifugal
hydro power plants are gaining special pump operated as a turbine at different
attention if natural streams are available due to rotational speeds (1000, 1200, 1500 and 1800
its continuous and reliable feature. rpm). Additionally, experimental results are
Additionally, remote areas which are far away validated with computational work showing
from gridlines, isolated power systems such as agreement and they have concluded that it is
micro-hydro power plants are popular, which more suitable to select a small PAT at large
may take local industrial load during day time capacity, so that its efficiency will not drop
and provide electricity for lighting at night rapidly or become energy-consuming device
hours (Williams 2003). For implementation of as flow rate fluctuates. Caravetta et al.
micro-hydro power plants major cost is for (Carravetta et al. 2014) studied the affinity law
water turbine, as it need to be designed and for the evaluation of the behaviour of a single
developed in meagre quantity. To overcome machine under variable speed. They selected a
this issue pump as turbine (PAT) is in use since large database of experimental curves of
pumps are mass manufactured and are robust several PATs (17 PATs) operated at different
in design as well as construction. Being pump speeds and compared the experimental data
is not manufactured as turbine, it lacks with the results of the application of the
governing mechanism resulting in lower affinity law. Further it is concluded that the
efficiency at part load and over load conditions error in the evaluation of efficiency was less
except best efficiency point (Yang et al. 2012). than 15 % for velocities varies from −40 % to
However, it is always difficult to match best +50 %. Jain et al. (2015) carried out
efficiency conditions at field operations due to experimental investigations on centrifugal
various influencing factors for efficient pump running in turbine mode to optimize its
operation of PAT. For Indian continent, during operational parameter by varying from 900 to
monsoon availability of water flow rate and 1500 rpm. The performance of PAT was found
head is very high, but it decreases towards the better at the lower speeds than that at the rated
summer and becomes minimum at start of speed. Ismail et al. (2016) conducted study of
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
70
PAT to simulation analysis of the effect of BEP for different speeds when its diameter is
rotational speed on PAT’s performance curve kept constant. These relations are applicable to
over a range of flow rates using numerical tool. all class of turbomachines. For small variation
Wang et al. (2016) compared the results of speed of PAT (with constant diameter),
obtained by the experiment and by theoretical variation in different efficiencies such as
calculation and observed deviation between volumetric, hydraulic and mechanical
them at of best efficiency point for different efficiencies are very small. In addition,
rotational speed. velocity triangles at inlet and outlet are
1.1 Objectives of the Current Study assumed to be similar. Therefore, the
Based on the above-mentioned literature simplified affinity laws for PAT variables at
review and available experimental facility in BEP are:
the laboratory, the following objectives have
been planned: Q1 n1
i. To operate a selected pump in reverse   (1)
Q2 n2
mode (PAT) and to obtain it’s
2
performance characteristic at various H1 n1
speeds.   (2)
H2 n2
ii. To find out the optimal operating point
3
(best efficiency point) based on P1 n1
experimental work at various speeds for   (3)
P2 n2
recommendation of applicability of PAT
under various flow conditions.
iii. To compare the obtained experimental Figure 2 shows velocity triangles at the inlet
results of PAT with that of the results and exit of the runner blade of a PAT. The
deduced by affinity law relationship between theoretical parameters of
PAT can be expressed in terms of different
2. Means of solutions:
components of velocity triangles. Using
The methodology applied for achieving above
momentum theorem and turbine inlet and
objectives are experimental investigations and
outlet velocity triangles, Euler head in turbine
theoretical analysis.
mode is represented as:
2.1 Experimental Investigation
A radial flow type centrifugal pump with the
specifications shown in Table 1 is selected to H = (4)
operate as turbine in the test rig (shown in
Figure 1). The main components in the PAT Additionally, for steady state, theoretical flow
test rig are feed pump, piping system, test bed, rate through PAT is given by following
draft tube, eddy current dynamometer, etc. The equation:
high end measuring devices such as pressure
transmitters, magnetic flow meter, speed Q = πD B C = πD B C (5)
sensors, and torque sensor are employed.
Detailed description of this PAT test rig is Furthermore, shaft power is expressed as:
given by Doshi (2017). The PAT is tested for
three different speeds (800 rpm, 900 rpm, and P = ρgQH ∗ η ∗ η ∗ η (6)
1000 rpm) and appropriate data is recorded
using PLC and SCADA system. This data is 3 Results and Discussions:
processed to plot various characteristic curves The data generated by running the same PAT
such as head Vs. flow rate, power Vs. flow rate at speed of 800 rpm, 900 rpm and 1000 rpm
and efficiency Vs. flow rate with help of experimental test rig and
evaluated various parameters such as flow rate,
2.2 Theoretical Analysis of PAT head, power, and efficiency. These parameters
To evaluate PAT parameters at BEP for are shown in the form of characteristic curves
different speeds, affinity laws are applied. The as head, power and efficiency Vs. flow rate in
affinity laws express the mathematical Figures 3, 4, and 5.
relationship between the variables of PAT at
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
71
In the plot of head Vs. discharge (Figure 3), future scope of work. This will increase the
higher speed curve is above that of lower applicability of PAT for variable speed
throughout part load to overload region. The operation.
plots are diverged at part region and
converging towards overload region. This Nomenclatures:
indicates that higher head is required to operate
the PAT at high speed in part load region and B Impeller width, m
for over load region, it is almost converged. C Absolute velocity, m/s
The second characteristic curve (Figure 4) D Impeller diameter, m
indicates that output power at part load is close g Gravitational
and diverging towards overload region for acceleration, m/s2
given speeds. At higher operating speed of h Head, m
PAT, power output in overload region is also H Net head, m
higher. The efficiency curve shown in Figure 5 n Rotational Speed in rpm
for speeds 800 rpm, 900 rpm and 1000 rpm P Power, kW
indicate that at duty point efficiency of PAT is Q Discharge, m3/s
maximum, in part load, and overload region is u Tangential blade
dropping. In part load region, the efficiency velocity, m/s
curve is steep whereas in overload region slop w Relative velocity, m/s
of drop in efficiency curve is comparatively
small. With increasing in the speed of PAT, it Greek Symbols
is observed from Figure 5 that the peak α Absolute flow angle, °
efficiency (BEP) is shifting towards higher β Blade angle, °
flow rate. Further, this helps in operation of η Efficiency, %
PAT where flow rate is reduced. If flow rate is ρ Mass density, kg/m3
dropped down, then it is always advantageous ω Angular velocity, rad/s
to operate PAT at lower speed than the speed
at which it is running such that it’s operating Abbreviations
point for new condition will match with the PLC Programmable Logic
duty point. Controller
Table 2 presents the performance parameters at rpm revolution per minute
BEP determined by experiment and by affinity SCADA Supervisory Control
law. The difference between them is negligible And Data Acquisition
as speed range is also comparative small
indicating that for small speed range, affinity Subscripts
law held good at BEP. Further, in the given 1 Impeller inlet (Turbine
speed range, peak efficiencies are also close as mode)
all losses are nearly same and there is 2 Impeller exit (Turbine
similarity in velocity triangles. mode)
h Hydraulic
4 Conclusions: m Mechanical
In the paper, the state of art facility is v volumetric
developed for testing the PATs with high-end u Tangential component
instrumentation and automatic control
systems. Based on PAT characteristic curves References:
obtained at various speed, PAT can be 1. Carravetta, A., Conte, M.C., Fecarotta, O.,
operated optimally (without much compromise and Ramos, H.M., 2014. Evaluation of
of reduction in efficiency) to meet with PAT performances by modified affinity
variable flow conditions. For low range of law. Procedia Engineering, 89, 581–587.
speed variations, the affinity law held good and 2. Derakhshan, S. and Nourbakhsh, A.,
can be used to predict the PAT performance 2008. Experimental study of characteristic
parameters mainly at BEP. Testing of affinity curves of centrifugal pumps working as
law at high-speed range with large data can be turbines in different specific speeds.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
72
Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science, 6. Jain, S. V., Swarnkar, A., Motwani, K.H.,
32 (3), 800–807. and Patel, R.N., 2015. Effects of impeller
3. Doshi, A., 2017. Influence of Inlet diameter and rotational speed on
Impeller Rounding and the Shape of Non- performance of pump running in turbine
Flow Zones on the Performance of mode. Energy Conversion and
Centrifugal Pump As Turbine. Sardar Management, 89, 808–824.
vallabhbhai National Institute of 7. Wang, T., Kong, F., Chen, K., Duan, X.,
Technology, Surat, India. and Gou, Q., 2016. Experiment and
4. Fernández, J., Blanco, E., Parrondo, J., analysis of effects of rotational speed on
Stickland, M.T., and Scanlon, T.J., 2004. performance of pump as turbine.
Performance of a centrifugal pump Transactions of the Chinese Society of
running in inverse mode. Proceedings of Agricultural Engineering, 32 (15), 67–74.
the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, 8. Williams, A.A., 2003. Pumps as Turbines
Part A: Journal of Power and Energy, 218 A user’s guide. 2nd Ed. Warwickshire,
(4), 265–271. UK: Practical Action publishing.
5. Ismail, M.A., Othman, A.K., and Zen, H., 9. Yang, S.S., Kong, F.Y., Jiang, W.M., and
2016. Numerical Investigation of Qu, X.Y., 2012. Research on rotational
Rotational Speed on Pump as Turbine for speed to the influence of pump as turbine.
Microhydro Applications. Applied IOP Conference Series: Earth and
Mechanics and Materials, 833, 11–18. Environmental Science, 15 (4), 42023.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
73
List of Figures:
Figure 1: Schematic Layout of PAT Test Rig 25
800
(Doshi 2017) 20 RPM
Figure 2: Velocity triangles at inlet and outlet
15
of PAT
Head (metre)
Figure 3: Head Vs. Flow Rate characteristic 10
curves for PAT at different speeds 5
Figure 4: Power Vs. Flow Rate characteristic
curves for PAT at different speeds 0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Figure 5: Efficiency Vs. Flow Rate Flow rate (lpm)
characteristic curves for PAT at different Figure 3: Head Vs. Flow Rate characteristic
speeds curves for PAT at different speeds
2.5 800
ElectroMagneticFlowM
eter ControlValve RPM
2
Power (kW)
1.5
EddyCurrent
Pressure 1
VFD Conrtol Dynamometer Pressure
Guages Panel
Panel Guages
TorqueSensor 0.5
FeedPump G.L.
PAT 0
0 5 10 15 20 25
M
otor
Draft Flow rate (lps)
Tube
Ground TestBed Figure 4: Power Vs. Flow Rate characteristic
Ground
level level curves for PAT at different speeds
70
Comm
onSump
800
60
RPM
50
Figure 2: Schematic Layout of PAT Test Rig
Efficiency (%)
40
(Doshi 2017) 30
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Flow rate (lpm)
Figure 5: Efficiency Vs. Flow Rate
characteristic curves for PAT at different
speeds
Figure 2: Velocity triangles at inlet and outlet

of PAT
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
74
List of Tables:
Table 1: Pump specifications selected for reverse mode operation
Table 2: Comparison of experimental and analytical parameters at BEP
Table 1: Pump specifications selected for reverse mode operation

Property of centrifugal
Value
pump
Head (bep) 20.4 m
Flow rate (bep) 17.5 lps
speed 1450 rpm
Efficiency (bep) 64 %
Impeller diameter 0.260 m
Number of blades 6
Table 2: Comparison of experimental and analytical parameters at BEP
Speed Flow Rate Efficiency (η) Head, (m) Power, (kW)

rpm lps % Experiment Affinity Experiment Affinity
800 13.51 62.75 10.73 - 0.892 -
900 14.95 62.71 13.36 13.58 1.228 1.27
1000 16.77 63.35 16.67 16.76 1.737 1.742
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
75
Performance Analysis of a Low Price Thermoelectric Cooler: An

Experimental Approach
Shiv Lal1, Emarti Kumari2
1Department
of Mechanical Engineering, Rajasthan Technical University Kota 324010, India
2Department of Mechanical Engineering, Poornima Groups of Institutions, Jaipur, 302022, India
Corresponding Author: shivlal1@gmail.com , +91-9636855553

Abstract
In this communication, performance analysis of thermoelectric refrigerator is carried out. The
thermoelectric refrigerator is developed in the laboratory and onsite experimental work has been
done. The complete system cost is very low approximately 49.66 USD. The COP is varying from
0.17 to 0.26 at different cooling load condition and the lowest temperature can be achieved 2.3 C to
10.5°C without load and full load within 28 minutes, respectively. The material research and
cascading of the modules are required to increase the cooling effect as well as capacity of the
refrigerator.
Key word: Refrigerator; Peltier-Seebeck effect; Thermo-Electric Refrigerator (TER)
1. Introduction rugged and low cost in mass production, uses

In present era a new technology is required to electron rather than refrigerant as heat carrier,
meet the refrigeration load of the world, to low starting point and it is feasible to be used
minimize the utilization of CFC and HFC’s for solar cells. Astrain et al. [11] developed a
eco-friendly concern. Peltier effect and computational model based on finite difference
Seebeck effect were first discovered to present method to simulate the thermal and electric
in metals as early as 1820s–1830s [1]. Beitner performance of thermoelectric refrigerator.
[2-3] proposed a simple design of Author was observed that thermoelectric
thermoelectric module which can produce refrigerator is more ecological, silent and
heating effect at one side and cooling effect at robust as compare to vapour compression
another side. Reed and Hatcher [4] introduced cycle-based refrigerator.
a fan to enhance the heat dissipation at hot side Sabah et al. [12] built an affordable
of TER. The super insulation material and solar thermoelectric refrigerator for the desert
phase change material were introduced by Park people of remote area of Oman. That was
[4-5], these materials improved the energy designed to store and transport the biological
efficiency of the system and extended the time material and medications. Author was stated
period. Guler and Ahiska [7] experimentally that TER can reduce the temperature of water
investigated the performance of a portable from 27 C to 5 °C within 44 minute, evaluated
TER medical cooling kit. Chen [8] analysed the COP of that TER was 0.16. Putra [13]
the heat transfer rate and efficiency of TE designed, manufactured and tested a portable
(thermoelectric) cooling systems, and vaccine carrier box employing thermoelectric
observed a low efficiency. module and heat pipe. The heat pipe is working
The purpose of a TER is to maintain the as a heat sink when it fixed at hot side of the
junction temperature of an electronic device TER, it was reported that by heat pipe cooling
below a certain temperature by removing heat performance found better than without heat
from the device [9]. Peltier cooling appliances pipe. The temperature in the vaccine carrier
can provide rapid cooling. For example, a solar has reached up to -10 °C within a hour. It
Peltier refrigerator is capable for reducing the shows that the vaccine carrier can store
temperature from 27 °C to 5 °C in about 44 medicine at any desired temperature. Adeyanju
minute. TER is a light, rugged, reliable and et al. [14] theoretically and experimentally
noiseless medical cooling kit. compared the chilling time of water between
Dai et al. [10] proposed the merits of freezer space of conventional house hold
the TER as follows: light, reliable, noiseless, refrigerator and beverages TER and observed
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
76
that the TER reduces temperature operated by solar cells. It is also determined the
exponentially to time as compared to cooling capacity and coefficient of
conventional VCR varies linearly. TER gives performance of the developed refrigerator.
the fastest cooling as compared to This system is suitable in rural areas for
conventional refrigerator. Gillott et al. [15] storage of food and vaccines. So, more
experimentally investigated a thermoelectric experimental and numerical analysis are
cooling (TEC) devices built in laboratory for required for acceptance of this technology.
small-scale space conditioning applications in
buildings. They were find out an optimum 2. Materials and Methods:
solution for operating the TEC. The COP of the The experimental set-up is developed
TEC was observed by 0.45 for cooling effect in Laboratory of Department of Mechanical
of 200 W for which the input current supplied Engineering, Poornima Groups of Institutions,
by 4.8A for each module. Jaipur [Latitude and Longitude 26° 55' 19" N,
Thermoelectric refrigerators applications are 75° 46' 43" E]. The various parts like Peltier
concerned with environment friendly principle base TER, Ice box, fan, heat sink is
refrigeration in electronic industry, medical used and observations have been taken for one
services, space applications, milk industry, hour.
transportation tools, and military devices [16]. 2.1 Experimental Set-up:
TER refrigeration devices are a low cost in Thermoelectric cooling uses the Peltier
mass production if charge carriers in the effect to create a heat flux between the
thermoelectric material are used rather than junctions of two different types of materials. A
refrigerant as the heat dissipation carrier. Zhou Peltier cooler / heater / thermoelectric heat
and Yu [2012] presented a generalized pump is a solid-state active heat pump as
theoretical model for the optimization of a shown in Figure 1, which transfers heat from
thermoelectric cooling system. Their analysis one side of the device to the other, with
showed that the maximal COP and the consumption of electrical energy, depending
maximal cooling capacity can be obtained on the direction of the current. Thermoelectric
when the finite thermal conductance is Peltier Modules are used in various
optimally allocated. applications where electricity is not reached at
Ranjana et al. [17] experimentally now, and it runs by solar panel: Water
studied the thermoelectric cooler driven by Machines, Medical Equipment, Cooling boxes
photovoltaic system. They determined that the and small fridges, Massagers, Electronic Parts
unit can maintain 10-15 degree Celsius cooling (Processors, Integrated circuits) and
temperature and revealed COP was 0.34. many more.
Authors also stated that the performance of the
system is function of solar insolation rate and
temperature difference of hot and cold sides of
TE modules. Researchers also designed it for
personal cooling like for electronic cooling
[18]. Twaha et al. [19] reviewed the TER /
TEG technology for application, modelling
and performance improvement. Hence, to
reduce the power consumption rate in urban
area; to improve the leaving life of rural area
and to save the deteriorating environment due
to various refrigerants (CFC and HFC) more
research work is required for thermo electric
refrigerators / coolers.
In this paper, authors have developed a Fig. 1 Principle of Thermoelectric Refrigerator
thermo electric refrigerator / cooler that is
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
77
The experimental set-up was built in

the Laboratory of college; it consists with a
Peltier module TEC1-12706, Battery, Cooling
fan, heat sink and a cooling box. The
construction detail of module is shown in
Figure 2. and specifications are shown in Table
1.
Fig. 3: Nomenclature of Thermoelectric

Cooler Module
The Cooling box / freezing box is made

by thermocol, and the box outer size 200  200
 200 mm and inner size is 170  170 
170mm. The Properties of thermocol are:
Table 2: Properties of thermocol

Fig. 2: Schematic diagram of Thermoelectric S. Types of Properties Properties
Cooler Module (TEC1-12706), Solder No.
1 Thermal conductivity at 0.028-0.031
Construction: 138°C, Bismuth Tin (BiSn)
10°C mean temperature Kcal-m/hr. m2
.°c
Table 1: Specification of TER module 2 Compressive strength 0.8-1.6 Kg/cm2
Mode Th=30°C Measurements 3 Cross breaking strength 1.4-2.0 Kg/cm2
l No. W, L, T 4 Tensile strength 3-6 kg/cm2
in mm 5 Application range -200 +80 °C
6 Water absorption by % 0.5%
Imax, Tmax Vma Qma volume for 7 days in
Am , °C x, x,
W water
p Volt 7 Self-ignition point 300 °C
TEC1 6.0 ≥67 15.0 51.4 40 40 3.6
8 Melting point 100 - 200 °C
-
1270 A complete assembly of TER is shown
6
in Figure 4 with module, fan and heat sink. All
the specifications of TER module is presented
The following safety features have above, whereas the ADDA make cooling fan
been used for using TEC module: Heating or operating at 20A and 0.20A DC power. The 40
cooling with the same module is possible  40 mm aluminium heat sink is used to
simply by reversing polarity. Lettered side of dissipate the hot side heat into atmosphere. The
modules are the “hot side”. Do not attempt to Complete assembly is fastened with the help of
use TEC1 Peltier Modules without a fan or steel screws. A luminous make battery is used
liquid cooled heat sink. Due to extreme ∆𝑇 to supply the DC power to the TER unit, which
temperature differentials, module damage, fire, shown in Figure 5. A charger is also used
or operator injury can occur when sufficient before the battery for continuously charging
thermal resistance is not present. the battery, whereas AC power is supplied to
The nomenclature of the module is the system through charger. The parts of the
clearly indicating system configuration as TER system are purchased from market by
shown in Figure 3. 49.66 USD.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
78
(d)TER pannel assembly.

(a)TEC1-12706 module Figure 4.. TER Pannel assembly with module,
fan, and heat sink
Fig. 4 Photo of Experimental Thermoelectric

Refrigerator
(b)Cooling Fan 2.2 Mathematical Modelling:
The proposed methodology for performance
analysis by Riffat and Ma [1] is used to evaluate
the COP of the thermoelectric cooler. The
thermoelectric cooler is working on Peltier effect,
where the thermoelectric cooling effect is given by,
Q = αIT (1)
Where, α is the average Seebeck coefficient of the
thermoelectric material, I is current supplied to the
couple, and Tc is the cold junction temperature in
°C.
The current flow is producing resistive or Joule
heating in the thermoelectric material. The Joule
heating is given by,
Q =I R (2)
Where, R is the resistivity of the couple.
The heat is conducted for hot end to the cold end
(c)Heat Sink with Fins through the thermoelectric material during
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
79
operation; this rate of conductive heat can be observed for without load condition such as 2.3
evaluated by °C and maximum temperature for 600 ml
Q = k (T − T ) = k∆T (3) loading is found to be 10.5 °C.
Where k is the thermal conductivity of 35
thermocouple, and h & c indicates the hot and cold
ends. The above equation (3) indicates that Q 30
increases with increases the temperature difference Room
across the couple. For the energy balance equation, Temperatu
25
combining equation (1), (2) and (3) as given by re
Temperature, °C
20 200 ml
Q = Q − 0.5Q − Q (4a) water load
Q = αIT − 0.5I R − k∆T (4b)
15
Above equation (4) is the standard equation for

evaluating the cooling effect. The electrical energy 10
consumed by the TER can be estimated by
Q = I R + αI∆T (5) 5
Where, I is the current. The Coefficient of 0

Performance (COP) of the TER can be calculated 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11121314151617192021222324252728
by dividing the equation (4) and (5), and we get Time, Minute
COP = =
. ∆
(6) Fig. 5. Performance of TER on April 3, 2017
∆ (Operating on conventional energy)
By solving above equation for condition = 0, The cooling rate is very high and
Current can be optimised and for optimum current capacity of the module is low. For increasing
optimum COP can be estimated. The final the cooling capacity, number of panel can be
equations for Optimum current and optimum COP fitted in the cooling box / refrigerator. The
is given by, COP of the TER system is very low and it
∆ /
𝐼 = (7) observed by 0.26, 0.22, 0.18 and 0.17 for
without cooling load and with 200, 400, 500 ml
By outing the value of I in equation (6) and we water cooling load, respectively. TER run by
get, conventional electricity is not feasible at now
but for small cooling like for electronic cooling
𝑐𝑜𝑝 = ( (8) it is acceptable and found suitable option. TER
)
can be run on solar cell. The solar energy is
available freely and in abundant quantity. The
Where, 𝑍 =∝ /𝑘𝑅, Z is the figure of merits cost of the complete system is estimated by
and it depends on the properties of the material. 49.66 USD (1 USD = 64.44 Rs as dated on
It should be higher for maximum COP of TER. June 2, 2017).
3. Results and Discussions 4. Conclusions
The experimental work for TER was Thermoelectric refrigerator is new and
carried out for operating on conventional renewable technology for the scientific
energy on April 3, 2017. The Figure 6 shows community; so many researchers are doing
the variation of temperature with respect to their work on improving the performance of
time at different-different conditions such as TER. It can be possible only due to increasing
without cooling load, with 200, 400, 600 ml the value of figure of merit of thermoelectric
water cooling load. Initial condition for all material. The performance analysis has been
loading conditions is same as at 30.9 °C and carried out with the experimental observations
the minimum temperature after 28 minute is at Jaipur India. It is concluded that lowest
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
80
temperature for without cooling load to 600ml http://www.google.com/patents/US46272

cooling load have been achieved by 2.3°C and 42.
10.5°C for the interval of 28-minute time. The 4. Reed K L H, Hatcher, I Compact
COP of the system is estimated by 0.22, 0.18 thermoelectric refrigerator, patent no. US
and 0.17 for without cooling load and with 4326383A, publication date April 27,
200, 400, 500ml water cooling load 1982, http://www.google.com/patents/
respectively. The system cooling effect can be US4326383
increased by cascading of the module and by 5. Brian V. Park, Austin; Malcolm C. Smith,
putting the number of module at different Jr., La Porte, both of Tex.; Ralph D.
places on the sides of the Refrigerator. It can McGrath, Granville, Ohio; Michael D.
be run by solar energy, means its application Gilley, Rowlett, Tex.; Lance Criscuolo,
can be widely increases up to interior areas of Dallas, Tex.; John L. Nelson, Garland,
the country, where no conventional electricity Tex. Patent no. 5,522,216, Publication
till now. date June, 4, 1996.
Nomenclature: 6. Barako M T; Park W; Marconnet A M;
COP Coefficient of Performance Asheghi M; Goodson K E, Thermal
I Current (A) Cycling, Mechanical Degradation, and the
k thermal conductivity of Effective Figure of Merit of a
thermocouple (W m-K_1) Thermoelectric Module. Journal of
R electrical resistivity of the Electronic Materials; Warrendale 42 (3 )
thermocouple (VA_1) (Mar 2013): 372-381. DOI:
T Cold side Temperature ( °C) 10.1007/s11664-012-2366-1.
T Hot side Temperature ( °C) 7. Guler N F, Ahiska R, Design and testing
DT temperature difference between hot of a microprocessor-controlled portable
and cold end (8C) thermoelectric medical cooling kit.
Q heat flow at cold side (W) Applied Thermal Engineering 22 (2002)
Q heat conduction from the hot end to 1271–1276, DOI: 10.1016/S1359-
cold end (W) 4311(02)00039-X.
Q electrical energy consumption by 8. Chen, K. and Gwilliam, S. B. (1996), An
the module, W analysis of the heat transfer rate and
Q heat flow at hot side (W) efficiency of TE (thermoelectric) cooling
Q joule heat generation rate (W) systems. Int. J. Energy Res., 20: 399–417.
Q Peltier heat pumping rate (W) doi:10.1002/(SICI)1099-
α Seebeck coefficient of 114X(199605)20:5.
thermoelectric material (W/A-K) 9. Chein R, Huang G. Thermoelectric cooler
application in electronic cooling. Applied
References: Thermal Engineering 2004; 24(14–
1. Riffat S. B. and Ma X., “Thermoelectrics: 15):2207–17. DOI:
a review of present and potential 10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2004.03.001
applications,” Applied Thermal 10. Dai Y. J., Wang R. Z., and Ni L.,
Engineering, vol. 23, no. 8, pp. 913–935, “Experimental investigation and analysis
2003, DOI: 10.1002/er.991 on a thermoelectric refrigerator driven by
2. Beitner S, Hand case, Patent No. US solar cells,” Solar Energy Materials &
4089184A, Publication date May 16, Solar Cells, vol. 77, no. 4, pp. 377–391,
1978.http://www.google.com/patents/US 2003. DOI:10.1016/S0927-
4089184. 0248(02)00357-4.
3. Beitner S, Thermoelectric cooler, patent 11. Astrain D., Vian J.G., and Albizua J.
no. US 4627242A, Publication date Dec 9, (2005), Computational model for
1986, refrigerators based on Peltier effect
application. Applied Thermal
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
81
Engineering. 25, 3149-3162. DOI: 16. Zheng XF, Yan YY, Simpson K. A
10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2005.04.003. potential candidate for the sustainable and
12. Sabah A. Abdul-Wahab, Sabah A. Abdul- reliable domestic energy generation-
Wahab, Ali Elkamel, Ali M. Al-Damkhi, thermoelectric cogeneration system.
Is’haq A. Al-Habsi, Hilal S. Al-Rubai’ey, Applied Thermal Engineering 2013;
Abdulaziz K. Al-Battashi, Ali R. Al- 53(2): 305–11, DOI:
Tamimi, Khamis H. Al-Mamari, 10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2012.03.020.
Muhammad U. Chutani . Design and 17. Ranjana H., Kaushik S C, Manikandan S.
experimental investigation of portable Experimental Study and Analysis on
solar thermoelectric Refrigerator. Novel Thermo-Electric Cooler Driven by
Renewable Energy 2009; 30; 30–34. DOI: Solar Photovoltaic System. Applied Solar
10.1016/j.renene.2008.04.026. Energy, 2016, Vol. 52, No. 3, pp. 205–
13. Putra N., 2009, “Design, manufacturing 210. DOI: 10.3103/S0003701X16030063.
and testing of a portable vaccine carrier 18. Zhou Y, and Yu J., “Design optimization
box employing thermoelectric module and of thermoelectric cooling systems for
heat pipe”, Journal of Medical applications in electronic devices,”
Engineering & Technology, 33 (3): 232- International Journal of Refrigeration, vol.
237, DOI: 10.1080/03091900802454517. 35, no. 4, pp. 1139–1144, 2012. DOI:
14. Adeyanju A.A., E. Ekwue and W. 10.1016/j.ijrefrig.2011.12.003.
Compton, 2010, “Experimental and 19. Twaha S, Zhu J, Yan Y, Li B. A
Theoretical Analysis of a Beverage comprehensive review of thermoelectric
Chiller”, Research Journal of Applied technology: Materials, applications,
Science, 5 (3): 195-203, DOI: modelling and performance improvement.
10.3923/rjasci.2010.195.203. Renewable and Sustainable Energy
15. Gillott Mark, Liben Jiang and Saffa Riffat, Reviews 65 (2016) 698–726, DOI:
2010, “An investigation of thermoelectric 10.1016/j.rser.2016.07.034.
cooling devices for small-scale space
conditioning applications in buildings”,
International Journal of Energy Research,
34, (9): 776–786, DOI: 10.1002/er.1591.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
82
Transcritical CO2 Based Dedicated Mechanial Sub Cooling VCR System: A

Review
Neetu Kumari, Amit Sharma
Department of Mechanical Engineering
Deenbandhu Chhotu Ram University of Science and Technology
Corresponding Author: kneetu50@gmail.com , amitsharma.me@dcrustm.org
ABSTRACT
Use of synthetic refrigerants is restricted under several agreements because of their detrimental effect on
our environment. Owing to the fact, that they have high global warming potential (GWP) and ozone
depletion potential (ODP). So again, carbon dioxide is gaining popularity in the areas of refrigeration
and air conditioning because of its eminent properties as a refrigerant. In this paper we are presenting the
investigation of the performance of transcritical CO2 in the Indian conditions so that further scope of
using carbon dioxide as a refrigerant increase in the future. India has a vast assortment of climates ranging
from tremendously hot desert regions to high altitude sites with extremely cold conditions. And it is also
proved by researchers that after some modifications transcritical CO 2 may provide better results as
compared to the synthetic refrigerants. However, there is a very wide gap in using CO 2 in applications
due to less research was done in this area, especially in Indian context.
Keywords: - Natural Refrigerants, CO2, Transcritical, Dedicated Mechanical Subcooling
.
INTRODUCTION: Looking at it, we are again turning towards
Carbon dioxide (CO2) was the first refrigerant natural refrigerants and CO2 being a natural
ever used in refrigeration systems and till the refrigerant is a best supplement because of its
1930; almost 80% of marine applications were excellent properties as a refrigerant. It can be
using CO2 as a refrigerant. With introduction of extracted from environment economically as
CFCs (nontoxic, nonflammable and operated well as it is safe (zero ODP and low GWP),
efficiently over a range of temperatures) [1] in nontoxic, non-flammable and environment-
1950, there is a sharp decline in uses of CO2, friendly, high volumetric capacity lower
because of its high operating pressure. From compressor ratio and exonerated thermo
1950 onwards, CO2 has been completely physical properties [2]. It is an inert gas, perfect
replaced by CFCs. CFCs were restricted under for every normal material experienced in a
Montreal protocol because of their high ozone refrigerating circuit, both metals and plastics.
depletion potential (ODP). Consequently, CFCs And its credit goes to professor Gustove, who
replaced by HCFCs which have an ozone was the first to draw the attention towards the
depletion potential to a less extent. But HCFCs use of CO2 and he also eliminates the problem
also banned during under Montreal Protocol, that was occurred with the transcritical CO2
which results introduction HFCs, which do not subcritical system operating with heat rejection
have ODP but having high global warming temperature in the vicinity of critical point in his
potential(GWP). Therefore, they are restricted patent [3] application for a CO2 transcritical
under the Kyoto Protocol. In 2015, European cycle for automotive air conditioning system.
Union (EU) made a new regulation by which all CO2 has low critical temperature (30.98°C),
the Fluorinated greenhouse gases will be phased which causes it to operate in transcritical
out by 2030 with GWP greater than 150 from conditions. However, in transcritical
mobile air conditioning systems. refrigeration system heat rejection takes place
above the critical point of CO2. That’s why in the
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
83
transcritical carbon dioxide cycle we make use compressor discharge temperature with the use
of gas cooler instead of condenser. Because at of thermoelectric subcooler in the transcritical
high temperatures carbon dioxide becomes CO2 refrigeration system. Aklilu Tesfamichael
dense and it is not possible to reject heat in the et al.[10] studied transcritical CO2 refrigeration
condenser, so we use gas cooler instead of cycle by making a model and simulated at
condenser. And it operates at very high pressure different operating parameters. And found that
that’s major problem with this cycle. Many the cycle pressure (corresponds to maximum
efforts have been done to enhance the COP) is depends on gas cooler exit temperature
transcritical carbon dioxide cycle so that it can and evaporator temperature and cycle was more
give equal or more efficiency than synthetic suitable for air conditioning than refrigeration.
refrigerants give. Transcritical CO2 cycle gives Dubey et al. [11] studied the transcritical
appreciable performance in the cold regions. But CO2/propylene (R744–R1270) cascade system
the performance of gas cooler is highly sensitive for cooling and heating applications and found
to operating temperature and pressure for that transcritical CO2-propylene is better than
tropical or Indian climatic conditions (where the N2O-CO2, CO2-propane and subcritical cascade
ambient temperature is higher) [4], so cycles in terms of COP. The maximum COP
modification is necessary to improve the increases with the increase in evaporator exit
coefficient of performance (COP) of the temperature, but decreases as gas cooler exit
transcritical cycle. And various techniques were temperature. Rawat et al. [12] demonstrated that
applied by many researchers to modify the COP of transcritical carbon dioxide system
performance of transcritical CO2 refrigeration increases with a decrease in gas cooler inlet
cycle. An experiment was performed using temperature of external fluid and increase in
internal heat exchanger in a transcritical CO2 evaporator temperature and not affected by the
refrigerator to improve the efficiency of the effectiveness of internal heat exchanger.
single stage system [5]. Sarkar et al [6] and Bell
et al [7] shows that COP of transcritical cycle for Exergy Study :
warm climates can be enhanced by employing Yang et al. [13] found that transcritical CO2
parallel compression. Sarkar [6] employed a cycle with expander has 33% more COP and
parallel compression economization, is a process 30% more exergy efficiency than the throttling
of improving the performance of transcritical valve cycle. And largest exergy loss occurs at
CO2 refrigeration cycle. in which refrigerant throttle valve (38%) in case of throttling valve
vapor is compressed up to supercritical cycle and in expander it occurs from gas cooler
discharge pressure in two different non-mixing (38%) and compressor (35%). Exergy analysis
streams. As shown in fig.1 ,one stream coming of transcritical CO2 cycle is performed with
from economizer (at point 8) , another stream throttling valve and ejector by Ma Yi-Tai et al.
from evaporator (at point 2) and goes to gas [14] and It is found that ejector reduces 70%
cooler. COP of transcritical CO2 cycle will be more exergy loses and increases COP up to 36%
optimum at combination of specific operating in comparison to throttling valve. Goodarzi et al.
parameters purposed by Kim et al. [2]. Winkler [15] Studied the modified transcritical CO2
et al. [8] proposed that by incorporating refrigeration cycle. Modification was made by
thermoelectric subcooler as a dedicated extracting a line of saturated vapor flow from
subcooler at the exit of a gas cooler of a separator and feeding to the intercooler and
transcritical CO2, which increases the COP by concluded that COP of the modified cycle was
16% and cooling capacity by 20%, even after improved by 26.89% as comparison to original
external power consumption taken into account. cycle operating at a particular set of parameters.
Sarkar [9] showed the increase in COP, And it is also repoted that as compare to original
volumetric cooling capacity and decrease in high cycle this modification averagely decreased the
side pressure, compressor pressure ratio and exergy destruction rate by 18.6%.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
84
Study of transcritical CO2 cycle with Fig. 3, clearly shows that dedicated mechanical
dedicated mechanical subcooling:- subcooling cycle allows the refrigerant to enter
J.W.Thornton et al. [16] compared an optimum into the evaporator of main cycle with a lower
value of subcooling evaporator temperature of quality. Consequently, an increase in
an ideal dedicated mechanical subcooling cycle refrigeration capacity per unit mass of
and of a property dependent computer model. refrigerant circulated occurs.
Results exhibit that the optimum temperature of
subcooler evaporator greatly depends on the Study of CO2 based transcritical cycle in
extreme temperatures of the cycle, but less rely Indian context: -
on the subcooler heat exchanger parameters. Nilesh Purohit et al. [19] demonstrate that,
Rodrigo llopis et al [17] evaluate a transcritical parallel compression is more effective with
CO2 refrigeration system with dedicated transcritical CO2 cycle than inter-cooling in high
mechanical subcooling at two evaporating ambient temperatures like India. Maximum
temperatures (0 & 10°C) and three heat rejection improvement noticed in COP was about 25% for
temperatures (24, 30 &40°C). And obtain a parallel compression configuration. And for
increment of 55.7% in cooling capacity and parallel compression configuration the operating
30.3% in COP for proposed system. Residential gas cooler pressure was found lower. Figure 4
building of 1.5 ton was taken and experiment shows the basic transcritical carbon dioxide
was conducted with and without using dedicated refrigeration cycle and its P-h diagram as given
subcooler at room temperature of 18 to 22°C by by Nilesh purohit et al. [19]. Refrigerant flows
Qureshi et al. [18] . Increase in efficiency was from compressor to gas cooler where it gives off
found by 21% with the use of dedicated its heat to another fluid and then through the
subcooler. Fig. 2 explains the working of expansion device goes into the evaporator and
dedicated mechanical subcooling cycle. takes heat from the refrigerated space. As shown
Subcooling is done in the vapor compression in P-h diagram, at the exit of compressor it is
refrigeration cycle to improve the coefficient of above critical point and heat rejection takes
performance of the system. Subcooling of the place above critical point in the gas where no
refrigerant is done at the exit of condenser, to saturation point exists. So at gas cooler exit the
allow the refrigerant to enter into the main gas cooler pressure is independent of the
refrigeration cycle with lower quality so that it refrigerant temperature. And evaporation takes
can absorb more heat from the refrigerated space place below critical point.
in the evaporator. In dedicated mechanical Dasgupta et al. [20] reported that performance of
Subcooling vapor compression refrigeration transcritical CO2booster system for supermarket
system, a small vapor compression refrigeration with expander is higher as compared to that
cycle is employed to perform Subcooling. As without expander, the mass flow rate and gas
shown in figure 2, there are two cycles one is cooler operating pressure is lower for cycle with
main refrigeration cycle (situated below) and expander, gas cooler inlet temperature is higher
other is dedicated subcooling cycle. Both the for cycle with expander beyond the operating
cycles are coupled at the exit of condenser with limit (12 MPa) in warm climates. Nilesh et al.
the help of subcooler. “In practice, the [21] analysed five CO2 booster refrigeration
components of the subcooling cycle are a cycles on the basis of energy and economic
fraction of the size of the main cycle components aspects by taking temperatures from the four
and perform through much smaller temperature cities of world (warm climates). New Delhi
extremes. For this reason, the COP of the found to be having higher annual energy
subcooling cycle is appreciably higher than that savings, the recovery time is longer and the total
of the main refrigeration cycle. This high money savings are lower owing to lower
subcooling cycle COP can result in an increase electricity tariff. Gupta [22] demonstrate that
in the overall cycle COP” [16]. COP of a transcritical cycle can be improved by
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
85
employing a recovery turbine. This study was [05] Aprea, C., Maiorino, A., 2008. An
done for design and operating parameters based experimental evaluation of the transcritical
on local environmental conditions for the best CO2 refrigerator performances using an
possible performance (in Indian context). internal heat exchanger. International
Conclusion: Journal of Refrigeration 31, 1006–1011.
CO2 having GWP (=1) is a very promising [06] J. Sarkar, N. Agrawal, 2010. Performance
incumbent for refrigeration and air conditioning Optimization Of Transcritical CO2 Cycle with
industry. CO2 based systems have been giving Parallel Compression Economization.
promising results in cold climates and now International Journal of Thermal Sciences,
researchers taking this CO2 based system and Vol. 49, Pp. 838-843.
studying it theoretically and experimentally for [07] I. Bell, 2004. Performance Increase of
the various refrigeration applications. Carbon Dioxide Refrigeration Cycle with
In Indian context, also it is being studied for the the Addition of Parallel Compression
supermarkets based on energetic performance Economization. In: Proceedings of 6th IIR
and more exergetic performance study should be Gustav Lorenzen Natural Working Fluids.
performed. [08] Winkler, J., V. Aute, B. Yang, And R.
Figure contents: Radermacher, 2006. Potential Benefits of
Fig: l : layout and p-h diagram of CO2 cycle with Thermoelectric Elements used with Air-
parallel compression economization[6] Cooled Heat Exchangers. In: Proceedings of
Fig 2. : Schematic of a vapor compression cycle the International Refrigeration and Air
with dedicated mechanical sub-cooling[18] Conditioning Conference At Purdue,
Fig 3. : Pressure-enthalpy diagram of a Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, July
refrigeration cycle with dedicated subcooling 17–20, Paper R091.
[18]. [09] Jahar Sarkar, 2011. Performance
Fig.4 : Basic transcritical CO2 refrigeration cycle Optimization of Transcritical CO2
[19] Refrigeration Cycle with Thermoelectric
References: Subcooler. International Journal of Energy
[01] Brian T. Austin, K. Sumathy, 2011. Research.
Transcritical Carbon Dioxide Heat Pump [10] Aklilu Tesfamichael Baheta, Suhaimi
Systems: A Review. Renewable and Hassan, Allya Radzihan B Reduan, and
Sustainable Energy Reviews 15; 4013– Abraham D. Woldeyohannes, 2015.
4029. Performance Investigation of Transcritical
[02] M.-H. Kim, J. Pettersen, And C. W. Bullard, Carbon Dioxide Refrigeration Cycle. 12th
2004. Fundamental Process and System Global Conference on Sustainable
Design Issues in CO2 Vapor Compression Manufacturing. Procedia CIRP 26, 482 –
Systems. Progress in Energy and 485.
Combustion Science, Vol. 30, Pp. 119-174. [11] Alok Manas Dubey, Suresh Kumar,
[03] Lorentzen, G., 1990. Trans-Critical Vapour Ghanshyam Das Agrawal, 2014.
Compression Cycle Device. Patent Thermodynamic Analysis of a Transcritical
WO/07683. CO2/Propylene (R744–R1270) Cascade
[04] D. K. Gupta And M. Dasgupta, 2010. Gas System for Cooling and Heating
Cooler Design Issues for Trans-Critical Applications. Energy Conversion and
Carbon Dioxide Refrigeration System in Management 86; 774–783.
Indian Context. In: Proceedings of the 3rd [12] K.S. Rawat, V.S. Bisht, A.K. Pratihar,
International Conference on Advances in 2015. Thermodynamic Analysis and
Mechanical Engineering, SVNT, Surat, Optimization of CO2 Based Transcritical
India, Pp. 229-233. Cycle. International Journal for Research in
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
86
Applied Science and Engineering [18] Bilal A. Qureshi, Muhammad Inam,

Technology, Volume 3 Issue III. Mohamed A. Antar, Syed M. Zubair, 2013.
[13] Jun Lan Yang, Yi Tai Ma, Min Xia Li, Hai Experimental Energetic Analysis of a Vapor
Qing Guan, 2005. Exergy Analysis of Compression Refrigeration System with
Transcritical Carbon Dioxide Refrigeration Dedicated Mechanical Sub-Cooling.
Cycle with an Expander, Energy 30, 1162– Applied Energy 102, 1035–1041.
1175. [19] Nilesh Purohit, Dileep Kumar Gupta, M.S.
[14] Ma Yi-Tai, Wei Yun Xia, Li De-Ying, Sun Dasgupta, 2015. Thermodynamic Analysis
Fang-Tian, 2011. Exergy Analysis of of Trans-Critical CO2 Refrigeration Cycle
Transcritical Carbon Dioxide Refrigeration in Indian Context. International Journal of
Cycle with an Ejector. International Scientific and Technical Advancements.
Conference on Computer Distributed [20] Mani Sankar Dasgupta, Nilesh Purohit,
Control and Intelligent Environmental Dileep Kumar Gupta, 2016.
Monitoring. Thermodynamic Analysis of CO2 Trans-
[15] Goodarzi M, Gheibi A., 2015. Performance Critical Booster System for Supermarket
Analysis of a Modified Trans-Critical CO2 Refrigeration in Warm Climatic Conditions.
Refrigeration Cycle. Applied Thermal 4th IIR Conference on Sustainability.
Engineering; 75:1118–25. [21] Nilesh Purohit, Dileep Kumar Gupta, Mani
[16] J.W.Thornton, S. A. Klein, J. W. Mitchell, Sankar Dasgupta, 2017. Energetic and
1992. Dedicated Mechanical Subcooling Economic Analysis of Trans-Critical
Design Strategies for Supermarket CO2 Booster System for Refrigeration in
Applications. International Refrigeration Warm Climatic Condition. International
and Air Conditioning Conference. Journal of Refrigeration; Volume 80, Pages
[17] Rodrigo Llopis , Laura Nebot-Andrés, 182-196.
Ramón Cabello, 2016. Experimental [22] Dileep Kumar Gupta, 2017. Performance of
Evaluation of a CO2 Transcritical CO2 Transcritical Refrigeration System
Refrigeration Plant with Dedicated with Work Recovery Turbine in Indian
Mechanical Subcooling. International Context. Energy Procedia 109, 102 – 112.
Journal of Refrigeration 69,361–368.
Fig: l : layout and p-h diagram of CO2 cycle

with parallel compression economization[6] Fig 2. : Schematic of a vapor compression cycle
with dedicated mechanical sub-cooling[18]
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
87
Fig 3. : Pressure-enthalpy diagram of a

refrigeration cycle with dedicated subcooling
[18].
Fig.4 : Basic transcritical CO2 refrigeration cycle

[19]
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
88
Pump as Turbine: Review of Simple Modifications for Performance

Improvement
Doshi A. V.*; Bade M. H,
Mechanical Engineering Department, Sardar Vallabhbhai National Institute of Technology,
Ichchhanath, Surat-395007, Gujarat, India
Corresponding Author: avdoshi2001@gmail.com
Abstract
Energy to everybody is necessary for holistic development of society. Renewable energy sources are
gaining importance and their share in total energy is increasing as compared to fossil fuels in India.
For standalone energy generation, among various renewable energy conversion systems, pump as
turbine (PAT) are one of the potential device for micro hydro and energy recovery applications. Being
PATs are not designed for turbine operations, there is a scope for optimization of their performance
after selection for a field application. In this paper, literature related to performance enhancement
techniques is reviewed. However, main focus of this paper is to highlight the simple and cost-effective
modifications in PAT, which justifies the basic philosophy of low cost solution for micro hydro
applications.
Keywords: Pump as turbine, reverse mode operation of pump, simple modifications in PAT,
performance enhancement of PAT
1. Introduction is also finding its application in the area of

The development of nation as whole is energy recovery systems for the existing
considered in two major areas one is economic process industries. Use of PATs in large
and other is social. For both, energy is playing hydropower plant as pump storage plant is very
a pivotal role. One of the important challenges well known and established method. All of
for government is to provide reliable, secure, these applications of PAT are still attractive as
and affordable energy to everybody. There are pumps are relatively simple machines with no
several energy sources mainly categorized as special design and are readily available in most
non-renewable and renewable energy sources. of the developing countries. In addition, their
Due to climate change and limited resources of installation commissioning and maintenance
non-renewable energy sources, renewable are easy and cheap and from the economical
energy sources are gaining importance and point of view, their payback period for small
their contribution in total energy generation is hydropower application is approximately two
increasing. Among various renewable energy years.
sources, micro-hydro power can be one of the
most important alternatives to isolated rural Even though use of PAT as micro hydro or Pico
communities due to the advantages of hydro application seems to be very attractive
electrification and the associated progress, as due to all points which are discussed above, it
well as to improve the quality of life. However, has always demanded for detail investigations
due to higher cost of conventional turbines, and careful research before they are used for
pump operation in reverse mode as turbine is such purposes. The most important and
proved more cost effective. This is due to mass difficult area of PAT research is about their
manufacturing of pumps in different sizes and selection to run them in turbine mode as per the
designs, which can be matched with that of site requirements. As pumps are design for the
available conditions of natural streams. development of pressure head, so for in energy
Pump as turbine (PAT) is one of the feasible recovery where they are used in turbine mode
solutions to the energy problems in rural and operations, their performance may not be
hilly areas. PAT is a pump operating in turbine optimal, hence researchers are also finding
mode by changing the direction of flow and another area of PAT research, which is to
hence direction of rotation of an impeller. PAT modify the geometry of the selected PAT to
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
89
improve the performance. Also, from the field parameters). Further analytical model
application point of view, further area of proposed by Singh (Singh 2005) is
research which are evolving now a days is to appropriately modified to account the
get solution to the poor part load performance, influence of non-flow zone (a region available
overcoming the problem of runaway condition, in the side room of PAT control volume) and
overall system design and finding out the use of transition zone on PAT performance by Doshi
PAT as energy recovery unit. In general, out of et al. (2017).
various areas of PAT research, simple
modifications in PAT for performance 2.2 Simple Modifications in PAT
improvement is one of the important area, 2.2.1 Inlet impeller rounding
where researchers have shown keen interest, as Lueneburg and Nellson (1992) had performed
it keeps cost benefits of PAT intact. In this the modification on PAT of inlet blade
paper, review of simple modifications and rounding, and rise in the efficiency of PAT
future scope of research is discussed. stated between 1 and 2.5 %. Singh (Singh
Additionally, potential modifications are 2005) based on flow zone approach and
highlighted. Furthermore, radical internal hydraulics study, identified the area at
modifications are summarized at the end. the inlet blade and shrouds of an impeller as
critical and feasible area for implementing the
2 Modification to improve PAT performance modification in PATs. So, rounding operation
To enhance the PAT performance, various is performed at the inlet of the blades and
modifications performed are mainly shrouds (see Figure 2) of an impeller to reduce
categorized in two parts: simple and radical the flow separation and shock loss component.
modifications. The modifications carried out In his study work, total 8 PATs of different
on PATs by various researchers are specific speeds (between 24.5 rpm and 94.4
summarized Figure 1. Several researchers have rpm) were selected, for all the PATs,
worked in the area of understating the internal performance improvement is analyzed at three
hydraulics of PATs by proposing the operating conditions viz. (i) part load (ii) BEP
theoretical model, which is useful to analyze and (iii) the overload. It is noted that overall
performance improvement by simple rise in the efficiency of PAT due to this
modifications. modification is in the range of 1.5 % to 2.5 %.
Suarda et al. (2006) has performed the
2.1 Research on theoretical model for experiment on 18 rpm PAT by rounding of the
simple modifications in PAT inlet ends of the impeller tips like a bullet-nose
Singh (2005) has made extensive work in this shape to preclude excessive turbulence for
area. In his work, a flow zone approach is efficiency consideration, which is shown in the
followed, in which PAT control volume is Figure 3. The pump as turbine was operated at
divided into total seven flow zones with the maximum head of 13 meter, and observes
detailed analysis of energy transfer and losses change in the power and efficiency of the
in each of the zones. In the work, to evaluate pump as turbine after modification is slightly
the PAT performance external and internal higher than before the modification at BEP
parameters are identified. External parameters point. Derakhshan et al. (2009) has modified
are classified as input parameters like total the optimized impeller of specific speed (Nq =
head (H), Discharge (Q) and output parameters 18.33 rpm) by rounding of leading edges and
like hydraulic shaft power (Phyd.shaft) and hub/shroud inlet edges of PAT. Rounding of an
rotational speed (N). Internal parameters are impeller has shown improvement in the values
like whirl velocity (Vu) and flow velocity (vm) of discharge, head, power and efficiency to 7.7
of the fluid at the impeller inlet and outlet. %, 9.5 %, 18.6 % and 2.5% respectively.
Also, to see any variation in the external Doshi et al. (Doshi et al. 2017) had analyzed
parameters an interlink between two impeller inlet blade rounding individually, i.e.
dependent hydraulic variable total head (H) in three stages as impeller blade tip rounding,
and hydraulic shaft power (Phyd.shaft) for PAT inner shroud rounding (see Figure 4) and outer
control volume is established in terms of shroud rounding with four selected PATs of
hydraulic losses and net rotational momentum specific speed between 19 rpm to 54 rpm
(Euler’s head which is a function of internal covering low to medium range. From work, it
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
90
is found that contribution in the performance and helps in reducing the swirl flow
improvement of PAT from inlet blade component at the exit of PAT, on the other side
rounding is comparatively higher than shroud they will add to the friction losses due to
rounding. Comparing similar modification obstructions. Singh (Singh 2005) has shown
carried out by the various researchers, further, interesting results about the influence of casing
it is noted that the rise in the efficiency due to eye rib on the performance of PAT. For this
rounding of impeller at the inlet is maximum work, four pumps of different specific speeds
up to 2.5 %. For further enhancement, it is (36.4 rpm, 39.7rpm, 46.4 rpm and 79.1 rpm)
suggested to go for redesigning of blade were selected. Out of these four test PATs only
profile. one PAT having specific speed of 39.7 rpm has
2.2.2 Insertion of inlet casing ring given a positive performance with rise in
Singh (Singh 2005) has discussed about efficiency of about 1 % at BEP and up to 1.6
various turbulent and shock losses available in % in part load region.
the region between casing mouth and impeller
periphery of PAT. These losses are mainly due 2.3 Radical modifications in PAT
to clearance (between casing mouth and tip of Few researchers also tried for performance
the blade) and sharp edges of the fixed blades improvement of PATs by changing the overall
at the inlet. In order to reduce such losses, an geometry of PAT, though it may leverage cost
external stationary ring is fixed at the casing benefit of simple modifications. Further,
mouth to reduce the clearance between the researchers have tried to improve the
casing mouth and impeller periphery. Two performance of PAT by adopting impeller with
pumps (specific speeds 39.7 rpm and 79.1 rpm splitter blades (Yang et al. 2012). Giosio et al.
respectively) were selected for performance (2015) had tried to improve the performance of
analysis by this modification; one (79.1 rpm) PAT at part load conditions by regulating the
for flat ring and other (39.7 rpm) for the flow rate with insertion of guide vanes, which
tapered ring insertion. The PAT with flat ring are generally used in conventional turbines.
has shown the positive change in efficiency of Recently impeller with special type are design
maximum up to 1.4 %. for PAT operation and performance
improvement in PAT is analysed theoretically,
2.2.3 Suction eye enlargement experimentally and numerically (Wang, Kong,
In most of centrifugal pumps, suction eye area et al. 2017, Wang, Wang, et al. 2017).
is contracting from the exit of impeller plane
towards the casing eye flange. However, in
PAT mode operation this area should be of 4 Conclusions:
diffuser type with enlarging from exit of There are simple as well as radical
impeller plane to the casing eye. This would modification experimented by various
help in deceleration of the flow resulting in researchers for performance improvement of
pressure recovery, hence overall improvement PAT. In simple modifications, inlet blade
in the performance of PAT. Singh (Singh rounding is found as the most reliable and
2005) has taken two pumps (specific speeds effective modification giving performance
24.5rpm and 35.3 rpm respectively) for testing enhancement up to 2.5 %. Therefore, it is
performance enhancement of this strongly suggested. To get performance
modification. Mixed results were obtained improvement above 2.5 %, one may try for
showing no improvement in efficiency for 24.5 radical changes in PAT. In this, one of the
rpm PAT and the reduction in efficiency for modifications suggested is changing design of
35.3 rpm PAT at BEP. However, both the impeller to match the flow condition to reduce
PATs have shown rise in the efficiency at part hydraulic losses.
load condition.
References:
2.2.4 Casing eye rib removal 1. Derakhshan, S., Mohammadi, B., and
In many pumps, manufacturers add the rib in Nourbakhsh, A., 2009. Efficiency
the casing eye region to break the pre-swirl at Improvement of Centrifugal Reverse
the pump entry. In turbine mode operation this Pumps. ASME Journal of Fluids
rib will run axially along the casing eye length Engineering, 131 (2), 21103.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
91
2. Doshi, A., Channiwala, S., and Singh, P.,
2017. Inlet impeller rounding in pumps as
turbines: An experimental study to
investigate the relative effects of blade
and shroud rounding. Experimental
Thermal and Fluid Science, 82, 333–348.
3. Giosio, D.R., Henderson, A.D., Walker,
J.M., Brandner, P.A., Sargison, J.E., and
Gautam, P., 2015. Design and
performance evaluation of a pump-as-
turbine micro-hydro test facility with
incorporated inlet flow control.
Renewable Energy, 78, 1–6.
4. R.Lueneburg and R.M.Nellson, 1992.
Hydraulic power revcovery turbines, in:
V.S.Lobanoff et al. (eds.), Centrifugal
Pumps- Design and Application. Second
ed. Boston, US: Second Edition, Gulf
Professional Publishing.
5. Singh, P., 2005. Optimization of Internal
Hydraulics and of System Design for
PUMPS AS TURBINES with Field
Implementation and Evaluation. Ph.D
thesis University of Karlsruhe,Germany.
6. Suarda, M., Suarnadwipa, N., and
Adnyana, W.B., 2006. Experimental
Work on Modification of Impeller Tips
of a Centrifugal Pump as a Turbine. The
2nd Joint International Conference on
‘Sustainable Energy and Environment
(SEE 2006)’, 8 (November), 21–25.
7. Wang, T., Kong, F., Xia, B., Bai, Y., and
Wang, C., 2017. The method for
determining blade inlet angle of special
impeller using in turbine mode of
centrifugal pump as turbine. Renewable
Energy, 109, 518–528.
8. Wang, T., Wang, C., Kong, F., Gou, Q.,
and Yang, S., 2017. Theoretical,
experimental, and numerical study of
special impeller used in turbine mode of
centrifugal pump as turbine. Energy, 130,
473–485.
9. Yang, S.S., Kong, F.-Y., Fu, J.-H., and
Xue, L., 2012. Numerical Research on
Effects of Splitter Blades to the Influence
of Pump as Turbine. International
Journal of Rotating Machinery, 2012, 1–
9.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
92
PAT MODIFICATIONS
SIMPLE RADICAL
INSERTION OF
ROUNDING OF IMPELLER GUIDE VANES
AT INLET
REMOVAL OF CASING IMPELLER WITH

EYE RIB SPLITTER BLADES
SUCTION EYE
ENLARGEMENT IMPELLER WITH NEW
• DESIGN
INSERTION OF
CASING RING
Figure 1: Summary of modifications in PATs
Blade with rounding Blade without rounding
(a) section of the impeller front view
Shroud without rounding Shroud with rounding
Back Front
shroud shroud
(b) section of the impeller side view

Figure 2: Impeller Blade Rounding at inlet (Singh 2005)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
93
Figure 3: Inlet impeller rounding (Suarda et al. 2006)
Flow zone
Flow zone Decreased
Transition wakes and
flow zone changed
meridional
Sharp eddies velocity profile
Non-flow
zone
Non-modified inner shrouds Inner shroud rounding
Figure 4: Hydraulic Effects due to Inner Shroud Rounding (Doshi et al. 2017)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
94
GROWTH, DESIGN ASPECTS AND APPLICATIONS OF

PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS
Jayesh Nehiwal 1Vineet Gehlot2,
1
Jodhpur Institute of Engineering &Technology
2MBM Engineering College, Jodhpur
Corresponding Author: jayeshnehiwal@gmail.com , vineet.gehlot@jietjodhpur.ac.in
ABSTRACT
Solar energy is resource which cannot be used or exhausted completely. The temperature is 15 million
0
C at the center of Sun core and at its surface it is approximately reaching 6000 0C. Being an effective
black body it has temperature of 57770C and so the sun effectively acts as a continuous fusion reactor,
many such fusion reactions takes place and hence there is production of solar energy, one of the important
reaction of hydrogen with four protons which combines to give helium nucleus. The reaction is here,
4(1H1) 2He4 + 26.7 Me V
This highly exothermic reaction gives us energy in order of MeV which is collected and converted in the
form of heat and further in electricity. This is really an important source of renewable energy and the
technologies characterizing is as either passively solar or actively solar. The use of photovoltaic systems
is in active solar power systems. In Passive solar system the techniques used are, that they orientate a
building towards the Sun in such a way that maximum sunlight falls on PV systems, selection of material
with favourable thermal, mass or light-dispersing applicative properties, and designing spaces so that
can naturally circulate air.
This paper is made to focus on photovoltaic solar cells, their designing aspects and their applications.
This ability of producing electricity directly with the help of the sunlight in the most abundant natural
resources, is the heart of this Photovoltaic research, and is explained as becoming one of the major
sources of power for our better “greener” future.
Keywords: Worldwide Scenario of Solar Energy, growth of solar PV system, designing of solar PV
system and applications of solar PV system.
INTRODUCTION
Contribution of Sun’s energy: It merely Photovoltaic collectors: These photovoltaic
contributes 94% of energy to Planet, it also collectors are the collectors which convert solar
warms the surface of our earth and so the radiation coming from sun directly into
atmosphere so that huge forms of life can live. electricity, without any kind of use of heat
Without the solar energy, our earth will become engine in its configurations and with increase in
completely as a rock moving in infinity space demand and requirement of public integration
with temperature situations extremely low. We and their purposes of using energy, the small
humans, consume lot of energy in our day to day scale utilization of solar energy for desalination,
life that within couple of years all of our existing destination and detoxification of purposes with
fossil fuels which are coal, gas, petroleum, etc water has also increased. With the help of these
will get exhausted. Hence, solar energy has a solar collectors which are settled on the rooftops
major responsibility to ensure itself as best of buildings and with the help of photovoltaic
sustainable energy for our future generations and cells of solar panels, the system is made to
also it can minimize the problems of carbon synchronized with the active as well passive
emissions, global warming etc. energy systems.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
95
Photovoltaic effect: A basic theory of solar cell passively capturing the Solar Energy, with
is that, a wide area of semiconductor diode the help of photovoltaic cells.
which is having PN junction due to fabrication For example, the construction of houses done
of pentavalent element (Ph) or trivalent by them is planned with large double or triple
element(B) with tetravalent element (Si, paned types of windows so that can get a
commonly used for solar cells) to provide us direction to capture the efficient sunlight and can
charge carriers, either minority or majority magnify the warmness of sun.
depending upon holes or electrons Active solar energy systems work on somehow
concentration. When light or sun radiation is the same principles as the passive systems used
made to fall on this grouped semiconductor to do. But the Active solar systems also using the
being PN in nature, this generates the electron fluid like water to absorb heat or to store heat.
hole pair giving a force or a kind of tension Solar collectors which are oriented at the
between the contacts of provided n- side and p- rooftops pumps the heat to the whole system of
side of semiconductor and when we apply the pipes and then further to the whole building, it is
load, the current flows within this, making it as passed on.
completion of circuit as flow of charge is flow of The best part of solar energy is, it is renewable
electric current and electric power is dissipated energy resource and present in abundant amount
in it. in free in nature and the bad part of this is, that
the cost of system for the use of consumer is
expensive enough at initial stage of while
installations. The technology of solar PV was
known to us from the last decades and its
utilization was a task to finish, its minimal cost
of bills and efficiency in various other fields of
industries can develop the whole system of
integration in regards to this PV system. In India,
the geographical location is favorable as Tropic
of Cancer passes from middle of India hence for
solar energy implementation in India can be
done in worth, various companies are taking
interest to develop their scope and earn in this
field. Considering the socio-economic scenario,
Fig.1: Complete solar PV system India's present situation is fair with it, but many
(source: www.solardirect.com) other initiatives are planned and in a queue for
their implementations. And on considering the
historical scenario, the first commercial use of
GROWTH new solar cells was done in a spacecraft in the
Humans are capable enough to capture the solar
beginning of 1958. So from Small beginning to
energy from sun directly, and with the help of
a Terrestrial, solar cell industry is putting their
passive and active solar energy systems
roots to grow rapidly to fight over Non
intuitively in body. Ancient people in earlier
Renewable sources in the coming years. These
times made their minds so as used to build
companies will increase the International
their shelters and houses of stone or with clay
resolves, reduce the CO2 emissions and produce
so that the heat absorbed in it can easily be
effective energy for commercial purposes as
used in night time. Nowadays what builders
well as industrial purposes. Some statistical
use to do is somewhat similar to methods for
figure shows the growth done in solar PV
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
96
systems in last decade over the coal and wind PV Module: It is having PV cells which are
power plants in India. The report made by wired in parallel so that it can increase the
Central Electricity Authority (CEA) of India for current and in series so that to achieve a higher
the cost effectiveness for various Gol policy voltage. Its basic function is to convert sunlight
instruments for 1MW solar PV installed in 2016- into DC electricity. The module is layered with
17 in rural and urban areas of India have protective covering of glass material.
successful saving in energy and reduced the
average electrical cost for nation. PV Inverters: The batteries used in PV systems
can store direct current power which is used for
Table.1: Financial cost effectiveness for many applications. These inverter are for the
various Gol policy instruments for 1MWsolar purpose to convert the low voltage DC into a
PV installed in 2016-17(source: nitiaayog.com; higher voltage AC and hence can be used for
CEA report on 175 GW RE by 2022) other various applications.
PV Controllers: Controller word defines its

property that the battery life of PV system is in
regards with these controllers. If battery is
charged beyond its limitations then it will not
function and if such happens then the battery life
reduces.
PV controller system basically helpful in
opening the circuit between the PV battery and
PV array when voltage rises beyond set
.
PV Batteries: Batteries are for purpose of
storing charge and excess energy which is
created by PV system and to use in night when
there is no sunlight input is applied. These kinds
of batteries have ability to discharge and are able
to yield more current when applied to load
appliances.
Load: These are the electrical appliances which

will consume the electricity produced or stored
and are connected to the solar PV system such as
tube lights, refrigerator, fan etc.
Sizing a solar PV system:

1. Determination of power consumption
By the addition of each watt hour required for
all the appliances and get the total watt hours
required per day for all of the appliances(load).
DESIGNING A SOLAR PV SYSTEM Multiply it by the total watt hours per day by a
The major components of solar PV system are: factor of 1.3(for the total energy loss in our
system, it is assumption) to get the total watt
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
97
hours per day which we will give to the PV 35 % bigger than the total watt requirement of
panels of our PV system. the load.
4. Determination of sizing of battery

The type of battery which is recommended for
the solar PV system is ‘deep cycle battery’. In
this type of battery, it gets discharge slowly and
get charged comparatively faster. The battery is
taken large enough so that it can store the enough
amount of power to operate even in cloudy days.
Calculation done for the total watt per day is
taken and then divided by the factor of 0.85 (for
the loss of battery), 0.6 (for the depth of
discharge made by battery) and by the nominal
battery voltage which is 12 volts in our case.
Multiplying the above factor by the number of
days of autonomy which is usually from 2 to 3,
we consider 3 in our case.
Fig.2: Major components of PV system 5. Solar charge controller size
(source: www.solardirect.com) The solar charge controller is used for matching
the voltage of the PV array and the battery
2. Determination of sizing of PV panel identification is done so that the type of the solar
PV modules of different size will produce charge controller can also be expected that the
different amount of power. And to find the actual which one is correct for our use.
size of PV module, the total peak watt (Wp) is to There are two types of controllers. One is series
be calculated. And Wp is dependent on the size charge controller and other is parallel charge
of PV panel as well as on the climatic conditions controller. The sizing which has to be done for
of that particular location. For India, ‘panel controller that completely depends on the total
generation factor’ is 4.32. PV input of current which is delivered to the
The total watt per day required from the module controller and that too depends on the
which is calculated, is then divided by the panel configuration of the panel (either it is in series or
generation factor (4.32) and hence get the total in parallel).
watt peak rating which is required for PV panels According to standard practice in India, for
to operate the appliances. expecting the size of controller is done by the
To find the number of PV panels, we have the taking the short circuit (Isc) of the PV array and
total watt peak rating for PV panel and that is to again a multiplication factor of 1.3 is multiplied
be divided by the rated output watt peak PV of (to incorporate the loss caused by system).
the given module. In our case it is 110 Wp.
6. Cost Estimation
3. Determination of sizing of inverter The total cost of installation of PV system which
The total watt of the load is not to be equal to the will reflect the ' pay back calculations ' of solar
input rating of the inverter. For our power PV system.
considerations of the standalone system, the
inverter must be large enough so that it can Example of a household is taken
handle the amount of watt power used at a one
 40-Watt two tube lights, used 4 hours per day
time. This is why we keep the inverter size 30-
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
98
 60 -Watt fan, used 8 hours per day = (1700×3) ÷ (0.85×0.6×12)

 One refrigerator, which runs 24 hours per day The total ampere hours required for our
with compressor or run 12 hours and off 12 module is =833.33Ah
hours. Hence the battery should be rated, 12 volts
The system is assumed to be having power of 12 900Ah of for 3 days autonomy.
volts dc, 110 Wp PV module, averagely the
sunlight available in a day is 8 to 10 hours per 5. Determination of Solar charge
day for equivalent in peak radiation. , factor of controller
1.3 is taken for incorporation of system loss and The specifications of PV module at nominal
losses due to dust and climatic changes , operating cell temperature (NOCT) are as
installation of PV system is done in India hence follows:
panel generation factor is 4.32.
P=110 Wp
1. Determination of power consumption V =16.7 V
= (2 tube lights×40 watt × 4hours per day) + (60 I=6.6A
watt × 8 hours per day) + (75 watt ×24×0.5 hours Voc=21.3 V
per day) (Voc is open circuit voltage)
=1700 watts hour per day Isc=7.5A
(Isc is short circuit current)
Required PV panel Rating of solar is given by
=1700× 1.3 = (5 strings×7.5A) × 1.3
= 2210 watt hour per day =48.75A
Hence the solar charge controller on making it
2. Determination of sizing of PV panel round off should be of at least 50 ampere.
Total peak watt of PV panel as per its capacity=
2210/4.3 6. Cost estimation
= 513.95 Wp Cost of arrays is =number of PV modules×
=550 Wp (on rounding off) cost per module
Number of PV panels required=550/110 =5×12000=Rs.60000
Required number of modules =5 modules Cost of batteries is =number of batteries× cost
This system if have at least 5 modules of 110 Wp per battery
PV module then work properly. =1×15000=Rs.15000
Cost of inverter is =number of inverters× cost
3. Determination of sizing of Inverter per inverter
Total watt power of appliances is =2×40+60+75 =1×10000
=215 watt =Rs.10000
Due to safety purposes, considering size of The total cost of system is
inverter to be 30-35%bigger 60000+15000+10000=Rs 85000
Hence inverter should be at least of 290 watt. (Additional cost of wiring may also be taken
consideration)
4. Determination of sizing of battery
Appliance use of watt is =1700-watt hour per Payback calculations of solar PV system
day In normal electricity bills Rs per unit or kWh is
Nominal voltage of the battery is =12 volts 6.5 is assumed and on monthly basis if average
Days of autonomy considered is =3days rupees 1000 bill comes then per year Rs is 12000
Battery capacity will be required to pay bill which includes some
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
99
fix money which also has to be paid to power The geographical location of India country can
grid companies. In 7.08 years the amount of Rs stand for the tremendous scope in generation of
85000 will be paid in normal electricity bills. solar energy and its utilization so as to achieve
its maximum benefits and to provide nationwide
Benefits of solar PV system are development in power and reducing costs of
 Solar PV panels can give us clean, green power expenditure of India. With the
energy. As there are no harmful emission of advancement and development of India,
gases from solar PV system. implementations of several new plans will
 Solar energy is free in nature and in abundant establish solar grids. And in that, this renewable
amount and can be utilized at great extent. energy is playing promising role not only in
 PV panels give us the direct electricity India but in world. As the example coated of
generated with the help of photoelectric household where solar PV panel system gives us
phenomenon. the idea of money saving when compared to
 Residential solar panels are of not so large normal bills paid in power grid systems of
size and are easy to install nonrenewable sources. We saw 85000 rupees
 PV modules does not contain any moving were required to install a solar panel and it will
parts so they degrade very slowly and average become our own power generation system in
life of PV is boosted. 7.08 years whereas in other case family is
expected to pay bill for lifetime. If such huge
Limitations of solar PV system step of using solar energy is taken for world then
 Efficiency of solar panels are comparably low this will be the actual advancement in the field
from other electric power systems. of power systems in respect to generation,
transmission, and distribution.
 These solar panels are less reliable as many
persons are unaware of its benefits.  Table 1: Financial cost effectiveness for
various Gol policy instruments for 1MWsolar
 Installation of such PV system is quite costly.
PV installed in 2016-17
 When a continuous supply of electric power
 Fig.1: Complete PV system
is required, these solar panels are less
efficient in storing and giving energy.  Fig.2: Major components of PV system
References
APPLICATIONS OF SOLAR PV 1. www.dummies.com
SYSTEM 2. www.leonics.com
 Thermoelectric refrigeration driven by solar. 3. www.solardirect.com
4. www.solartown.com
 Solar nanowires working with infrared
5. www.wikipedia.com
spectrum.
6. M. Tripathi ,S.Yadav ,P.K.sadhu,S.K panda
 Microcomputer based control of a residential
-Renewable Energy
photovoltaic power system
7. Chetan Singh Solanki-Renewable energy
 Imagine a future in which we are having solar technologies: a practical guide for beginners
cells all around us, on windows, walls, 8. Renewable Energy Systems: Advanced
laptops. Such transparent photovoltaic cells Conversion Technologies and Applications
are already being developed by MIT 9. Real Goods Solar Living Sourcebook Your
scientists, giving us advance solar Complete Guide to Living beyond the Grid
technologies. with Renewable Energy Technologies and
Sustainable Living (14th edition)
CONCLUSION
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
100
10. Renewable energy technologies (Energy- 13. Solar Electric Power Generation -
efficient house) Photovoltaic Energy Systems: Modeling of
11. IEEE Press series on power grid engineering Optical and Thermal Performance, Electrical
by Digambar M. Tagare Yield, Energy Balance, Effect on Reduction
12. Renewable energy technologies by Jean of Greenhouse Gas Emissions
Claude sabonnadriere
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
101
An Assessment of Wind Power Potential in Astana: A

Wind Power Plant Feasibility Study for Akmola
Region, Kazakhstan
Abduvakhit Junussov, Ainur Rakhymbay, Dhawal Shah2, Prashant K. Jamwal1, *
1
Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering, and 2Deparment of Chemical Engineering,
Nazarbayev University, Astana, Kazakhstan
Corresponding Author: prashant.jamwal@nu.edu.kz
Abstract
Kazakhstan has a huge capacity of natural resources such as coal, oil, natural gas, uranium and great
renewable energy potential from solar, wind, hydro-power and biomass. However, the country is still
dependent upon fossil fuel for energy generation and 75% of total produced energy comes from coal-
fired power plants, which contributes to greenhouse gas emission and environmental problems [1]. The
development of power plants based on renewable energy is still on small scale since the upfront
investment is very high, while the internal rate of return is low.
While dynamic growth of Astana city has driven increased demand for energy supply, the existing
power plants in Central and Northern Kazakhstan have been already overused and are old. Therefore,
construction of new wind farms near Astana is an attractive solution, which can boost energy capacity of
region and gradually decrease CO2 emissions. The aim of this research is to assess the wind energy
potential of Akmola region along with the investigation on the development of energy and cost-efficient
wind power plant. In particular, the wind energy potential of this region with the specific site
characteristics has been analyzed. The design of wind farm is presented with appropriate layout and
power conditioning and utilization schemes. Simulations in MatLab/SIMULINK software are conducted
to reveal energy efficiency of the proposed wind farm. Finally, a financial analysis with environmental
impacts is discussed. In conclusion, the feasibleness analysis of wind farm construction is revealed as a
model procedure.
I. INTRODUCTION
Kazakhstan is the world’s ninth largest grain production [3]. This country is characterized
country, which was founded after the dissolution by the continental climate, where the
of the Soviet Union in 1991, with more than 2.7
million km2 land area and 17.4 million unevenly winters are cold with average temperature of -
spread population, where 47% of people living in 18.5°C in North regions and -1.8°C in South
rural terrains [2]. The Republic of Kazakhstan is a regions in January, and summers are hot with
Central Asian country with continental land mass, average temperature of 28.4°C in south and
where a steppe grassland and pastureland 19.4°C in north in July [4]. The continental type of
dominates in the North regions, desert and semi- climate requires space heating in cold winter
desert are characteristic to the Central regions, the periods and air conditioning in hot summer times,
Southern part of country are covered by mountains which contributes to the increasing demand on
such as Tien Shan and Pamir, and Western regions energy supply.
consists of catchments of Caspian and Aral Seas. The largest contribution to the economy of
The total land for agricultural sector is 76.5 million Kazakhstan comes from its natural resources such
hectares, where the share of permanent pastures is as oil & gas and uranium, heavy industry such as
64%, while the 32% are arable lands for various production of ferrous and non-ferrous metals and
agricultural segment. The mining and petroleum
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
102
industries accounted for 42% of GDP in 2016 and Mainly, the total production of carbon dioxide
85% of country exports [5]. Generally, GDP of emissions in Kazakhstan is 235 MtCO2 in 2016
Kazakhstan increased from 19.5 billion USD in and 80% of it has resulted from the heat and
1991 to about 184.39 billion USD in 2017 with the electricity generation plants [9]. Therefore, it is
highest 236.6 billion USD rate in 2001. The annual crucial to increase the total share of energy
GDP rate has varied between -11.1% to 16.9% production from environmentally friendly and
since the foundation of Republic of Kazakhstan as efficient renewable energy sources in order to
illustrated in Fig.1. The positive and significant achieve sustainable development and meet the
increase in GDP and per capita income has rising energy demand of the country. In addition,
resulted to the reduction of poverty in the country Kazakhstan has signed the United Nations
from 47% in 2001 to approximately 5% in 2014. Framework Convention on Climate Change and is
However, the rapid economic growth has led to the going to accept Kyoto Protocol, which states
huge increase in energy demand, particularly in improving energy quality for the environment
winters. According to UNDP [6], the energy protection along with the sustainable economic
consumption of Kazakhstan (in metric tons of oil development [4].
equivalent) has increased from 25.93 mtoe in 2000 Global Environmental Facility along with
to 92.3 mtoe in 2016, whereas the total power United Nations Development Program (UNDP)
production has raised from 46 TWh in 2000 to and government of Kazakhstan are investigating
about 94 TWh in 2016. Currently, the total on the discovery and development of wind power
capacity of energy production is 20.1 GW where implementation opportunities in Kazakhstan [10].
only about 16 GW is usable and losses occur due In fact, the attraction of investors from several
to poor maintenance, grid connection and international companies and organizations to the
equipment aging [7]. The 78.44% of produced development of wind power generation is not only
power generated from thermal power plants, due to the intention to decrease greenhouse gas
7.86% comes from gas power stations and 7.86% (GHG) emissions but also there is an excellent
produced from hydropower stations. chance to develop a profitable business in this
Unfortunately, the percentage of power generation sector. According to GEF-UNDP wind resource
from renewable energy sources such as solar, assessments, Kazakhstan has an exceptional
wind, biomass accounts for only 0.4% of total potential of wind resources. Particularly,
energy production [8]. However, Kazakhstan has observations have revealed that almost a half of
a huge potential to generate electricity from the Kazakhstan’s territory has a wind with 4-5 m/s
renewable resources and government expects to average speed at a height of 35m [11]. The
increase renewable energy production by 11% in windiest sites of country are western regions near
2020. the Caspian and Aral seas, central regions as well
as some south regions. It is estimated that the
annual production of power from wind turbines
could reach an 8-10 TWh. Hence, the construction
of wind farms will fulfill the expanding energy
shortages of the country as well as contribute to
less environmental pollution and impact on
population health.
This feasibility report investigates on the
assessment of wind farm implementation in
Astana city. In section II, a case study of Astana
city with detailed description of climatic
Figure 1. Kazakhstan’s GDP annual growth rate conditions is reported. Moreover, this section
[5] includes the recent trends on energy production
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
103
and energy demand of Astana city along with the As mentioned above, Astana is characterized
grid connection possibilities. Then, section III by sharp continental climate with extremely cold
proposes the layout of wind farm by describing winters and dry warm summers. The main feature
and selecting the most efficient wind turbines and of continental climate is the significant changes of
energy storage system. Section IV provides air temperature, dry air and a small amount of
economic analysis as well as assess possible precipitation. The annual average temperature is -
impacts caused by wind farm. At the end, 3.2°C and the average rainfall is 307 mm [5]. The
conclusion is given by suggesting whether it is duration of cold time is on average 165-170 days
feasible to build a wind farm in Astana city or not. with a daily air temperature below 0°C. The
II. SITE DESCRIPTION hottest period is in July with an average air
The proposed location for wind farm temperature of 20.9°C, whereas the coldest period
construction is situated within of 5 km of the edge in January with an average air temperature of
of the city with 51°08’ latitude and 71°28’ 15.2°C. Figure 3 illustrates the average air
longitude. The area of selected site is about 8x10 temperature and the average rainfall in each month
km2 with the capacity for further wind farm of Astana.
expansion. It is estimated that this land is capable
to produce up to 50 MW power.
Figure 2. The wind farm location in Astana city

The selected site lies in south part of Astana city Figure 3. The average air temperature and rainfall
and 1.5 km apart from the southward residential of Astana [5]
villages, as shown in Fig.2. The proposed area for B. Assessment of wind resource
wind farm construction is in close proximity to The lack of protection from the penetration of
highway road line, which is beneficial for the various air masses and relatively flat terrain results
transportation of wind turbines to the site and fast to the favorable wind speed. The strong wind
response to maintenance works. Moreover, the speeds are typical for spring and summer periods.
city’s airport station is located 16 km apart from The average monthly wind speed for Astana varies
the proposed site, and the flight path is in SW-NE between 4.0 m/sec to 6.3 m/sec [11]. The days
direction which will not disturb the function of with strong winds up to 15 m/sec ranges from 10
wind farm. In addition, the 110-kV high voltage to 50 days per year, while the windless days varies
transmission line is adjacent to the wind farm between 50 to 70 annually. The direction of wind
location and also there is a large power substation in winter periods are to the south and in summer
within 1 km distance apart. periods to the north. The table 1 lists the average
A. Climate features of Astana monthly wind speeds of Astana.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
104
TABLE I. Average monthly wind speeds in Figure 4. The wind direction and wind energy
Astana [11] distribution for Astana [4]
Wind Wind Moreover, the efficiency of generated wind
Month Speed Month Speed
(m/sec) (m/sec)
power is also influenced by the number of
January 5.2 July 4.1 atmospheric phenomena such as thunderstorms,
February 5.1 August 4.0 hails, blizzards, snowstorms and dust storms. The
March 5.4 September 4.1 storms are more frequent in summer and less
April 5.2 October 5.1
May 5.0 November 5.3 frequent in fall and spring. The annual average
June 4.4 December 5.1 number of days with thunderstorm is 23, the
July 4.1 Annual 5.8 average frequency of snow storms is about 38 days
In 2013 the UNDP [6] have conducted a per year. The occurrence of days with blizzard
research toward the identification of wind power varies between 20 to 50 on average per year,
potential in Astana city. The average wind speeds whereas the days with dust storms meet 60 times
at heights of 80 m, 51 m, 49 m and 22 m above the on average per year.
ground level were monitored by using a tubular C. Energy production and consumption
tower with installed anemometers. In this research, Currently, the total power production from the
the data taken from these measurements have been installed plants in Kazakhstan is 18.992 TW. The
used for the feasibility analysis of wind farm in percentage of electricity production from thermal
Astana. Table 2 provides the results of power plant is 87.7% and the rest 12.2% comes
measurements conducted by UNDP. from the hydroelectric power plant. About 70% of
TABLE II. Wind speed measurements at energy is produced by burning a coal, 14.6%
height of 80 m, 51 m, 49 m and 22 m [6] energy generation from hydro resources, 10.6 %
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4
Measurements
(80 m) (51 m) (49 m) (22 m)
from gas, 4.9% from oil, whereas only 0.4%
Minimum comes from the solar and wind resources [1]. The
wind speed 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 huge percent of generated power is consumed by
(m/s) the industry, which is about 68.7%. The domestic
Maximum
wind speed 27.5 26.6 26.7 24.3 energy consumption is 9.3%, the agricultural
(m/s) sector consumes 1.2%, the transportation system
Average wind uses 5.6% from total production. The leaders of
7.25 6.51 6.48 5.39
speed (m/s)
energy production are Pavlodar and Karaganda
Astana is characterized by the repeatability
cities, which are located near the coal mines [14].
of high wind speeds and in cold periods of year the
Figure 5 demonstrates the distribution of
wind is caused by western spur of the Asian
electricity production level among all regions and
anticyclone [4]. Therefore, the direction of wind in
cities of Kazakhstan.
Astana predominantly is south-west, as
demonstrated in energy rose map (Fig. 4). As a
result, the majority of wind power initiated from
the south-west direction.
Figure 5. The total generation of electricity by

regions [14]
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
105
The energy consumption differs among cities operation and maintenance cost of region. The
of Kazakhstan. As Karaganda, Pavlodar, East electricity price in Astana is 12.99 KZT/kWh for
Kazakhstan cities have industrial factories, they the domestic consumption and 18.1 KZT/kWh for
consume the most part of produced power. other purposes [15].
Akmola region along with Astana city consumes
approximately 5 200 000 MWh energy. The total length of high voltage electrical
There are two working combined heat and lines is more than 5500 km for 500 kV, more than
power plants in Astana (CHP-1 and CHP-2), 20 200 km for 220 kV, 44 500 km for 110 kV, 62
which produce 22 MW and 360 MW of power 000 km for 35 kV and approximately 204 000 km
respectively. However, this produced amount of for small 6-10 kV lines [13]. The power loss
energy is insufficient for the total demand of during the transmission and distribution accounts
fastest growing capital of Kazakhstan. Therefore, for 21.5 %, which is significantly. Particularly, the
the huge amount of electricity comes from Akmola region has 4300 km total length of high
Pavlodar and Karaganda in order to fulfill the voltage grid lines, 10 substations with the total
energy requirements of Astana. The seasonal grid capacity of 7800 MVA.
energy consumption of Astana is shown in figure
7, where the most electricity is consumed during III. DESIGN OF WIND FARM
winter periods [12]. A. Wind turbines
A wind turbine is a mechanical machine that
converts the kinetic energy of the wind into
mechanical by induced rotation of rotors blade
[16]. After that, generators convert produced
mechanical energy into desired electrical energy
for further consumption [16]. As the wind turbines
form the basis of wind farm, the proper selection
of them is a major concern.
Generally, there are two types of wind
turbines used for power production based on axis
of the turbine rotation: Horizontal Axis Wind
Figure 6. The energy consumption by regions Turbine (HAWT) and Vertical Axis Wind Turbine
[15] (VAWT) (see Fig. 8).
Jan 1. Horizontal axis wind turbine

Feb The horizontal axis wind turbine uses axis
March
Apr
parallel to the ground for a rotation. The structure
May of horizontal axis turbine consists of a rotor,
June blades, gearbox, generator located at the top of a
July
Aug
turbine tower, and the blades faced towards the
Sept wind [16]. The shaft of a turbine starts rotating
Oct when wind hits the blades, and then gearbox
Nov attached to the end of the shaft turns a slow
Dec
rotation of blades into faster rotation to drive
Figure 7. The monthly power consumption of
generator [16]. Horizontal axis wind turbines are
Astana [12]
more popular compared to vertical axis wind
The electricity tariffs in Kazakhstan varies in
turbines. Table III provides advantages and
different cities depending on the transmission
disadvantages of HAWT.
distance, the percentage of occurred losses,
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
106
TABLE III. Advantages/Disadvantages of TABLE V. V112-3.3 MW description [17]

HAWT [16] Operating Data
Advantages Disadvantages Rated power 3.3 MW
High efficiency Hazards for low height crafts Cut-in wind speed 3 m/s
Installation is self-starting Difficult maintenance Cut-out wind speed 25 m/s
High stability Difficult transportation Table V shows that Vestas V112 is able to operate
Rotor blades can be pitched Turbulence may cause fatigue at minimum wind speed 3 m/s, and if wind speed
Variable blade pitch Bad aesthetic view
will be higher than 25 m/s, it will stop operate.
2. Vertical axis wind turbine Since one wind turbine is going to produce about
The vertical wind turbines use axis 3.3 MW of energy, it is required to use 15 of them
perpendicular to the ground for rotation. The main to generate 50 MW of energy.
difference of this type is that this type of wind C. Wind farm layout
turbine does not need to be faced towards the In order to get higher profitability from the
wind, and its efficiency does not been affected by wind system, it is important to adequately design
change of the wind flow direction [16]. Moreover, wind farm layout. The careful and detailed
all components, such as gearbox, generator, and optimization of layout contributes to maximum
transformer are placed near the ground. However, wind power capture. Here is the cost of energy
due to low efficiency, VAWT is mostly applied in calculation equation:
small wind projects, while HAWT is mainly ∗
implemented in large wind farms [16]. The 𝐶𝑜𝐸 = +𝐶 & (1)
following table (Table IV) provides the Where, C1 is initial capital cost of wind farm,
advantages and disadvantages of VAWT. FCR is fixed charge rate, Cr is replacement cost,
TABLE IV. Advantages/Disadvantages of Cq&m is cost of maintenance and operation, AEP is
VAWT [16] annual energy production.
Advantages Disadvantages From the equation 1, it can be seen, if the
Ease of maintenance Only low heights annual energy production is increased, the total
Better aerodynamics Low efficiency
Additional energy to start cost of energy will be minimized.
Ease of transp. and install.
rotation “One of the main problems that cause the wind
The efficiency is stable Causes drag power capture reduction is a phenomenon known
No need of yaw device Flat surface is required
as a wake loss. When incoming wind encounters a
So, from tables (Table III & IV), it can be seen that wind turbine, a linearly expanding wake occurs
HAWT is more suitable and preferable than behind the turbine [16]. Thus, the speed of free
VAWT, for producing large amount of energy. stream wind is lowered. The phenomenon is
HAWT has higher efficiency, it is more stable, and illustrated in Figure 8. The effect of wake loss on
provides more warranty. several turbines is illustrated in Figure 9.
B. Choosing wind turbine type
Therefore, it is apparent that the problem of design
It was stated above, that chosen location has optimization is mainly concerned with locating
potential of producing about 50 MW of energy. wind turbines so that they are not affected by wake
So, in order to achieve that, it is necessary to loss.”
choose the wind turbine which will fulfill So, there are different computer software
requirements of location, such as wind speed, air which provide an algorithm for the layout design.
density, and so on. Average wind speed is given in The algorithm uses different parameters, such as
Table I, it is important to choose the wind turbine, number of turbines, planned area, height of the
which will be able to operate at low wind speed, turbine, average wind speed, temperature of the
and which will have low cut-out speed to prevent air, grid connections, loads, and etc., to get
damage of turbine during the strong winds. After maximum annual energy production from the
some evaluations, Vestas V112 – 3.3 MW wind farm.
horizontal axis wind turbine was chosen. Its
specifications are provided in Table V.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
107
Figure 8. Wake loss [16]
Figure 10. Astana wind farm design
Figure 9. The effect of wake loss on wind

turbines [16]
By using Homer PRO software, the optimal wind
farm layout was found (see Fig. 10).
D. Grid connection
Figure 11. The Simulink model for wind turbine
It is important to connect each wind generator
to the grid. Therefore, availability of the grid close
to the wind power plant site has to be considered
during selection of the location for power plant.
However, it is not enough to build a wind farm,
and just connect to the grid. The power plant has
to fully comply with grid requirements. As the
wind power is not stable during the year and
occurrences of power loss, it may bring a risk to
the reliability and stability of the entire power
system. Therefore, before implementation of wind
farm set of rules must be met and accomplished
such as frequency, reactive power, power factor
controls, voltage, and transient fault behaviors.
Moreover, people responsible for developing wind
farm should contact local Transmission System
Operators. In case of meeting all set of
requirements Electricity Grid Company (TSO)
will provide with necessary documents for Power
Purchase [18]. Figure 12. Wind farm simulation results
E. Matlab/Simulink Simulation
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
108
Here is the Simulink model for wind turbine calculated to be approximately 7 years (see Fig.
simulation (see Fig. 11). The simulation provides 12).
the turbine output power, and wind speed.
For simulation, the wind speed was taken as

sinusoidal wave, with peak values equal to 30,
which is maximum possible wind speed in the
region.
So, Fig. 12 provides two graphs: one for wind

speed and another one for power output. It can be
seen that, when wind speed reaches to 3 m/s, wind
turbines start to produce energy, and when wind
speed reaches to 25 m/s (cut-out speed) then wind
turbines stop to generate energy. There is a point Figure 12. Total cost vs Total income
on figure, when turbines start to generate constant V. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
amount of energy. This wind speed is known as It is known that wind energy is one of the
rated output speed. At that speed turbines reach to cleanest and safest of the renewable energies.
their maximum point, and operate in stable However, it still has negative effect on the
condition. environment. Of course, the effects are considered
to be minor, but they still have to be analyzed to
IV. FINANCIAL ANALYSIS provide reasonable evaluation for the project. The
Every project requires detailed financial environmental impact can be divided into three
analysis, in order to estimate how much it will main categories:
cost, and how long it will take to pay-off it. 1) Land pollution: According to [19], during the
TABLE VI. Capital cost construction and operation about 14164 m2 of land
Turbines + Installation & Transportation 48 250 000$ per 1 MW is affected. Moreover, about 4047m2 of
Storage blocks 1 173 000$
Maintenance 4 630 000$
land is always in use, and it can spoil the soil.
Inflation 12% However, the spoiled soil still can be used for
Total cost 54 053 000$ pasture or agriculture [19].
TABLE VII. Operational revenue 2) Wildlife: It is known that the wildlife on
Electricity cost 0.0565$ Kazakhstan is very wide and diverse. To be
Average electricity growth cost 8%
Required energy 180 000 MWh/year
precise, there are about 150 species of birds and 9
Average growth of electricity cons 4.5% species of bats in the North part of KZ, which
Corporate income tax 12% periodically fly close to Astana [20]. As it is stated
Cost for electricity 10 170 000 in [21], it was scientifically proven that turbines
Tables above (Table VI and VII) provide the cause deaths and injuries to those species. The
capital cost and operational revenue of the project, damage can be explained by changes in landscape
respectively. The financial expenses for the first and pressure drop near wind farms [21]. However,
year of the project include cost of land, storage those studies state that the casualties are low, if the
blocks, installation & maintenance of all 15 wind farm doesn’t stay on the route of migration
turbines, and transportation. Also, it was estimated of birds. According to [22], there no migration
that due to inflation, each year capital cost of the roads in Astana, so wild plant has to be safe for
project will increase by 12%. It can be seen from wildlife.
Table VII, that cost for electricity is not high, but 3) Water and air pollution: Water is mainly used
with increase of electricity consumption and only during construction process, so the water is
average electricity cost, pay-off period was not polluted much. In case of the air, it also has
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
109
effect only during construction period. Moreover, potential in Kazakhstan,’ in Renewable and
during the operation of wind farm, there is heat Sustainable Energy Reviews, Vol. 55, pp.
emission, which is also has to be taken into 491–504. Available at
account. However, this emission is much lower http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/articl
compared to other sources of emission, such as e/pii/S1364032115011570
natural gas and coal [23]. [2] Agency of statistics of the Republic of
Kazakhstan. Demography and migration: an
VI. CONCLUSION outlook for 1991–2016.Available at
During this feasibility analysis, it was www.stat.gov.kz
necessary to analyze potential of wind power in [3] USDA. Kazakhstan: agriculture overview.
Astana, Kazakhstan. Site for construction was U.S. Department of Agriculture. Available
chosen close to the edge of the city (5 km), and at at: www.pecad.fas.usda.gov
the same time close to high voltage transmission [4] E. Danayev. (2008). Feasibility of Wind
lines. The detailed analysis of construction site Energy Development in Kazakhstan.
was conducted. All important factors, such as Available at
wind speed, wind turbine type, annual energy http://www.esru.strath.ac.uk/Documents/M
consumption of city, meteorological factors, were Sc_2008/Danayev.pdf
considered during this research. It was proposed to [5] Kazakhstan GDP Annual Growth Rate.
use 15 Vestas V112 horizontal axis wind turbine [Online]. Available at
with rated power 3.3MW, in order to produce 50 http://www.tradingeconomics.com/kazakhs
MW of energy. This type of turbines provides tan/gdp-growth-annual
efficient, reliable, and stable amount of energy [6] Prospective of Wind Power Development in
even during the low speed of wind. In order to get Kazakhstan. (2006). UNDP/GEF and
maximum profitability from the research, layout Government of Kazakhstan wind power
of the farm was also analyzed by using Homer Pro project, available at
software. Moreover, during this research http://windenergy.kz/files/1214226182_file
economical side of the project was discussed, and .pdf
it was found that it will take approximately 7 years [7] International Energy Statistics. [Online]
to get payback from the project. Finally, available at
environmental impact of the wind farm was https://knoema.com/EIAIES2015Jun/intern
analyzed, and it was found that on chosen location, ational-energy-statistics-january-
farm will not cause side effects on environment. 2016?location=1001060-kazakhstan
So, for the future the wind power plant can [8] L. Parchomchik. (2017). Electricity
be improved to make it more echo and society Generation in Kazakhstan: Current Trends
friendly. First of all, noise of the turbines could be and Prospects. Available at http://eurasian-
reduced by using more advanced prototypes of research.org/en/research/comments/energy/
blades. Also, to improve security of the farm, electricity-generation-kazakhstan-current-
internet of things can be applied, which will allow trends-and-prospects
to control the wind farm 24/7, even if being on [9] Global Carbon Atlas. [Online]. Available at
another side of the planet. Finally, with increase of http://www.globalcarbonatlas.org/en/CO2-
the annual energy consumption, it will be emissions
necessary to expand the farm to fulfill energy [10] Wind Atlas of Kazakhstan. (2013). UNDP-
needs of the city. GEF project, available at
https://globalatlas.irena.org/UserFiles/cases
REFERENCES tudies/IRENA_Case_Kazakhstan.pdf
[1] M. Karatayev, M.L. Clarke, 2016, ‘A review [11] J. Cochran. (2008). Kazakhstan’s Potential
of current energy systems and green energy for Wind and Concentrated Solar Power.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
110
Available at 2_2.htmlhttp://zoomet.ru/kyz/kyznesov_2_
https://www.kimep.kz/css/files/2014/07/Co 2.html
chran_Wind_and_Concentrated_Solar.pdf [21] National Wind Coordinating Committee
[12] Atakhanova Z., Howie P. (2007) (NWCC). (2010). Wind turbine interactions
ELECTRICITY DEMAND IN with birds, bats, and their habitats: A
KAZAKHSTAN. Energy Policy, 35, p. summary of research results and priority
3729-3743. Available at questions. Retrieved March 15, 2015 from
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/articl https://nationalwind.org/research/publicatio
e/pii/S030142150700016X ns/birds-and-bats-fact-sheet/
[13] KEGOC. (2016). Annual Report 2015. [22] Advantour (2015). Unique natural scenery
Astana. Available at of Northern Kazakhstan. Retrieved March 5,
http://www.kegoc.kz/en/shareholders-and- 2015 from http://www.advantour.com
investors/information-disclosure/general- /rus/kazakhstan/northern.htm
meetings/2015 [23] Edenhofer, O., Madruga, R. and Sokona. Y.
[14] KOREM. (2016). Report on the results of (2012). Renewable Energy Sources and
monitoring electric energy market and Climate Change Mitigation. Retrieved
centralized bidding for 9 months of 2016. March 9, 2015 from
Astana. http://srren.ipccwg3.de/report/IPCC_SRRE
[15] Electricity tariffs in Astana. (2017). N_Full_Report.pdf
Available at
http://www.astanaenergosbyt.kz/tarif
[16] Patnaik, I. (2009). Wind as a renewable
source of energy. Retrieved March 20, 2015
from:
http://ethesis.nitrkl.ac.in/1420/1/thesis_of_i
shan_ patnaik(10502038).pdf
[17] Vestas Wind Systems A/S. (2014). V112-
3.3 MW™ at a Glance. Retrieved February
15, 2015 from
http://www.vestas.com/en/products
_and_services/turbines/v1123_3_mw#!at-a-
glance
[18] Teodorescu, R., Liserre, M. and Rodriguez,
P. (2011). Grid converters for Photovoltaic
and Wind Power Systems. John Wiley &
Sons, Ltd: United Kingdom.
[19] Denholm, P., Hand, M., Jackson, M., and
Ong, S. (2009). Land-use requirements of
modern wind power plants in the United
States. Retrieved March 15, 2015 from
http://www.nrel.gov/docs/fy09osti/45834.p
df
[20] Kuznetsov, B. (1975). Key to vertebrates
fauna in USSR. Prosveshenie. Retrieved
March 15, 2015 from
http://zoomet.ru/kyz/kyznesov_
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
111
Energy efficiency of PV panels under real outdoor

conditions – An experimental assessment in Kazakhstan
Ali Mubarakov1, Sanzhar Sultan1, Nurzhan Arkabayev1, Dhawal Shah2, Prashant K. Jamwal1,*
1
Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering, and 2Deparment of Chemical Engineering,
Nazarbayev University, Astana, Kazakhstan.*prashant.jamwal@nu.edu.kz
Abstract
This paper provides an analysis of temperature effect on the performance of solar panels. Specifically,
wider temperature range which prevails in Astana, Kazakhstan is considered. Previous work related
with PV cell performance under extreme weather conditions had been carried out on a single PV panel
in different temperature ranges. However, in the present research the performance, conversion
efficiency and maintenance of different PV panels in Astana weather conditions are investigated.
MATLAB simulation using existing PV panel models have been performed with various climate
conditions and compared with the real data which is collected from Alfa-solar PV panels situated in
techno-park of Nazarbayev University, Astana. Homer software® is used to assess financial aspects of
PV system. The results from this research can help significantly in the evaluation of solar panels
application in extreme conditions.
I. INTRODUCTION A. Influence of dust

Direct utilization of solar energy as power source The influence of dust on the performance of
have already experiencing massive worldwide Si PV panel is studied in [2]. Depending of
commissioning and installation of PV plants, amount, density and composition of dust, it
from 5W panels to supply rural lighting to large can have different impact on the output panel.
systems for modern towns. Massive adoption of In particular, small amount of dust could
new technologies, on the other hand, leads to actually benefit overall performance due to
additional issues formerly unaddressed and fact that it adsorbs part of unwanted
invisible. The current research in this area wavelength of solar irradiation. This in turn
remains focused on mono and poly Si cells, results lower temperature of solar cells, and
because most of the PV systems nowadays are thus higher efficiency of the system (Fig. 1).
based on this technology. Further, PV panels In addition, this small particle of dust only
works with higher efficiencies in direct sun catches undesirable light wavelength, while
irradiation with less obstacles and if cells are other ranges can participate in electricity
maintained at low temperatures. The location of generation. In fact, Si based panels generates
installation (longitude, altitude and latitude) electricity only with visible spectrum,
foremost defines the solar power accessible for a whereas the rest converted to heat the system
fixed PV panel. The terrain, exposure, and which can be stored by dust particles on the
common environmental conditions also surface. As a result, utilizing this feature
sufficiently impact the performance of the PV could also decrease the frequency of cleaning
panels. Particularly, the dust has the strong process of PV panels as well, through analysis
obvious effect on PV panel efficiency [1]. The of data from monitoring system. On the
size of the PV system and the prevalent wind contrary, larger amount of dust on the top
circulations would also define whether wind glass of the PV panel does not allow the light
alleviates or aggravates dust settlement, in to reach the cell, resulting lower efficiency of
addition to heat exchange process. the system.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW B. Temperature effect

ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
112
In [3] mathematical model of mono-crystalline Si open circuit voltage and maximum voltage.
PV cell is devised using classical single diode The maximum output power falls by 14 to 25
model. There solar cell is considered as a current per cent for poly and mono crystalline Si,
source which produces current proportional to under module temperature range of 10◦C-
the irradiation capacity. In the suggested model,
500◦C.
series Rs and shunt Rsh are responsible for
A solar panel is a device, which consists of
ohmic losses in panel.
PV cells that are connected in series and
parallel. Partial shading is a condition, when
part of PV cells is covered by clouds or by the
shadows of nearest buildings. Under this
condition, received solar irradiance of
different PV cells varies. For each value of
solar irradiance, a PV cell is able to produce
current, that it less than its short circuit.
Hence, if two parallel connected PV cells
obtain different irradiances, reverse bias
Fig. 1. Temperature difference between dusty operation of several PV cells occurs. This
and clean PV panels condition brings hot spot formation in PV
panel. Utilization of bypass diodes is one of
Further this model is implemented in LabVIEW, the solutions of this problem. Operation of
which allows to study major PV panel bypass diodes leads to appearance of multiple
parameters under different values of solar peaks in power curve. Therefore, partial
irradiance and cell temperature. In particular, shading condition leads to transformation of
designed simulation project calculates and plots electrical characteristics of PV panel,
power-voltage, current voltage curves, as well as comparing it to same of PV panels under
system efficiency, fill factors (FF), open-circuit normal conditions [5].
voltage, etc. The simulations are carried out C. Effect of air velocity and humidity
under constant irradiance of 1 kW/m2 and The work of Mekhlief and Saidur has also
varying temperatures. In terms of results, well considered such factors as air velocity and
consistency with datasheet approves model humidity that has a minor effect on PV
accuracy. In addition, proposed design is performance [6]. The originality of their paper
flexible, and can be utilized for PV cells from is in study of their effects in parallel and how
different manufacturers. they interact with each other. The air velocity
The effects of solar irradiance and temperature was related to the temperature of the cells. As
on the performance of different types Si solar wind velocity increases cell temperature will
panels are discussed in [4]. Particularly, solar decrease, as a result PV cell efficiency will
intensity had been changed from 0.2 to increase. In addition, it was mentioned that
1.0 Sun, and have significant impact on current performance is heavily dependent on cell
behavior. All of the following parameters type. Effect of humidity was considered in
including short circuit, photo current and two different ways; first one affected
maximum current increase linearly as solar irradiance level, while second one is
irradiance goes higher. Therefore, the ingression of humidity to cell enclosure. Also,
significance of concentrating system is noted two module failure types and their impact on
which allows increase the output capacity. short circuit current and open circuit voltage
However, as it is revealed, without cooling were reported [6].
option output power of the system also declines. The effect of varying climates was described
Owing t o concentrated light a n d more heat, by Hermann and Bogdanski. Climatic impacts
temperature of PV cells goes up. This decreases were considered in terms of three parameters,
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
113
as irradiation, ambient temperature and relative PV plants within January.

humidity. The test sites were Germany (moderate
climate), Indonesia(tropical climate), German Fig. 2 illustrates the change of current of 10
Alps (high mountain climate) and Neged Desert kW and 15 kW plants within a January.
of Israel (arid climate). The main objective of Current that was generated by 15 kW plant is
paper was to develop accelerated laboratory bigger, than current that was generated by
testing, to predict cell performance after 25 years 10 kW plant. 10 kW plant produces relatively
of performance. The results from testing show stable current, with average value around 4 A,
that same cells have different degradation types with only fall on the 25th and 26th of January.
[7]. At the same time, current of 15 kW plant is
PV field performance under different fluctuating during observed period, from less
environmental conditions and atmospheric than 2 A to more than 11 A, which may be
parameters was considered by Micheli, Muller caused by several conditions, such as dust on
and Kurtz. The main focus was made on soiling the PV panel. On the 25th and 26th of March
losses with complex mechanisms and both PV plants showed poor performance,
interactions. PV cells were located in different which was dictated by extremely cloudy
locations to identify the most influencing factors weather in Astana.
that result in accumulation of dust. The
calculations included such parameters as air-
quality indexes, amount of rainfall, climate zone
and recurrence [8].
III. METHODOLOGY
A. Data collection
In order to make an assessment of PV panels
under real outdoor conditions in Astana, data
from real existing PV panels have been collected
and processed. Two PV plants that have been
observed are located in Technopark at the
Nazarbayev University, Astana. Their capacities
are 10 and 15 kw. Current in phases A, B, and C
of these 10 and 15 kW solar plants have been
Fig. 3. Change of current in 10 kW and 15
recorded within the month of January and March.
kW PV plants within March.
Recording was conducted for every 30 seconds
from 9 AM to 7 PM, due to the fact, that current
As it is clear from Fig. 3, currents in phases
during night is close to zero. After that, from all
A, B, and C are almost equal, and cannot be
the numbers collected, average value for each
distinguished. Obviously, 15 kW solar power
day was received by using MS Excel. By using
plants have higher current values, than 10 kW
received data, graphs that are provided were
solar power plants.
plotted.
A 15 kW plant has values of current nearly
10 A during observed period, whereas
average value of 10 kW plant is around 7 A.
But, on the 2nd, 4th, 8th, and from 22nd to
31st of March, values are lower than average.
This may be explained by cloudy weather,
with big amount of snow that was present
during these days. Table I and Table II
Fig. 2. Change of current in 10 kW and 15 kW illustrate daytime and evening temperatures
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
114
during January and March. Also, drop in

generation of current can be caused by dust,
which gathered on the PV panel.
TABLE I
TEMPERATURE IN JANUARY [9]
Date Daytime T(◦C) Evening T(◦C) Description

11.01.2017 -12 -16 Cloudy, snow
12.01.2017 -12 -17 Cloudy, snow
13.01.2017 -18 -18 Cloudy
14.01.2017 -14 -16 Cloudy
15.01.2017 -13 -17 Cloudy, snow
16.01.2017 -13 -19
17.01.2017 -12 -16
18.01.2017 -7 -12
19.01.2017 -8 -10
20.01.2017 -13 -14
21.01.2017 -11 -13 Cloudy, snow
22.01.2017 -11 -17 Cloudy, snow
23.01.2017 -11 -14 Partly cloudy
24.01.2017 -14 -14 Cloudy, snow
25.01.2017 -6 -6 Cloudy, snow
26.01.2017 -4 -6 Cloudy
27.01.2017 -5 -6 Cloudy, snow Fig. 4. Change of temperature within January
28.01.2017 -6 -12
29.01.2017 -10 -12
30.01.2017 -7 -13
31.01.2017 -8 -8 Cloudy, snow
TABLE II
TEMPERATURE IN MARCH [9]
Date Daytime T(◦C) Evening T(◦C) Description
01.03.2017 -9 -9 Partly cloudy
02.03.2017 -6 -6 Cloudy, snow
03.03.2017 -3 -5 Cloudy, snow
04.03.2017 -5 -7 Cloudy
05.03.2017 -4 -6 Cloudy
06.03.2017 +1 -6
07.03.2017 -6 -11
08.03.2017 -6 -7 Cloudy, snow

09.03.2017 -11 -12 Cloudy
10.03.2017 -9 -12
11.03.2017 -5 -10
12.03.2017 -5 -10 Cloudy Fig. 5. Change of temperature within March.
13.03.2017 -7 -10
14.03.2017 -6 -19
15.03.2017 -4 -6 Cloudy Fig. 4 shows the weather conditions in Astana
16.03.2017 -5 -11
17.03.2017 -5 -11 in January. It was plotted by using data
18.03.2017 -4 -10 obtained from weather diary [9]. Temperature
19.03.2017 -3 -8
20.03.2017 -1 -7
grows from -16 to -8, with slight difference
21.03.2017 -1 -8 between daytime and evening temperatures.
22.03.2017 +2 -5 More than a half of the month was cloudy and
23.03.2017 +4 +1 Cloudy
24.03.2017 +2 +1 Cloudy snowy.
25.03.2017 0 -2 Cloudy, snow
26.03.2017 +1 0 Cloudy, snow
27.03.2017 +3 +2 Cloudy, rain
According to Fig. 5, temperature in March
28.03.2017 +3 +3 Cloudy grows from -10 to +5 at the end of the month.
29.03.2017 +2 +1 Cloudy To sum up, primary weather factors that affect
30.03.2017 0 -2 Cloudy
31.03.2017 +4 +5 Partly cloudy generation of current are cloudiness of the
sky, and snowfall that covers PV panel.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
115
The Voltage input PV model is taken from

B. Simulation [10], utilizing two inputs and two outputs in
As it said earlier, the power generated by PV addition to PV panel specification settlement
modules depends on various conditions. A set of for initialization of module. Using this
these conditions is called Standard Test model, various cell characteristics are
Conditions (STC) and specified on Table III: generated under changing irradiance with
TABLE III constant temperature and vice versa. The
STANDARD TEST CONDITIONS general form of the model is shown in Fig.
6.
The module’s I-V curves at constant
Parameter Symbol Value Unit temperature and with different irradiances are
Irradiance at normal G 1000 W/m2 depicted in Fig. 7. The solar irradiance was
incidence
Cell temperature T 25 ◦C changed from 200W/m2 to 1000W/m2
Solar Spectrum AM 1.5 - whereas temperature remained at 25 ◦C.
Clearly, when the irradiance increases the I-
The STC is related to the IEC 60904 standards, V curve moved higher. Short circuit current
for PV modules following parameters are defined is also affected greatly. In contrast, ± open
with 10% tolerance: open-circuit voltage Voc, circuit voltage experienced small changes in
short-circuit current Isc and maximum-point value throughout the irradiance variation. In
power (Pmpp). In reality, standard conditions terms of P-V curves, similar relation to
occur seldom. current is observed for Maximum Power of
Common I-V curves and P-V curves are tested PV cell under similar simulation (Fig. 8).
for different cell temperatures and irradiances by Similarly, Fig. 9 displays I-V curves for
Simulink. Simulation settings are taken from different temperatures and 400W/m2
Pyramid 60-240Wp solar cells’ specifications constant irradiance. In particular, temperature
which are installed on PV panels of Technopark. are chosen 0◦C and +40◦C. Also the P-V
Table IV displays the solar cells’ characteristics. curves for these module temperatures at
constant I=400W/m2 are illustrated in Fig.
TABLE IV 12. According to Fig. 9 and 12, it is obvious
SPECIFICATIONS OF PYRAMID 60- that at lower temperature, the values of
240WP PV MODULE ALFASOLAR maximum power and open circuit voltage get
higher. In sharp contrast to that, short circuit
Specification Symbol Value
current decreased slightly as the cell
Short circuit current Isc 8.84A
Open circuit voltage Voc 37.37V temperature declined.
Maximum power current Impp 8.11A
Maximum power voltage Vmpp 30.19V C. Evaluation with Homer
Maximum system voltage - 1000V The economy is important function in
(IEC)
Maximum power rating Wp 240W
designing solar power systems. The main
elements in cost system are solar panels,
inverters and construction expenditures. The
economic aspects of PV system were
analyzed by HOMER Pro software. Net
present value (NPV), payback period and
leveled cost of energy were assessed in this
section.
The electric load in this research was set to
residential type with peak month of July.
Numerical value of load was found by
Fig. 6. A structure of PV module model [10].
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
116
considering each appliance in average house as

shown in Table V. Daily and seasonal profiles
for Astana are illustrated in Fig. 11. Electrical
components for each solar power plant must be
designed accurately.
Fig. 10. P-V curves for various irradiances at

T=25◦C.
Fig. 7. I-V curves for various irradiances at

T=25◦C.
Fig. 11. Load profiles
For safety reasons inverter size must be 25-

30% larger than total Watts of domestic
appliances. In this case inverter size should be
not less than 3.5kW. Therefore, for simulation
purposes Leonics S-219Cp 5kW inverter with
Fig. 8. P-V curves for various irradiances at 48Vdc nominal voltage was chosen. Battery
size (Ah) was calculated by the formula
T=25◦C. below:
7182W ∗ Autonomy
Size (Ah) = =
880Ah (1)
0.85 ∗ 0.6 ∗ Voltage
Autonomy value was set to 3 days and voltage
to 48Vdc, which must have identical value
§ with inverter nominal voltage. For simulation
CELLCUBE R FB 20-40 with nominal
capacity of 833Ah and with 48Vdc nominal
voltage was selected.
The total cost of the system is illustrated in
Fig. 9. I-V curves for various temperature and the Table VI. The PV panels cost include the
constant I=400W/m2. installation, connections and panels cost itself.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
117
Results are discussed in Table VII. cloudiness of the sky and snowfall. For
instance, generation of current by 15 kW PV
TABLE V plant in January, fall from 11 A to less than 2
POWER CONSUMPTION OF ONE HOUSE A, due to cloudy weather. Also, average
generation of current in March is bigger than
Device Power (W) Hours used per Energy in January. This is the result of larger number
day (Wh)
Lamp 18 4 72
of clear days.
Fan 60 2 120 Fig. 12 illustrates I-V curves of Pyramid 60P
Refrigerato 180 24 4320 for different irradiance at temperature 25◦C.
r
Oven 2400 1 2400 Simulated curves, particularly in Fig. 7,
TV 30 5 150 revealed that they are consistent with
Others 20 6 120 characteristics of Pyramid 60P from
Total 2708 7182
datasheet.
In economical part payback period was

IV. DISCUSSION
calculated by considering net present cost and
In data analysis section graphs that were
savings of the entire project. Savings are total
obtained, show that although temperature
amount of money saved, because of
influences the power generation in PV panels,
autonomous energy generation, being
its effect is cannot be compared to the effect
independent from electrical grids of Astana
of
with tariff of 0.067USD/kWh[11].
Economical result in terms of payback period
TABLE VI
is not attractive for investors or home owners.
TOTAL COST OF THE SYSTEM
Unit Size Capital cost O&M cost
The reasons are aging of equipment and
maintenance in Astana snowy conditions.
PV panels 2.5kW 5000$ 4.09$/year
Inverters 3.5kW 600$ 0 TABLE VII
Batteries 833Ah 500$ 20$/year ECONOMIC RESULTS
System Savings($ NPV($) Payback CoE

)
PV 2977 43372 13.1 years 0.399
V. CONCLUSION
Mathematical model of PV panel was studied
and model of voltage input PV module was
devised. According to the results, temperature
decrease had a positive impact on output
power of the system. It was shown that
irradiance at cold temperatures resulted in an
increase in output power. General I-V and P-
V curves were obtained using SIMULINK.
Data was collected from Nazarbayev
Fig. 12. I-V curves of Pyramid 60P solar module University Technopark. The data was
(reference: Alfasolar datasheet). processed and graphs of current change were
developed for March and January. Economic
aspects were simulated in HOMER software.
Temperature data obtained from Technopark was
used in simulations for one home condition. In terms of future works, other environmental
Payback period and NPV were later obtained. factors as wind speed and snowfalls shall be
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
118
studied. The developed model can be improved Conference (PVSC), 2011 37th IEEE. IEEE,
in order to observe effect of extreme 2011, pp. 002 305–002 311.
environmental conditions to accurately assess the 8. L. Micheli, M. Muller, and S. Kurtz,
performance of PV panels in central Kazakhstan. “Determining the effects of environment and
In addition, data from Technopark for full year atmospheric parameters on pv field
can be further analyzed to observe system performance,” in Photovoltaic Specialists
Behaviour under other extreme weather Conference (PVSC), 2016 IEEE 43rd. IEEE,
conditions. 2016, pp. 1724–1729.
9. https://www.gismeteo.kz/.
REFERENCES 10. “Pv module. simulink models,” in
1. Rao, R. Pillai, M. Mani, and P. ECEN 2060. Colorado University, 2008, pp.
Ramamurthy, “Influence of dust deposition on 1–11.
photovoltaic panel performance,” Energy 11. http://www.astanaenergosbyt.kz/tarif/.
Procedia, vol. 54, pp. 690–700, 2014.
2. K. K. Khanum, A. Rao, N. Balaji, M.
Mani, and P. C. Ramamurthy, “Performance
evaluation for pv systems to synergistic
influences of dust, wind and panel temperatures:
Spectral insight,” in Photovoltaic Specialists
Conference (PVSC), 2016 IEEE 43rd. IEEE,
2016, pp. 1715–1718.
3. Nanjannavar, P. Gandhi, and N. Patel,
“Labview based pv cell characterization and
mppt under varying temperature and irradiance
conditions,” in Engineering (NUiCONE), 2013
Nirma University Inter- national Conference on.
IEEE, 2013, pp. 1–6.
4. El-Shaer, M. Tadros, and M. Khalifa,
“Effect of light intensity and temperature on
crystalline silicon solar modules parameters,”
Interna- tional Journal of Emerging Technology
and Advanced Engineering, vol. 4, no. 8, pp.
311–326, 2014.
5. M. Hasan and S. Parida, “Temperature
dependency of partial shading effect and
corresponding electrical characterization of pv
panel,” in Power & Energy Society General
Meeting, 2015 IEEE. IEEE, 2015, pp. 1–3.
6. S. Mekhilef, R. Saidur, and M.
Kamalisarvestani, “Effect of dust, humidity and
air velocity on efficiency of photovoltaic cells,”
Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews,
vol. 16, no. 5, pp. 2920–2925, 2012.
7. W. Herrmann and N. Bogdanski, “Outdoor
weathering of pv modules—effects of various
climates and comparison with accelerated
laboratory testing,” in Photovoltaic Specialists
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
119
International Conference & Expo on “Advances in Power Generation from Renewable Energy Sources (APGRES 2017)” December 22-23, 2017 at GEC
Banswara, www.apgres.in
Design and Performance Evaluation of Improved Biogas Stove (IBS)

by Preheating of Biogas
V. K. Sukhwani, Nitesh Patidar, Abhishek Nagar
Govt. Ujjain Engineering College, Indore Road, Ujjain (Madhya Pradesh) 456010, India.
Corresponding Author: v_sukhwani@rediffmail.com, erniteshpatidar@gmail.com
Abstract
Biogas stoves generally do not fully utilize biogas due to high content of CO2 & moisture, which also
causes flame lifting. These stoves take more time in cooking as compare to LPG stoves. Main
objective of this work was to design an improved biogas stove for a small family base biogas plant
user. A biogas stove was modified by installing an arrangement for preheating of raw biogas.
Performance of Improved Biogas Stove (IBS) was evaluated on the basis of two factors i.e. (i)
Variation in diameter of burner ports and (ii) Preheating of biogas. In experimental procedure, a fixed
amount of water was heated in a specific utensil and temperature difference (ΔT) was measured after
time ‘t’. This process was repeated with and without modifications in stove. The maximum
performance improvement (43%) was evaluated with preheating of biogas on burner port of hole
diameter 0.30cm.
Key Words: Improved Design, IBS, DGS, Preheating.
Ti Initial Tf Final
NOMENCLATURE Temperature Temperature
ΔT Temperature ΔT2 Temperature
ΔT Burner Port LP Liquefied 1 difference difference
G Petroleum Gas without with
ɸ Diameter of IBS Improved preheating preheating
burner port Biogas Stove ΔT Difference in
hole ’ ΔT or (ΔT2-
BP Burner Port T Temperature ΔT1)
(00C=273.2K)
1. Introduction
Biogas is a renewable energy resource, which granted to Ucchrangraj Navalshannkar Dhehar
is easily available and utilization of biogas is [2] on 17th April, 1969 for his initial design of
helpful to decrease global warming effect. In a a biogas stove. A report on “Popular Summary
biogas stove combustion of Methane (CH4) of the Test Reports on Biogas Stoves and
takes place and it is converted into CO2 and Lamps” was summarized by Dr. K. C.
H2O. Methane is 21 times effective than Khandelwal and Dr. Vibha K. Gupta [7]. In
carbon Dioxide (CO2) in increasing global this research work, the specifications, testing
warming. Designs of general biogas stoves methodology for stoves and lamps, suited to
have some drawbacks like Low heating rate, variable and high gas pressures of fixed dome
Time consumption more than LPG, Loss of plants has been suggested.
heat, Flame-lift, Content of CO2 and water 1.1 Objectives of work:
vapor etc. Two main objectives of this work were as
Due to long heating time in biogas stove, follows -
variable production rate of digester and other (a) To design an Improved Biogas Stove
problems of stove demotivates biogas users. with an arrangement of preheating of biogas to
Water vapors present in biogas has a small but increase its efficiency.
noticeable impact on flame temperature, (b) To evaluate performance of Improved
Inflammability limits, lower heating value and Biogas Stove on three burner ports of different
air-fuel ratio of biogas. In India, a patent was diameter of holes by measuring temperature
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
120
difference of two cases i.e. with and without Key feature: Burner unit is adjustable by a
preheating of biogas. nut-bolt arrangement at the opposite side of gas
entry. It can be moved up and down to set up a
2. Biogas plant suitable distance between utensil’s bottom and
Experiments were carried out at a family based flame to confirm the full utilization of heat
biogas digester, which was installed in year even at low supply of gas. Nuts:
1996 at Mr. B.K. Patidar’s house located at Diameter=0.4cm, Type: Hexagonal, Bolts:
Chamble Chauraha, Bhanpura, Mandsaur, Nos. 2, Diameter= 0.4cm, Height=4cm
Madhya Pradesh-458775, India. Contact: Manifold: (Fig. 3.3) Inner diameter=3.4
+919424097177. cm Outer diameter=7.5 cm
General information of biogas digester is Thickness=0.25cm, Height= 1cm to 5cm
following- Key feature: At the end of mixing tube the
Type of digester: Floating doam type. inner part of manifold is in curved shape;
Material: Dunk from two buffalos only. it reduces the velocity of the air-gas
Quantity of dunk: 20 kg per day. mixture. Slow entry of charge reduces the
Quantity of water added: 25 kg per 20 chances of Flame Lifting and gives better
kg of dunk flame stabilization.
Maximum Average temperature of Mixing tube: Length= 10.5cm, 2 holes of
surrounding: In summer= 45 0C, In size 1.5x2.5 cm2 at the beginning of tube
winter= 250C, In Rainy= 300C for the entry of air, Inner diameter=1.9cm,
Composition: Methane=67%, CO2=32%, Outer diameter=2.4cm(Fig 3.2)
other=1-2% (Measured by Syringe Burner Ports: The total area of the burner
Method) port is limited by the need to prevent flame
lift. Requirements of a good burner port
3. Design and manufacturing of are:
improved biogas stove Port No.1: weight= 140 gm, Diameter of hole
4. IBS was manufactured in welding shop = 0.18cm
on the basis of Engineering Design prepared by Port No. 2: weight= 120 gm, Diameter of hole=
project team (Figure-1). The main parts of 0.30cm
Improved Biogas Stove and key features are as Port No. 3; weight= 150 gm, Diameter of hole=
follows. 0.50cm
Upper Frame: It has been made of Supply Tube: It is a single valve
cylindrical rods, in square shape of 30x30 consisting tube of length 30cm. At one
cm2, Diameter of rod= 1.2cm, Weight= end, preheating tube has been connected
1.1kg. and other end remains closed. At mid-
Prongs: 4 cantilever type Utensil stand point, it has a hole of 1 cm diameter to
arms have been fitted at the midpoints of attach a valve.
all 4 frame rods. Length=8cm, Key feature: This tube can also be used to
Width=2cm, Thickness=0.4cm, connect an LPG or biogas supply tube.
Weight=0.3kg. Valve: A simple LPG stove valve was used.
Stand legs: Two strips have been joined A switch was attached to turn the valve
perpendicularly to make a stand. Each (ATC Gold). Type: LPG Valve. Valve
strip Height=12cm cm, Width=2 cm, consists of - Excluded brass forging, 12mm
Thickness=0.2cm, No. of legs= 4, Total Taper plug, 34mm Spindle Brass Screw &
weight= 0.6 kg, Total weight of frame = Steel Spring.
2kg. Key features: It is easily available in market
Burner unit: It consists of burner and can also be used for both of the gases i.e.
manifold, mixing tube and burner ports. In biogas and LPG.
mixing tube, the mixture of gas and air is Pre-Heating Tube: Length=87cm,
prepared. Inner diameter=0.3cm, Helical ring: No.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
121
of turns=2, Height of turns= 1-2 cm, biogas is controlled by valve. A jar of steel
Length of turns=55 cm filled up with water was kept on stove. Initial
Key features: It helps in utilization of radiant temperature (Ti) of water was measured by
heat from burner ports to pre-heat biogas. thermometer. After time‘t’, final temperature
Moisture content in biogas is heated by this (Tf) of water was measured (Figure-1).
method, which leads to convert it into low 4.3 Experimental Procedure for
pressure steam and hence heat efficiency is Performance Evaluation of Improved
increased. Thus, the chances of corrosion of biogas Stove (IBS): Preheated biogas was
valve, supply tube and mixing tube gets used to evaluate the performance of IBS by
minimized. Preheating also minimize ignition heating water. Different cases and
temperature of biogas. measurements have been mentioned in section
4.4 and also shown in tables 1-5. These steps
5. Performance evaluation of improved were followed to perform evaluation
biogas stove experiments.
IBS was mainly designed for cooking a) A steel jar was filled with 1 liter of water
purpose, so the performance measurement was and the initial temperature of water i.e. Ti
carried out by heating a fixed amount of water was measured by thermometer.
in a specific utensil of stainless steel and b) The temperature, pressure and flow of
measuring temperature difference after time ‘t’ biogas and surrounding temperature were
on a constant discharge flow and pressure of measured.
biogas. This process has been repeated before c) Water was heated for time ‘t’ i.e. 1min,
and after a modification in stove. 3min, 5 min, 10min etc.
4.1 Required items for experiments: d) Final temperature of water after heating i.e.
a) Stainless Steel Jar: Cylindrical jar of Tf was measured.
Height=15cm, Diameter=12.5cm, e) Steps 2 to 5 were repeated with and without
Thickness=0.03cm modifications, so that observations could be
b) Thermometer: Mercury thermometer compared. Observations and readings have
of maximum capacity of 110oC (Manufactured been shown in table 1 to 5.
by Vertex Deluxe).
c) Electronic watch. 6. Experiments performed on
4.2 Experimental Set Up: Temperature of improved biogas stove in different cases
biogas was measured before entering Experiments were conducted for four different
preheating tube. After preheating of biogas, cases. Observations have been mentioned in
temperature was measured. Flow of preheated Section 5.1 to 5.4.
5.1 Comparison of performance of the  Surrounding temperature: 320C
Improved Biogas Stove on BP-1, BP-2 and  Temperature of untreated biogas: 310C
BP-3 without any modification (Figure-2 &  Pressure of biogas: 1 atm
3 and Table-1): This experiment was
conducted on 29/04/2014 at 09:00 PM and
conditions were as follows-
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
122
(Figure-2 & 3 and Table-2): This experiment

5.2 Comparison of performance of was conducted on 28/04/2014 at 8:00 PM and
Improved Biogas Stove (IBS) with and conditions were as follows -
without preheating of biogas on BP-1
 Surrounding temperature: 31 0C
 Temperature of biogas: 32 0C
 Pressure of biogas: 1 atm
 Flow of biogas through supply tube:
4Ltr/min
5.3 Comparison of performance of IBS

with and without preheating of biogas on
BP- 2 :
5.4 (Figure-2 & 3 and Table-3): This
experiment was conducted on 28/04/2014 at
9:00 PM and conditions were as follows -
 Pressure of biogas: 1 atm
 Flow of biogas through supply tube:
4Ltr/min
5.5 Comparison of performance of IBS  Temperature of biogas: 32 0C

with and without preheating of biogas on  Temperature of biogas: 35 0C
BP-3 (Figure-2 & 3 and Table-4): This  Pressure of biogas: 1 atm
experiment was conducted on 29/04/2014 at  Flow of biogas through supply tube:
8:00PM. 4Ltr/min
6. Results and discussion achieved on performance evaluation of

Section 6.1 to 6.3 depicts graphical Improved Biogas Stove in different cases as
representation and observations of results mentioned in Section 5.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
123
6.1 Performance evaluation of IBS with Biogas Stove. A better flame stability with less
variation in diameter of burner ports sound and less flame lifting were observed in
without preheating of biogas: Also refer BP-2.
Section-5.1, Table-5 and Figure-4.
Graphical representation in Figure-5 and
Figure-7 indicate that preheating of biogas on
BP-1 and BP-3 should not be recommended for
household use. Figure-6 shows that BP-2 can
be recommended for household use of IBS
with preheating of biogas and also, preheating
of biogas, less flame-lifting and limited noise
of combustion were observed. The results also
indicate that there is always an improvement
in performance of IBS due to preheating only,
but there is not a directly proportional relation
between the diameter of burner port and the
performance improvement of IBS with
preheating only. (Figure-8)
As shown in Figure-5, Observations of graph

depicts that there is no directly proportional
relation between the diameter of burner port
and the performance improvement of IBS in
case of “without any modification”. BP-2
(ϕ=0.3cm) can be suggested for household use 6.2 Performance evaluation of IBS with
without any modification in ordinary biogas preheating of biogas: Also refer Section 5.2
stove or without preheating in Improved to 5.4, Table-6 and Figure-5, 6 & 7.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
124
8.3 Heat efficiency of utensil may differ per

type of material.
5ml 9. CONCLUSION: Following major

syringe points can be concluded from this research
work on Design and Performance Evaluation
of Improved Biogas Stove (IBS).
7. Precautions during experiments for

performance evaluation of improved biogas
stove 9.1 Burner port of larger diameter (0.50cm
7.1 Temperature and pressure of surroundings in our case) is recommended for the better
were almost constant in each case of performance of Improved Biogas Stove
experiments and observations. without preheating or without any
7.2 Quantity and initial temperature of water, modification in an ordinary biogas stove.
steel jar and heat up time were almost 9.2 Burner port of medium range diameter
same for two cases which are compared to (0.3 cm in our case) is recommended for better
measure the effect of each specific performance of Improved Biogas Stove with
modification. preheating of biogas. It also provides better
7.3 Flow rate, temperature and pressure of flame stability and sound control of gas
supplied biogas were maintained almost combustion.
constant in each of two cases, which were 9.3 Total Cost of IBS was ₹614 and
compared to measure the effect under fabrication time was 1 hour. Time and cost can
specific conditions and type of be reduced by manufacturing this Improved
modification. Biogas Stove on a large scale.
7.4 Gap between the bottom of steel jar and 9.4 Future recommendation for the work is
the burner port was fixed (in experiments evaluation of Improved Biogas Stove with
it was approx. 3.5cm). preheating of biogas can be carried out with
8. Limitations of experimental some other burner ports of different diameter
procedure of performance evaluation of IBS of hole and content of CO2, H2S and moisture
During the experiments, reasonably good can be reduced by further modifications in this
precautions were adopted, but limitations are biogas stove.
mentioned below -
8.1 Biogas production rate of digester is not References
constant throughout the day and the year 1. National Biomass Cook stoves
as well. programme (NBCS) of Government of
8.2 Biogas production rate and quantity of India, Ministry of New and Renewable
CO2 and CH4 in biogas depends on the Energy. Website:
type of raw material used in digester. http://www.mnre.gov.in/schemes/dece
ntralized-systems/national-biomass-
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
125
cookstoves-initiative/, (accessed 15 Engineering Tribhuvan University,

Apr 2014). Pulchowok, Lalitpur.
2. Uchhrangraj Navalshankar Dhebar 7. Dr. K. C. Khandelwal and Dr. Vibha K.
(1969), Chairman, Khadi and Village Gupta (2009), “Test Reports on Biogas
Industries Commission, Bombay, Stoves and Lamps prepared by testing
India, “Burners Particularly for institutes in China, India and the
Biogas and Lamps using such Netherlands”, SNV Netherlands
Burners”, Specification No. ***688, Development Organization, The
Application accepted on 17th April, Hague, The Netherlands.
1969. An Indian Patent granted by The 8. BIS.2002. IS 8749:2002 (Reaffirmed
Patent Office, Calcutta, India. 2008) Biogas stove-specification
3. Dr. D. Fulford (1988), “A Handbook (Second Revision).ICS 97.040.20, BIS
on Running a Biogas Programme”, 2002. Bureau of Indian Standards,
©Intermediate Technology Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah
Publications, 103-105 Southampton JafarMarg, New Delhi 110002, India.
Row, London WC1B 4HH, UK, 60-67 9. AutoCAD 2014: Student Version, An
4. Dr. D. Fulford (1996), “A short Course Autodesk Product, website:
on Biogas Stove Design”, Kingdom www.autodesk.com, (accessed 5 Apr
Bioenergy Limited, University of 2014).
Reading, U.K. 10. Wikipedia, the Free Encyclopedia.
5. WORGAS®, Energy Transformation Website: www.en.wikipedia.org,
Technology, “Gas Burner Technology (accessed 15 Apr 2014).
& Gas Burner Design for Application” 11. The University of Adelaide, South
6. J.N. Shrestha (2004), “A Final Report Australia 5005, Australia,
on Efficiency Measurement of Biogas 12. Tel: +61883134455 and Website:
Stoves”, submitted to Biogas Support www.adelaide.edu.au/biogas/,
Partnership Nepal submitted by Center (accessed 20 Apr 2014).
for Energy Studies, Institute of
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
126
Empowering Rural Women through Renewable Energy Technologies

Diksha Srivastava1, Deepak Sharma2 and Kapil K Samar3
1,2
Department of Renewable Energy Engineering, Udaipur
3
Biogas Development and Training Centre, Udaipur
Email: dkshme@gmail.com; Phone No.: +91-7597130060
Abstract
There is no denying the fact that women in India have made a considerable progress in decades of
Independence, but they still have to struggle against many issues for leading a sustainable life. This is
mainly because they are not only the producers but also managers of food, water, fuel and fodder, etc.
Women empowerment is the most critical issue of the present time. If women, particularly the rural and
tribal women are encouraged and educated about the appropriate and judicious use of energy resources,
problems such as food security, energy crises and environmental degradation could be minimized. The
focus of this research paper therefore, is on the women empowerment through the adaptation of various
renewable energy technologies developed in the recent times to lead an easy, healthy and independent
life. In India, about 40% of the total energy consumed is in rural areas, either in the form of wood, agro-
waste or cattle dung used for cooking or lightening. These domestic activities are mainly considered as
women’s task in Indian context. By educating and making women adopt Renewable Energy
Technologies, they can be spared from the problems such as fuel wood collection, walking kilometers in
search of water; preparing cattle dung cakes, etc. The time which she devotes in all such works can be
utilized to reduce drudgery and in gaining occupations; empowering women not only economically but
also socially.
Keywords: Women empowerment, Renewable energy technologies, Sustainable life, energy security
1. Introduction struggle against fuel wood, for which they have

The most famous saying said by the Pandit been denied education and have to go to forest
Jawaharlal Nehru is “To awaken the people, it is or lonely shrubby places; etc.
the women who must be awakened. Once she is Energy availability, both in adequate quantity
on the move, the family moves, the village moves, and quality, is a pre-requisite to sustain targeted
the nation moves”. In India, to empower the economic growth and the desired levels and
women, she should be made strong not only speed of social development. There are number
physically but also mentally and socially. For of unit operations in domestic, agriculture,
this, the education should be started at home transportation and industrial sector consuming
from childhood, because the upliftment of bulk of conventional energy sources. In India,
women needs healthy family; resulting in the about 40% of the total energy consumed is in
holistic development of the nation. Since rural areas, either in the form of wood, agro-
Independence, women in India have made a waste or cattle dung. At domestic level the
considerable progress, but they still have to energy is consumed for cooking, lightning,
struggle against many issues for leading a drying & dehydration and other thermal heat
sustainable life such as struggle against potable applications where renewable energy sources
water, for which they have to walk miles; can easily be integrated for energy conservation.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
127
There is significant potential for application of 2.1 Solar Cookers

Renewable Energy Technologies in Rural India. Box type solar cookers are capable of cooking
If women, particularly the rural and tribal different types of food including rice,
women are encouraged and educated about the vegetables, chicken, fish, and for steaming,
appropriate and judicious use of energy roasting, boiling etc. It works as an
resources, problems such as food security, airtight box with double glass covers. A reflector
energy crises and environmental degradation is placed over it for boosting the solar
could be minimized. radiation and thus its temperature increases.
Women are not only the producers but also Because of its simplicity and ease of
managers of food, water, fuel and fodder, etc. By handling, the box type solar cooker has found
educating and making women adapt these wider acceptance especially in rural areas.
technologies, drudgery will be reduced and Whereas, Dish or Parabolic solar cookers, have
women will be gaining occupations; an aperture diameter of 1.4 m and focal length
empowering them not only economically but 0.28 m. The reflecting material used for their
also socially. Few of these Renewable Energy fabrication is anodized aluminium sheet which
Technologies, available commercially, which has a reflectivity of over 75 per cent. The
will help women in their day to day activities tracking of the cooker is manual and thus has to
are: be adjusted after every 15 to 20 minutes during
2. Solar Energy cooking time. It has a delivering power of about
Solar energy is a clean and unlimited source of 0.6 kW which can boil 2 to 3 L of water in half
energy. Capturing the sun's energy for light, an hour.
heat, hot water and electricity can be a
convenient way to save money, increase self-
reliance, and reduce pollution. Solar
technologies can be used to produce electrical or
thermal energy. It is estimated that solar energy
equivalent to over 15,000 times the world's
annual commercial energy consumption reaches
the earth every year. India receives solar energy
in the region of 5 to 7 kWh/m2 for 300 to 330
days in a year. This energy is sufficient to set up
20 MW solar power plants per square kilometre
land area. The solar thermal energy for cooling,
heating, steaming and drying and solar PV for
power generation can economically provide
energy where the distance is too great to justify
new system. Solar electric systems are used to
provide electricity for lighting, battery charging,
small motors, water pumping, and electric Solar Box Cooker Solar
fences etc. Concentrated Cooker
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
128
2.2 Solar Water Heating System day. IREDA provides the loan to the commercial
These systems are equipped with flat plate agencies for the promotion of installation of the
collectors (FPC) with built in channels or riser solar hot water systems. Besides this, many state
tubes attached (ETC) to the absorber sheet. With governments have been giving special subsidies
a black paint coated on the absorber plate, the to domestic users of the solar water heaters of the
water can be heated up to a temperature of 60° capacity of 100 litres per day capacity.
to 90°C, while in selectively coated system the
temperature of water can be raised from 85° to
100° C. Presently, the solar water heating 2.3 Solar Dryers
systems are used for domestic, commercial and The solar drying systems have many
industrial applications. applications; both at domestic and industrial
level. The various designs of direct as well
indirect type solar dryers for drying vegetables,
fruits, grains, fish, timber, chemicals and other
industrial products etc. are available.
 .
FPC type Solar Water Heater

ETC type Solar Water Heater
A temperature of 60° C is sufficient for domestic
use and as such black paint coated absorbers are
Solar tunnel dryer for industrial purpose
normally used in such
Solar domestic dryers
domestic solar water heating systems. Solar
These dryers not only save energy but also save
water heating systems have capacity ranging
lot of time, occupy less area, improve quality of
from 100 litres per day to over 200,000 litters per
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
129
the dried product, make the process more

efficient and protects environment also. Solar
dryers circumvent some of the major
disadvantages of classical drying. Solar drying
can be used for the entire drying process or for
supplementing artificial drying systems, thus
reducing the total amount of fuel energy
required. Solar dryer is a very useful device for:
 Dairy industries for production of milk
powder, casein etc.
 Seasoning of wood and timber.
 Textile industries for drying of textile
materials.
 Agriculture crop drying
Food processing industries for dehydration of
fruits, potatoes, onions and other vegetables
2.4 Solar Lantern and Street Lighting
System
A typical solar lantern consists of a small
photovoltaic module, a light source, a
high frequency inverter/ballast, battery, charge Solar Lantern and Street Lighting System
controller and appropriate unit. During 3. Unnat Chulahs
the day hours, the module facing south is placed In rural households, food is generally cooked on
in the sun and it converts the solar clay stoves called ‘Chulhas’. Chulhas use
radiation into electricity and charges the battery biomass in the form of fuel wood as fuel. A
which is connected to the lantern through family of 5 to 6 persons requires about 8 kg fuel
a cable. In the evening, the lantern with the woods every day. Surveys show that, on an
charged battery is disconnected from the average, the domestic fuel consists mainly of
module and is available for indoor or outdoor agricultural residues and cattle dung,
use. Whereas; the solar PV based street lighting supplemented by fuel wood to the extent of
system has a pole, a battery enclosure, a battery, about 40%. However, these traditional chulhas
a LED or CFL based light and Photo voltaic are very wasteful as they use only 10% of the
module. During the day hours, the module facing total heating potential of the fuel burnt in them.
south is charges the battery. In the evening, when A more serious disadvantage of the traditional
voltage through module gets down, the chulhas is that they produce a lot of smoke, soot
controller automatically starts the light for and unburnt volatile organic matter, which not
lighting the street or roads. In the morning, when only blacken the pots and the walls of the
module starts to produce power, the controller kitchen, but also lead to Indoor Air Pollution
automatically power off the light. (IAP). It adversely affects the health of the rural
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
130
householders by slow health degradation and 60-65 percent methane (CH4), 35- 40 percent
setting the onset of killer respiratory diseases. carbon dioxide (CO2), 0.5-1.0 per cent hydrogen
In present, two models of Unnat Chulhas sulphide (H2S) and traces of water vapours. It is
namely, Udairaj and Chetak have been almost 20 percent lighter than air. Biogas cannot
developed by Department of Renewable Energy be converted into liquid like liquefied petroleum
Engineering, CTAE, Udaipur. Chetak is a one- gas (LPG) under normal temperature and
pot model whereas Udairaj is two- pot model of pressure. The slurry coming from digester is rich
Unnat Chulhas. These models can also be called in nitrogen which is an essential nutrient for
as modified traditional chulhas, in which energy plant growth. Biogas is an easy and healthy
loss due to radiation and convection are cooking fuel since methane emissions from
minimized; resulting in saving of fuels. Like untreated cattle dung and biomass wastes can
traditional chulhas; these Unnat Chulhas are also also be avoided. Since there is no pollution from
made from bricks and cement or clay. Smoke biogas plants, these are one of the most potent
can be exhausted out of the house with the use of tools for mitigating climatic change and being
an outlet. Due to this, the harmful effects due to earth saviors.
smoke are greatly reduced. Their life span is
estimated to be of approximately 5 years.
Environmental changes such as rainfall, etc.
didn’t exert much change on their structure. The
efficiency of Unnat Chulhas was also measured
in actual operation which indicates about 22
percent thermal efficiency. It is also observed
that on an average 950 kg of fuel wood can be
saved by using one Unnat Chulhas in a year.
Udairaj Unnat Chulha

4. Biogas Technology Biogas Lamp being used Biogas Plant used
The main energy source for generating Biogas is for domestic purpose
organic matter. Generally, biogas is prepared by The energy liberated by Biogas is not only used
the anaerobic digestion of cattle dung and water for cooking but can also be used for lightning
mixed in equal quantities. Biogas comprises of lamps and for power generation. Biogas lamps
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
131
are commercially available for lightning (a) In floating drum type design, the digester is
purpose. Power could be generated using biogas, an underground tank constructed
using Biogas Genset. Subsidy is also provided in brick masonry, stone masonry, RCC or
by Government of India for setting up biogas ferrocement. It has an inverted metallic drum
plant for domestic purposes. which acts as gas holder. The gas produced in
digester is collected in gas holder at a
constant pressure depends on the weight of gas
holder. The merits of this design are:
 Gas is supplied at constant pressure
 It has a provision for breaking scum.
 Any local mason can construct the plant.
 At high water table area, horizontal plant
can be constructed.
 Different models comes in category are
KVIC vertical and horizontal, Pragati
Model, Ganesh Model and Ferrocement
Biogas being used for cooking digester.
Properties of Biogas which make it an excellent (b) The fixed dome type biogas plant is a dome
fuel are: shaped underground
 Biogas is a non-toxic, colourless and construction. The masonry gas holder is an
flammable gas. integral part of the digester called dome.
 It has an ignition temperature of 650 – 750 The gas produced in the digester is collected in
°C. dome at variable pressure by
 Its density is 1.214 kg/ m3 displacement of slurry to inlet and outlet. The
 About 60 percent methane and 40 percent merits of these designs are:
CO2 content The construction is made entirely of bricks and
 Calorific value is 20 MJ/m3 (4700 kcal). cement which are locally available. Steel gas
 Almost 20 percent lighter than air holder is not required. .
 It liquefies at a pressure of about 47.4  As there is no moving part, the maintenance
kg/cm2 at a critical temperature of - 82.1°C. cost is minimised.
 Purified biogas (bio-methane) has a higher  Less effected by low temperature.
calorific value in comparison to raw biogas.  The space above the plant is usable as the
plant is under ground.
There are two designs of biogas plant popular in  Other materials along with dung slurry can
India: be charged.
(a) Floating Gas holder type. The scope of biogas has been enlarged by
(b) Fixed dome type coupling all type of organic waste along with
dung recycling including fruits & vegetables
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
132
waste. Presently biogas is not only recognized 3 Water Solar water heating,
as gas production from dung recycling but also Heating biogas, Unnat Chulhas
it is also known as all organic waste recycling 4 Drying Solar dryers
for resource recovery system in terms of biogas 5 Electricity Solar photovoltaic
& enriched manure. In fact there is no waste; all production system, biogas genset
waste can be used as source for wealth. In India To conclude, introducing women to the
there is good potential of waste material, which renewable energy technologies can mitigate
can easily be converted in biogas. drudgery, reduce environmental damage,
support meeting of their basic energy needs and
foster productive activities for their economic
and social upliftment.
References:
1. Bansal, N.K., Hake, J., 2000. Energy needs
and supply options for developing countries.
Proceedings of the World Engineer's Con-
vocation (Energy section), Hanover, pp. 65-
Mode of Operation of Biogas Plants and 96.
2. Bernow, S., Dougherty, W., Duckworth, M.,
their Uses
Brower, M., 1998. An integrated approach to
5. Summary climate change policy in the US electric
In contrast to conventional energy sources, the power sector. Journal of Energy Policy 26
potential supply from renewable is essentially (5), 375-393.
infinite and largely free of external costs. Some 3. Grover P D (2004) Characterization of
Renewable Energy Technologies are already biomass for energy generation. Biomass
Management for energy purposes – issues
competitive with conventional energy sources,
and strategies, Proceedings of the national
for example biomass or biogas applications. seminar, SPRERI, Anand, Gujarat: 134-174.
Renewable energy provides greater flexibility. 4. Hall D O, Rosillo-Calle F, Woods J (1991).
Various daily household applications that can be Biomass, its importance in balancing CO2
used by women in their day to day activities are budgets. In: Grassi G, Collina A, Zibetta H,
as mention under- editors. Biomass for energy, industry and
environment, 6th E.C. Conference Elsevier
S.N. Application Renewable Energy
Science, London, : 89-96
Technology 5. https://www.iaspaper.net/women-
1 Cooking Biogas, Solar Cooker, empowerment-in-india/
Unnat Chulhas
2 Lighting Solar Home lighting,
Solar lantern, Solar
Street Light, Biogas
Lamps
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
133
AN EXPERT SYSTEM FOR THE ESTIMATION OF DIRECT SOLAR

RADIATION IN INDIAN REGION
1
R. K. Tomar, 2N. D.Kaushik
Department of Civil Engineering, Amity University Uttar Pradesh, Noida -201313, India.
1
Centre for Energy Studies, Indian Institute of Technology, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016, India.
E-mail address: rktomar67@gmail.com
Abstract
In this paper an expert system is developed for the estimation of direct solar radiation in Indian
region. The basic premise is to have a software tool that shall provide comprehensive support to
general users working in assorted fields like climatology, solar energy utilization and environmental
impact assessment. The approach involves artificial neural network model and is envisioned to provide
general users the power of an expert. It can also be adapted easily to change of climatic conditions.
Keywords: Solar radiation, Expert system, Artificial Neural Network.

1. Introduction consideration of parameters related to climate
Radiant energy from sun is vital for life on our and weather phenomena. In recent years, the
planet. It determines the surface temperature of models of estimation of solar radiation using
earth as well as supplies all energy for natural fuzzy random variables have been developed
processes both on earth’s surface and its (Gautam & Kaushika 2002) which has defined
atmosphere. The solar radiation estimation is the Clearness Index(CI) of extra-terrestrial
required in many disciplines such as radiation that reaches the earth’s surface when
Climatology, Solar energy utilization & the sky above the location of interest is
Environmental impact assessment. All the users obscured by the cloud cover or otherwise. More
of solar resource do not have expertise and/or recently, Tomar et al. 2012, have used the ideas
easy access to the solar resource data of the of neural nets, parallel distributed processing
location of their requirement. Furthermore, the and connectionist network to determine
solar radiation is generally variable and Clearness Index. This approach is often termed
enormously inconsistent and in practice the as Artificial Neural Network (ANN) modeling.
models of estimation of solar radiation are often These models owing to their rigor are useful for
used. the expert system approach.
In this paper we have made an effort to widen 3. The Algorithm
the usability of the models for a larger cross- Solar energy is in the form of radiant energy
section of the users. This approach may be and the radiation has nearly fixed intensity
referred to as the expert system approach. The outside the earth’s atmosphere. It is referred to
expert system is a software tool that is as Extra-terrestrial radiation. It is characterized
envisioned to provide general user the power of by the solar constant Isc. It is defined as the
an expert. energy received from the sun per unit area
2. Model Approach placed perpendicular to the sun rays outside the
Several models have been developed for the earth’s atmosphere at sun-earth mean distance.
estimation of solar radiation at different Its value in the present software is taken to be
geographical and meteorological conditions 1364 W/m2 (Mishra et al. 2008 and Tomar et al.
(Reddy 1971; Hottel 1976; Sabbagh et al. 1977; 2012). Owing to the variation in the sun-earth
Barbaro et al.1978; Goh 1979; El-Nashar 1981; distance, Isc varies during the year round cycle.
Ogeman et al. 1984; Supi & Van Kappel 1998: The value of Isc on the nth day of the year (n =
Mishra et al. 2008,). These models lack detailed 1 for Jan 1), Io may be calculated as follows
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
134
  al. 2012 we have investigated the variation of

Io=Isc 1+0.034cos 365.25
360n 


Clearness Index as a function of latitude,
  
longitude, time of the day and day of the year.
The solar radiation is received at earth’s surface The mean monthly variation of Clearness Index
after being subjected to the mechanisms of as a function of latitude is shown in fig. 1.
attenuation, reflection and scattering in the
atmosphere which in turn are the functions of So the grey day radiation may be determined by
solar zenith angle or the solar incident angle on multiplying the solar radiation values with the
the horizontal plane, the declination angle and Clearness index defined as follows:
the hour angle(time of the day). The radiation Sbnm
received without change in the direction is Clearness Index (CI) =
referred to as beam radiation or direct solar Sbnc
radiation. As a first approximation, the solar
beam radiation intensity can be obtained from a
simple clear day model by Hottel 1976. The
model is based on atmospheric transmittance
calculation using the 1962 US standard
atmosphere and has been subsequently
corrected for climate conditions. So we have:
Sbnc=Io  ao+a1e-ksecθz 
Fig. 2: Flowchart of the program execution

4. Computational Flowchart
From the above algorithm it is clear that the
solar radiation value at a particular location is
the function of the height above sea level in
Fig. 1: Clearness Index graph kilometers, the latitude of the location, day of
where the parameters ao, a1 and k are the the year, time of the day and the Clearness
functions of height above sea level in index. Using these input parameters,
kilometers and the climate of the location computational process is illustrated in the
(Duffie & Beckman 1991). The climate flowchart depicted in Fig: 2.
corrected calculated clear day values (Sbnc) are
often higher than the observations (Sbnm). The 5. Structure of the Expert System
deviations exhibit variability with time of the The graphical user interface (GUI) of the expert
day, day of the year and meteorological system is illustrated in Fig. 3. Upon providing
parameters such as rainfall, relative humidity, the values in the input boxes, the press of
mean duration of sunshine. A parameter calculate button shows the results in the output
characteristic of the weather phenomenon was box which can either be printed or saved in a
referred to as Clearness index (Tomar et al. text file.
2012). Following the neural network analysis
procedure of Mishra et al. 2008 and Tomar et
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
135
direct solar radiation at an arbitrary location

using these maps is developed. The
computational scheme is embedded in a
graphical user interface designed to be usable,
as an easy to understand expert system, by a
wider cross section of investigators. The
computational results obtained from GUI
exhibit good compatibility with earlier models
and recent measurements carried out at
arbitrary locations in Indian region.
References
1. Barbaro S., Coolino S., Leone C., &
Sinagra E. (1978). Global solar radiation in
Italy. Solar Energy, 200, 431.
Fig. 3: GUI of Expert System 2. Duffie J. A. & Beckman W. A. (1991).
Solar engineering of thermal processes.
6. Validation of results (New York: John Willey & Sons).
With a view to examine the compatibility of the 3. El-Nashar A. M. (1981). Solar radiation
predictions of the expert system approach, we characteristics in Abu Dhabi. Solar Energy,
have investigated the RMSE (%) values for the 47(1), 49.
stations spread all over India. The RMSE (%) 4. Gautam N. K. & Kaushika N. D. (2002). A
ranges for most of the stations used in the Model for the Estimation of Global Solar
analysis were in the range of 13.36 - 24.64 for Radiation Using Fuzzy Random Variable.
direct solar radiation. The range is of the right Journal of Applied Meteorology, Vol. 41
order of magnitude in view of the prediction No. 12, 1267-1276.
errors reported by earlier researchers, for 5. Goh T. N. (1979). Statistical study of solar
example 22.73% reported by NASA SSE data radiation in formation in an equatorial
sets. However, it was noticed that the RMSE region (Singapore). Solar Energy, 22, 105.
(%) values of costal locations are relatively 6. Hottel H. C. (1976). A sample model for
higher owing to intensive monsoon activities estimating the transmittance of direct solar
and their effect on observed data. radiation through clear atmosphere. Solar
7. Summary and conclusion Energy, 18, 129.
The estimation and prediction of direct solar 7. Internet World Stats –
radiation is useful for a wide spectrum of users http://www.internetworldstats.com/stats.htm
such as energy planner, engineers, architects, (last accessed on 19th May 2010)
solar scientists and researchers. In this paper an 8. Kaushika N.D., Tomar R.K. and Kaushik
artificial neural network based computational S.C., 2014. Artificial neural network model
models for the estimation and prediction of based on Interrelationship of direct, diffuse
solar radiation in Indian zone is presented. The and global solar radiations. Solar Energy
analysis is based on the data of the stations 103,327-342.
cover by far the widest range of latitudes 9. Mishra Anuradha, Kaushika N. D., Zhang
(8.480N to 34.080N) and longitudes (72.180E to Guoqiang, & Zhou Jin (2008). Artificial
92.720E) spread over the entire Indian neural network model for the estimation of
continent. The contour maps of atmospheric direct solar radiation in the Indian zone.
clearness index as a function of latitude, month International Journal of Sustainable
of the year and time of the day are drawn. Energy, 27:3, 95-103.
Finally the methodology for the prediction of 10. NASA SSE web portal
<http://eosweb.larc.nasa.gov/sse/>.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
136
11. Ogeman H., Ecevit A., & Tasdemiroglu E. total solar radiation from meteorological
(1984). A new method for estimating solar data. Solar Energy, 19, 307.
radiation from bright sunshine data. Solar 14. Supi I. & Van Kappel R. R. (1998). A
Energy, 71, 307-319. simple method to estimate global radiation.
12. Reddy S. J. (1971). An empirical method Solar Energy, 63, 147.
for the estimation of the total solar 15. Tomar, R.K., Kaushika, N.D., Kaushik,
radiation. Solar Energy, 14, 289. S.C., 2012. Artificial neural network based
13. Sabbagh J. A., Sayigh A. A. M., & El- computational model for the prediction of
Salam E. M. A. (1977). Estimation of the direct solar radiation in Indian zone. J.
Renew. Sustain. Energy 4, 063146.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
137
Parametric study of Pump as Turbine-2: Variation of Diameter of

Impeller
Doshi A. V.1; Bade M. H, Sahu Rohit2
1
Mechanical Engineering Department, Sardar Vallabhbhai National Institute of Technology,
Ichchhanath, Surat-395007, Gujarat, India
2
Alpha College of Engineering and Technology, Beside Lincon Polymers, At Khatraj, Kalol Taluk,
Gandhinagar, Gujarat 382721
Abstract
Among renewable energy sources, for isolated power production, pump as turbine (PAT) are potential
energy source where energy is required mainly for lighting during night hours and may use for local
industry during day. However, in Indian situation, flow rate is always fluctuating over the years such as
water flow rate of streams are higher in rainy season and reducing toward summer. If impeller diameter and
speed of PAT are constant then there is significant loss in efficiency due to reduction in flow rate. However,
operating the PAT with different impeller diameters or speed, PAT can be operated without significant drop
in efficiency even at reduced flow conditions. In this paper, simple approach based on characteristics of
pump operated in reverse mode and affinity law is used to evaluate the best efficiency point with different
impeller diameters. For lower difference of impeller diameters, affinity law held good and predict the PAT
performance parameters with very small deviation.
Keywords: Pump as turbine, reverse mode operation of pump, affinity law, variable impeller diameter
conditions. Therefore, influence of impeller
1. Introduction diameter on the performance of PAT should be
Micro-hydro power can be one of the most

important alternatives to isolated rural
communities due to the advantages of studied in detail to avail the benefits of PAT for
electrification and the associated progress, as variable operating conditions.
well as to improve the quality of life. It is one Yang et al. (2012) had performed experimental
of the most commercial hydroelectric power and numerical investigation on impeller
technologies for rural electrification in world. trimming for pump as turbine. Experimental
When the centrifugal pump works in reverse research was carried out on a single stage
mode it simply reduces the equipment cost and centrifugal PAT, performance curves of
can be used as substitute to conventional original impeller, impeller after once and twice
turbine. Pump manufactures do not generally trims were acquired. In another paper, Yang et
provide the characteristic curves of their pumps al. (2013) had carried out experimental work on
in reverse mode. Therefore, it is difficult to three different sizes of impeller, 215, 235
select appropriate pump to run as turbine (Yang and 255 mm. The PAT efficiency, pressure-
et al. 2012). Additionally, throughout the year, head, shaft-power, and flow rate at the BEP
flow rate of available water streams generally are increased by 10.26%, 36.16%, 89.39%,
reduces as rainy season gets over in case of and 26.14%, respectively, due to increase in
small hydro plants. On the other side, the impeller diameter ( from 215 to 255 mm).
maximum efficiency band for PAT is very Jain et al. (2015) had performed experimental
small, results in loss of efficiency due to investigations for various impeller diameters.
reduction in flow rate or load on the PAT, if The experiments were performed at constant
appropriate selection is not done. The impeller rotational speed of 1100 rpm with original
diameter is one of the important parameter in diameter (250 mm), 10% trimmed impellers
the selection of PAT for the specific site diameter (225 mm) and 20% trimmed diameter
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
138
(200 mm). According to Gulich (2010) the to avoid over cutting the impeller, it is
economical limitation of the trim ratio of large recommended that the trimming be done in steps
pumps operational behavior should be with careful measurements of the results. At each
considered, since it may deteriorate if blade stage, available experimental data can be used to
shortening through trimming is excessive. predict the performance parameter for the next
step and accordingly trimming diameter would be
1.1 Objectives of the Current Study decided. Therefore, the PAT is tested for three
different diameters viz. original impeller (ϕ 214
Based on the above literature review and mm), 5% trimmed impeller (ϕ 205 mm), and 10%
available experimental facility in the laboratory, trimmed impeller (ϕ 195 mm). The data generated
the following objectives has been planned: through experiments are processed for plotting of
i. To perform the trials on a selected pump in the characteristic curves such as head, power, and
reverse mode (PAT) with impellers of efficiency Vs. flow rate.
different diameters. 2.2 Theoretical Analysis of PAT
ii. To compare the performance of pump in The affinity laws are derived from a
reverse mode at best efficiency point (BEP) dimensionless analysis of three important
for different diameters. parameters that describe pump performance:
iii. To verify the experimental parameters of flow, total head, and power. The analysis is
PAT for different diameters at BEP by based on reduced impeller being
affinity law. geometrically similar and it is operated at
dynamically similar conditions or equal specific
2. Methodology:
speed. If that is the case then the affinity laws
The experimental and theoretical means are
applied to accomplish above Objectives.
can be used to predict the performance of the
pump at different diameters for the same speed
2.1 Experimental analysis
A radial flow end suction type centrifugal pump
or different speed for the same diameter.
with impeller diameter 214 mm is selected for Current work is analyzing effect of different
reverse mode operation. The Pump parameters at impeller diameters on the performance of PAT.
BEP are specified as: flow rate 15.28 lps, head Since in practice impellers of different
14.28 m, power input 2.9 kW, and efficiency 74 % diameters are not geometrically identical, the
(shown in Figure 1). The experiment on selected performance parameters in the pump
PAT with different impeller diameters are recommend to limit the use of this technique
conducted on an open loop type test setup. The to a change of impeller diameter. The
test setup consists of a feed pump to supply simplified affinity laws with assumptions of
water at high pressure to get necessary head and similarity in the velocity triangles at inlet and
flow. Feed pump is driven by an electric motor, outlet of PAT at BEP for different impeller
which is connected to variable frequency drive diameter conditions used are:
(VFD). High pressure water is supplied to
3
centrifugal pump running as turbine through Q2  D2 
  (1)
piping arrangement. After imparting energy to the Q1  D1 
impeller, this water is discharged into the sump
2
through a draft tube. Head across the feed pump H 2  D2 
  (2)
and PAT is measured using pressure transducers. H1  D1 
Inductive proximity switches are used to measure
5
feed pump as well as PAT speed. An P2  D2 
  (3)
electromagnetic flow meter installed in line is used P1  D1 
to measure the flow rate. Detailed description of
this PAT test rig is given by Doshi (2017). In order Where,
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
139
D is Impeller diameter, m; advantageous to operate PAT at lower diameter

P is Power, kW; than the diameter at which it is running such
H is Net head, m; that it’s operating point for new condition will
Q is Discharge, m3/s; match with the duty point. From Figure 4 it is
subscript 1 is Impeller inlet (Turbine mode); also devised that during selection pump for
subscript 2 is Impeller exit (Turbine mode) turbine operation it is better to select a pump of
lower capacity and to operate it in the overload
3 Results and Discussions: region so during operation of PAT due to drop
The experiments were performed on PAT with in flow reduction in the efficiency is
three impellers of diameters viz. original comparatively very small.
impeller (ϕ 214 mm), 5% trimmed impeller (ϕ Various parameters at BEP for different
205 mm), and 10% trimmed impeller (ϕ 195 impellers are summarized in Table1. It may be
mm) at rotational speed of 1000 rpm. To study noted that, the discharge, power output,
the effects of impeller trimming on head, efficiency, and Head decreased by 12.5%, 27%,
power and efficiency at different discharge the 1.22% and 12% respectively with 205 mm
performance curves are plotted as shown in diameter impeller. Further trimming result in
Figures 3, 4, and 5. All three results are decrease of all the parameters but not in greater
superimposed in one single graph that will give extent. The decrease in parameter is causes due
the clear information about performance to the large separations inside the impeller
variation with trimmed impeller on PAT. passages with larger trimmed impellers.
In the plots of head and output power Vs. Table 2 presents the performance parameters at
discharge (Figures 2 and 3), larger diameter BEP determined by experiment and by affinity
impeller curve is above that of lower from part law. From Table 2 it is seen that at lower
load to best efficiency point (BEP) and vase impeller diameter (ϕ195 mm) deviation in the
versa in overload region. This indicates that flow rate prediction is 9.7 %, head prediction is
higher head is required to operate the PAT for 3.5 % and power prediction is 2 %. For
larger diameter PAT in part load region, on the impeller diameter, (ϕ205 mm) deviation in the
other hand, in over load region, higher head is flow rate prediction is 0.5 %, head prediction is
required to operate the PAT for lower diameter 9.3 % and power prediction is 11.2 %.
PAT. Similar observation is equally valid for
output power Vs. discharge plot as shown in
Figure 3. The efficiency curve shown in Figure 4 Conclusions:
4 for impeller diameters of original impeller (ϕ In the paper, the state of art facility is
214 mm), 5% trimmed impeller (ϕ 205 mm), developed for testing the PATs with
and 10% trimmed impeller (ϕ 195 mm) sophisticated instrumentation and automatic
indicates that at duty point efficiency of PAT is control systems. Based on PAT characteristic
maximum, in part load, and overload region is curves obtained at various impeller diameter,
dropping. In part load region, the efficiency PAT can be operated optimally (without much
curve is steep whereas in overload region slop compromise of reduction in efficiency) to meet
of drop in efficiency curve is comparatively with variable flow conditions. For lager
small. With increasing in the impeller diameter difference in diameter of impeller (small size
of PAT, it is observed from Figure 4 that the compared to original impeller diameter),
peak efficiency (BEP) is shifting towards remarkable decrease in parameter is generally
higher flow rate. Further, this helps in operation observed, which is because of large separations
of PAT where flow rate is reduced. If flow rate inside the impeller passages as the gap between
is dropped down, then it is always mouth of the casing and tip of the impeller
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
140
becoming large. Testing of affinity law at 20

diameter variation with large data can be future 16
214
mm
scope of work. This will increase the
applicability of PAT operating at different 12
Head (metre)
diameters. 8
References: 4
1. Doshi, A., 2017. Influence of Inlet Impeller 0
Rounding and the Shape of Non-Flow Zones on the 0 5 10 15 20 25
Performance of Centrifugal Pump As Turbine. Flow rate (lpm)
Sardar vallabhbhai National Institute of Figure 2: Head Vs. Flow Rate characteristic
Technology, Surat, India. curves for PAT at different diameters
2. Gülich, J.F., 2010. Centrifugal Pumps. 2nd Ed.
Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg. 2nd Edition, 2.5
214 mm
Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, Berlin. 205 mm
2
3. Jain, S. V., Swarnkar, A., Motwani, K.H., and Patel, 195 mm
R.N., 2015. Effects of impeller diameter and 1.5
rotational speed on performance of pump running
Power (kW)
in turbine mode. Energy Conversion and 1
Management, 89, 808–824.
4. Yang, S.-S., Kong, F.-Y., Jiang, W.-M., and Qu, X.-Y., 0.5
2012. Effects of impeller trimming influencing
0
pump as turbine. Computers & Fluids, 67, 72–78.
0 5 10 15 20 25
5. Yang, S.-S., Liu, H.-L., Kong, F.-Y., Dai, C., and Dong, Flow rate (lps)
L., 2013. Experimental, Numerical, and Theoretical
Figure 3: Power Vs. Flow Rate characteristic
Research on Impeller Diameter Influencing
curves for PAT at different diameters
Centrifugal Pump-as-Turbine. ASCE Journal of 80
Energy Engineering, 139 (4), 299–307. 214 mm
205 mm
60 195 mm
Efficiency (%)
40
ElectroMagneticFlowMeter Control Valve
20
EddyCurrent
Pressure Dynamometer Pressure
Guages
VFD
Panel
Conrtol 0
Panel Guages
FeedPump G.L. TorqueSensor 0 5 10 15 20 25
PAT Flow rate (lpm)
Motor
Draft Figure 4: Efficiency Vs. Flow Rate
Tube
Ground Test Bed Ground
characteristic curves for PAT at different
diameters
level level
CommonSump
Table 1: Comparison of BEP parameters of different
Figure 1: Schematic Layout of PAT Test Rig (Doshi impellers
Impeller Q (lps) H (m) P (w) Ƞ (%)
2017)
214 mm 16.716 11.561 1.309 69.090
205 mm 14.623 9.704 0.944 67.862
195 mm 14.074 9.276 0.838 65.505
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
141
Table 2: Comparison of experimental and

analytical parameters at BEP
Efficiency Flow Rate Head, (m) Power, (kW)
Diameter lps
(η)
mm
% ExperimentAffinityExperimentAffinity
Experiment
Affinity
214 69.09 16.716 - 11.56 - 1.309 -
205 67.86 14.623 14.69 9.70 10.60 0.944 1.05
195 65.50 14.074 12.64 9.27 9.59 0.838 0.822
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
142
Renew your Inner Energy through Human Internal Energy Sources:

A Practitioner and Theoretical Approach
Shulbha Kothari, Shiv lal
Government Engineering College Banswara, India-327001
Corresponding Author: shulbha1986@gmail.com
Abstract
This work deals with the human being renewals, which are most important for the good health and
spiritual life. The global exergy phenomena can be utilized for human being is proved in this study.
It applies to performance indicators for individuals under physical activity based on the concept of
exergy destroyed and exergy efficiency.
1. Introduction utilizing sustainable energy resources plays an

You can renew your lease when it runs important role. The utilization of renewable
out at the end of the year, you can renew your energy offers a wide range of exceptional
driver’s license and license plate on your benefits. There is also a link between exergy
birthday, you can also renew a library book and sustainable development. A sustainable
when you allotted them with it has expired. All energy system may be regarded as a cost-
sorts of things get renewed in our everyday efficient, reliable, and environmentally
lives when they run out or expire. They are friendly energy system that effectively utilizes
easy to renew because you don’t have to create local resources and networks. Exergy analysis
new one, you just renew the ability to use has been widely used in the design, simulation
whatever it is you are using. and performance evaluation of energy systems.
You can apply the same principle 1.1 What Is Exergy?
to natural resources. We use all kinds of natural Exergy is a thermodynamic concept, used for
resources minerals, wood, coal, natural gas, many years within engineering analyses of
wind, water, plants, animals and many more, chemical and mechanical processes and
some of these are renewable and some are non- systems. Officially, exergy is defined as: “The
renewable. The difference is that some renew maximum useful work which can be extracted
at faster rates than others, making them more from a system as it reversibly comes into
sustainable than those that do not renew very equilibrium with its environment.” (1)
fast. The cardiopulmonary exercise test is
Renewable resources are resources one of the most used tests to assess the
that are replenished by the environment over functional capacity of individuals with varying
relatively short period of time. This type of degrees of physical training. To perform the
resources is much more desirable to use exergy analysis during the test, it is necessary
because often a resource renew so fast that it to calculate heat and mass flow rates,
will have regenerated by the time you have associated with radiation, convection,
used it up. Think of this like ice cube maker in vaporization and respiration, determined from
your refrigerator, as you take some ice out, the measurements and some relations found in
more ice gets made, if you take a lot of ice out, the literature. The energy balance allowed the
it takes little more time to refill the bin but not determination of the internal temperature over
a very long time at all. Even if you completely time and the exergy variation of the body along
emptied the entire ice cube bin, it would the experiment. Eventually, it was possible to
probably only take a few hours to ‘renew’ and calculate the destroyed exergy and the exergy
refill that ice bin for you. Renewable sources efficiency from the exergy analysis. The
in the natural environment work the same way. exergy rates and flow rates are dependent of
Energy resources and their utilization the exercise level and the body metabolism.
intimately relate to sustainable development. The results show that the relation between the
In attaining sustainable development, destroyed exergy and the metabolism is almost
increasing the energy efficiencies of processes constant during the test, furthermore its value
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
143
has a great dependence of the subject age. intrinsically of a lower quality than other forms
From the exergy analysis it was possible to of energy (such as electricity or mechanical
divide the subjects according to their training motion) (2). This is because for a given amount
level, for the same destroyed exergy, subjects of heat, a portion – depending upon its
with higher lactate threshold can perform more temperature – will constitute the low-grade
work. waste heat which cannot then be recovered and
Exergy analysis is applied to assess the made to do physical work (for example, in a
energy conversion processes that take place in heat engine).Exergy analysis is applied to
the human body, aiming at developing assess the quality of the energy conversion
indicators of health and performance based on processes that take place in the human body,
the concepts of exergy destroyed rate and aiming at developing indicators of thermal
exergy efficiency. The thermal behavior of the comfort based on the concepts of destroyed
human body is simulated by a model exergy rate, exergy transfer rate to the
composed of 15 cylinders with elliptical cross environment and exergy efficiency. In
section representing: head, neck, trunk, arms, literature only destroyed exergy has been used
forearms, hands, thighs, legs, and feet. For to evaluate thermal sensation. To perform the
each, a combination of tissues is considered. exergy balance, it is necessary to calculate the
The energy equation is solved for each exergy variation of the body over time which
cylinder, being possible to obtain transitory is a composition of metabolic exergy and the
response from the body due to a variation in exergy variation due to transient
environmental conditions. With this model, it environmental conditions. The exergy transfer
is possible to obtain heat and mass flow rates to the environment is calculated as the sum of
to the environment due to radiation, the terms associated with radiation,
convection, evaporation and respiration. The convection, evaporation and respiration. The
exergy balances provide the exergy variation thermal behavior of the human body is
due to heat and mass exchange over the body, simulated by a model composed of 15
and the exergy variation over time for each cylinders, naked and dressed for winter
compartments tissue and blood, the sum of seasons, as a function of the air temperature,
which leads to the total variation of the body. mean radiant temperature and relative
Results indicate that exergy destroyed and humidity. The energy equation is solved to
exergy efficiency decrease over lifespan and obtain transitory response of the body due to a
the human body is more efficient and destroys variation in environmental conditions and the
less exergy in lower relative humidity and energy transfer to the environment. For
higher temperatures. relative humidity between 40% and 60%,
Among our most valuable resources is our results indicate that the destroyed exergy is
energy- physical, mental, emotional and minimal for thermal comfort conditions.
spiritual energy. Each of these is necessary for Nevertheless, for low relative humidity and
optimal health and wellness. We know that high temperatures the destroyed exergy is also
positive emotions can increase our energy and minimal, indicating the necessity of another
negative emotions can drain our energy. physical quantity to evaluate thermal comfort
1.1.1 Exergy is a measure of energy conditions. At this point the exergy transfer to
quality environment is high, showing that the body
Energy comes in many different forms, all of a may not be at thermal comfort condition. This
different inherent quality. ‘Quality’ can refer article proposes is to use two terms of the
to a number of attributes – ease of transport, exergy analysis to evaluate the thermal
energy density, environmental impact, etc. – comfort condition: destroyed exergy and
but we refer here to its most fundamental form, exergy transfer to environment.
which encapsulates the ability to perform 2. Material & Methods
physical work, i.e. to overcome a resistance to Renewing our minds, transforming our
make an object move. This is important when heart-sound fait
considering thermal energy (heat), which is 2.1 Emotional Renewals
144
2.1.1 Reduce Denial and “Clean House” any other persons affected may respond. (Do
Emotionally not re-offend by tearing open old wounds. If
Everyone has defenses. We learn to the others involved would feel more distress
cope with our emotional trials and issues by than closure, simply ask forgiveness of them
developing coping strategies. Some are mentally, and do not make actual contact.)
positive, such as using relaxation, meditation, Then, once you have processed the emotions,
exercise, or participating in an enjoyable re-frame any negative beliefs about yourself
Denial is often difficult to recognize and and tear up or burn the letter. Affirm that the
change, because it involves a tendency to guilt, shame or worry has been released, and
ignore or pretend that an issue does not make a conscious intention to act as if this has
actually exist. -Rita Milios recreational occurred.
activity. Others are negative, such as worrying, 2.1.3 Be Aware of Your Feelings
denying, or withdrawing. Denial is often Throughout the Day
difficult to recognize and change, because it Periodically, throughout the day, do an
involves a tendency to ignore or pretend that “emotional check-in” to see how you are
an issue does not actually exist. Yet denial feeling. Every hour or so, simply take a
costs us emotionally. It takes a lot of energy to moment to evaluate: are you happy, sad, angry,
“keep the lid on” uncomfortable or unwelcome frustrated, or feeling something else?
emotions. But if we actively deal with such Once you determine what you are feeling, if it
issues, we not only enhance our lives is not a positive, helpful feeling, decide to
emotionally, we also recover vital energy that change it. Do this by first desiring and
can be used for other positive purposes in our intending to change your mood. Then visualize
lives. (3) something that will produce the desired mood
Since denial is often maintained by change in you. For instance, picture yourself
distraction (use of substances, overspending, doing something that makes you happy and
working excessively, etc.) and self-blame proud of yourself. Then affirm, this is the
(internalizing an issue and automatically feeling that I am encouraging in my mind. If
blaming one’s self without validating the need you regularly “change the channel” of your
for blame), it is important to look for “the truth mental and emotional state, you will create a
that can set you free” from distorted beliefs and habit of this mental and emotional re-adjusting
see reality for what it actually is, not what you process. Then your positive mood will be more
fear or worry that it is. likely to maintain itself without regular
Old, self-defeating beliefs from the past often monitoring.
direct our behavior, causing unwelcome If you regularly ‘change the channel’ of your
consequences, whether we overtly recognize it mental and emotional state, you will create a
or not. So, it behooves each of us to clear up habit of this mental and emotional re-adjusting
the negative beliefs about ourselves that may process. -Rita Milios (3)
be supporting our self-destructive behavior. 2.2 Spiritual Renewals
2.1.2 Write a Letter for Emotional 2.2.1 Connect with Nature
Release Many of us find nature to be very renewing to
One good way to dispel negative beliefs is to our mind and spirit. Ironically, our busy lives
write a letter to yourself, detailing exactly why often keep us from utilizing this valuable–and
you feel emotions such as shame, guilt, worry, free–resource. But by making a conscious
etc. Try to get all the negative emotions out of commitment, you can increase your exposure
your body and mind, and transfer them to the to the natural world and experience the
written page. Do not judge what you are recovery and renewal that being in nature
writing. When finished, set the pages aside for provides. Simply taking a walk outdoors and
a day or so. Then, when you are ready, read noticing the environment – trees, water, sun,
them aloud. Consciously and logically wind – brings your attention out of your own
determine if you should make amends and head, allowing you to relax mentally, and
what these might be, taking into account how
145
instead, note what you are experiencing from a 2.3 Renewable Energy: How to Renew
higher, spiritual level. Your Physical and Mental Energy
If you have access to a lake or ocean view, Energy a little low? Like many people, you
spending some time just watching waves roll may be experiencing a bit of seasonal letdown.
in is very relaxing and renewing for most Now that the excitement of the holidays has
people. Even if you do not have this option died down, January and February seem to loom
available, you can listen to the sounds of waves ahead with nothing to offer but short, cold and
via a sound machine or CD. Today, there are often dreary days. The transition from a hectic
even some television programs that offer but fun schedule to your regular, everyday
meditative music and visuals for relaxation and routine can seem boring and somewhat
renewal. depressing at first. Not only that, like many
2.2.2 Read Spiritual Literature others, you may have expended so much
Reading some inspirational or spiritual energy over the past couple of months that you
literature daily is a great form of spiritual need rejuvenating – not only in body, but in
practice. With such reading, you can mind, emotion and spirit as well.
temporarily remove yourself from the day’s Fortunately, there are ways to do just that. This
pressures, concerns and challenges and allow two-part article shares some rejuvenation and
your mind and body to rejoin with your higher renewal techniques for all aspects of your
spiritual nature. Even a few minutes of this being. So, take the next few weeks to explore,
kind of transcendent experience can dispel experiment and experience new ways to
negativity from your mind and emotions and promote within yourself a more vibrant,
allow you to feel rejuvenated and re-energized energetic and renewed state.
on all levels. 2.3 Physical Renewals
‘Let me today respond to each person I meet 2.4.1 Exercise
with kind words, appreciation and patience.’- It’s not a coincidence that many people embark
Rita Milios on an exercise regime in January. Not only do
many of us need to shed a few pounds that we
You might also consider ways to bring this gained by celebrating a bit too heartily, we also
positive feeling into the rest of your day. One recognize that exercise, both literally and
such option is to reflect on something that you figuratively, can get you going. A 2008 study
are grateful for or something that you would from the journal Psychotherapy and
like to set as an intention for the day. For Psychosomatic (4) found that study
example, you might affirm: “Let me today participants achieved increases of energy of
respond to each person I meet with kind words, approximately 20 percent and decreases in
appreciation and patience.” (4) feelings of fatigue of up to 65 percent, simply
2.2.3 Attend a Spiritual Group Activity by participating in regular, low-intensity
Being with others when we are involved in a exercise.
spiritual activity often enhances the But calm energy, which combines high mental
experience. For many people, attending church energy with low physical tension (such as
or a support group is uplifting and enjoyable. Pilates, TaiChi, walking…), allows the body to
With like-minded people to share your avoid fatigue and actually increases your
spiritual experience with, you are also more energy level. -Rita Milios(3)
likely to stay committed to a regular practice But not all exercise is created equal. According
and therefore gain more of the positive to Robert E Thayer, Ph.D., author of Calm
benefits. It is worth taking the time to visit as Energy: How People Regulate Mood with
many gatherings as necessary in order to find Food (2001, Oxford University Press, NY) (5),
the group that fits you best. Finding a spiritual there are actually two different types of
“home” can be one of the best things you do to energy–what he calls “tense energy” and “calm
renew and re-energize yourself. energy”–and they each have different effects
on the body. Thayer says many of us typically
utilize tense energy, working or exercising our
146
bodies at a high, intense physical level, like when you breathe deeply. You’ll notice that
when we work out at the gym. This kind of shallow breathing often feels tense and
energy expenditure often makes you feel tired constricted, while deep breathing encourages
afterwards. But calm energy, which combines relaxation.
high mental energy with low physical tension 2.5. Mental Renewals
(such as Pilates, TaiChi, walking and strength- 2.5.1 Meditation: Give Your Left-Brain a
training, if movements are done slowly and Break
deliberately) (6), allows the body to avoid Most of us are left-brain heavy. We use our
fatigue and actually increases your energy thinking, processing left-brain more than our
level. creative, intuitive right-brain. You can refresh
2.4.2 Proper Sleep and renew your whole mind by giving your
Deep sleep, which happens in cycles about left-brain some down time. Meditation slows
every 90 minutes throughout the night, is brain waves and “re-sets” your brain,
crucial for physical renewal, hormonal increasing mental clarity and improving your
regulation, and growth. Without deep sleep, problem-solving ability while relaxing you.
we are more likely to get sick, feel depressed, An easy way to meditate is to simply notice
and gain weight. But according to the National your breath and put your full attention there,
Sleep Foundation, only about 28 percent of us noticing how it feels for your lungs to expand
get enough sleep each night. We need 3 to 4 and your diaphragm to recoil. You can also
deep sleep cycles (about 7 to 8 hours of sleep) repeat a word or mantra, such as “peace” or
to allow our bodies to renew and repair “relax” with each breath. Even a short 5 to 10-
themselves. Sleeping in a cool, dark room minute meditation, practiced regularly, can
enhances the sleep experience, and allows for provide significant benefits.
the most restorative sleep, experts say. 2.5.2 Balance Your Brain
2.4.3 Deep Breathing You can achieve even more left-right brain
One reason you may be feeling low on energy balance and mental renewal by doing a brain
is that your cells may be starving for oxygen. balancing exercise: Close your eyes and
Too many of us have gotten into the habit of visualize your brain inside your head. Picture
breathing shallowly, which prevents air and the left and right sides, with the corpus
oxygen from fully penetrating the lowest callosum, or centerline, between. Imagine that
portions of our lungs. This kind of breathing each side is filled with an energy-filled fluid,
can suck your energy and make you feel and that on the left side the fluid level is higher
anxious, says Pam Grout, the Alternative & than on the right. Imagine “poking holes” in
Complementary Medicine correspondent at the the corpus callosum that separates the two
Dr. Oz health website. sides of your brain, so that the energy-fluid can
To help you breathe better, practice taking full flow from the left side to the right side, until
diaphragmatic breaths for several minutes a the two sides are leveled out. Affirm to
few times a day. The Harvard Mental Health yourself, “My brain’s energy is now balanced
Letter offers these suggestions: You’ll notice and I am centered.”
that shallow breathing often feels tense and 2.5.3 Power Nap
constricted, while deep breathing encourages Do you regularly nap for 10 to 30 minutes
relaxation. -Harvard Mental Health Letter (7) between the hours of 1 p.m. and 4 p.m. most
Start by observing your breath. First take a days? If so, you are a “power napper” and
normal breath. Then take a slow, deep breath. according to Sara Mednick, researcher and
The air coming in through your nose should author of Take a Nap! Change Your Life
move downward into your lower belly. Let (Workman Publishing; 2006), you are boosting
your abdomen expand fully. Now breathe out your alertness and possibly improving your
through your mouth (or your nose, if that feels memory as well. Apparently, the publishers of
more natural). Alternate normal and deep Mednick’s book were so impressed with her
breaths several times. Pay attention to how you research regarding the benefits of power
feel when you inhale and exhale normally and napping that they created “napping rooms” so
147
that their employees could refresh themselves Success Coach I have had the privilege of
during the work day. More companies are also working with thousands of people all over the
approving power napping for their employees, world. From my experience I have observed
and seeing improvements in their productivity five main ways people allow their personal
as a result. energy resources to get drained.
2.6 How to Manage and Revitalize Your 1. Overwork is the number one energy
Personal Energy zapper. The culture of working long hours in
2.6.1 Energy, Health, and Conscious the office or working from home without
Living clear boundaries causes tiredness, poor
One of the major health issues affecting people concentration and eventually leads to
today is lack of energy. The energy crisis we exhaustion.
are currently facing is not limited to our 2. Reluctance to exercise takes the
environment and the planet we live on. The number two spot. We all know the benefits of
crisis extends to each one of us, and the bodies exercise yet travelling by car and sitting down
we live in. More and more people suffer from all day creates insufficient movement, which is
stress related illnesses. In fact, research a major energy zapper and cause of stress.
suggests that as many as 80-85% of all disease 3. Poor diet is another issue, with people
and illness is caused by stress.1 eating foods lacking in vitality and nutritional
The technological age that promised extended value. Eating on the move and yo-yo dieting
free time and increased leisure is draining us prevent nutrients being adequately absorbed.
energetically. Work pressures, relationship We need to consume foods that provide energy
issues, parenting, financial worries and fears and sustain life. Most of us know the theory of
for the future, all drain energy and create what to eat, yet still fall prey to all manner of
stress. Stress leaves us feeling tired, wound up poor eating habits.
and low in energy. In our fast paced, I need it 4. Constant worrying is another way
yesterday world the only constant is change. energy gets depleted. People often entertain
And when everything changes we must adopt fears and play out dramas, in the mind, that
new coping mechanisms. How we manage never happen in real life. Not to mention carry
personal energy is the new key to creating a the weight of the world on their shoulders. Can
high quality of life. you imagine how much energy that takes?
2.6.2 Managing Personal Energy 5. And on top of all that there never
Most of us want enough energy and vitality to seems to be enough me-time to refuel. Think
live life to the fullest. We don’t want to feel about it, even cars get an oil change and a
drained, exhausted and stressed out all the regular service. No one expects a vehicle to
time. And why should we when being full of run on empty and I am sure you always give
energy is our birthright. Energy is the fuel your car the best fuel you can afford.
humans are designed to function on. We need So how about your body? Surely you deserve
regularly topped up, good quality energy for the best. What is the key to good health,
optimum health and wellbeing. optimum function and living life to the full?
Everyone is familiar with energy and describes
it in different ways. How many times have you 3. Conclusion
said or heard others say ‘I feel full of energy’ 3.1 Energy is the Fundamental Building
or ‘I am low on energy’? You may have heard Block of Life
people speak of ‘having no energy left at all’? We have seen that energy is the fundamental
(8)We speak of liking and disliking someone’s building block of life. We know that modern
energy or vibration. Energy is very much part living encourages the use and abuse of our
of our experience and common language. [ personal energy resources. What then is the
AMA Business Week 2003] way forward?
2.6.3 How One’s Energy Gets Drained My research over twenty-five years has
Energy has been the focus of my work for over involved the study of energy, holistic
the last twenty-five years. As a Health and healthcare, psychology, spirituality and new
148
paradigm medicine. I traveled worldwide and simple exercises below can help you achieve
experienced how people maintain health and it.
achieve success in different cultures. This led 3.2.1 Breathe and Relax.
me to develop a powerful energy-based For just two minutes stop what you are doing,
approach to balanced living. I literally took the slow down and be completely mindful of your
most potent, quick acting, easy to use breath. This re-oxygenates, rejuvenates and
techniques for energy management and created relaxes your body-mind, which in turn creates
a new approach to health and conscious living. calm and greater clarity. If you doubt two
Having uncovered the five main energy minutes can make a difference, try it.
zappers, I looked at ways energy could be Regularly incorporate mini vacations into your
restored and revitalized. I knew from my work day. I recommend two minutes in every hour.
in holistic health care that there is absolutely 3.2.2 Get out of your head and into your
no need to wait to get ill before making life body.
changes that positively impact your health and Especially if you usually sit at a desk all day.
wellbeing. Therefore, we explore four main Take a moment to stretch with awareness.
ingredients that are guaranteed to get energy Rotate your neck, arms and shoulders to
flowing and not only to restore energy levels release any tightness. Walk upstairs, stretch
but also to prevent illness; creating healthy, your ankles and feet to improve circulation,
happy and successful lives in the midst of a release blockages and elevate energy.
changing world. 3.2.3 Inner smile
The four main ingredients are: Great for releasing negative energy. Close
Energy Exercises to re-energize your body your eyes and visualize your lungs smiling,
Energy Psychology to release stress then see your heart smiling and your liver, your
and free your mind intestines and all your internal organs one after
Energy Foods that re-vitalize your system another. This is hard to do without bringing a
Energy Balance to relax and calm you smile to your face and releasing negativity.
Creating abundant energy is not as difficult as Negative emotions create disease, so let go of
it seems. The magic of this formula is that it any stored negativity and give yourself a big
can be used to revitalize energy anytime and inner smile.
anywhere. A few minutes every day can make 3.2.4 Make use of nature’s perfect health
an enormous difference to your energy levels drink H2O.
and quality of life. There is no better way to lift energy than by
3.2 How to Revitalize Your Personal drinking water. Fatigue, headaches, digestive
Energy problems and low energy levels are often
I strongly believe in the dictum, less is more. removed simply by drinking more water. 75%
Don’t sweat the small stuff and Pareto’s 80-20 of the population are dehydrated. So next time
law definitely works for me. The Italian you feel low, reach for the H2O.
economist Pareto said that 20% of your energy The energy crisis we are experiencing can be
creates 80% of your results. That means most alleviated with more awareness of how we go
of what you do creates very little. For example, through each day. It’s important to remember
20% of your wardrobe accounts for 80% of that the flow of energy in the human body,
what you wear. 20% of the world’s population mind and spirit is the foundation of health and
uses 80% of its resources. Does that make success.
sense? It’s all about learning to master energy. Human power used to be all the rage. 150 years
So don’t underestimate the power and ago, products that relied on human energy such
simplicity of the following exercises. The as the bicycle, pedal-powered lathe or sewing
secret of this lies in the simple things you can machine could be found in most households.
add into your day to create maximum impact. But as electro-mechanical motors developed,
Didn’t Duke Ellington once say, “I merely reliance on human-powered products
took the energy it takes to pout and wrote some gradually diminished.
blues”.(9) That is energy mastery and the
149
Today, human power is not appropriately innovators around the world are banking on
recognized for its potential as an alternative our potential to do just that.
solution to our growing energy needs. Indeed, Movement produces kinetic energy, which can
as we search for more renewable energy be converted into power. In the past, devices
sources, is it possible to abandon using that turned human kinetic energy into
traditional electricity for certain tasks and electricity, such as hand-cranked radios,
return to human power? The way that more and computers and flashlights, involved a person's
more products are becoming digital and even full participation. But a growing field is
internet-connected makes this a challenge. But tapping into our energy without our even
humans emit energy that can easily be noticing it.
harnessed from our everyday behavior. References
The bicycle is a great way of using human 1. Ibrahim Dincer, Marc A. Rosen, “Exergy:
power in a way that allows us to exercise, Energy, Environment and Sustainable
transport ourselves and save on the Development” 2nd edition Elsevier
consumption of conventional energy at same 2. SciIll Staff , “Credit: Adam Boesel”
time. If, for example, we can design bicycles January 29, 2009.
to become more entertaining for people to use, 3. Rita Milios, ”Health and Wellness, Living
they could encourage more people to adopt in Recovery, Living with Addiction”
human power in this way. For example, January 2, 2015
London-based company Electric Pedals is 4. Stephen R. Covey, “7- Habits of Highly
using the pedal-powered technology to Effective People”, Free Press, 1988
generate electricity for events such as outdoor 5. Robert E Thayer, Ph.D., “Calm Energy:
cinemas, educational workshops and music How People Regulate Mood with Food”.
stages. 2001, Oxford University Press, NY,
Human-powered products also have the 6. Tony Schwartz, Catherine McCarthy
potential to encourage us to become more Manage “Your Energy, Not Your Time”
physically active. According to the British 7. “A spiritual and physical renewal Review
Heart Foundation, around 32% of adults spend of The Empower Yourself Project”,
six hours a day during the week being https://www.tripadvisor.in/ShowUserRev
sedentary, which means too much sitting and iews-g309253-d7307148-r361558185-
not enough exercise. According to my The_ Empower_ Yourself_ Project-
calculations, if these individuals spent half of Tamarindo_Province_of_Guanacaste.htm
their sedentary time exercising on a pedal- l, retrieved on December 08, 2017
powered television, approximately £49 million 8. Kathleen Barton, Renewal for Your
worth of electricity could be generated per Mind, Body and Spirit, Tuesday, 15 May
year, with a lot of calories burned on top. 2012 19:21
Using human-powered products as a 9. Daniel Henderson, “Emotional
countermeasure to our increasingly sedentary Equilibrium” Reviewed 4 April 2016,
lifestyles could create a credible new 10. Rita Milios, “Health and Wellness,
perspective towards exercise as an alternative Recoveries” December 29, 2014
energy source. In some respects, human-power 11. AMA Business Week 2003
can be seen as the cleanest renewable energy
source available, with great potential for
helping people stay healthy and have fun.
The human body contains enormous quantities
of energy. In fact, the average adult has as
much energy stored in fat as a one-ton battery.
That energy fuels our everyday activities, but
what if those actions could in turn run the
electronic devices we rely on? Today,
150
Renewable Energy Management for Smart Cities of India

Daljeet Singh, Surya Prakash Meena
Department of Mechanical Engineering,
Govt. Engineering collage, Banswara
2015pie5168@mnit.ac.in, suryaprakashmn@gmail.com
Abstract:
In the previous couple of years numerous ground-breaking promises have been made about the
prospective of the Smart City. A smart city is a sensible and resourceful urban center that gives a
high value of life to its population through most favourable organization of its resources. Electricity
management is one of the most traumatic problems within such urban centres attributable to the
complexity of the energy systems and their critical function. The potential of cities is predicated
perceivably on improved electricity environment and provides reliable24X7 electricity to
consumers. In the last years India has actively promoted the smart grid, renewable energies for
residential and tertiary buildings and focus should be on green buildings and green transport to
reduce the need for electricity.
This paper investigates the term of smart city, classified Renewable energy source for smart city of
India. The benefit of application of Renewable energy management is that it will lessen entire cost
of electricity, develop sustainability, and increase customer fulfillment.
Key Word: Smart city, Renewable Energy.
1. INTRODUCTON
The current trend in our utilization of the however at constant time it creates carbon
earth’s resources is unsustainable and is making emissions that contribute to heating. instead,
major surroundings issues. Temperature change renewable energy technologies supported wind
resource depletion, loss of diversity, and and solar, as an example, square measure
pollution has a serious impact on many voters doable solutions for property, although every
and therefore the earth, and that we ought to has negative consequences in addition (e.g., the
modification our current behaviour. Our gift use energy and materials needed to construct wind
of the earth’s finite resources cannot be turbines or solar panels) [2].
maintained. We want to makeover to property A Smart town is associate in nursing urban
development, that ’meets the requirements of Development to enhance the standard of life
this while not compromising the power of exploitation varied varieties of technologies and
future generations to satisfy their own needs to enhance the potency of services. Smart town
[1]. applications square measure developed with the
The environmental burden could be operating goal of up the management of urban flows and
of population, wealth, and technology and letting real time responses to challenges. The
dominant the primary two factors are very Smart city's assets embrace native department’s
difficult. The larger the population, the lot of data systems, schools, libraries, transportation
impact it's upon the planet. Additionally, the systems, hospitals. For creating a town sensible,
overwhelming majority of individuals aim to Renewable Energy is best to use in cities [3].
affluent lifestyles, and wealthier folks consume Renewable energy plays a very important role
way more resources than less affluent folks. within the long-run energy provides security,
Technology is each an explanation for the diversification of energy combines, energy
environmental burden and additionally a access, environmental security and property.
possible resolution. Technology like coal-fired Renewable energy is absolute to play Associate
power stations provides the electricity we want in nursing increasing role in future energy
to support Associate in nursing affluent fashion, systems.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
151
2.LITERATURE : smart town is multi-faceted. Descriptions of

A lot of existing literature review articles is smart cities are currently as well as qualities of
accessible on the standalone ways that of individuals and communities also as ICTs.
Renewable energy and sensible town; still some Several parts and dimensions characterizing a
endeavours are created by the researchers smart town emerged from the analysis of the
within the past to rearrange and recreate the present literature. Results show however
present state of affairs of Renewable energy in difficult the measure of a wise town is. Some
smart city. attempts to form blanket indexes are reviewed.
Joshi, S. and Joshi, F. (2016) appearance at However, this paper wasn't meant to outline a
problems, challenges for alternative energy brand new framework for the assessment of the
plants and solutions to beat challenges. The smartness of a town, since the authors believe
solar smart cities will be with efficiency that such associate degree assessment ought to
developed with utilization of solar power. be tailored to a selected city’s vision. A
ample solar radiation is obtainable in states like universal fastened system is also tough to
Rajasthan, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Tamilnadu outline with the variability of characteristics of
and few others states as mentioned higher than. cities worldwide. However, it's been created
solar systems put in on rooftops of residential, clear that the definitions exhibit by explicit
commercial, institutional & industrial cities occupation themselves “smart cities” lack
buildings premises will solve the energy crisis catholicity.
also will become a supply of financial gain Brenna et al. (2012) looks at Challenges in
because it will be -fed into the grid at regulated Energy Systems for the Smart- Cities of the
feed-in tariffs or -used for self-consumption long run. The study reportable during this paper
with net-metering approach. Optimum takes place in accordance with the European
utilization of solar power is going to be well- policy and national ways for environmental
tried to be a boon to the society by its property and energy security, per the Horizon
sustainable development. India will become a 2020 objectives that include:
developed nation by creating sensible cities and  promoting distributed generation systems;
sensible villages.  promoting cogeneration (combined heat and
Calvillo et al. (2016) this paper has two main power systems, CHP) additionally for
objectives. The primary is to develop in view in residential, tertiary and commercial
to the quality of the energy-related activities buildings;
during a smart-city context by reviewing  the preparation of property quality through
advances and trends and by analyzing the the employment of electrical vehicles;
synergies among totally different intervention  Promoting the rational use of electricity
areas. Moreover, a number of them typical through actions geared toward edge energy
applications commencement the literature for expenditure and therefore the development
the assorted energy areas, also as operation and of near-zero energy buildings. to the current
designing tools area unit reviewed. purpose, several analysis studies area unit
The second objective is to help stakeholders geared toward learning intelligent network
and policy manufacturers in the design of (smart grid), that will enhance the
energy solutions for smart cities by providing management of the distribution network.
ways for the effective modelling and Sinha et al. (2011)This paper discusses
management of energy systems and by concerning the smart grid initiatives in India,
reviewing existing comes and computer code implementation methodology, challenges and
tools. These ways embody the foremost edges. The paper discusses the requirement for
relevant parts and customary sources of data smart grid technology to attenuate the AT
needed for his or her mathematical modelling. & C losses that could be a burning issue
Albino et al. (2015) this paper makes an across all power distribution utilities in India.
attempt to clarify the means of a plan that's The authors have highlighted some aspects of
obtaining progressively popular—that of the varied key areas connected on smart grid
smart town. Associate degree in-depth analysis initiative for Indian Power distribution utility
of the literature disclosed that the means of a like AMI, GIS, CRM, EAM, DMS etc.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
152
Additionally, elaborates the methodology to important infrastructures and ultimately a

implement the smart grid project in Indian bigger scale between totally different systems
power situation. very important to a wise town. At this stage
Morvaj et al. (2011) this paper aim was to electricity was investigated through a little scale
develop a system that is operable for additional smart grid consisting of five smart buildings.
development towards as well as alternative
.
3. RENAWBLE ENERGY IN SMART CITIES Essel, Sun-Edison, Lamp; T, etc., and forty GW
OF INDIA from solar rooftop. The Honourable Prime
The Ministry of new and Renewable Energy Minister Shri Narendra Modi’s vision of
later has Collaborated with the Ministry of creating a hundred smart cities were with stress
Urban Development in providing renewable to good Energy which has Renewable energy
energy from sources like daylight, wind and generation, smart grid and guaranteed
electricity for the good city’s electrical grid. a electricity provide, and sustainable
complete of 37288 MW of power were with development.
success made for the smart cities, out of that The good Cities pointers insist that 100% of
4345 MW of power were made from solar the full electricity be made from solar power.
power, 4419 MW of power made from biomass Therefore, MNRE has set to supply electricity
and 24377 MW of power made from Wind from solar power in homes and offices by
Energy. The Ministry of latest and renewable victimization solar panels within the top side,
energy aims to supply a complete of one Solar water heaters for warm water, solar PV
hundred seventy-five GW of electrical top side for electricity, solar Street Lighting,
power,100 GW from solar,60 GW from Wind solar Pumps for water lifting, solar
energy,10 GW from electricity plants, and five concentrators for steam primarily based change
GW from Biomass. As for the solar energy, The of state and solar traffic signals. The MNRE
MNRE aims to supply twenty GW from solar additionally needs to market energy economical
Parks, ten GW from jobless Youth/Farmers, buildings on solar passive style.
thirty GW from Govt./Private corporations like
4. CONCEPT AND DEFINATIONS 1. Citizens,

A. smart city: 2. Water and energy.
We outline a smart city as a town that 3. Communication,
frequently will increase its performance in 4. Business,
satisfying all desires of its citizens. This is 5. Transport,
aligned with definitions in literature, wherever a 6. Town services,
smart city may be a town that mixes ICT with B. Smart grid:
its physical infrastructure to enhance Incorporation of the smart grid technology
conveniences, facilitate quality, add within the smart cities project can supply a
efficiencies, conserve energy, improve the novel chance to leap into associate improved
standard of air and water, establish any issues electricity setting and supply reliable
within the operation of town systems and fix 24X7electricity to customers. Through smart
them quickly, recover apace from disasters, grids it'll be doable to integrate the coal and
collect knowledge to form higher choices and fossil fuel generated electricity with the solar
deploy resources effectively and expeditiously. and wind. this can cut back fuel use and
It can't be viewed as a add of components encourage worth drops in renewable
however holistically as a network of technology. Further, current smart grids also are
interconnected infrastructures obsessed on one building the technology to integrate consumer-
another. It usually debated whose owned energy systems which is able to profit
infrastructures and systems are those that create customers any – they're going to not have to be
the core of the smart town however typically compelled to get the electricity generated by
they're often narrowed all the way down to the themselves. The sensible grid (Refer Fig1)
following: delivers electricity to shopper’s exploitation
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
153
two-way digital technology to alter the for growth of its high technical school and
additional economical management of telecommunications sectors.
consumers’ finish uses of electricity still
because the additional economical use of the C. Smart meter
grid to spot and proper provide demand- Traditional meters will solely offer
imbalances in a flash and observe faults in an unidirectional info and should be browse in the
exceedingly “self-healing” method that flesh by a meter reader. Smart meters are digital
improves service quality, enhances meters that provide two-way communication
responsibility, and reduces prices. The rising permitting additional interactivity between the
vision of the smart grid encompasses a broad patron and utility. a smart meter are often water,
set of applications, as well as computer code, gas, electricity and warmth meter. During this
hardware, and technologies that alter utilities to paper it refers to a smart electricity meter.
integrate, interface with, and showing Characteristics of a smart meter are:
intelligence management innovations.  Close to or period activity of a consumption of
Key objective of smart Grid the Electricity usage and also the quantity of the
 Self-healing: The grid apace detects, electricity Generated locally;
analyzes, Responds, and restores  Are often browsing each remotely and locally;
 Empowers and incorporates the client:  Utilities may use the sensible meter limit the
Ability to include consumer instrumentation number of electricity progressing to or from the
and behaviour in grid style and operation sensible building or even utterly disconnect the
 Tolerant of attack: The grid mitigates and is customer.
resilient to physical/cyber-attacks The smart meter acts sort of a entry for the
 Provides power quality required by 21st- smart building to speak with the remainder of
century users: The grid provides quality the grid. GSM, Broadband over transmission
power per shopper and business desires line (BPL), WiMAX, net and alternative
 Accommodates a good style of provide and wireless communication standards are often
demand: The grid accommodates a spread of used as a customary for the communication.
resources, as well as demand response, This communication is bidirectional. Utilities
combined heat and power, wind, will browse the meters remotely in real time
photovoltaic’s, and end-use potency and that they will send worth signals to the tip
 Totally permits and is supported by customers. Customers have an summary of their
competitive electricity markets. consumption and worth of the electricity in real
Need for smart Grid in India: time. By that approach customers will reply to
With such monumental deficiencies in basic the occurrences within the grid that is that the
infrastructure, why would India| need to think idea of the demand response.
about investment in smart grid technologies? D. Smart Building
Ultimately for India to continue on its path of The term smart buildings are used for over a
aggressive economic process, it has to build a twenty year to introduce the idea of networking
contemporary, intelligent grid. it's solely with a devices and instrumentation within the building,
reliable, financially secure sensible Grid that and energy potency. In last half of Seventies, it
India will offer a stable setting for investments had been a building that was designed
in electrical infrastructure, a necessity to fixing employing a idea of energy potency and in
the basic issues with the grid. While not this, Eighties it had been a building that would be
India won't be able to keep step with the controlled from a house computer. Today, smart
growing electricity desires of its cornerstone buildings use the Seventies and Eighties idea
industries, and can fail to form associate setting with extra subsystems for managing and
dominant renewable energy sources, house
appliances and energy consumption exploitation
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
154
most frequently a wireless communication References

technology. ICT permits sensible buildings to [1]. Naphade, M., Banavar, G., Harrison, C.,
speak each with its within devices and Paraszczak, J., & Morris, R. (2011). Smarter
appliances, that they'll additionally cities and their innovation
management, and with its surroundings. What is challenges. Computer, 44(6), 32-39.
[2]. Mathiesen, B. V., Lund, H., Connolly, D.,
more, they'll adapt to grid’s conditions and
Wenzel, H., Østergaard, P. A., Möller, B., ... &
communicate with alternative buildings,
Hvelplund, F. K. (2015). Smart Energy
therefore making active small grids or virtual Systems for coherent 100% renewable energy
power plants. and transport solutions. Applied Energy, 145,
139-154.
 Sensors - watching and submitting messages [3]. Lombardi, P., Giordano, S., Farouh, H., &
just in case of changes; Yousef, W. (2012). Modelling the smart city
 Actuators - playing a physical action; performance. Innovation: The European
 Controllers – dominant units and devices Journal of Social Science Research, 25(2),
137-149.
supported programmed rules set by user;
[4]. Joshi, S. B., & Joshi, F. M. Role of Solar
 Central unit – enabling programming of Energy Applications in Developing Smart
units within the system; Cities of India. Proceedings of national
 Interface - the user communication with the conferencece on Recent Advances in Computer
system; Science and Technology (RACST-16), Oct, 16.
 Network - permits communication between [5]. Calvillo, C. F., Sánchez-Miralles, A., & Villar,
the units J. (2016). Energy management and planning in
 Smart meter - offers two-way, close to or smart cities. Renewable and Sustainable
Energy Reviews, 55, 273-287.
period communication between client and
[6]. Albino, V., Berardi, U., & Dangelico, R. M.
utility company (2015). Smart cities: Definitions, dimensions,
Sensors, actuators, controllers, central unit, performance, and initiatives. Journal of Urban
interface with network customary create a Technology, 22(1), 3-21.
building automation. The smart energy building [7]. Brenna, M., M. C. Falvo, F. Foiadelli, L.
has additionally to mentioned elements Martirano, F. Massaro, D. Poli, and A.
additionally energy storage and little renewable Vaccaro. "Challenges in energy systems for the
energy supply. smart-cities of the future." In Energy
5. CONCLUSION Conference and Exhibition (ENERGYCON),
Smart town construct may be used for 2012 IEEE International, pp. 755-762. IEEE,
2012.
reworking any town into a sensible town. Smart
[8]. Sinha, A., Neogi, S., Lahiri, R. N., Chowdhury,
town have numerous overwhelming advantages S., Chowdhury, S. P., & Chakraborty, N.
& it a win – win scenario for each, (2011, July). Smart grid initiative for power
government & the citizens. So as to realize distribution utility in India. In Power and
best energy management in a very complicated Energy Society General Meeting, 2011
system sort of a good town, not solely do most IEEE (pp. 1-8). IEEE.
of its energy components have to be compelled [9]. Morvaj, B., Lugaric, L., & Krajcar, S. (2011,
to be known and studied, however the implicit July). Demonstrating smart buildings and smart
relations among them even have to be thought- grid features in a smart energy city.
about. Supported this study, some clear trend In Energetics (IYCE), Proceedings of the 2011
scan be known altogether intervention areas, 3rd International Youth Conference on (pp. 1-
8). IEEE
taking advantage of advance sin technologies
and reduced costs.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
155
Design Aspects of Small Scale Wind Turbines: A Review

Ankush Jain, K. B. Rana, B. Tripathi
Department of Mechanical Engineering, Rajasthan Technical University, Kota-324010, India
Corresponding Author E-mail: ankushjain03@gmail.com
Abstract
The limited nature of fossil fuels is an important incentive for global transition towards renewable
energies. One of the viable sustainable energy sources is wind. The large-scale wind farms are not a
good option due to their undesirable effects on environment; hence installation of small scale wind
turbines (decentralized grid system) is a sustainable option. This paper presents review on design of
different types (i.e., horizontal axis and vertical axis) of small scale wind turbines. The blade design,
control, aerofoil and aero-acoustic aspects of small scale wind turbines were reviewed.
Keywords: Small scale wind turbines, Blade design, Aeroacoustics, Aerofoil
1. Introduction: researchers have found the negative outcomes

Nowadays the world is facing problem due to over climate.
energy crises, energy production rate is lagging
the energy demand. The power generation is
mainly dependent on fossil fuels, which is Wang et al. (2010) found by his exhaustive
nevertheless having its negative impact on review that deploying large scale wind turbine
climate. Renewable energy is one of to get 15-25% power demand of world it can
alternative options for eliminating fossil fuel- lead to increment of 10C of ambient
based power production. Wind energy is a temperature. Similarly, Fiedler et-al (2011) did
promising technology which can contribute to a survey for 62 warm seasons, on a particular
reduce of carbon credit and reducing the climatic model and found that it can lead to 1%
polluting factors accumulated due to use of increase in precipitation rate and occurrence of
fossil fuels. In wind turbines the kinetic energy larger precipitation for the places where large
of wind is used to develop rotational power scale wind farms exist. Small scale wind
over the shaft. According to world wind energy turbines which are with capacity ranges of 1
association, the worldwide wind energy kW or even less have their own advantages.
capacity extended to 486661 MW by the year The chief advantages are; small scale wind
of 2016, out of which 54846 MW were turbine can be brought and set up by an
installed in 2016. This represents the growth individual with a small monetary investment
rate of 11.8 % whereas in 2015 it was 17.2%. and no organizational set up is required. Small
Approx 5% of total world electricity demand is scale wind turbine can be implanted over the
full filled by the wind power. Latin America roof top of building and the supervision
and China has increased their share of new required for that purpose is not of that much
wind power project installations to 6.5 % and degree as compared to utility scale wind
5.3 % respectively. turbine.
The general technique in the field of wind In 2015, a cumulative total of at least 990000
energy harnessing is the use of unitary big small wind turbines were installed all over the
capacity utility scale wind turbine. The utility world. This is an increase of 5% compared
scale wind turbines are deployed to supply with the previous year, when 945000 units
power to large number of consumers by a were registered. It means that worldwide
single unit. The utility scale wind turbine is a several million families are getting power from
centralized large sized wind turbine which small scale wind turbine. However only in
requires a huge amount of financial investment Italy the number of new installations increased
and organizational set up. In contrast regarding during 2015. The recorded small-scale wind
the case of utility scale wind turbines some capacity installed worldwide has reached more
than 945 MW as of the end of 2015. This is a
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
156
growth of 14 % compared with 2014, when turbines based on power rating and
830 MW were registered. According to World applications.
wind energy association, China accounts for 43
%, the USA for 25 %, UK for 15 %, and Italy Small scale wind turbines mainly can be
for 6.3% of the global capacity. classified based on the axis of rotation i.e.,
Small scale wind turbines are gaining their vertical and horizontal.
importance around the globe. In July 2012, a Vertical Axis Wind Turbines (VAWT):
new kind of feed-in tariff was approved by Vertical axis wind turbines are those whose
Japan in order to boost the country's production rotor axis is in vertical direction. These
of wind and solar energy production. Small turbines do not have any yawing mechanism or
scale wind power turbines soon will be self-starting capability. The generator location
subsidized at least 57.75 JPY (about 0.74 USD for these turbines is on ground and their height
/kWh). In UK, the people in rural or suburban of operation is very low, hence making them
parts of the UK can select for a wind turbine easier for maintenance. The ideal efficiency for
accompanied with an inverter to supplement these turbines is more than 70%. The vertical
local grid power. The UK's Micro-Generation axis wind turbines are classified into two major
Certification Scheme (MCS) has a provision of types:
feed-in tariffs to owners of qualified small (i) Darrieus Wind Turbine: The Darrieus
wind turbines. The owners can now install a wind turbine is a type of vertical axis wind
micro renewable energy system and shall be turbine which consists of a number of
getting paid for that (Bahaj et al., 2006). straight or curved blades mounted on a
Small scale wind turbines are also handy in vertical framework. These turbines work
some autonomous applications which require a from the lift forces produced during
very high level of reliability. Some units are rotation.
designed very light weight in their structure, (ii) Savonius Wind Turbine: Savonius wind
e.g. 16 kilograms, allowing sensitiveness to turbines are drag based wind turbines
minor wind motions and a rapid response to consisting of two to three scoops. These
wind squalls typically found in urban settings. turbines have an ‘S’ shaped cross section
Some are easily mountable such like a when looked from above. As they move
television antenna. These wind turbines can be along the wind, they experience lesser
used as are liable source of energy when they drag and this difference in drag helps these
are sized properly and are used at their turbines to spin. Due to the drag, the
optimum conditions. This paper presents a efficiency of these turbines is less when
literature review on general classification and compared to other types of turbines.
design aspects (blade design, control, aerofoil
and aero-acoustic) of small scale wind
turbines.
2. Small Scale Wind Turbines:

There is no fix threshold limit in regards of any
feature of wind turbine to separate the utility
scale wind turbine from a small-scale wind
turbine. However, the small wind turbines
rotor is usually of 1.5 to 3.5 meters in diameter
which can produce 1-10 kW of electricity at
their optimal wind speed (Tummala et al.,
2016). Fig. 3 shows the classification of wind Fig. 1: Classification of wind turbine
turbines based on rotor diameter. Table 1 according to capacity (Tummala et al.,
demonstrates the classification of wind 2016)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
157
Table 1: Wind turbine classification based power value decreased with the increase in
on power rating and applications. yaw angle (Freere et al., 2010).
Scale Power rating Rotor Application Singh et al. (2013) observed that the rotor
diameter
Micro 50W to 2 kW Less than 3 Remote
touched the Cp values up to 0.l, 0.217 and
m 0.255 with the wind speeds of 4, 5 and 6 m/s
respectively whereas the baseline 3-bladed
Small 2 kW to 40 3 m to 12 m Homes and farms
kW
rotor targeted 0.052, 0.112 and 0.15 at these
Medium 40 kW to 999 12 m to 45 Village power, wind speeds as shown in Fig. 2. This shows
kW m Hybrid system that the two bladed rotors have a better Cp in
Large More than 1 46 m and Central station wind the low wind speed range of 3 to 7 m/s. At the
MW larger farms
optimum pitch (β=18°), the two-bladed rotor
produced more than double power than the
Horizontal Axis Wind Turbines (HAWT):
base line rotor. Only at the pitch angle of 15°
Turbines whose rotor axis is in the horizontal
and at a wind speed of 4 m/s, the power output
direction are called as horizontal axis wind
of the base line rotor coincided with that of the
turbines. Unlike vertical axis wind turbines,
two-bladed rotor.
horizontal axis wind turbines have the ability
to self-start and yaw. These turbines are highly
dependent on wind direction and hence they
are generally operated at higher heights than
the VAWT. The ideal efficiency for these
turbines is between 50% and 60%.
Today most of small wind turbines are found
to be traditional horizontal axis wind turbine,
however vertical axis wind turbines are also a
growing type of wind turbine in the small scale
wind market. Nevertheless, some small wind
turbines are designed to work at low wind
speeds, but in general small wind turbines Fig. 2: Minimum power coefficient of the
require a minimum wind speed of 4m/s for turbine as a function of wind velocity at
better performance. different pitch angle (Singh et al., 2013)
Design and characterization were studied of a
3. Effects of Design Parameters on small-scale wind energy portable turbine
Performance of Small Scale Wind Turbines: (SWEPT), of 39.4 cm rotor diameter operating
In Small scale HAWT, much emphasis was below the wind speed of 5 m/s by Kishore et
given on the factors such as tip speed ratio, al, (2013). Maximum coefficient of
rotor speed and pitch angle for a specific performance of 14% was obtained at optimal
aerofoil which affect the performance of wind tip speed of 2.9m/s. It had low cut in wind
turbine. There is a big research potential of speed of 2.7m/s and which gave 0.83 W of
wind direction effect, wind turbulence electric power at the rated wind speed of 5m/s.
intensity and wind gust. It was also reported It was also observed that the diffuser-
that variable pitch with VAWT would result augmented SWEPT of length approximately
with higher power coefficient. the same as the turbine's diameter could
A 3-bladed turbine of rotor diameter 2.1 m was produce 1.4–1.6 times higher power output
tested in a wind tunnel up to a wind speed of than a SWEPT without diffuser.
13m/s. At various wind speeds, the values of A very small scale, 4-bladed wind turbine have
tip speed ratio (TSR) varied from 2 to 8 and the a rotor diameter is 500mm, and having
maximum Coefficient of performance (Cp) of NACA2404 airfoil profile was studied by
0.2 occurred at TSR 6. It was also observed Hirahara et al. (2005). The results showed that
that at a particular wind speed, the maximum the turbine has a good efficiency in wind speed
range of 8–12 m/s with net efficiency and
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
158
power coefficient as 0.25 and 0.36 max. The tunnel blockage effect was small for
respectively. It also shows good performance small TSR, and BF approaches a constant
at lower tip speed ratios. The maximum power value at a certain TSR, at which point the
coefficient was about 0.40 when the tip speed blades act like a solid wall. It was observed that
ratio was 2.7. the tunnel blockage effect and the decay rate of
Duquette et al. (2003) had conducted a BF are larger for the 12-blade turbine than the
numerical study and found that increase in 6-blade for the same TSR. It was also
power coefficients at lower tip speed ratios was determined that no blockage correction is
observed with increase in the solidity. Also, the necessary for β=25°, and the blockage
power coefficients increased with the increase correction is less than 5% for BR less than 10%
in the blade number at a given solidity as and for TSR less than 1.5.
shown in Fig. 3. An increase in the solidity
from the conventional 5–7% to a range of 15– A small HAWT studied by Mayer et al. (2001)
25% yielded higher Cp values while lowering and reported that for a pitch angle of 0°, there
tip speed ratio at maximum Cp to 2–4. Due to is a longer idling period due to the very high
lower tip speed ratios reduce structural angle of attack and the idling period decreased
requirements, blade erosion and noise levels. with the increase in blade pitch angle. It was
seen that at the pitch angle of 20°, shortest start
was obtained.
Fig. 3: Optimum design maximum Cp versus Fig. 4: Relationships between Cp and TSR
tip-speed ratio for various blade numbers (By under six different β for 12 blades, at U=8 m/s
Blade element momentum theory analysis) and BR=28.3 % (Chen and Liou, 2011)
(Duquette et al., 2003)
The AF 300 airfoil was associated with 8 other
A study on small scale HAWT having airfoils designed for low Reynolds application
NACA4415 profile blades was carried out in for small horizontal axis wind turbines was
order to investigate the effects of tunnel studied by Singh et al. (2012). They plotted
blockage on the power coefficient in wind L/D ratio, CL values at different angles of
tunnel tests by Chen and Liou (2011). The attack for those 8 airfoils with AF300 as shown
blockage factor (BF) was determined by in Fig. 5.
measuring the velocities at different points in
the wind tunnel and the studies were carried
out on a 6-bladed turbine. It was observed that
the blockage effects increase as TSR and BF
increase, and β decreases. A Relationships
between Cp and TSR under six different β for
12 blades, were plotted as shown in Fig. 4
found that smaller the β value, larger the Cp
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
159
Fig.5: L/D ratio, CL values at different angles

Fig. 6: BEM predictions of power coefficient
of attack plotted for 8 different blades (Singh
for the new blades at different overall pitch
et al., 2012)
angles, compared to the original Bergey
For different angles of attack, the forces of lift
blades (Song et al., 2014)
and drag were calculated and pressure
distributions over the surface of the airfoil
were obtained. The maximum lift coefficients
4. Conclusions:
were obtained at the stall angle of 14°. Flow
Nevertheless, utility scale wind turbines are
visualization showed that flow stayed fully
serving to harness the wind energy but Small-
attached to the airfoil surface from Re as low
scale wind turbines can serve a better option
as 56,000 at an angle of attack 8° and
for harnessing wind energy due to they are cost
maintained a fully attached flow up to 14°
effective, easy to manufacture, portable safe
angle of attack for Re as low as 75,000.
and environmental friendly. World is in
gesture of switching toward the green energy
A small wind turbine blade using the blade
resources for fulfilling its power needs and
element momentum (BEM) method for a three
research in the field of SWT is one of the
bladed, Bergey XL 1.0 turbine, with 2.5 m
milestone in wind energy generation. After
diameter rotor, up wind orientation, rated
going through the reported literature,
power of 1000 W at 11m/s wind speed and tip
following substantial conclusions can be
speed ratio of 5.85 and SD 7062 airfoil was
drawn:
made by Song et al. (2014). Blade was tested
at the original designed pitch angle and also at  It is observed that unitary scale wind turbine
5° and 9° pitch angles. The new blades showed has its impact on the climate of world but it
better aero dynamic performance in high speed is not clear that the impact on environment
wind conditions but under low wind speeds, due to large scale wind turbine is directly
the original blades showed better performance. connected or just a correlation.
The original blade was predicted to have  The blade characteristic is a function of
higher Cp than the new blades at designed wind speed, yaw angle, with and without a
pitch (0°) and tip speed ratio λ less than 4.5, nose cone. It also observed that at a
whereas at higher λ the new blades were particular wind speed, the maximum power
predicted to have higher Cp values as shown in value decreases with the increase in yaw
Fig. 6. angle. At various wind speeds, the values of
TSR vary from 2 to 8 and the maximum Cp
The new blades at 5° pitch produced the is 0.2 at a TSR 6.
highest power at wind speeds over 9 m/s, while  The BEM theory prediction is more
the new blades at 9° pitch produced less power accurate for large scale wind turbines than
over all, but performed best at low wind small scale due to Reynolds number and
speeds. three dimensionality effects (Separation
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
160
delay at the in-board sections radial flow Environmental Research Letters, Vol.6,
and down wash effect). No.4.
 The two bladed rotors have a better Cp in [4]. Freere P, Sacher M, Derricott J, Hanson B.
the low wind speed range of 3 to 7 m/s. At A low cost wind turbine and blade
the optimum pitch (β=18°), the two-bladed performance. Wind Eng2010; 34(3):289–
rotor produces more than double power than 302.
the base line rotor. Only at the pitch angle [5]. Hirahara. H, Hossain MZ, Kawahashi M,
of 15° and at a wind speed of 4m/s, the Nonomura Y (2005), ‘Testing and
power output of the base line rotor coincides performance of very small wind turbine’,
with that of the two-bladed rotor. Maximum Renewable energy, Vol.30 pp. 1279-1297
coefficient of performance is 14% obtained [6]. Kishore R.A, Coudron T, Priya S (2013),
at optimal tip speed of 2.9m/s for wind ‘Small Scale Wind Energy Portable
tunnel. turbine (SWEPT)’, Journal of wind energy
 The turbine (rotor diameter is 500 mm and and industrial aerodynamics, Vol.116, pp
4 bladed) has a good efficiency in wind 23-31.
speed range of 8–12 m/s with net efficiency [7]. Mayer C, Bechly ME, Hampsey M, Wood
and power coefficient as 0.25 and 0.36 DH. (2001) The starting behavior of a
respectively. It also shows good small horizontal-axis wind turbine.
performance at lower tip speed ratios. The RenewEnergy; 22(1):411–7.
maximum power coefficient was about 0.40 [8]. Singh RK, Ahmed MR (2013) , ‘Blade
at tip speed ratio 2.7. design and performance testing of a small
 An increase in the solidity from the wind turbine rotor for low wind speed
conventional 5–7% to a range of 15–25% applications’, Renewable Energy, Vol.50
yielded higher maximum Cp values while pp 812-819.
lowering tip speed ratio at maximum Cp to [9]. Singh RK, Ahmed MR, Zullah MA, Lee
2–4. Y-H. (2012) Design of alow Reynolds
number airfoil for small horizontal axis
References: wind turbines. RenewEnergy; 42:66–76.
[1]. Chen TY, Liou LR. (2011) Blockage [10] Song Qiyue, Lubitz William David.
corrections in wind tunnel tests of small (2014) Design and testing of a new small
horizontal-axis wind turbines. ExpTherm wind turbine blade. J Sol Energy Eng;
Fluid Sc; 35(3):565–9. 136(3):034502.
[2]. Duquette M.M and Visser KD (2003) , [11] Tummala A, Velamati R.K, Sinha D.K,
‘Numerical Implications of solidity and Indraja V, HariKrishna V (2016), ‘A
blade number on rotor performance of review on small scale wind turbines’,
horizontal scale wind turbines’, Renewable and Sustainable Energy
Transactions of the ASME , Vol. 125 Reviews, Vol.56 pp. 1351-1371.
[3]. Fiedler BH and Bukovsky MS (2011), [12] Wang C and Prinn RG (2010), ‘Potential
‘The effect of a giant wind farm on climatic impacts and reliability of very
precipitation in a regional climate model’, large-scale wind farms’, ‘Atmospheric
Chemistry and physics’Vol.10, No.4.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
161
On-Off Control Based Maximum Power Point Tracking of Wind Turbine

Equipped by DFIG Connected To the Grid
Rahul Gangwani1*, Om Prakash Bharti2, R. K. Saket3, Shiv Lal4
1,,4
Department of Electrical Engineering, GEC Banswara, Rajasthan, (327001), India
2,3
Indian Institute of Technology (Banaras Hindu University) Varanasi, U.P., (221005), India
Corresponding Author: Email: *rahulg.eee15@itbhu.ac.in, +91-7891288020
Abstract: This paper presents An on-off Control method which is based on maximum power point tracking
and anticipated to control the rotor side converter of DFIG based wind turbine connected to the grid. The
Grid Side Converter is controlled in such a way to assure a smooth DC voltage as well as ensure sinusoidal
current on the network. The performance analysis to the new developed DFIG based WT Matlab Simulink
model with MPPT based on-off control is assessed with the conventional Matlab Simulink model, which
demonstrate the enhanced performance output of newly developed model as compared to the traditional
model.
Keywords: DFIG; Wind turbine; MATLAB SIMULINK models.
Abbreviations: DFIG: Doubly Fed Induction Generator, VSC: Voltage Source Converter, WEC: Wind
Energy Conversion.
I.
INTRODUCTION production wherever the momentum of the prime
mover is steady, i.e., just above the synchronous
The study of increasingly alternate energy speed. On the other hand, it is a fact that the wind
sources, requirements for electric energy is speed varies drastically depending upon the
growing very fast. Amongst the available environmental conditions and time of operation.
alternative energy sources, wind energy, solar Thus, there is a significant margin of speed
energy, plus fuel cells have strained considerable variation. Such large margins of speed variation
attention. Supplementary, all of these alternate make wound rotor induction machines suitable for
energy sources are also of renewable nature. generation of wind energy [2]. In addition to its
Among the mentioned alternate energy sources, significant speed variation, the wound rotor
wind power generation systems have been the induction machine offers the additional benefit of
most cost competitive alternative. For the first bidirectional move of the rotor power which
decade of the 21st century, India emerged as the depends on the rotor speed and field speed [3].
2nd leading wind power market in Asia. More The DFIG is fundamentally a wound rotor
than 2,100 MW wind capacity projects were induction machine capable of operating in super
added in the financial year 2010–11. The installed synchronous as well as subsynchronous mode.
capacity increased from a modest base of 41.3 The compensation of DFIG more than the
MW in 1992 to reach 28,700 MW by December permanent speed induction generators is enhanced
2016. Because the route, as well as the speed of power excellence, concentrated mechanical stress
winds, may differ from position to position as as well as fluctuation and advanced energy
well as occasionally, the variable speed wind capture [4].The operations of DFIG associated
turbine technology offers inherent advantages with the grid are helped with the help of rotor side
over the fixed rate one [1].The DFIG is worn in and grid side converter. It is the accountability of
cycle with the wind turbine to produce electric the inverter connected to the rotor side to provide
energy. The DFIG through the use of the two back the necessary complementary frequency to uphold
to Back converters, rotor side and grid side the stator frequency at a constant level, in spite of
converters can deal with a wide variety of wind variations in the mechanical power. The control of
speeds by injecting a compensating variable DFIG presents a twofold crisis to compensate the
frequency current component in the rotor circuit. speed variations and reactive power. The stability
Its facilitates both super and subsynchronous and presentation of the overall setup are to be
operations of DFIG. It is well known that the preserved in the face of model uncertainties,
Induction machine is widely used in industrial external noise, a variety of the internal machine
application due to its low cost, the simplicity of parameters and speed. The primary question for
construction and low maintenance cost. Such type the research to carry forward is the ways by which
of mechanisms can be used for an electric
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
162
the available energy at a given wind velocity can the wound rotor induction machine, which is
be harnessed to its maximum. shown in Figure 1(b). This type of generator can
be defined as a fraction (~30%) of the rated
II.AN OVERVIEW OF WIND TURBINES power. But the system ensures competent power
conversion appropriate to variable rotor speed,
A wind turbine is a mechanism that converts which adjusts automatically by prevailing wind
speeds [5]. The primary benefit of doubly-fed
kinetic energy as of the wind into mechanical induction generators, while used in wind turbines,
energy. If the mechanical energy is used to create is that they permit the amplitude as well as the
electrical energy, the machine may be named a frequency of their output voltages to be
wind generator or wind changer. If the mechanical maintained at a constant value, despite what the
energy is wont to drive machines, for example to speed of the wind blowing on the wind turbine
grinding grain or pumping water, the device is rotor is. As doubly-fed induction generators
predicted a windmill or wind pump. Today's wind frankly associated with the AC power network
turbines are manufactured in a range of vertical and stay at the back coordinated at all times with
and horizontal axis types. Wind turbine system AC power network. Further compensation
can be categorized by the nature of their includes the capability to control the power factor
operation, i.e., either fixed speed or different (e.g., to uphold the power factor at unity) while
speed. For fixed-speed wind turbines, induction keeping the power electronics devices in the wind
generator is straight linked to the grid. For the turbine at a moderate size. In the subsynchronous
operating mode, the stator of the DFIG supplies
reason that the speed is approximately set to the power to the grid. In the super-synchronous
grid frequency and most probably not operating mode, both stator output power and the
controllable. It is not probable to store the rotor slip power are fed into the grid. A variable
turbulence of the wind in the form of energy speed wind turbine with full-size converter along
rotational. In favor of a variable-speed wind with doubly fed induction generator is exposed in
turbine, the generator is controlled by power Figure 1. However, the converter has to be
electronic apparatus, which makes it probable to intended for the rated power of the turbine. This
control the rotor speed. The power variations problem can be taken care of by using the DFIG,
caused by wind variations can be more or less which has a converter connected to the rotor
engrossed through changing the rotor speed, and winding of the wound rotor induction machine
thus power variation originating from the wind (Figure 1(b)). Rated power has been reduced to
conversion and the drive train can be reduced. (25% - 35%) in the case of DFIG. The main
Hence, the power quality impact caused by the components of the wind turbine are given as
follows.
wind turbine can be improved compared to a
fixed-speed turbine.
A. Primary observation of the DFIG Based Wind

Turbine
The mechanical power which is produced by a (a)

wind turbine is proportional to the cube of the
wind speed, i.e., Pm ∞ v3. Here Pm is the
mechanical power of the wind, as well as v, is the
velocity of the wind speed. The maximum power (b)
which is received through the revolving speed of
the wind turbine defer from different wind speeds.
For this reason, the operation of variable speed is
necessary to maximize the energy. Two Fig. 1. Variable speed wind turbines (a) with
fundamental concepts exist for variable speed full-size converter (b) with a DFIG[3]
turbines. The first ideas are an electric generator
with a converter connected to the stator windings (i) Drive Train along with Aerodynamics:
along with the grid network which is shown in The drivetrain has a turbine, gearbox, shafts and
Figure 1(a). For the rated power of the wind other mechanical components of the wind turbine;
turbine, the converter is to be designed. A a multi-mass (in general two mass) model to be
generator is a synchronous machine which is used for dynamic studies of wind turbines through
frequently a permanent magnet. On behalf of the
DFIG [6]. A simplify aerodynamic model is
direct drive concept, a wind turbine using a DFIG
has a converter associated to the rotor windings of sufficient when the speed and pitch angle changes
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
163
on the aerodynamic power during the grid faults. AC voltage from DC voltage source. A capacitor
For stability investigation, the drive train system connected to DC side acts as a DC voltage source.
has to be approximated by the at least a two mass- The generator slip rings are linked to the rotor
spring as well as damper model while the system side converter, which shares a DC link with the
response to massive disturbance [7]. There is a grid side converter in a so-called back-to-back
flexible shaft during the turbine, and generator configuration. The wind power captured by the
masses are associated. turbine is converted into electric power by the IG
and is transferred to the network using stator as
(ii)Pitch Angle Control System: well as rotor windings. The control system affords
The “Pitch Control” is a technique to the pitch angle command, along with the voltage
mechanically regulate the blade pitch angle to commands for Crotor as well as Cgrid to control the
change the curve of the power coefficient to the power of the wind turbine, DC bus voltage plus
turbine [8]. PI control is used to realize the pitch reactive power or voltage at grid terminals. [11].
angle, in servomechanism model using time When the rotor speed is higher than the rotating
control Tservo, accounts for the realistic response in magnetic field from the stator, the stator induces a
the pitch angle control System. For the period of high current in the rotor. The quicker the rotor
the grid faults how quick the aerodynamic power rotates, the extra power will be transfer as an
can be reduced to stop more speed is determined electromagnetic force to the stator, furthermore, in
by the velocity of altering limit. turn, converted to electricity that is feed to the
electric network. The velocity of the
B.Modeling of the Wind Turbine asynchronous generator will differ with rotating
force functional to it. Its dissimilarity from
Here wind turbine model is discussed for optimal synchronous speed in percent is called generator’s
operations of the wind turbine at different wind slip. With rotor winding short-circuited, the
speeds [9,18]. It has to operate at its maximum generator at full load is only a small percentage.
power coefficient (CPoptimum=0.3-0.5), i.e., at a Using the DFIG, slip control provides the rotor
constant tip speed ratio, proposed for operation plus grid side converters. At high rotor speeds, the
approximately it's maximum power coefficient. slip power is recovered and delivered to the
The aerodynamic power generated by a wind network, resultant in high overall system
turbine is given as follows. efficiency. If the rotor speed range is determined,
the ratings of the frequency converters will be
Pwindturbine small equated with the generator rating, which
Cp  helps in reducing converter losses and the system
Pair
cost [12].Because the mechanical torque
1
Pm   Ar v3C p   ,   functional to the rotor is constructive for power
2 production and since the rotation speed of the
A=Swept area of the blades (=πR2), magnetic flux in the air gap of the generator is
  Tip ratio speed, v = wind velocity definite in addition to constant for an invariable
T  rotating speed of the rotor,  = frequency network voltage, the sign of the rotor
Pitch angle, R= Radius of the area electric power output is a function of the slip sign.
covered through the blades Crotor, as well as Cgrid, have the capability of
Cp = wind turbine energy coefficient. generating or absorbing reactive power can be
employed intended for controlling the reactive
power or the grid terminal voltage. The pitch
III. AN GENERAL IDEA OF THE DFIG
angle is controlled to limit the generator output
OPERATING PRINCIPLE power to its standard value in support of high
wind speeds. The grid provides the necessary
The overview and operating principle of DFIG
reactive power to the generator.
discussed in this section is also mentioned in [10,
18]. The structural diagram of DFIG with
converters is shown in Figure 2. The AC/DC/AC
IV.MPPT CONTROLLER
converter comprises two components: the rotor
side converter Crotor as well as network area Maximum power point tracking is an efficient
converter Cgrid. These converters are voltage method of extracting generated power from the
source converters that utilize forced commutation generating systems used by grid-connected
power electronic devices (IGBTS) to synthesize
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
164
inverters, solar battery chargers, and wind energy ratio error) with guaranteed properties of
conversion system. Wind energy is dependent on attractiveness and stability. An on-off Control
weather, topology, and environment. It is essential method based maximum power point tracking is
to choose the best place where the quality of air planned to manage the rotor side converter of
can produce more electricity. Then it is difficult to wind turbine equipped with doubly fed induction
wind turbine to provide 60% of power wind generator connected to the grid.
speed. Wind energy conversion system also has
other losses like mechanical friction as well as A. Controller Design
low generator`s efficiency. So the amount of This approach supposes that the WECS reacts
power output from WECS depends on the tracked sufficiently fast to the variation of the low-
wind power. Therefore, a maximum power point frequency wind speed; this happens in the case of
tracking control is required [13]. low-power WECS. Thus, for ensuring the optimal
energy conversion, it is sufficient to feed the
electrical generator with the torque control value
corresponding to the steady-state operating point
placed on the ORC. To this end, an on-off-
controller-based structure can be used to zero the
difference   opt   , where  is given by
the low-frequency component of the wind speed,
v: [17]
r R

v
B. Rotor side converter based On-Off control:
For ensuring the maximum power point tracking

Fig. 2.Basic diagram of Doubly Fed Induction
an On-Off supposes that the WECS reacts
generator with converters [18]
sufficiently fast to the variation of wind speed (see
Fig. 3). An On-Off controller can be used to zero
the difference between the optimal tip speed ratio
V. ON-OFF CONTROL and the actual tip speed ratio  [19]:
Several research works have been presented with   opt  
different power/voltage control of the DFIG based The on-off objective is to make the difference
wind energy conversion system associated to the between the optimal tip speed ration and the exact
grid with battery storage. These control diagrams tip speed ratio as small as possible with regulating
are usually based on vector control notion with the rotor speed according to the wind speed.
conventional PI controllers due to their simplicity The control law u has two components:
and easy implementation [14] [15]. Fuzzy logic Temref = ueq + un
and adaptive fuzzy controllers have also been Where the equivalents control ueq as defined:
used in the power/voltage control loop [16]. The C p (opt )
Classical controllers for wind energy conversion ueq = 0.5π  R 3 vs2 = Avs2
systems (WECS) can be developed for more iopt
effective strategies based on intelligent control C p (opt )
technique. On-Off control is a robust control With: A = 0.5π  R 3 and i is the
scheme aiming at captured power maximization of iopt
DFIG-based WECS connected to the grid with gearbox ratio, un is an alternate, high-frequency
battery storage. This technique superposes the component, which switches between two values, -
tracking of the optimal torque value [17].The
α and +α, α>0:
control objective can be formulated as an
optimization problem, in which an objective un = α sign (  )
function is maximized or minimized, to extract the
maximum power from the wind energy. There is a Component ueq makes the system operated at the
specific complexity concerning the On-Off optimal point, whereas un has the role of
control, concerning the description of a switched stabilizing the system behavior around this point,
constituent (following the sign of the tip speed once reached. The control law associated with the
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
165
diagram in Fig.3 provides the steady state torque voltage of the DC bus capacitor. For the grid-side
reference. The control input has, in this case, a controller, the d-axis of the rotating reference
large spectrum; the zero-order sample-and-hold frame used for d-q transformation is aligned with
(S&H in Fig.3) has been introduced to limit the the positive sequence of the grid voltage. This
loop switching frequency. If this frequency is too controller consists of measuring the d-q
large, the control loop becomes inefficient. The components of AC currents to be controlled as
zero order S&H element is approximated as a first well as the DC voltage. Elsewhere the DC/DC
order low-pass filter with a time constant TS&H = buck-boost bidirectional converter controlled
Ts/2, where Ts is the sampling period of the S&H. voltage source. This converter maintains constant
In Fig.3 the nonlinear part consists of an On-Off dc-link voltage as a reference value during
relay (“sign” block).The control of the rotor side discharge/charge current from/to batteries bank.
converter is illustrated in Fig.3; the reference i qref [19]
is derived from the high-speed shaft Ωh and
measured wind speed v by tuning the On-Off
controller based maximum power point tracking
(MPPT). Thus, by adding a PI regulator in the
loop control of the d-axis and q-axis rotor currents
is realized, as shown inFig.3 [19].
Fig. 4: Direct bus control scheme [19]

The output of the DC voltage regulator is the
current reference Idgc_ref for the current regulator.
The current corrector controls the magnitude and
phase of the voltage generated by the converter
Cgrid (Vgc). The grid side controller is presented in
Fig. 5.
Fig.3.Rotor side converter based on-off control

scheme [19]
Fig. 5: Grid side control scheme [19]
C: Inverter and direct bus voltage control:
The direct bus voltage is given by the following VI. SIMULATION AND RESPONSE OF
equation [19]. THE DFIG SYSTEM
1 Figure 6 represents the detailed doubly fed
Vdc   I c dt induction generator Matlab diagram and voltage
c
With: Ic = Idc – In (Pu) at DFIG terminals presented in Figure 7.
With Vdc and Idc are the direct bus voltage and Furthermore, Figure 8 shows the active power
current respectively and In is the three-phase delivered. The reactive power requirement of
currents supplied to the grid. The control scheme the DFIG is presented in Figure 9. DC link
of the direct bus voltage is presented in Fig. 4. voltage (Pu) at the conventional link capacitor
The grid-side converter is wont to regulate the of DFIG is presented in Figure 10.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
166
Fig. 9(b): Reactive Power Q v/s time from

conventional model
Fig. 6.Detailed DFIG wind
turbine diagram
Fig.10 (a). DC link voltage
Fig. 7.Voltages at the DFIG

terminals
Fig.10 (b). DC bus link voltage Vs. time from

conventional model
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The authors acknowledge the partial
Fig. 8(a).Active power delivered financial support from the Indian Institute of
Technology (Banaras Hindu University),
Varanasi (U.P.) India for carrying out this
work.
Appendix: Simulation Data
Table 1: DFIG parameters
Parameters Values
Power 1.5 MW
Stator resistance Rs 0.023 Ω
Fig.8 (b). Active Power P Vs. time from Rotor resistance Rr 0.016 Ω
Conventional model Stator phase inductance 0.18 H
Ls
Rotor phase inductance 0.16 H
Lr
Generator inertia J 0.0685 kg m2
Friction factor f 0.01 N ms
VII.CONCLUSION
The concept of MPPT has been proposed here to
achieve the goal of tracking maximum power at a
given wind velocity. To accomplish the MPPT
from the wind system, the MPPT block in
coordination with the rotor control block acts to
maintain the torque to the value that is optimum
Fig. 9(a).Reactive power requirement of for extracting the maximum power output from it.
the DFIG The energy conversion device which is used in
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
167
wind turbine systems is Doubly Fed Induction [12] Munteanu I, Bratcu AI, Cutululis NA, Ceang E.
Generator. Therefore, a doubly fed induction “Optimal control of wind energy systems: towards
generator was modeled as an energy conversion a global approach,” Springer; 2008.
device. The modeling included the verification of [13] Ackerman T. “Wind power in power systems,”
Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons; 2005.
developed model with that of the generator
[14] Blaabjerg F, Teodorescu R, Liserre M, Timbus
present in the library of the MATLAB/ Simulink. AV. “Overview of control and grid
The results were better than of the model in the synchronization for distributed power generation
MATLAB library. Further to achieve a double-fed systems.” IEEE Trans Ind Electron 2006.
induction generator the modeled generator was [15] Munteanu I, “Contributions to the optimal control
incorporated with rotor side converters and of wind energy conversion systems,” Ph.D. Thesis.
controllers. The results obtained showed that the Galati, Romania: “Dunarea de Jos” University of
system could perform well at average wind speeds Galati; 2006.
while the results were inconsistent with that of [16] Om Prakash Bharti, R. K. Saket, S.K. Nagar,
expected values at lower and higher wind speeds. “Controller Design of DFIG Based Wind Turbine
by Using Evolutionary Soft Computational
REFERENCES: Techniques,” Engineering, Technology & Applied
Science Research, Vol. 7, No. 3, 2017, 1732-1736.
[1] “Global Wind Statistics 2016”, Global Wind [17] Z. Wang, Y. Sun, G. Li, and B.T. Ooi, “Magnitude
Energy Council, February 2017. and frequency control of grid-connected doubly
[2] “Indian wind energy outlook 2012”, Global wind fed induction generator based on a synchronized
Energy council, November 2012. model for wind power generation,” IET
[3] Om Prakash Bharti, R.K. Saket, S.K. Renewable Power Generation, 2010.
Nagar,”Controller design for DFIG driven by [18] Om Prakash Bharti, R. K. Saket, S.K. Nagar,
Variable speed Wind turbine using static output “Controller Design for Doubly Fed Induction
feedback technique,” Engineering, Technology & Generator Using Particle Swarm
Applied Science Research, Vol. 6, No. 4, 2016. Optimization Technique,” Renewable Energy,
[4] Lee, C, “Fuzzy-logic in control-systems: Fuzzy Science Direct, Elsevier 114 (Part B), 2017, 1394-
logic controller, Part I,” IEEE Trans Syst Man 1406.
Cybern, 1990. [19] Sami Kahla, Youcef Soufi, Moussa Sedraoui,
[5] Shabani, A. Deihimi, “A New Method of Mohcene Bechouat, “On-Off control based particle
Maximum Power Point Tracking for DFIG Based swarm optimization for maximum power point
Wind Turbine,” 25th International Power System tracking of wind turbine equipped by DFIG
Conference, 2010. connected to the grid with energy storage,”
[6] Abram, Perdana, “Dynamic Models of Wind International Journal of Hydrogen Energy, Volume
Turbines,” Chalmers University of 40, Issue 39, 2015.
Technology/Ph.D. Thesis, Goteborg, Sweden,
2008.
[7] Andreas, Petersson, Stefan Lundberg, “Energy
Efficiency Comparison of Electrical Systems for
Wind Turbines,” Chalmers University of
Technology.
[8] Ake Larsson, “The Power Quality of Wind
Turbines,” Chalmers University of
Technology/Ph.D. Thesis, Goteborg, Sweden,
2000.
[9] S. Masoud Barakati, “Modeling and Controller
Design of a Wind Energy Conversion System
Including a Matrix Converter,” University of
Waterloo/Ph.D. Thesis, 2008.
[10] O. P Bharti, R.K Saket, S. K Nagar, “Reliability
Analysis of DFIG Based Wind Energy Conversion
System,” ‘ICCAE 17’, February 18-21, 2017,
Sydney, Australia.
[11] Hsing Chen Chiung, Hong Chih-Ming, Cheng Fu-
Sheng. Intelligent speed sensorless maximum
power point tracking control for wind generation
system. Int J Electr Power Energy Syst 2012.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
168
Advances in Green Composites: A Review

Ranjan Kumar Singh, Moti Lal Rinawa, Manoj Mittal
1Government Engineering College Jhalawar, Rajasthan, India
Corresponding author: ranjankumar@live.com
Abstract: The inevitable decrease in the supply of petroleum-based resources significantly restricts
the sustainable development of wood adhesive industry. Thus, more and more attention has been
focused on the utilization of renewable materials. This paper reviews the properties of various natural
and the modification of technical fibers and resins for improving the performance of the natural-based
wood adhesives.
1. Introduction number of chemical species, called curatives or

Green composites can be defined as a bio- hardeners, to produce cross-linked thermoset
composite reinforced by natural fibers with matrices. The most important oil used in polyols
biodegradable matrices. The green composites production is soy bean oil, but also cashew nut
are degradable and have sustainable properties, oil could give the same results. In order to
which can simply dispose without harming the decrease the impact of its activity on global
environment. Weathering causes degradation of warming, polyols can be also combined with
polymer composite through photo-radiation, petroleum-based chemicals.
thermal degradation, photo-oxidation and Thermoplastic matrices: the most commercially
hydrolysis. These processes result in changes in available plastic matrix is the cellulose one,
their chemical, physical and mechanical which is properly toughened thus it is considered
properties. a 100% bio-based matrix. Starch based polymers
The development of green composites promotes and Poly (lactic acid) PLA are both available: the
the use of environmentally friendly materials. employment of the first ones depends on the
The use of green materials provides alternative ability to reduce their moisture absorption, while
way to solve the problems associated with the second one has similar properties to
agriculture residues. polystyrene. Summing up, the employment of
Currently numerous research groups are these bio-based polymers depends on the
dedicated to minimising the environmental possibility to modify their properties in order to
impact of polymer composite production, where obtain an easier processing and improve
the polymer matrices are derived from renewable toughness in the final green composites.
resources such as polylactide (PLA),
thermoplastic starch (TPS) or thermoset 1.2 Natural Fibers
matrices. Their high renewable content derives Natural fibers can be defined as bio-based fibers
from vegetable oils and, combined with natural or fibers from vegetable and animal origin. This
reinforced fibers (NF) to form environment- definition includes all natural cellulosic fibers
friendly and fully degradable composite (cotton, jute, sisal, coir, flax, hemp, abaca, ramie,
laminates, they represent a potential substitute etc.) and protein based fibers such as wool and
for petroleum-based resins. silk. Excluded here are mineral fibers such as
1.1 Ecobased Matrices asbestos that occur naturally but are not
The wood-based polymer matrices availability is biobased. Asbestos containing products are not
nowadays very poor, but it rapidly grows as more considered sustainable due to the well-known
studies are done and more useful information’s health risk that resulted in prohibition of its use
are given. The different kinds of bio based in many countries. On the other hand, there are
natural polymer matrices used are listed below: manmade cellulose fibers (e.g. viscose-rayon and
Thermoset matrices: polyols are compounds with cellulose acetate) that are produced with
multiple hydroxyl functional groups available for chemical procedures from pulped wood or other
organic reactions, and they react with a large sources (cotton, bamboo). Similarly, regenerated
(soybean) protein, polymer fiber (bio-polyester,
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
169
PHA, PLA) and chitosan fiber are examples of

semi-synthetic products that are based on 3. Processing and processability
renewable resources. In this paper also, the use Literature data on green composites show a clear
of fiber in food industries is excluded, where in prevalence of wood end natural fibers in
recent years these are frequently promoted as combination with eco matrices like bio based
dietary fibers or as supplements for health natural oils: this influences the information
products. available on processing and processability.
Typical processing techniques include extrusion
1.3 Hybridization followed by injection or compression molding.
The hybrid systems for improved material or During the processing, temperature must not
structural performances is a well-known concept exceed 200°C and the retention time of the
in engineering design. A recent work has shown material exposed to high temperatures should not
that the properties of hybrid natural/glass be too long in order to avoid fibers' enervation.
composite loading have been found to be an Very common technologies for NF composite
effective way to improve composite's mechanical materials are resin transfer molding, vacuum
properties and dimensional stability (moisture, injection molding, structural reacting injection
temperature, etc.). The stiffness or mechanical molding, injection molding and compression
properties of green composites can thus be molding.
overcome by structural alignments that replace 4. Future Research Directions
New environmental regulations and changing
material in specific positions for higher structural
governmental attitudes have stimulated the research
performances. of new products and processes environmental
2. Tables friendly. Natural fiber reinforced wood based
In the table below, Table.1, a physical and biodegradable polymer composites appear to have a
mechanical properties comparison between bright future for a wide range of applications. These
natural and synthetic fibers is shown. As noted, green composite materials with various interesting
natural fibers have lower density values and they properties may soon compete with the existing fossil
fit perfectly for non-structural uses. In these plastic materials.
terms, natural fibers can replace synthetic ones References
obtaining even more efficient results. [1] Natural fiber reinforced biodegradable polymer
Table 1. Fibres’ mechanical properties composites, J. Sahari, S.M. Sapuan,
Rev.Adv.Mater.Sci. 30 (2011) 166-174
PROPERTI DENSITY TENSIL
ES (g/cm^3) E
[2] Natural Fiber Eco-Composites G. BogoevaGaceva,
STRAIN M. Avella, et alt., M.E. Errico, POLYM. COMPOS.,
FIBERS TENSILE MODUL
(%)
STRENGTH US 28:98–107, 2007.
(MPa) (GPa)
[3] Use of Eco-Friendly Epoxy Resins From Renewable
JUTE 1.3-1.45 393-773 13-26.5 1.16-1.5 Resources as Potential Substitutes of Petrochemical
Epoxy Resins for Ambient Cured Composites With
FLAX 1.50 345-1100 27.6-80.0 2.7-3.2 Flax Reinforcements. D. Bertomeu, D. Garcia-
Sanoguera, O. Fenollar, T. Boronat, R. Balart.
HEMP - 690 - 0.6 POLYM. COMPOS., 33:683–692, 2012.
BASALT 2.65-2.80 4000-4700 84-87 3.15
SISAL 1.45 468-640 9.4-22.0 3-7
E-GLASS 2.5 2000-3500 70 2.5
ARAMID 1.4 3000-3150 63-67 3.3-3.7
CARBON 1.7 4000 230-240 1.4-1.8
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
170
Nonlinear coupling of Inertial Alfvén waves and cavity formation in
low beta plasmas
Moti Lal Rinawa
Govt. Engineering College Jhalawar-326023 (India)
Corresponding Author : motilal.rinawa@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
In the present paper, we have investigated nonlinear interaction of 3D- inertial Alfvén wave (3D-
IAW) and perpendicularly propagating magnetosonic wave for low  -plasma   = me / mi  like
auroral regions. We have developed the set of dimensionless equations in presence of ponderomotive
nonlinearity due to 3D-IAW in the dynamics of perpendicular magnetosonic wave. Stability analysis
and numerical simulation has been carried out to study the effect of nonlinear coupling between waves
which results in formation of localized structure and density cavity, applicable to low beta plasmas
like auroral region. The result reveals that localized structure and density cavity becomes more and
more complex with time. From the obtained result, we observed the density fluctuations of ∼0.1n0,
consistent with the FAST spacecraft observation of inertial Alfven waves in the dayside aurora
reported by Chaston et al. [2000].
Keywords – Auroral region, cavitation, Inertial Alfvén wave
simulation results are presented in section-4

1. Introduction and 5 respectively. Results are discussed in
Alfvén waves (AWs) are ubiquitous in space
plasmas1. These were discovered for the first
time theoretically by Hannes Alfvén in 1942, section-6 and finally, the last section
experimentally by Lundquist3 and observed by comprises of the conclusion.
Chaston et al. [2000]. Nonlinear waves and 1. Dynamics of Inertial Alfvén Wave
chaos (NWC) are assumed to play vital roles in Let us consider the dynamics of 3D-IAW. The
the heating and acceleration of charged ambient magnetic field is along the z  axis.
r
particles [Goertz ,1984; Shukla et al.,1998; i.e. B0  B0 zˆ , where B0 is the background
Seyler and Liu, 2007], wave-wave / wave- magnetic field. The wave is assumed to be
particle interactions [ Hasegawa and Chen, propagating in the x  y  z plane i.e.
1976; Shukla et al, 2007]. r
The main objective of this paper is to evaluate k  k0 r rˆ  k z zˆ . Therefore, the dynamical
nonlinear coupling of 3D-IAW with PMSW to equation for 3D-IAW can be obtained as
study the density cavities and formation of follows,
localized structure applicable to solar corona
and auroral region (Earth’s ionosphere). For The perpendicular components of electron and
this purpose, using bi-fluid approach the ion fluid velocities for low  - plasma
coupled dynamics of 3D-IAW and PMSW in   = me / mi  are given as
the presence of ponderomotive force has been
c c  e k B Te n 
developed. The linear growth rate of the e   zˆ      zˆ     e1 
modulational instability (M.I.) has been B0 B0 e  n0 
obtained and then numerical simulation results (1)
have been carried out to study the nonlinear  2 2
stage of this instability. The paper is further  2 ci i
 t 
organized as follows: dynamics of PMSW and
3D-IAW is presented in section-2 and 3 cci2   Ti  cci0  Ti 
 zˆ  ni1 i  ni1 
respectively. Stability analysis and numerical B0   en0  B0  en0 
(2)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
171
The parallel component of electron c
eE z
Where n  n%e  n%and is the e 
 pe
i
fluid velocity is  e z  
i 0 m e electron inertial length. Equation (8) gives the
(3) dispersion relation as follows,
Furthermore, the (insignificant)
Parallel ion fluid velocity in the 3D-IAW field  02 1
is iz  ieEz / mi .Taking parallel component 
VA k0z2 2
1   e
2
k0r 2  i2 k0 z2 
of Ampere’s law,
c 2 (9)
Jz     Az c
4 Where i  is an ion inertial
(4)  pi
Taking a time derivative of equation (4) and length. The term  i k 0 z
2 2
in equation (9)
substituting the value of current density, J z 0
using equation (3) and taking a perturbation in appears due to the finite .
ci
density as ne  n0  n%,e one can get the
Considering plane wave solution of equation
equation of electric field along the magnetic (8) as follows,
field, z as below, i ( k 0 r rˆ  k 0 z zˆ   0 t )
  z e 2
 n%e    A%z
2 2 A%z  A z ( x , y, z , , t ) e
 1  

t c  n0  t 2 (10)
(5) Using equation (10) in equation (8), following
equation has been obtained for the case, when
Where n0 is the unperturbed plasma number
 z Az = k 0 z Az ,
density and n% e is the number density change
201e2k0r2  Az 02e2 Az 02e2 2Az 2 Az n
due to the presence of magnetosonic wave, i i2k0r  i  Az 0
VA2k0z21 t VA2k0z21 r VA2k0z21 r2 k0z z n0
 pe is the electron plasma frequency and c is
(11)
the velocity of light.
0 2 2
VA k0 z
2
r r
Making use of current density Where   ,   , k0r ( k0z ) is the
ci ci
2 2
 
.J  0 and substituting the value of z from
component of the wave vector perpendicular
equation (5) leads to (parallel) to B0 zˆ and 0 is the frequency of the
 V 2  2  n%   A%z
  A 2   ci 2  2  
1 e  3D-IAW.
t c ci  t   n0  z
(6)
Taking a time derivative of Faraday’s 2. Dynamics of Magnetosonic Wave
law, Assuming the dynamics of low frequency
 2  Az  2  z  2  PMSW propagating along the x  axis and
 c  c r
t 2 t tz polarized in ‘y’ direction i.e. k  k x xˆ and
(7) r
E  Eyˆ .The background magnetic field is
Taking a derivative of equation (5) with r
respect to ' r ' and derivative of equation (6) along the z  axis i.e. B0  B0 zˆ , where B0 is
with respect to z and substituting in equation the ambient magnetic field.
(7), one can get the dynamical equation for 3D- The dynamical equation for PMSW is as
IA follows
 2 A%z  2  2 A%z V 2  2  n   2 A%z (i) The equation of motion :
 e2  A 2   ci 2  2  
1 
t 2
t 2
 ci  t   n0  z 2
(8)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
172
And
r 2
mi  o   (1   )2 kr20   2i   0    
v j qj r qj r r  j kT j r n j r Fiy     1      Az
2
 E  ( v j  B0 )    Fj 4  B0   2(1   ) 2 k z20   1     ci    x

t mj cm j mj n0
(17)
, (11)
Substituting Eqs. (15), (16) and (17) into Eq.
(ii) The continuity equation:
(14), one obtains
n r r
  .( nv )  0 ,  2 1  2   ne 
 1    2  2 2    
t  x VA t  n0 
(12) 02  
 1    2 k 2
0r   1     m      k 2  2
    Az   
2

e 0r
(iii) Faraday’s law:      
 1    mi    k    x 2
2
r 4VA 2 B0 2  2k02z 2
0z
r r   
1 B
(  E )   ,
c t (18)
(13) Cs
2
r where n  ne  ni ,   , and 0 , Az are
where v j is the velocity of species j = i, e (i = VA
2
ions, e = electrons), mj and Tj are the masses the frequency and perpendicular magnetic
and temperature of ions and electrons field of the 3D-IAW, respectively.
respectively, c is speed of light in vacuum and VA  ( B02 4 n0 mi )1 2 is the Alfvén speed,
r r r r qj r r
F j  [ m j ( j .) j  ( j  B0 )] is the  02
,   k0r e
2 2
c  
 ci
2
ponderomotive force due to 3D-IAW. Putting ,

r Equation (18) represents the dynamical
the values of v j in wave equation and taking '
y ' component of that, one can have equation of PMSW (  = ci ) whose right-
2 Ey

1  E y 1  E y 4 n0Te  2  ne
2

2

 4 n0e   F jx  2 F jy  hand side represents ponderomotive force due
   2   
x 2 c 2 t 2 VA2 t 2 cB0 xt  n0  c  icj m j icj2 m j 
to 3D-IAW.
(14) Equation (18), after normalization, and
The electron continuity equation yields equation (8) can be written in dimensionless
  ne    cE y  form as
   . Az  Az  2 Az Az
t  n0  x  B0  i  i 1  2 i  n Az  0
t r r 2 z
(15)
Components of ponderomotive force are (19)
given as and
  2

 2 
n  
 2
 A z
2

 
  x  t 2   x
2 2
2
   me (1   ) 2 kr20 mi (1   ) kr20   2
Fex   o     Az (20)
 B0   4 2k z20 8 (1   )k z20  x
20 2
, Where 1  ,
And VA 2 k0 z 2 k0 r e 1   
m    (1   )2 kr20 
2  02
2 2  . The normalising
Fey  e  0  Az V A 2 k 0 r 2  e 2 k 0 z 2 1   
4  B0  2 k z20 x
1
(16) parameters are xn  e , zn  ,
2k0 r e 2 k0 z
2
2  0 1   e 2 k 0 r 2   ,
2 tn 
m  
Fix  i  o 
 (1   )2 (1   )kr20    2
2
V A k0z 2
1   
   Az ,
4  B0   (1   ) 2 2
k z0   x
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
173
nn  k 0 r 2 e 2 n0 and For k0 r e  0.035 and 0 / ci  0.75 , one can
 
1
2 calculate k0r  4.66 106 cm1 ,
 
k0 z  3.52  106 cm1 and 0  2.16 103 sec1

 
B

 
4 k 0 r 2  e 2V A
2
1    
B0
 1      
n
 2

  k 02 r 1    me    k 2  
 

2
0 
 2 k 02 z  1   
2

mi
  
 
 02 r  
k0z  

. The normalising parameter values are
  
By considering adiabatic response of equation xn 2.74108 cmz , n 0.296sec,nn 24.5cm3

, n 1.16108 cmt
(20), we get and Bn  0.037 G .
2
n   Az 4. Results and Discussion
(22) In Sec. 4, we have presented the stability
Combining equation (22) into equation (20), analysis of dimensionless equation (23) and
we get the following equation obtained equation (25).
A A  2 Az A 2 Next, figure (3) represents 3D evolution of
i z  i1 z   2  i z  Az Az  0 density profile in the r– z plane at the same
t r r 2
z
(23) time as in case of localized structures for
3. Numerical Simulation auroral region. From the figures (3), one can
We have performed the numerical simulation observe that density dips are form x = 2.43, z =
of equations (23) using 2D pseudo-spectral 2.57 (figure (3(a))), but as time increases,
density dips becomes intense and more
method in a  2  r    2  z  periodic complex in nature. The magnetic field is
spatial domain with wave numbers of trapped in the regions of low density due to the
perturbation,  r ,  z =0.2 (normalized by xn1 ponderomotive nonlinearity. Small-scale
length density cavities have been observed in
and zn1 respectively) and (256  256) grid
the auroral zone by Viking and Freja
points. The initial conditions of simulation are spacecraft [Wahlund et. al, 1994; Chaston et.
Az  r, z,0   Az 0 1  0.1cos  r r   1  0.1cos  z z   al., 1999]. For the auroral region, we observed
(26) the density fluctuations of ∼0.1n0, consistent
Where Az 0 = 0.5 is the amplitude of the with the FAST observation reported by
Chaston et al. [2000].
homogenous pump 3D-IAW. A finite
difference with predictor-corrector method
References
was utilized for the evolution in time with step
1. Alfvén, H. (1942), Existence of
size of dt  5  10 5 . To solve system of electromagnetic hydromagnetic waves,
dimensionless equation (23), we have studied Nature (London), 150, 405.
the algorithm for the well-known modified 2. Benson, R. F. (1985), Auroral kilometric
nonlinear Schrödinger (NLS) equation. The radiation:Wave modes, harmonics, and
accuracy was determined by consistency of the source region electron density structures,
number N   Azk
2
in the case of NLS J. Geophys. Res., 90(A3), 2753– 2784.
k
3. Benson, R. F., W. Calvert, and D. M.
equation. Klumpar (1980), Simultaneous wave
The values of 1 and 2 can be estimated from and particle observations in the auroral
the low-  plasma parameters. For application kilometric radiation source region,
purpose in low-  plasma , the typical Geophys. Res. Lett., 7(11), 959– 962.
parameters for auroral altitude of 1700 km 4. Brodin, G. and L. Stenflo (1990),
[Wu, Huang and Wang, 1996] are as follows: Coupling coefficients for ion-158
cyclotron Alfvén waves, Contrib.
B0  0.3G, n0  5 10 cm , Te  1.16 104 K .
3 3
Plasma Phys., 30, 413-419.
Using these parameters, one can find: 5. Champeaux, S., A. Gazol, T. Passot, and
VA  9.25 10 cm / s,
8
P. L. Sulem, (1999), in proceedings of
Vte  4.210 cm/s,e  7.5210 cm,ci  2.8710 sec , S  341.45cm,Cs the
7 3 3 1 workshop
9.8105
cm/s. on nonlinear MHD Waves
and Turbulence, Nice, France, 1-4 Dec.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
174
1998, edited by T. Passot and P. L. Lagmuir turbulence models, Phys.
Sulem (Springer, Heidelberg), pp. 55-82. Fluids, 30, 1096.
6. Dastgeer, D. and P. K. Shukla (2009), 16. Shukla, P. K., B. Eliasson, L. Stenflo,
3D simulations of fluctuation spectra of and R. Bingham (2007), in Recent
the Hall-MHD plasma, Phys. Rev. Lett., Research Developments in Plasma
102, 045004. Physics, Ed. J.Weiland, Transworld
7. Ergun, R. E., et al. (1998), FAST satellite Research Network, Trivendrum,Kerala,
observations of electric field structures India, pp. 51-74.
in the auroral zone, Geophys. Res. Lett., 17. Shukla, P. K., B. Eliasson, and L. Stenflo
25(12), 2025–2028, doi: (2012), Alfvénic solitary and shock
10.1029/98GL00635. waves in plasmas, in multi-scale
8. Hasegawa, A. and L. Chen (1976), Dynamical Processes in Space and
Parametric decay of “Kinetic Alfvén Astrophysical Plasmas, Eds.M. P.
Wave” and its applications, Phys. Rev. Leubner and Z. Vörös, Astrophys. And
Lett., 36, 1362-1365. Space Sci. Proceedings (Springer,
9. Hollweg, J. V. (1999), Kinetic Alfvén Berlin), 33, 129-141.
wave revisited, J. Geophys. Res. 104, 18. Shukla, P. K., L. Stenflo and R. Bingham
14811, doi: 10.1029/1998JA900132 (1999), Nonlinear propagation of inertial
(1999). Alfvén waves in auroral plasmas, Phys.
10. Jess, D. B., M. Mathioudakis, R. Plasmas, 6, 1677
Erdélyi, P. J. Crockett, F. P. Keenan, 19. Shukla, P. K., R. Bingham, J. F.
and D. J. Christian (2009), Alfvén waves McKenzie, and I. Axford (1998), Solar
in the lower solar atmosphere, Science, coronal heating by high-frequency
323, 1582-1585. dispersive Alfvén waves, Solar Phys.,
11. Modi, K.V. and R. P. Sharma (2013), 186, 61-66.
Nonlinear interaction of kinetic Alfven 20. Stasiewicz, K., P. K. Shukla, G.
wave with fast magnetosonic wave and Gustafsson, S. Buchert, B. Lavraud, B.
turbulent spectrum, Phys. Plasmas, 20, Thide, and Z. KLo (2003), Slow
032303; doi: 10.1063/1.4794834 magnetosonic solitons detection by the
12. Roux, A., A. Hilgers, H. de Feraudy, D. Cluster spacecraft, Phys. Rev. Lett., 90,
le Queau, P. Louarn, S. Perraut, A. 085002.
Bahnsen, M. Jespersen, E. Ungstrup, and 21. Stefant, R. J. (1970), Alfvén wave
M. Andre (1993), Auroral kilometric damping from finite gyroradius coupling
radiation sources: In situ and remote to the ion
observations from Viking, J. Geophys. 22. Wu, D. J., G. L. Huang, and D. Y. Wang
Res., 98(A7), 11,657–11,670, Seyler, C. (1996), Dipole density solitons and
E., and K. Liu (2007), Particle solitary dipole vortices in an
energization by oblique inertial Alfvén inhomogeneous space plasma, Phys.
waves in the auroral region, J. Geophys. Rev. Lett., 77, 4346– 4349.
Res., 112, A09302. Figure Caption
13. Sharma, R. P., Kumar, S., and H. D. Figure 1 - The propagation dynamics of 3D-
Singh (2008), Nonlinear evolution of IAW (auroral region) at time t=33.
kinetic Alfvén waves and the turbulent
spectra Phys. Plasmas 15, 082902.
14. Sharma, R. P. and H.D.Singh (2009),
Density cavities associated with inertial
Alfvén waves in the auroral plasma, J.
Geophysical Res., 114, A03109.
15. Shen, M. M and D. R. Nicholson (1987),
Numerical comparison of strong Figure 1 - The propagation dynamics of 3D-
IAW (auroral region) at time t=33.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
175
Thermodynamic analysis of Factors affecting the Performance of Solar

Collectors
Arvind Kumara, Shiv Lalb and Harenderc*
a
Mechanical Engineering, Shiv Nadar University, Greater Noida-201314
b
Govt. Engineering College, Banswara, Rajasthan, India-327001
Corresponding Author: ak774@snu.edu.in , harender@snu.edu.in
Abstract
Thermodynamic analysis has been carried out to understand the performance of flat plate collector and
evacuated tube collector and to compare the same in the present study. Major parameters that affect the
performance of solar collector are absorptivity and emissivity of absorber, emissivity of glass cover,
temperature of absorber plate, collector tilt angle and number of glass covers. All the affecting factors
are analyzed numerically and graphs are plotted. It is analyzed that absorber plate temperature has
maximum impact over the heat loss from the solar collector. Absorber plate temperature can be
maintained at atmosphere temperature for the minimization of heat loss by increasing the mass flow rate
of the flowing fluid or by increasing the specific heat capacity of the fluid using nanoparticles.
Keywords: Solar-thermal energy, solar collector, Evacuated Tube, flat plate collector
1. Introduction
Conventional sources of energy (coal, petroleum
etc.) are decreasing day by day and causing therefore radiosity increases as the temperature
global warming [1]. Since last 3 decades, non- of absorber plate or tube increases. Efficiency of
conventional sources of energy (Solar Energy, the collector will be maximum when the total
Wind energy, Tidal energy etc.) are being absorbed heat energy is transferred to flowing
investigated extensively [2-3]. Sun is the only fluid inside the tube with minimum heat losses
and vast source of solar energy that emits to atmosphere.
electromagnetic radiation of 0.1-100 µm
wavelength at 5800K. Solar-thermal collectors In the present paper, every factor affecting the
are the devices that absorb the solar irradiation performance of solar collector is analyzed
and transfer that heat energy to the fluid for numerically. The performance of solar collector
different applications. The main component of a depends mainly on solar intensity G (W/m2),
solar collector is absorber having maximum absorptivity of absorber tube (α), emissivity of
absorptivity i.e. almost equal to unity. absorber tube (ε), tilt angle, and mean
Depending upon the type of absorber and temperature of absorber tube (Tpm) [5]. The
thermal losses from the absorber, there are many losses from the solar collector are optical losses
types of solar collectors (Flat plate collector, and thermal losses. Optical losses are due to
evacuated tube collector, concentrating collector optical properties (transmissivity, reflectivity) of
etc.) [4]. glass cover [6]. Thermal losses are convective
heat loss and radiation heat loss. Convective heat
Absorber plate or tube temperature increases as losses are minimized by using glass cover over
it absorbs the solar irradiation and some of the absorber plate or tube and radiation losses
absorbed heat is radiated back to environment can be decreased by the maintaining the mean
due to emissivity of absorber plate. Radiative plate temperature equal to ambient temperature.
heat energy is directly proportional to 4th power Evacuation between absorber and glass cover
of absolute temperature of absorber plate minimizes the thermal convective losses.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
176
2. Mathematical Modelling Useful heat gain of ISO 9459-2 evacuated tube

Useful heat gain of a solar collector can be solar collector [10],
calculated as follows [7]: - Qu=a1+a2 G+a3 (Twi-Ta)
𝑄 = (𝜏𝛼)𝐺 − 𝑈 (𝑇 − 𝑇 ) The correlation coefficients for the ISO 9459-2
Where Q is useful heat gain, τα is transmittance- evacuated tube model are a1= 0.597, a2= 1.066,
absorptance product of absorber, G is solar a3= -0.208 and Twi is Tank Temperature and G is
intensity (W/m2), and UL is overall heat loss solar irradiation for a day.
coefficient for the solar collector. Instantaneous efficiency of evacuated tube solar
2.1 Flat plate collector collector is written by [11]:
Overall heat loss coefficient of flat plate (𝑇 − 𝑇 ) (𝑇 − 𝑇 )
collector UL is calculated as follows [8]: 𝜂 =𝜂 −𝑎 −𝑏
𝐺 𝐺
𝑈 𝑇= average of Inlet and outlet temperature in the
⎡ ⎤ tube, 𝜂 =optical efficiency, Ta= ambient
⎢ 𝑁 ⎥ temperature, a & b= heat loss constant of
=⎢ . +ℎ ⎥
⎢ 𝐶 𝑇 −𝑇 ⎥ evacuated tube collector
⎣ 𝑇 𝑁+𝑓 ⎦ Maximum amount of absorbed heat energy can
⎡ be transferred by increasing the mass flow rate
⎢
+ ⎢𝜎 ∗ 𝑇 +𝑇 (m) of flowing fluid inside the absorber or
⎢ increasing the specific heat capacity of fluid (cp)
⎣ [12].
⎤ Q= mcp(Tp-Tw)
𝑇 +𝑇 ⎥
∗ ⎥ Specific heat capacity of the flowing fluid can be
1 [2𝑁 + 𝑓 − 1]
+ −𝑁 ⎥ increased by using metal nanoparticles or carbon
𝜀 + .005𝑁(1 − 𝜀 ) 𝜀 ⎦ nanoparticles in the flowing fluid [13].
f = (1- 0.04 hw + 0.0005 hw2) (1 + 0.091N), 𝑐 , = 𝜙𝑐 , + (1 − 𝜙)𝑐 ,
C = 365.9(1- 0.00883 β +0.0001298 β2)
Where nf, n and f refer to nanofluid, nanoparticle
β=Collector Tilt angle (Degree), εp =absorber
and base fluid, respectively. Specific heat of
plate emissivity (0.08), εg= glass emissivity
nanofluid will be optimum at optimum volume
(0.9), hw = wind heat transfer coefficient (W/m2
o fraction of nanoparticles. As the specific heat
K) = 8.55+2.56Vwind (m/s), Tpm =Absorber plate
capacity cp increases, maximum amount of heat
mean temperature (K)
can be transferred by the same mass flow rate.
2.2 Evacuated Tube Solar Collector
Total heat loss from an evacuated tube solar
3. Results and Discussion
collector is due to radiation mainly and heat loss
3.1 Effect of number of glass cover over
by convection is negligible due to evacuation
heat transfer coefficient for FPC
between tube and glass cover.
Heat loss by radiation between absorber tube and
Losses of convective heat energy from a flat
glass cover as follows [9]:-
𝜎𝜀 plate collector have been minimized by
ℎ = (𝑇 + 𝑇 )(𝑇 + 𝑇 ) increasing the number of glass cover as shown
𝜀 𝐷(1 − 𝜀 )
1+
𝜀 𝐷 in figure [1]. By increasing the number of glass
Where εp = absorber tube emissivity (0.08), εg = cover, solar energy reflected by glass cover is
glass emissivity (0.92), D=Absorber tube outer increased. Thus, the useful heat gain by the solar
diameter (37 mm), Dg = Glass cover diameter (47 collector decreases.
mm), Tp = tube temperature (Kelvin), Tg = glass By increasing number of glass cover, maximum
temperature (Kelvin) amount of solar energy is reflected by glass
cover. Therefore maximum 2 glass cover should
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
177
be used for optimization of solar energy. More

the glass cover, greater will be the reflected n=1, V=0 n=1, V=1
energy. After 2 glass covers, there is minute 4
n=1, V=4 n=2, V=0
change in heat losses as shown in figure [1] and
HEAT LOSS COEFFICIENT (W/M2K)

3.5
the heat losses due to convection and radiation
are increasing as mean plate temperature 3
increases. Heat losses from the absorber can be
decreased by maintaining the absorber 2.5
temperature almost equal to ambient
temperature. In the figure [1], n denotes the 2
number of glass cover.
1.5
3.5
1
Heat Loss Coefficient (W/m2K)
298 318 338 358 378 398

3 n=1 n=2 ABSORBER TEMPERATURE (K)
2.5 n=3 n=4 Figure 2. Effect of wind speed over heat

transfer coefficient for FPC
2
3.3 Heat loss by radiation between

1.5
absorber tube and glass cover of ETC
1 Evacuated tube solar collector is the best
collector among all the collectors due to
0.5 minimum heat loss to atmosphere. There is
298 318 338 358 378 398 radiation heat loss from evacuated tube solar
Absorber Temperature (K)
collector and heat losses due to convection
Figure 1. Effect of number of glass cover over between absorber tube and glass cover is
heat transfer coefficient for FPC neglected. As there is vacuum between absorber
tube and glass cover, there is no fluid to transport
3.2 Effect of wind speed over overall heat thermal energy from absorber tube. But there
loss of flat plate collector will be heat losses too due to convection from
As the wind speed increases, Reynold’s number glass cover to ambient. Thus overall heat loss
increases. Therefore, natural convection is confident of evacuated tube solar collector is
turned to forced convection. Heat transfer increased.
coefficient for forced convection is greater than 1
Ta=288K
Overall heat loss coefficient
that for natural convection. As heat transfer 0.95

Ta=298K
coefficient increases, heat loss from the flat plate 0.9
Ta=308K
collector increases. 0.85
(W/m2K)
0.8
Heat loss coefficient of flat plate solar collector 0.75
increases with increasing wind speed as shown 0.7
in figure [2]. Flat plate collector having one glass
0.65
cover is much affected by wind speed and flat
0.6
plate collector having two glass over, overall 0 20 40 60 80 100
heat transfer coefficient is not much affected by Tp-Ta
increasing the wind speed as shown in figure [2]. Figure 3. Effect of ambient temperature over
heat loss coefficient for ETC
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
178
Difference between absorber tube temperature absorptivity almost equal to unity, and lower the
and ambient temperature affects the value of emissivity.
performance of evacuated tube solar collector.
Higher the difference of temperature between 3.5 Heat gain by Evacuated Tube Solar
absorber tube and ambient, higher will be losses Collector vs Tank Temperature
as shown in figure [3]. Heat transfer coefficient Evacuated tube solar collector is the best
due to convection from glass cover to ambient is collector due to evacuation between absorber
taken as 12.7 W/m2 for calculation of overall tube and glass cover. There is no fluid
heat transfer coefficient. transporting thermal energy between absorber
tube and glass cover. Hence there will be no heat
3.4 Effect of absorber tube emissivity losses due to convection. There will be only
over heat transfer coefficient for ETC radiation losses from the absorber tube.
There are mainly three component of an Radiative energy from a body is directly
evacuated tube solar collector affecting the proportional to 4th power of absolute
performance of that evacuated tube solar temperature of that body. Heat losses due to
collector i.e. absorber tube, fluid to transfer the radiation from absorber tube depends on the
absorbed heat and glass cover. Solar irradiation absorber tube temperature and emissivity of
is absorbed by absorber tube. Absorber tube absorber tube. Radiation losses can be
should have higher absorptivity. Higher the minimized by minimizing the absorber tube
absorptivity, greater will be the absorbed heat. temperature equal to ambient temperature by
But by Kirchhoff’s law, the emissivity of a body increasing mass flow rate of fluid flowing inside
which is in thermal equilibrium with its the absorber tube or by increasing the specific
surrounding is equal to its absorptivity of the heat capacity of the fluid using nanofluid. Lower
body. For the higher value of absorptivity, a the tank temperature, Higher will be the useful
surface coating is used over the absorber tube. heat gain by evacuated tube solar collector as
4.5
Ep=0.08
shown in [figure 5].
4 Ep=0.1 30
Heat transfer coefficient (W/m2K)
Ep=0.2
Useful Heat gain (MJ/day)
3.5
Ep=0.5 25
3
2.5 20
2
15
1.5
1 10
0.5
5
0 298 318 338 358 378 398
298 318 338 358 378 398 tank Temperature (K)
Absorber Temperature (K) Figure 5. Effect of tank temperature over useful
Figure 4. Effect of absorber tube emissivity heat gain by ETC
over heat transfer coefficient The slope of useful heat gain by evacuated tube
Emissivity of absorber tube affects the solar collector to the tank temperature is
performance of evacuated tube solar collector as negative as shown in figure [5]. Useful heat gain
shown in figure [4]. Higher the value of by evacuated tube solar collector is decreasing
emissivity, greater the heat loss coefficient is. as tank temperature is increasing. Higher the
Absorber tube should have higher the value of tank temperature, greater will be the heat losses.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
179
Average temperature in the tube should be as Heat loss coefficient for an evacuated tube solar
low as ambient for maximum heat gain. collector and flat plate collector are compared as
Difference between tank temperature and shown in figure [7]. Heat loss coefficient for flat
ambient temperature is taken as (dT) in the plate collector is higher than that for evacuated
figure [6]. As the temperature difference tube solar collector. Therefore, heat loss from
between absorber tube and atmosphere flat plate collector is higher than that of
increases, useful het gain decreases and losses evacuated tube solar collector.
increases. As the Absorber tube absorbs the solar
irradiation, temperature of absorber tube Heat loss by flat plate solar collector having (n =
increases. As the temperature of absorber tube 1) glass cover is maximum and heat loss by FPC
increases, loss due to radiation increases as having two glass cover is less than that of one
shown in figure [6]. More the difference of glass cover and greater than that of ETC. Heat
temperature between tube and ambient, higher loss by ETC is minimum as there are radiation
will be the radiation losses and lesser will be heat loss only as shown in figure [7].
useful heat gain.
30
Useful Heat gain (MJ/day)
4. Conclusion
25
By using selective coating or nano-coating on
20 absorber tube, absorptivity is maximized (=
15 0.92) so maximum amount of irradiation is
dT=20
absorbed and temperature of the tube increases.
10
dT=10 As the tank temperature increases, heat losses by
5 dT=0 radiation as well as convection also increases.
0 Heat loss by convection is minimized by using
0 5 10 15 20 25 evacuation between absorber tube and glass
Irradiation (MJ/m2) cover but heat loss by radiation does not need a
Figure 6. Effect of ambient temperature over medium to propagate. Therefore heat loss by
Useful heat gain by ETC radiation is not affected by evacuation. As the
3.6 Overall heat loss by ETC and FPC temperature of absorber increases, heat loss by
radiation also increases. By maintaining the
absorber temperature almost equal to
FPC, n=1
atmosphere temperature, heat loss by radiation
4
FPC, n=2 can also be minimized. Absorber temperature
Heat Loss coefficient (W/m2K)
3.5 ETSC can be maintained almost equal to atmosphere

3 temperature by increasing the mass low rate of
2.5
the flowing fluid inside the absorber or by
increasing the specific heat capacity of flowing
2 fluid using carbon nanoparticles.
1.5 Evacuated tube solar collector is the more
1 efficient than flat plate collector having
minimum heat losses. For flat plate collector,
0.5
number of glass cover over absorber plate should
0 be 2 for optimization of absorbed solar energy.
298 318 338 358 378 398
More the number of glass covers, higher will be
Absorber Temperature (K) losses due to reflection by glass cover. Heat
Figure 7. Comparison of Heat loss coefficient losses are not affected much by wind speed
for FPC and ETC having 2 glass cover over absorber.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
180
References tube collector using data from a field trial,

[1] D. Mills, Advances in solar thermal Volume 90, April 2013, Pages 17-28.
electricity technology, Solar Energy 76 [8] Solar Energy, Principles of Thermal
(2004) 19–31. Collection and Storage, S. P. Sukhatme, J.
[2] D.Y. Goswami, S. Vijayaraghavan, S. Lu, K. Nayak (Page-124)
G. Tamm, New and emerging developments [9] Liangdong Ma, Zhen Lu, Jili Zhang,
in solar energy, Solar Energy 76 (2004) 33– Ruobing Liang, Thermal performance
43. analysis of the glass evacuated tube solar
[3] D.Y. Goswami, Solar thermal power collector with U-tube, Building and
technology: present status and ideas for the Environment 45 (2010) 1959-1967
future, Energy Sources 20 (1998) 137–145. [10] G.L. Morrison, I. Budihardjo, M. Behnia,
[4] M.A. Sabiha, R. Saidur, Saad Mekhilef , Water-in-glass evacuated tube solar water
Omid Mahian, Progress and latest heaters, Solar Energy 76 (2004) 135–140.
developments of evacuated tube solar [11] Tin-Tai Chow, Zhaoting Dong, Lok-Shun
collectors, Renewable and Sustainable Chan, Kwong-Fai Fong, Yu Bai,
Energy Reviews, Volume 51, November Performance evaluation of evacuated tube
2015, Pages 1038-1054. solar domestic hot water systems in Hong
[5] E. Zambolin, D. Del Col, Experimental Kong, Energy and Buildings 43(2011)
analysis of thermal performance of flat plate 3467-3474.
and evacuated tube solar collectors in [12] Indra Budihardjo, Graham L. Morrison ,
stationary standard and daily conditions, Masud Behnia, Natural circulation flow
Solar Energy 84 (2010) 1382–1396. through water-in-glass evacuated tube solar
[6] E. Zambolin, D. Del Col, An improved collectors, Solar Energy 81 (2007) 1460–
procedure for the experimental 1472.
characterization of optical efficiency in [13] A.H. Elsheikh, S.W. Sharshir, Mohamed E.
evacuated tube solar collectors, Renewable Mostafa, F.A. Essac, Mohamed Kamal
Energy, Volume 43, July 2012, Pages 37- Ahmed Alif, Applications of nanofluids in
46. solar energy: A review of recent advances,
[7] L.M. Ayompe, A. Duffy, Thermal Renewable and Sustainable Energy
performance analysis of a solar water Reviews, November 2017, In Press,
heating system with heat pipe evacuated Corrected Proof.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
181
Reactive power control in distribution line by using
D-STATCOM
Dharaben B Ghamawala, Bhupendra R. Parekh
Department of Electrical Engineering, BVM Engineering College Vallabh Vidyanagar
Corresponding Author: dharabenghamawala@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
This paper discusses about the application of distribution static compensator (D-STATCOM) in
distribution line to control reactive power flow. In order to reduce the reactive power burden and to
mitigate other undesirable effects caused by inductive load, reactive power flow should be controlled
in distribution line. There is four different control strategies to control the power flow. Here a voltage
source converter type D-STATCOM based on instantaneous symmetrical component theory is
connected with distribution line to control power flow and Hysteresis current control is used to
generate the gate pulse for switching device of D-STATCOM. The distribution line and D-
STATCOM are modeled using MATLAB-SIMULINK software. Finally, after the design, it provides
the effective full/partial reactive power compensation for variable load and also improve the power
factor.
Keywords: D-STATCOM, Distribution line, Variable inductive load, Reactive power control,
Instantaneous symmetrical component theory
reference current components. For this
1. INTRODUCTION purpose, many control schemes are mentioned
Nowadays in distribution systems, major in literature and some of these control
power consumption has been in reactive loads, strategies are instantaneous reactive power
such as fans, pumps, electric motors, nonlinear (IRP) theory, instantaneous symmetrical
loads etc. These loads draw lagging power- components, synchronous reference frame
factor currents and therefore increase reactive (SRF) theory and Current compensation using
power burden in the distribution system. dc bus regulation.
Moreover, In the presence of unbalanced In this paper, a voltage source converter type
nonlinear loads, situation become worsen. D-STATCOM is used to control the reactive
Excessive reactive power demand increases power flow in the distribution line. For
feeder losses and reduces active power flow generation of reference current, instantaneous
capability of the distribution system, whereas symmetrical component theory has been used
unbalancing affects the operation of and hysteresis current control strategy has been
transformers and generators. The reactive used for generating the gate pulses for
power flow affects many parameters of switching device of vsc type D-STATCOM.
distribution line, which introduced many The D-STATCOM based on this control
technical issues in line. As these issues are very scheme can provide reactive power control
important, reactive power compensation under varying load condition
should be provided in the distribution line. The 2. D-STATCOM
conventional compensating devices fail to D-STATCOM is a shunt connected
compensation under varying load condition compensating power electronic device
and also suffer from many drawbacks. So, A consisting of the
Distribution STATic COMpensator VSC, DC energy storage, output filter and
(DSTATCOM) is one of most advanced, coupling transformer/ interface reactor. VSC
versatile and suitable device for compensation converts the DC voltage of capacitor storage
of reactive power and unbalance loading in the device into the balanced set of three phase AC
distribution system. output voltages. The generated voltages are in
The performance of DSTATCOM depends on phase and interconnected with the utility grid
the control algorithm used for extraction of through interface reactor/ coupling
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
182
transformer. Fig 1 represents the generalized the voltage of Capacitor of VSC i.e. D.C. Link
connection of D-STATCOM to distribution Voltage constant).
line. Proper adjustment of the magnitude and 3. CONTROL SCHEME
phase angle of the D-STATCOM output Instantaneous symmetrical component theory
voltages allow effective control of reactive and is basically the symmetrical component theory
real power flow between the D-STATCOM being applied to instantaneous voltages and
and distribution line. currents. The unbalanced voltages & currents
can be converted into 3-set of balanced
voltages & currents i.e. Positive sequence,
negative sequence & zero sequence
components by using this instantaneous
symmetrical component theory.
Here, the control strategy is used to generate
the reference currents. Two basic objective of
this proposed control scheme are :
 The source should supply positive
sequence component of power only
 To make supply currents balanced such
that:
isa + isb + isc = 0 (1)
As we assuming that the source current lag by
voltage by angle φ, then positive sequence
component of voltage also lag the positive
Fig. 1. A generalized connection of D-
sequence current and we would obtained
STATCOM to Distribution Line.
equation (2)
If VI is equal to Vpcc, Zero reactive power
(Vsb –Vsc-3βVsa) isa + (Vsc –Vsa-3βVsb)isb
flow from D-STATCOM to distribution line
+ (Vsa –Vsb-3βVsc)isc = 0 (2)
and the D-STATCOM does not absorb or
generate any reactive power. When V1 is Where, β = 1/√6 tan φ
greater than Vpcc, the D-STATCOM performs Now, if D-STATCOM is used to provide
a capacitive reactance connected at its reactive power compensation & source should
terminal. The compensating current flows supply only average component of load power
from the D-STATCOM to the distribution line P1 and the power losses occurring in switches
and the device provide reactive power to of VSI i.e Ploss would be supplied by source
distribution line. If phase angle of voltage of itself , so equation (3) is obtained
D-STATCOM is kept leading Vpcc, it can Vsaisa +Vsbisb +Vscisc = Pl + Ploss
supply real power to distribution line. By real (3)
power flow exchange, it is used for mitigating The equation for calculating reference value of
the internal losses of the inverter for source currents are obtained in following
maintaining the voltage across capacitor equation (4) , (5) and (6)by using equation (2)
constant. isar = Vsa + (Vsb – Vsc ) β (P1 + Ploss) /
Different controllers and control strategies are (Vsa^2 +Vsb^2 + Vsc^2) (4)
used for DSTATCOM to provide the control of isbr= Vsb + (Vsc – Vsca ) β (P1 + Ploss) /
power flow in distribution line under dynamic (Vsa^2 +Vsb^2 + Vsc^2)
load varying condition .Here in this paper, (5)
Instantaneous symmetrical component theory iscr = Vsc + (Vsa – Vsb ) β (P1 + Ploss) /
based control strategy has been used to control (Vsa^2 +Vsb^2 + Vsc^2) (6)
the functioning of D-STATCOM. The other The reference compensenting current equation
controllers having been used here are to be provided by D-STATCOM would be as
Hysteresis Current controller (for Gate Pulse shown in following equation (7), (8) and (9)
Generation) & PI Controller (for maintaining irca = ila – isar (7)
ircb = ila – isbr (8)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
183
ircc = ila – iscr (9) TABLE III. EFFECT OF LOAD ON
These compensating reference current irca , VARIOUS PARAMETERS OF
ircb , ircc are then compared with actual DISTRIBUTION LINE
currents ica, icb & icc respectively and then S So Powe Powe Power Lo Cu Power
r ur r r Receive ad rre factor
hysteresis current controller is used to generate n se Dema Supp d By Vo nt
the gate pulses of three legs of Inverter unit of o vo nd lied Load lta (A)
D-SATACOM. lta By ge
ge Sour (V
4. SIMULATIONS AND RESULTS ce )
The design of D-STATCOM with P Q P Q P Q
instantaneous symmetrical component theory ( ( ( ( (K (K
K K K K W V
based control strategy is developed to control W V W V ) A
reactive power flow in distribution line in ) A ) A R)
MATLAB SIMULINK software. The system R R
) )
is employed with three phase programmable 1 41 1 2 1 1 9. 19 41 27. 0.457
voltage source with configuration of 415V, 50 5 0 0 0 9 8 .6 1. 1
Hz. The Main simulation circuit is shown in . . 8 1
1 7
Fig. 3, while the sub-circuits for control 4 1
scheme and D-STATCOM used in the 2 41 2 2 1 1 19 19 40 34. 0.511
simulation are shown in Fig. 4 & Fig. 5.The 5 0 0 9 9 .4 .4 7. 41
values of various parameters of Base system . . 2 2 5
9 4
and D-STATCOM considered are shown are 3 8
listed in Table I and II . 3 41 2 3 2 2 19 29 40 43. 0.569
5 0 0 0 9 .4 .0 7. 29
. . 9 7
TABLE I.PARAMETER OF BASE SYSTEM 2 1
Source voltage & frequency 415 V (Line to Line ) , 50Hz 8
4 41 3 5 3 4 28 47 40 69. 0.540
Total line resistance 0.1234Ω 5 0 0 0 7 .6 .6 3. 39
. . 1 3 6
Total line reactance 0.045mH 7 9
5 3
Load connected Variable parallel resistive &
inductive
(R-L)load
TABLE II: PARAMETER OF D-STATCOM

Reference D.C. Link Voltage 800 V
D.C. link capacitor 1000µF
Coupling Inductance 0.025H
Pi Controller Constant Kp = 0.85 , Ki = 5
Fig 3 Main Simulation Circuit With D-

Fig 2 Base System STATCOM
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
184
Fig 5 Results of Real & Reactive Power Flow
of Source, D-STATCOM & Load
TABLE IV. SIMULATION RESULTS
POWER SUPPLIED BY SOURCE
S S Power Power Power Power L Curre Po
r o Dema Suppli Supplied Receive o nt we
n u nd ed By By d By a (A) r
o r Source DSTAT Load d fac
s COM V tor
e o
v lt
o a
lt g
a e
g (
e V
)
P Q P Q P Q P Q
( ( ( ( (K ( ( (K
K K K K W) K K V
W V W V V W A
) A ) A A ) R)
R R R
) ) )
1 4 1 2 9 0 1.1 1 1 19. 4 13.35 0.9
Fig 4 Sub circuit of D-SATACOM 1
5
0 0 .
6
.
5
7 9
.
0
.
85 1
2
98
5 0 4 3 .
2 4 6
POWER RECEIVED BY LOAD : 2 4 2 2 1 0 1.6 1 1 19. 4 26.86 0.9
POWER SUPPLIED BY D-STATCOM: 1
5
0 0 9
.
.
5
9
.
9
.
46 0
9
95
4 4 0 8 .
9 2 7 9
3 4 2 3 1 1 3.2 2 2 29. 4 27.03 0.9
1 0 0 9 . 8 0 24 0 97
5 . 1 . . 9
6 7 2 3 .
1 7 9
4 4 3 5 2 2 6.8 4 3 48. 4 40.26 0.9
1 0 0 9 . 6 0 63 0 96
5 . 3 . . 7
2 2 6 9 .
2 7 3
:
5. CONCLUSION
D-SATACOM based on instantaneous
symmetrical component control strategy is
proposed to control the reactive power flow in
distribution line. Hysteresis current controller
is used in this proposed structure for providing
gate pulses to switching device. The simulation
results show that D-STATCOM based on the
proposed strategy provides reactive power
compensation to distribution line with variable
load condition & the source supplies almost
negligible reactive power. therefore, source
power factor improves to 0.99.
REFERENCES
1. Arindam Ghosh, Gerard Ledwich, “Power
Quality Enhancement using Custom
Power Devices”, Kluwer Academic
Publisher, 2002.
2. N.G.Hingorani & L.Gyugyi,
“Understanding FACTS”, Standard
Publishers, Delhi, 2001.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
185
3. Vinay M. Awasthi , Mrs. V. A. Huchche
“Reactive Power Compensation using D-
STATCOM” , IEEE 2016
4. U. Koteswara Rao, Mahesh K. Mishra &
Arindam Ghosh, “Control Strategies for
Load Compensation Using Instantaneous
Symmetrical Component Theory Under
Different Supply Voltages”, IEEE
Transactions on Power Delivery, 2008.
5. Sreejith S, Upama Bose, K. Muni Divya
Sree Vachana, Vallathur Jyothi,
“Application of D-STATCOM as Load
Compensator for Power Factor
Correction”, IEEE International
Conference on Control, Instrumentation,
Communication and Computational
Technologies (ICCICCT), 2014
6. Bhim Singh, Alka Adya, A.P.Mittal, &
J.R.P. Gupta, “Modeling, Design and
Analysis of Different Controllers for
DSTATCOM”. IEEE transactions, 2008.
7. Pradeep Kumar, “Simulation of Custom
Power Electronic Device D-STATCOM –
A Case Study”, IEEE, India International
Conference on Power Electronics (IICPE),
2010.
8. Hirak K. Shah, P.N. Kapil & M.T.Shah,
“Simulation & Analysis of Distribution
Static Compensator (D-STATCOM)”,
IEEE, 2011.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
186
State of Health Assessment of Lead Acid Cells as a Function of

Conductance
Gauri1*, Manish Singh Bisht2, P.C Pant2, Rajesh Kumar3, R.P. Gairola4
1”
Dept. of Physics, Birla Campus, HNB Garhwal University Srinagar Garhwal, Uttarakhand, India
2
Ministry of New and Renewable Energy, Govt. of India, New-Delhi, India
3
National Institute of Solar Energy, Gurgaon, India
4
Dept. of Physics, HNB Garhwal University Srinagar Garhwal, Uttarakhand, India
*
Corresponding Author. E-mail: g.negi10@gmail.com
Abstract:
Low performing batteries/cells reduce the efficiency of whole battery bank. Sometimes the condition
becomes so severe that it results in malfunction of the whole bank. The state of health analysis of even a
single cell/battery through conventional load testing requires a lot of time and wastage of power. It is
required to discover and test a method of battery/cell testing which is quick, reliable and can be performed
on operational batteries. The aim was to investigate whether the conductance of the flooded and VRLA
lead-acid cell indicates real state of health of operational cells and if yes, could there be a reference value
of conductance for the cells of a particular capacity or not.
Key Words: Lead acid, conductance, Battery bank, State of health.
1. Introduction: as a bank. For capacity test on each cell you have

Batteries form a very essential part of solar to dismantle the whole bank resulting in
photovoltaic applications. Being a very costly interruption of whole SPV plant. And if the plant
device, it needs to be properly examined in terms is supplying crucial loads you do not have liberty
of capacity before being deployed in the field. to do that. Normal field procedure of SOC
When a number of cells are connected in series examination is to collect specific gravity
to form a battery bank, it becomes very essential readings of the battery/cells, but these will only
that all the cells have equal capacities and each serve as a superficial prediction of the level of
one is performing well. A low-performing cell charge of the battery, but not provide
can lead to enhanced degradation of the whole information on the storage capacity of the
bank resulting in loss of both money and battery. And in case it is a VRLA cell you have
valuable power generated by the solar modules. to think of some other options. As batteries
In some cases it can even lead to breakdown of degrade through field use, their capacity goes
the whole plant. But examining the state of down. The battery bank operator or owner is in
health of a battery is no easy task. For capacity dark how to find the state of health of his bank
test on a battery it is required that the sample is or the faulty battery of the bank which is not
subjected to a number of cycles of charge and performing well.
discharge under controlled conditions at C10 The aim of this article is to present and discuss
rate. As per IEC and or BIS* standards a typical results for a relatively new method of examining
capacity test would require about 40 hours per operational field batteries, under actual
cycle and to perform minimum 10 cycles is conditions, which is quick, reliable and does not
mandatory for capacity test. It consumes a lot of involve any waste of power. This method is
time as well as valuable power is wasted in based on assessment of state of health of a
charging and discharging and when a complete battery though its conductance.
bank has to be tested it can take months to finish Conductance describes the ability of a battery to
the testing. The foremost problem isthat you conduct current. In scientific terms, it is the real
cannot examine the battery once being installed part of the complex admittance. Various test data
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
187
have shown that at low frequencies, the For measurement 5 new samples of same type
conductance of a battery is an indicator of and capacity as existing ones were purchased
battery state-of-health showing a linear from same manufacturer. These new batteries
correlation to a battery’s timed-discharge were subjected to capacity test for 10 cycles each
capacity test result and trending this at C10 rate and room temperature to have normal
measurement can be used as a reliable predictor filed conditions. The capacity test was
of battery end-of-life (H. Giess, 1999). This performed with the help of a Life Cycle Network
paper also presents a reference value of (LCN) Machine make Bitrode Corporation,
conductance for the flooded and VRLA lead acid USA. It is a programmable power supply and
cells of a particular capacity so that they may be inbuilt load having automatic data collection
used as reference to examine batteries of the feature. It records voltage, current, Ampere-
same capacity. hour, Watt-hour and temperature at preset
The use of conductance measurements to intervals. At full charged conditions these
evaluate automotive battery performance was batteries were examined with the help of a
first reported in 1975 by Champlin [1]. It Battery Analyzer make Midtronics, USA. The
demonstrated a strong positive linear correlation battery analyzer is a digital meter which when
between load tests and measured conductance attached to the sample provides voltage and
for automotive batteries. Since then impedance corresponding conductance values. Battery
and more recently conductance has been conductance is measured by evaluating the
attracting both users and manufacturers to voltage response to a small, select frequency AC
determine battery state-of-health [2-4]. Initially, current signal briefly impressed on the battery.
the conductance testing was limited to VRLA The resultant conductance measurement
cells only but later the interest expanded to provides pertinent battery information without
flooded cells and nickel-cadmium cells as the need of bringing the battery to full discharge.
well[5]. Now a number of studies have been As a battery discharges, its conductance and
published on this topic [6-12]. This research capacity are reduced with a simultaneous drop in
work was carried out on two operational battery power in a predictable manner due to the
banks of 240V, 1000Ah each, consisting of 120 depletion of conductive active materials. The
cells of 2V, 1000Ah at National Institute of Solar value in conductance or any other Ohmic
Energy, Gurgaon, Haryana (INDIA). One of measurement can be more directly described as-
these banks was of flooded type while the other An increased internal resistance or reduced
one was of VRLA technology. These banks, measured conductanceof a cell results in a
installed 2 years before, are connected to two reduction of the expected capacity or discharge
different inverters of 10KVA and 50KVA performance of the cell (W. Cantor et.al., 1998.).
respectively and are being used to power the Thus, conductance is an indication of battery
loads of the campus. Both inverters are hybrid state of health as well as a function of the charge
inverters and operate on grid as well as solar state of a battery. The battery analyzer is
power. Both the inverters are also connected to powered by a battery source installed inside and
the generator so that battery banks are not does not draw any power from the bank. The
consumed to higher DOD. These banks are also conductance values and corresponding value of
provided equalizing charge once in a month to voltages were recorded.
ensure proper health. Regular maintenance and A battery analyzer was now used to individually
topping up with water is also carried out as per examine in total 240 cells of both the banks and
schedule. conductance of the cells along with the
2. Measurement Technique: corresponding voltage was noted. The battery
bank was maintained at full charge during the
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
188
testing and the specific gravity values denoting Capacity vs conductance

charged conditions were also recorded. The 1180
conductance values of the cells at a particular
1160
voltage level were sorted to get maximum inputs
for same voltage and conductance.The 1140
conductance values of the cells of battery banks y = 0.0651x - 949.07
1120
were compared with those of new ones. The cells R² = 0.9253
which showed significantly lower conductance 1100
values than new batteries were tested for
1080
capacity on Bitrode tester. Capacity test was
31200 31400 31600 31800 32000 32200 32400 32600
performed on such cells as per the standards and
the data was recorded. 10 random samples from Fig. 3 Capacity vs. conductance of unused
the remaining batteries which showed relatively VRLA cells
good conductance values were also examined Fig. 1 show the capacity vs. conductance values
for capacity. of new and unused cells or reference cell of
Data Analysis: flooded type. Each cell is having a capacity
greater than their rated capacity. The graph
clearly reflects that higher the capacity higher is
1094
Capacity vs. Conductance conductance. The correlation factor for the
1092
above values comes out to be 0.988 which
1090
denotes a linear relationship between the
1088
capacity and conductance. Similarly Fig. 2
1086
shows capacity vs. conductance plot for
1084
y = 0.0128x + 709.08
comparatively healthy used flooded cells.The
1082
R² = 0.988 capacity of these cells had degraded over time
1080
1078
and the same was reflected by their reduced
1076
conductance and capacity values as compared to
28600 28800 29000 29200 29400 29600 29800 30000 the new cells.These are the cells which showed
good capacity and conductance values as
compared to the reference cells. It also supports
Fig. 1 Capacity vs. conductance of new flooded the claim that the capacity and conductance bear
cells a linear relationship with respect to each other.
Capacity Vs. Conductance

Capacity vs conductance
1000
900
800 800
700
600 600
y = 0.078x - 1112.4
500 y = 0.231x - 4627.6
R² = 0.9693
400 R² = 0.9693
400
300
200
200
100
0
0 22600 22800 23000 23200 23400
21000 22000 23000 24000 25000 26000
Fig. 2 Capacity vs. conductance of healthy used Fig. 4 Capacity vs. conductance of healthy used
flooded cells VRLA cells
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
189
Fig. 3 Reflects the capacity vs. conductance plot The above figures depict that even at very low
of reference VRLA cells denoting a linear state-of-charge conductance bears a linear
relationship between the two. relationship with the capacity.
Fig. 4 also confirms the linear relationship Reference Value of Conductance:
between capacity and conductance of used and
comparatively healthy VRLA cells.
During conductance testing some of the cells in Conductance of unused VRLA cells
both type of banks were found to be having very 32800
low conductance values as compared with other 32600
batteries in the same bank. These cells were 32400
identified and capacity tests were performed on 32200
these. Fig.5 and fig. 6 represent capacity vs. 32000
31800
conductance plots of flooded and VRLA
31600
technology respectively.
31400
Capacity vs conductance 31200
31000
70
30800
60 1 2 3 4 5
50 Fig. 7 Conductance of unused VRLA cells of
40 y = 0.7301x - 59.557 1000Ah
R² = 0.9561
30 Conductance of unused flooded cells
20 30000
10 29800
29600
0
29400
0 50 100 150 200
29200
Fig. 5 Capacity vs. conductance plot of very 29000
weak flooded cells 28800
28600
Capacity vs conductance
28400
140 28200
1 2 3 4 5
120
100
Fig. 8 Conductance of unused flooded cells of
y = 0.8015x - 88.607 1000Ah
80 R² = 0.9386
60 Both the above figures depict that the
conductance values for 2V, 1000Ah cells of both
40
the technologies are above a certain mark in new
20 and unused cells. Considering Fig. 2 and Fig. 4
for used and comparatively healthy cells it is
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 confirmed that the conductance values lie in a
specific range. Though the results are not highly
accurate but they do specify a range in which the
Fig. 6 Capacity vs. conductance plot of very conductance values should lie for a specific
weak VRLA cells capacity of batteries.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
190
3. Conclusion: 1. K.S. Champlin, Talk presented to 1975SAE

The conductance value of a battery reflects the Off-Highway Vehicle Meet, Milwaukee,
integrity of inter-cell connections, ionic WI, USA, Sept. 1975.
conductivity of the electrolyte, specific gravity 2. F.J. Vaccaro and P. Casson, Proc. 1987
of the cells and the actual battery state of charge. INTELLEC Conf., pp. 128-135.
The test results are the product of the internal 3. S. L. DEBardelaben, Proc. 1988
electrical resistance of the cells and reflect the INTELLEC Conf., pp. 394-397.
combined influences of the mechanical state of 4. D.O. Feder, Talk presented to 103rd
health in the cells and the electrochemical Convention of Battery Council
condition or efficiency of the grid/plate International, Apr. 1991, Washington, DC,
structures. USA.
As a battery ages, the positive plate will 5. M.J. Hlavac and S.J. McShane, Proc, 1993
deteriorate and change chemically adversely Association American Railroads, Eastern
affecting the ability of the battery to perform. Region Meet, Orlando, FL, USA.
This normal aging process begins when the 6. D.O. Feder, T.G. Croda, K.S. Champ& S.J.
battery is activated during the formation process McShane and M.J. Hlavac, J. Power
at the end of the battery production lineand will Sources, 40 (1992) 235.
continue for life of the battery. 7. D.O. Feder, T.G. Croda, K.S. Champlin and
For power provisions, this means that M.J. Hlavac, Proc. 1992 INTELEC Cone:,
conductance can be used to track changes and pp. 218-233.
detect battery defects, shorts, open circuits and 8. G.J. Markle, Ptwc. 1992 INTELEC Co& pp.
prolonged undercharging, which will reduce the 212-217.
ability of the battery to perform. Conductance 9. S.S. Misra, T.M. Noveiske, L.S. Holden and
test measurements become a valuable tool to S.L. Mraz, Pnx. 8th Annual Battery Cant
identify the point at which the battery is Applications and Advances, 1993.
approaching its end of service life. The test 10. M.J. Hlavac, D.O. Feder and D. Ogden,
results reflect that the conductance technology Proc. American Power Con&, 1993, Vol. 1,
may be a useful tool to examine new or field pp. 44-57.
batteries for their state-of-health. Conductance 11. B. Jones, From. Ilth Int. Lead Con& Venice,
bears a linear relationship with the battery Itab, I993.
capacity which is a direct indication of battery 12. D.O. Feder, M.J. Hlavac and W. Koster, J.
health. This linear relationship is maintained Power Sources, 46 (1993) 391.
even at low state-of-health of the batteries. 13. H. Giess "Operation of VRLA Batteries in
Using conventional load testing methods to Parallel Strings of Dissimilar
determine battery capacity requires time and Capacities", Proceedings of 21st
power whereas conductance testing method is Intelec, 1999
quick and reliable. Though exact capacity cannot 14. W. Cantor , E. Davis , D. Feder and M.
be predicted but it can provide a tentative idea of Hlavac "Performance Measurements and
battery health. It could prove useful for Reliability of VRLA Batteries â ” Part II:
examining batteries in large quantities such as The Second Generation", Proceedings of
tenders or inspections where load testing seems 20th Intelec, 1998
impossible for each sample. 15. D. Funk and E. Davis Battery Performance
Monitoring by Internal Ohmic
References: Measurements, 1997
*BIS- www.bis.org 16. W. Ross and P. Budney "Development of a
Battery Run Time Algorithm and a Method
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
191
for Determining its

Accuracy", Proceedings of 17th
Intelec, pp.277 -283 1995
17. M. Troy , D. Feder , M. Hlavac , D. Cox , J.
Dunn and W. Popp Midpoint Conductance
Technology Used in Telecommunication
Stationary Battery Applications, 1997
18. M. Hlavac and D. Feder "VRLA Battery
Monitoring Using Conductance
Technology", Proceedings of 17th
Intelec, pp.285 -291 1995
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
192
CONTROL OF CURRENT AND VOLTAGE FOR MICRO GRID

Dhaval Subhashchandra Vyas, Bhupendra R. Parekh
Department of Electrical Engineering, BVM Engineering College Vallabh Vidyanagar
Corresponding Author: dhavalvyasrang@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Utilization of Renewable Resources as a main stream sources of full fill the power requirements in
urban and rural areas of India and the world creates the challenge for electrical engineer to develop
effective control strategies for current and voltage control for micro grid operations which is presented
in this paper. This paper describes use of dq theory for control micro grid at different mode of
operation points which helps to achieve effective closed loop control in standalone operation of
Renewable resources and also in synchronism with grid.
Keywords—Distributed generation, Constant Current Control, Voltage control, PLL, PI Controller.
I. INTRODUCTION II.SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM

An increasing development and reduce energy A.Introduction:
crisis, in electric power with the use of Fig.1 shows the system diagram which micro
renewable energy sources which plays a main grid with utility grid. This system block
role for continuous power supply. Power diagram consists of a micro grid and utility
electronics are the enabling technology to grid with different storage system. Under
convert classical power systems into smart normal operation, each distributed power
grids, since they allow controlling the power generation inverter system in the Micro grid
flows and bus voltages in the milliseconds usually works in constant current control mode
range. in order to provide a preset power to the main
AC-DC converters with bidirectional power grid. When the Micro grid is cut off from the
capability are the key elements in micro grids main grid, each distributed power generation
and distributed generation systems. The inverter system must detect this islanding
different configurations of variable speed wind situation and must switch to a voltage control
turbines need power converter mode. A controller was designed with two
Structures based on two AC-DC converters. interface controls:
Each converter needs active and reactive
power control capability in order to extract the 1) For grid-connected operation
optimum power from the wind turbine while 2) For intentional islanding operation
exchanging the appropriate
reactive power with the power grid. Similarly,
photovoltaic systems need an AC-DC inverter
to inject the generated power into the grid.
Fig.2. Schematic Diagram Of Grid-Connected

Fig.1.Schematic diagram of the Micro grid form Of Operation
with Utility Grid B. Grid-connected Form Of Operation:
In grid-connected Mode Of operation,
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
193
 Connected through point of common consist a PI Controller to obtain v´d and v´q as
coupling. shown in figure 3.The controller output used to
 Bi-directional flow. inverted d-q voltages as shown in equation 3.
 Economic benefit by supplying excess V   2 / 3 1/ 3  Vab
power to main grid. V      
 Reduce fuel cost using the power from    0 1/ 3 Vbc 
main grid during low (night) load. (5)
During grid connected operation providing a VD cos sin  V 
constant current output. In this mode of VQ   sin cos   V  
operation inverter is worked as a source and      
supplying constant active and reactive power (6)
to the load using constant current control.
Figure 3 shows the current control topology.
Using the current control strategy the inverter
equation is as follows,
Transforming equation 1 into d-q reference

frame is,
Fig.4. PLL Structure

D.Islanding Form Of Operation:
The above equations defined coupled by d In this mode of operation when grid is removed
and q current .the current controller now de from the system and only inverter is fed to
coupled so we got, supply and balanced the load. In this mode of
operation constant voltage control strategy is
used which as shown in Fig.5. The voltage
closed loop control work as a voltage
regulation by current compensation. The result
of the compensator are compared with the load
current and it’s fed in the PI regulator. The
error is accepted to a PI controller to find out
the modulation index value. The output of this
is considered as a reference signal for the
system.
Fig. 3.Constant Current Control Technique
C.Switch over between grid and islanded

mode of Operation:
Fig.5.Constant Voltage Control Technique
The point at which the grid is disconnected and
without changing in standard parameters its III.SIMULATION ANALYSIS
switch over to islanding mode. This is done by A. Simulation Parameters:
synchronous reference frame PLL which a) Grid Parameters
a. Voltage – 440 Volts RMS
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
194
b. Frequency – 50 Hz
b) Inverter Parameters Fig.7. Voltage & Current Waveform while
a. DC Voltage – 1550 Volts DC Inverter Supply to load
b. Smoothening Reactor – R: 2Ω, L: 100 2) 0.1 to 0.2 sec - inverter synchronized with
mH Grid and both supplying to Load:
c. 3 leg inverter with 6 IGBT’s
c) Load Parameters
a. 3-Ph RLC Parallel Load with Y point
Grounded
b. Voltage – 440 Volts RMS
c. Frequency – 50 Hz
d. Active Power – 10,000 watt, Reactive
Power – 100 VAR inductive
d) LCL Filter Parameters
a. L: 0.5 mH, C: 62 mF, L: 0.25mH Fig.8. Voltage & Current Waveforms while
The system is simulated in mat lab 2013. It is inverter + Grid supply to Load
consisting of micro grid and utility grid both Fig. 9. 0.2 to 0.3 sec -Only Grid supplying to
are connected parallely. Three mode of load(Figure-9):
operation is here defined for this system.
B. Simulation Model:
Fig. 10. Voltage and Current waveform of

Load Bus(Figure-10):
Fig.6. System Simulation Model

C. Simulation Results:
Operation Time:
1) 0 to 0.1 sec - only inverter supplying to
Load
2) 0.1 to 0.2 sec - inverter synchronized with
Grid and both supplying to Load Fig. 11. Voltage and Current waveform of
3) 0.2 to 0.3 sec - only grid supplying to Load Inverter Bus(Figure-11):
1) 0 to 0.1 sec -Only Inverter supplying to
load:
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
195
Fig. 12. Voltage and Current waveform of
Grid Bus(Figure-12): d) P - watt and Q – var Balanced while power
supplying by Grid to Load
e) Voltage and Current Balanced while power

supplying by inverter + Grid to Load
f) P - watt and Q – var mismatch while

power supplying by inverter + Grid to
Load
IV.CONCLUSION
As per describe control strategy, voltage and
current remains constant for 440v,50Hz
system for varying load condition and three
Fig. 13. Active Power Measurement(Figure- different mode of operation for micro grid
13 system model. Moreover active and reactive
power supply and demand also matches in two
out of three modes of operation and in future
control logic for balancing of P & Q for third
mode of operation will be develop.
List of Figures
1. Figure-1 : Schematic diagram of the Micro
grid with Utility Grid
2. Figure-2 : Schematic Diagram Of Grid-
Connected form Of Operation
3. Figure-3 : Constant Current Control
Technique
Fig. 14. Reactive Power easurement(Figure- 4. Figure-4 : PLL Structure
14): 5. Figure-5 : Constant Voltage Control
Technique
6. Figure-6: Fig.6. System Simulation
Model
7. Figure-7 : Voltage & Current Waveform
while only Inverter Supply to load
8. Figure-8 : Voltage & Current Waveforms
while inverter + Grid supply to Load
9. Figure-9 : Voltage & Current Waveforms
while only Grid supply to Load
10. Figure-10 : Voltage & Current waveforms
of Load Bus
D. Result Analysis: 11. Figure-11 : Voltage & Current waveforms
a) Voltage and Current Balanced while power of Inverter Bus
supplying by inverter to Load 12. Figure-12 : Voltage & Current Waveform
of Grid Bus
b) P - watt and Q – var Balanced while power 13. Figure-13 : Active Power Waveform for
supplying by inverter to Load Grid, Inverter & Load Bus
14. Figure-14 : Reactive Power Waveform for
c) Voltage and Current Balanced while power Grid, Inverter & Load Bus
supplying by Grid to Load REFERANCES
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
196
1. Irvin J. Balaguer, Student Member, IEEE, Energy Management ISSN (PRINT): 2231–
Qin Lei, Shuitao Yang, Uthane Supatti, 4407, Volume-2, Issue-1, 2
Student Member, IEEE, and Fang Zheng 5. G. Adamidis1, G. Tsengenes1 and K.
Peng, Fellow, “Control for Grid-Connected Kelesidis1, “Three Phase Grid Connected
and Intentional Islanding Operations of Photovoltaic System with Active and
Distributed Power Generation” IEEEI Reactive Power Control Using
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS, VOL. 58, “Instantaneous Reactive Power Theory”,
NO. 1, JANUARY 2011 International Conference on Renewable
2. Agust Egea-Alvarez, Adri_a Junyent- Energies and Power Quality (ICREPQ’10)
Ferr_e and Oriol Gomis-Bellmunt “Active
and reactive power control of grid
connected distributed generation systems”.
3. Mr. Juan C. Vasquez, Mr. Joseph M.
Guerrero, Senior Member, IEEE “Adaptive
Droop Control Applied to Voltage-Source
Inverters Operating in Grid-Connected and
Islanded Modes”; IEEE transactions on
industrial electronics, vol. 56, no. 10,
October 2009
4. Sreelekshmi R S & Sunitha R “Analysis of
Inverter Fed Micro-grids For Different
Modes of Operation in Matlab/Simulink,” ,
Journal of Power System Operation and
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
197
Reactive Power Compensation using Static Synchronous Series

Compensator (SSSC) [A Review Paper]
Ruchirkumar Mehta, N. G. Mishra
Department of Electrical Engineering, Birla Vishvakarma Mahavidyalaya
Corresponding Authoor: ruchirsmehta@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The power system has now a day become very complex and the load on the system is increasing
rapidly resulting in a major increase in reactive power absorption. Flexible Alternating Current
Transmission System (FACTS) devices are very useful in providing reactive power compensation to
the system. One such device is Static Synchronous Series Compensator (SSSC). The SSSC provides
series compensation to the power system through series voltage injection. This paper represents the
reactive power compensation and voltage regulation obtained by SSSC in the power system.
Simulation of the SSSC is carried out in MATLAB software. The control circuit comprises of d-q
transformation and PI controllers. The simulated converter circuit of SSSC has a six-pulse Voltage
Source Inverter (VSI) whose output AC voltage is fed into the system. The injected voltage is
independent from the line current. The injected voltage (compensating voltage) can lead or lag the
line current by 90° i.e. it can operate in both the inductive and capacitive region. The SSSC not only
provides reactive power compensation but also voltage regulation.
Key words- SSSC, Active power, Reactive power compensation, FACTS device, Voltage Source
Inverter.
is used instead of the DC capacitor and thus
I. INTRODUCTION resistive compensation in the transmission line
Today, there is need for fast and flexible power is also obtained. The SSSC controls power
flow control in transmission system because flow in steady state as well as improves
increase in utility deregulation and power transient stability of the power system. The
wheeling requirement is expected in the future. parameters of the power system are controlled
The power transmission system needs to be by PI controllers. The reactive power
effectively operated and their utilization compensation of the power system will reduce
degree needs to be increased by the utilities. voltage drop and provide voltage regulation in
The FACTS devices like SSSC are used to the power system. The injecting voltage can
prove their performance in terms of stability emulate as inductive or capacitive reactance as
and reactive power compensation [1]. the injecting voltage is in quadrature with line
The SSSC can control both the active and current. This paper presents mainly reactive
reactive power flow in the line. The power compensation using SSSC [4].
compensating voltage is independent of the II. PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION OF
line current. The SSSC can produce three- SSSC
phase AC voltage at the desired fundamental Transmission line inductance is compensated
frequency with controllable variable amplitude by a series capacitor by presenting a lagging
and phase angle. Therefore, SSSC is having quadrature voltage with respect to the
analogy with synchronous voltage source. The transmission line current. The lagging
SSSC does not have sub synchronous quadrature voltage works in opposition to the
resonance oscillations because it does not leading quadrature voltage across the
resonate with inductive line impedance [6]. transmission line inductance. The inductive
The SSSC is also analogous to synchronous reactance of the line is reduced due to the net
compensator as it can both generate or absorb effect. The schematic diagram of SSSC is
reactive power from the system. It can also shown in fig.1. The operation of SSSC is
provide real power compensation if DC battery similar as it also injects quadrature voltage VC
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
198
which is independent of the line current but Where Vs and Vr are magnitudes of voltage
lagging in phase [5]. sources and 𝛿s and 𝛿r are the phase angles of
voltage sources Vs and Vr respectively.
Assume Vs = Vr.
𝛿= 𝛿s –𝛿r
(3)
Thus, the real and reactive power equations are
represented this way:
𝑽𝟐
P= 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜹 =
𝑿𝒆𝒇𝒇
𝐕𝟐
𝐗𝐪 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜹 (4)
𝟏 𝐗𝐋
𝐗𝐋
𝑽𝟐 𝑽𝟐
Q= 𝑿 (𝟏 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜹) = 𝑿𝒒 (𝟏 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜹)
𝒆𝒇𝒇 𝟏 𝑿𝑳
𝑿𝑳
Fig. 1: Static Synchronous Series (5)
Compensator When the SSSC is operated in the inductive
mode the compensating reactance Xq is defined
to be negative and in the capacitive mode
compensating reactance Xq is defined to be
positive. Xeff is the effective reactance of the
transmission line including the variable
compensating reactance inserted by the
injected voltage source of the SSSC [3].
III. CONTROL STRATEGY

The specifications and model parameters are
Fig. 2: Two machine system with SSSC and given below in table 1. There are four buses in
the phasor diagram of SSSC the given power system B1, B2, B3 and B4
Fig.2 shows Static Synchronous Series connected in the ring mode. Two power plants
Compensator (SSSC) for a two-machine supplies phase-to-phase voltage 13.8 kV to the
system and the associated phasor diagram. The power system. The transmission line voltage is
insertion of AC output voltage of the inverter of 500 kV. The lengths of the transmission
in the transmission line is performed by a lines Line1, line2, line3 and line4 are 150 km,
voltage source inverter (VSI) and a coupling 280 km, 150 km and 50 km respectively.
transformer. The SSSC controls the magnitude Table 1: Specification and parameters of
and phase angle of this inserted ac model
compensating voltage effectively. The Specifications System parameters
transmitted power Pq is a parametric function
of injected voltage. The real and reactive
Generator G1 or 2100 MVA, 13.8
power (P and Q) without SSSC at the receiving
Machine M1 kV
end voltage are given respectively by
Generator G2 or 1400 MVA, 13.8
expressions (1) and (2). 𝛿 is the transmission
Machine M2 kV
angle between the two machines.
𝑽𝒔 𝑽𝒓 𝑽𝟐
Transformer TR1 2100 MVA, 13.8
P= 𝑿𝑳
𝐬𝐢𝐧(𝜹𝒔 − 𝜹𝒓) = 𝑿𝑳
𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜹 kV/ 500 kV
(1) Transformer TR2 1400 MVA, 13.8
𝑽𝒔 𝑽𝒓 𝑽𝟐 kV /500 kV
Q= 𝑿𝑳
(𝟏 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬(𝜹𝒔 − 𝜹𝒓)) =
𝑿𝑳
(𝟏 − System phase to 13.8 kV
𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜹) (2) phase voltage
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
199
Transmission line 500 kV

voltage
Load 2000 MVA
Base parameters Base voltage= 500
kV
Base power= 500
MVA
Line length Line1= 150 km,
Line2=280 km,
Line3= 150km,
Line4= 50 km
Fig. 4: Simulated converter circuit of SSSC
The expressions of the calculated actual values
of real and reactive powers Pact and Qact are
given below:
Pact = Vd*Id + Vq*Iq (6)
Qact = Vq*Id + Vd*Iq (7)
Six high frequency signals are produced by
PWM. Control to the switches of Voltage
Source Inverter is provided by these signals.
The voltage source inverter (VSI) produce
three phase voltages using these signals. These
three phase voltages are injected into the
Fig. 3: Control system of SSSC transmission line through series transformer.
The above fig. 3 shows the control system of Transmission line current is in quadrature to
the SSSC. First, line voltage V and line current this injected voltage. As shown in above fig.5,
I both from the bus are measured for active and reactive power can be fed or
controlling the power flow in transmission absorbed using the compensator provided with
line. Active power Pact along with reactive a DC voltage source in the converter circuit.
power Qact is calculated using values of line The SSSC converter circuit works along with
voltage V1 and line current I1. Feedback signals the control circuit [2,3].
of the control loop utilizes these calculated
active and reactive power. Pref and Qref are the IV. SIMULATION OF SSSC
ideal reference values provided for the system. The two machine power system without
Pact and Qact are compared with the reference SSSC and with SSSC both are represented in
values Pref and Qref. The error signals obtained fig.5 and fig.6 respectively.
from this comparison are then forwarded to PI
controller. The PI controller reduces the steady
state error and eliminates inaccuracy of the
signals. The error is reduced to its least
possible values of signals and it is made sure
that actual calculated values Pact and Qact match
with the reference values Pref and Qref. Thus
power flow control is attained. These
controller results are then converted to abc
reference and forwarded to the pulse width
modulator (PWM).
Fig. 5: Two machine power system without
SSSC
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
200
The SSSC can effectively compensate the

reactive power of the power system. The
reactive power absorption at The active power
flow is also increased from 0.55 p.u. to 0.78
p.u. The SSSC can also be used for multi-
machine power systems. Active power and
reactive power both can be controlled by
SSSC. The SSSC can also provide
improvement in the voltage profile of the
power system. The SSSC also provides
stability to the power system.
Fig. 6: Two machine power system with REFERENCES
SSSC 1. Mohammed abdul khader aziz biabani,
Mohd akram, Ikram ahmed shareef,
“Power System Stability Enhancement
using Static Synchronous Series
Compensator”, International conference
on Signal Processing, Communication,
Power and Embedded System (SCOPES)-
2016, IEEE.
2. Pooja Nagar, S. C. Mittal, “Reactive
power compensation by Static
Synchronous Series Compensator”, 2016
International Conference on Micro-
Fig. 7: Active and reactive power at bus 3 for Electronics and Telecommunication
system without SSSC (in p.u. value) Engineering.
The results of the without SSSC power system 3. H. Taheri , S. Shahabi , Sh. Taheri , A.
and with SSSC power sytem are shown in fig.7 Gholami , “Application of Synchronous
and fig.8. Static Series Compensator (SSSC) on
Enhancement of Voltage Stability and
Power Oscillation Damping”, IEEE 2009.
4. M. Faridi, H. Maeiiat, M. Karimi ,P.
Farhadi, H. Mosleh,”Power System
Stability Enhancement Using Static
Synchronous Series Compensator
(SSSC)”, Islamic Azad University-Ahar
Branch, Ahar, Iran, IEEE 2011.
5. Narain G. Hingorani, Laszlo Gyugyi,
“Understanding FACTS: Concepts and
Technology of Flexible AC Transmission
Fig. 8: Active and reactive power at bus 3 for Systems”, IEEE Press, A John Wiley &
system with SSSC (in p.u. value) Sons, Inc., Publication.
From fig.8 and fig.9, it is observed that SSSC 6. Abdul Haleem, Ravireddy Malgireddy,
increases the active power and does reactive “Power Flow Control with Static
power compensation. The active power is Synchronous Series Compensator
increased to 0.78 p.u. and reactive power is (SSSC)”, Proc. of the International
compensated from 0.42 p.u. to 0.40 p.u. at bus Conference on Science and Engineering
3 of the power system. (ICSE 2011).
V. CONCLUSION
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
201
Induction Motor Protection System Using Fuzzy Logic
Nirav M. Dudhat, Akshay A. Pandya
Department of Electrical Engineering, BVM Engineering College, Vallabh Vidhyanagar, Gujarat.
Corresponding Author: niravdudhat999@gmail.com
Abstract-
In this paper the protection of three phase induction motor is simulated using fuzzy logic. Mainly in
system there are two types of faults which are electrical and mechanical fault. In mechanical faults broken
rotor bar, mass unbalance, air gap eccentricity, bearing damage, rotor winding failure, and stator winding
failure are there, where as in electrical faults unbalance supply voltage or current, single phasing, under
or over voltage or current, reverse phase sequence, earth fault, overload is there. From that six faults are
taken in this paper, which are over voltage, over current, voltage and current unbalance, low voltage and
temperature rise. When any of the fault is detected then the delay time is computed by fuzzy logic. If the
fault is not cleared after this time delay the system will send stop signal to motor. In the conventional
protection system, the time delay is predefined for various faults without considering the fault level. If
any temporary failure is detected in the system, motor should not stop. Similarly, if the system waits too
long to stop motor in critical faulty condition then it will lead to the serious defect. So, it is necessary to
set time delay optimally. By fuzzy logic the time delay is computed on the basis of fault level which was
not considered in the conventional protection system. In this paper different time delays are computed
for various faulty parameters. The time delay is obtained according to rule base. This proposed system
is effective and more reliable.
Keywords: Fuzzy logic, induction motor, motor protection, Simulink model.
I. INTRODUCTION
In the modern era of industrialization, the most mechanical or electrical failures, signal
essential part of the industries is electrical motor. processing and artificial intelligence techniques.
Mainly electrical motors types are AC and DC. In the conventional methods that detects
In AC motor fractional hp motors are used in mechanical failures of induction motor by means
different home appliances and giant of mathematical models used one or more of the
synchronous and induction motor are used stator current, speed, vibration level or winding
widely in industrial applications which are up to temperature values however, these methods may
10,000 hp. It should be protected against be insufficient for complex and nonlinear error
different electrical and mechanical faults for conditions that cannot be modeled
serving their purposes smoothly. So it is mathematically Artificial intelligence methods
necessary to select the proper protection by are useful in this type of problems.
using the motor characteristic curve.
Induction motor is widely used in industrial Artificial neural networks, fuzzy logic, genetic
application because they are rugged, low cost, algorithms and their hybrids are known as soft
low maintenance, reasonably small sized techniques. In conventional protection
reasonably high efficient, and operating with an techniques relays are provided with some time
easily available power supply. They are more delay time without considering the fault level
reliable in operation but they are more subjected while in case of fuzzy logic the time is calculated
to different types of undesirable faults. as per the fault type and required step will be
Mainly Over voltage, over current, temperature taken in between 0 to 4.5 sec time span. If fault
rise, low voltage, voltage unbalance and current persist after that that motor will stop.
unbalance this type of fault occurs normally in
induction motor. This fault can be detected by
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
202
The human decision-making process can often
be implemented in complex systems with more
success than conventional control techniques
with use of this intelligence method like fuzzy
logic. In fuzzy logic the fuzzy rule base is
created on the bases of experience, observation
and mathematical equation. If the created rule
base is well and comprehensive then results will
be accurate and precise.
In this paper, the delay time is achieved
which is used for stopping motor if the fault is
not cleared after this delay time. The
characteristics of motor which is used for the
proposed system are listed in Table 1. The values
in Table 2 are used for preparing fuzzy rule base.
Limit values are selected in accordance with
NEMA standards and TS-3205 EN 60034-1 Figure1. Fuzzy Control System
numbered standard of TSI (Turkish Standards The two separate rule base are created by
Institution). dividing six different input values to reduce the
Table I. Motor Parameters processing time and size of fuzzy system as
Voltage : 230/380 V shown in figure 1. Here the fuzzy expressions
Speed : 1500 rpm have three membership levels which are low-
2.2kW induction Current : 5.3A medium-high. If six inputs are not divided in two
motor Torque : 16 Nm groups then the number of rules will be 36= 729.
Efficiency : 81% By dividing the inputs, rules are reduced to 126.
Some samples of the rule base used in protection
Table II. Limiting Values system model are shown in the following Table
Parameters Min Set Max Unit 3 and Table 4. Where NA shows that this
Value Set particular error did not occurred in induction
Value motor.
TABLE-3.1ST Rule Base Sample
Rule Over Over Temperature Time
Over Voltage 240 >270 V No. voltage current delay
Over Current 5.5 >8.4 A
Temperature 135 >155 ˚c
1 OVL OCL TL VL
Voltage 20 >50 V 2 OVL OCL TM VL
Unbalance
3 OVL OCM TH N
4 OVL OCH TL LN
Current 0.5 >2 A
Unbalance 5 OVM OCH TH VS
6 OVH OCL TL LN
Low Voltage 200 <160 V 7 OVL OCM NA LN
8 OVL NA TL VL
Time 0 4.5 Sec
(Output) 9 NA OCL TL VL
10 OVL NA NA LN
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
203
11 NA OCM NA N nodes of blocks that have one input
(Multiplexer) Fuzzy logic controller 1,2:
Table-4 2ND Rule Base Sample Simulink block includes fuzzy logic design. This
block calculates the time values and transfers it
to next block.
Rul Voltage Current Low Tim Figure 2. Simulink Model of the System
e Unbalan Unbalan Voltag e
No. ce ce e Dela Display: shows the minimum one of the
y calculated time periods.
1 VUL CUL LVL VL Voltage-Current Unbalance: Compares input
2 VUL CUL LVM VL values and give the biggest one of the differences
3 VUL CUL LVH LN as result. To do this, three inputs are subtracted
4 VUL CUM LVL VL from one another and the biggest absolute result
5 VUL CUM LVM LN considered as the final value. Internal structure
6 VUL CUM LVH N of this block is given in figure3
7 VUL CUH LVL LN Voltage 1-2-3: 3 phase supply voltage. Current
8 VUM CUM NA N 1-2-3: Input current of three phases
9 VUL NA LVL VL Temperature: Input for winding temperature of
10 NA CUL LVL VL motor.
Here, the figure 4 and 5 shows the membership
11 VUL NA NA LN
functions of the over voltage and output delay
time accordingly. For over voltage there are
II. Simulink model
three membership functions which are Over
Simulink model used in the paper is shown in the
Voltage Low (OVL), Over Voltage Medium
figure 2. In the Simulink model of system block
(OVM) and Over Voltage High (OVH).
function consists, Min–Max: Simulink blocks
Similarly, for the delay time 5 membership
for to get Minimum and maximum of input
values Mux: Simulink blocks to multiplex input
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
204
functions are Very Long (VL), Long (LN), developed for simulating the delay time for
Normal (N), Short (s) and Very Short (VS). different operating conditions. The input clusters
and fuzzy rule bases have been entered in to FIS
GUI, fuzzy logic toolbox of MATLAB. The
results are produced by using two rule base
which is given in Table 5 and 6.
TABLE5. Some Results for Rule Base 1.

Rul Over Over Temperatu Dela
e Voltag Curre re y
No. e nt (˚c) Tim
(V) (A) e
(s)
1 260.9 8.5 155.2 1.33
Figure 3. Voltage Unbalance Block 2 256.8 8.8 NA 2.26
3 246.6 NA 138.2 3.58
4 NA 8.6 155.5 1.27
5 278.4 NA NA 2.25
6 NA NA 153.8 1.65
TABLE6. Some Results for Rule Base 2.

Rul Voltage Current Low Dela
e Unbalan Unbalan Voltag y
No. ce ce e Tim
(V) (A) (V) e
(s)
Figure 4. Membership Function for Over 1 23.8 0.9 192.5 3.58
Voltage
2 30.9 1.6 186.2 2.92
3 37.6 1.5 NA 2.45
4 NA 2.6 168.8 1.5
5 NA NA 182.1 2.71
III. CONCLUSION
In this paper, a fuzzy logic-based protection
system is used for detecting the faulty operations
of three phase induction motor. A Simulink
model was implemented for protecting the motor
from over voltage, over current, low voltage,
current and voltage unbalance and temperature
rise. When any error is detected, the system
Figure 5. Membership Function for Delay waits for certain time and then stops induction
Time motor if fault is not recovered. In mechanical
protection relays, this delay time was adjusted
III. SIMULATION RESULT manually but this proposed protection system
In this study, the fuzzy logic based flexible produces delay time according to fuzzy logic for
protection system was implemented for different degree of various error combinations.
induction motor. The Simulink model was So the flexible and optimal delay time is
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
205
obtained and this methodology is accurate and
easy to implement.
REFERENCES
[1] O. Uyar and M. Çunkaş, 16-18 May 2011.
“Design of Fuzzy Logic Based Motor Protection
System”, In: 6th International Advanced
Technologies Symposium (IATS’11), Elazığ,
Turkey.
[2] Weidman Qi, a, Jie Xiao, and Youhan Deng,
2015.“Induction Motor Protection System
Based On Fuzzy Logic”, In: Applied Mechanics
and Materials Vols 719-720 (2015) pp 584-
589.Trans Tech Publications, Switzerland.
[3] Pedro Vicente Jove Rodríguez, 2008.
“Detection of Stator Winding Fault In Induction
Motor Using Fuzzy Logic”, Elsevier Science.
[4] Priyanka Nath, Jamini Das, Abdur Rohman,
Tapan Das, April 6-8, 2016. “A Fuzzy Logic
Based Overcurrent Protection System for
Induction Motor”,In: International Conference
on Communication and Signal Processing, India.
[5] Okan Uyar, Mehmet Ç unkas, 2012. “Fuzzy
logic-based induction motor protection system”,
Springer-Verlag London.
[6] Mr. Chavan Mayur D, Mr. Swami P.S, Dr.
Thosar A.G, Mr. Gharase Rajendra B., Dec
2013. “Fault Detection of Induction Motor
Using Fuzzy Logic”, In: International Journal of
Engineering Research & Technology (IJERT).
ISSN: 2278-0181.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
206
A Review Paper on Fuzzy Logic Based Speed Control of

Induction Motor
Vishal R. Patel, Akshay A. Pandya
Department of electrical engineering, BVM Vallabh Vidhyanagar Gujarat, India
Corresponding Author: vrp1694@gmail.com
Abstract:
Induction motors are designed to work for constant speed application, many industrial applications
require wide range of speed control of induction motor. Fuzzy logic-based speed controller for induction
motor provides large range of speed control compared to conventional controllers. This paper presents
the study of Fuzzy logic-based speed controller for induction motor. Error signal and change of error
signals are the two inputs to Fuzzy logic controller, which performs 49 if-then rules inference on that
signals and generates control signals which are fed to inverters. The control signals obtained from fuzzy
logic controller (FLC) drives the GATE pulses of inverter which indeed changes the output voltage of
the inverter according to change in speed. The results obtained from this approach are compared with
conventional controller like PI controllers.
Keywords: Induction motor, Fuzzy logic controller, Inverter
1. Introduction
Induction motors have gained popularity in problem associated with PI controller is that the
industrial applications due to their low design complexity increases with non-linearity
maintenance, robust construction, high starting
torque and cost effectiveness. Induction motors of Induction motor. Hence non-conventional
are designed to have constant speed. But in some controller like Fuzzy logic controller can be used
cases their speed needs to be controlled. Such to overcome this problem.
cases are (1) when the induction motor is started 2. Fuzzy logic control
with no-load; at the time of starting it draws After the discovery of fuzzy set theory by L.
more current from supply which is 6-7 times Zadeh in 1965, it has gained popularity in last 3
higher than the rated current. Since no load is decades. In first few years, it was just a
connected to motor it runs at very dangerous theoretical concept but in recent years engineers
speed which may damage the motor. (2) In some have started to use this approach in real word
situation the motor needs to drive the load whose application. Fuzzy logic controllers follow the
speed may be greater than or less than the rated fuzzy set theory and it has three basic functions
speed of induction motor. So, in these situations which are as follows…
instead of installing a new machine it is better to (1) Fuzzification: The fuzzification module
control the speed of existing machine. converts the crisp values of the control inputs
into fuzzy values, so that they are compatible
The speed of induction motor can be controlled with the fuzzy set representation in the rule base.
from stator side as well as from rotor side. Most (2) Rule base: The rule base is essentially
common methods used for speed control are V/F the control strategy of the system. It is usually
control and vector control method. These obtained from expert knowledge or heuristics
methods are implemented using controllers in and expressed as a set of IF-THEN rules. The
industries. The most popular controller among rules are based on the fuzzy inference concept
all industries is PI controller, because they are and the antecedents and consequents are
easy to design and their low cost. The only associated with linguistic variables.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
207
(3) Defuzzification: The mathematical (1) Fuzzy logic controller: Basic function of
procedure of converting fuzzy values into crisp the fuzzy logic controller in this particular
values is known as ‘Defuzzification’. There are scheme is to generate current reference signals,
four methods are available for defuzzification. which drives the inverter, and hence the input
However, the choice of defuzzification depends voltage to the motor can be changed according
upon the application and available processing to speed of the motor. There are two inputs to the
power. fuzzy logic controller. One is error in speed,
3. Fuzzy logic controller in MATLAB Table 1: output table of fuzzy logic controller
MATLAB provides users with built in function
of Fuzzy logic controller. It can be accessed by
using the command “fuzzy” in command
window. The fuzzy logic controller window
consists of input block, output block and
controller block as shown in the following figure
1. Designer may choose more than one input and
more than one output at the same time. The input
and output blocks consist of membership
functions of the given system. The designer may
choose from various membership functions which can be obtained by comparing the actual
depending upon his needs, however most rotor speed with that of reference speed; another
commonly used membership functions are input is change in error. There are 7 membership
Triangular and Trapezoidal membership functions for both speed error and change in
function. The rule base of the controller consists speed error, hence total of 49 IF-THEN rules
of number of IF-THEN rules, which are needs to be designed in controller block. The
designed according to inputs and outputs of the output table for the FLC is shown in figure.
system. The rules designed in controller are in (2) Driver circuit for inverter: The current
linguistic form; hence, it is easy for any operator reference generated by the fuzzy logic controller
to understand. are converted from d-q to α-β quantities using
inverse Park transformation. This driver circuit
generates the GATE pulses, which drives the
inverter switches.
(3) Inverter circuit: It consist of six power
electronic switches such as IGBT, MOSFET etc.
connected in bridge form. The driver circuit
governs the sequential switching of the power
electronic switches. The output voltage of the
inverter is fed to induction motor.
(4) Induction motor: For the means of
simplicity, the induction motor is modeled in
Figure 1: Fuzzy logic controller editing window mathematical form. The dynamic
(mathematical) model of induction motor consist
4. Simulation for the proposed scheme of electrical sub model and mechanical sub
The speed control of induction motor using model. The dynamic model of induction motor
fuzzy logic controller can be simulated using is shown in following fig.2.
MATLAB software. Whole simulation process
can be divided into following blocks.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
208
Rotor leakage inductance 0.002

Mutual inductance 0.041
Inertia 0.089
Number of poles 4
Table 2: induction motor parameter
 A 3-phase, squirrel cage, 5hp, 1500 rpm
induction motor is used for the simulation.
5. Conclusion
Fuzzy logic approach can be used to implement
human thought process in real world application.
Fuzzy logic controllers are easy to design and
they provide wide range of control for linear and
Whole control strategy for the speed control of non-linear systems. The fuzzy logic controller
induction motor can be simulated as shown in used for speed control of induction motor
the block diagram. The simulation results removes the overshoot problems and gives better
obtained by the fuzzy logic controller can be results compared to PI controller for the same
compared with conventional PI controller. system. In early years the fuzzy logic was just a
Research says that overshoot problem arising in theoretical concept, but now it is possible to
using PI controller for speed control of induction implement these controllers to work in real word
motor can be overcome by using Fuzzy logic applications.
controller.
References
(1) Neural and Fuzzy Logic Control of Drives
and Power Systems
(2) P.Tripura and Y.Srinivasa Kishore Babu
2011. Fuzzy Logic Speed Control of Three
Phase Induction Motor Drive
(3) Dr T.govindaraj, G.divya 2014. Speed
Control of Induction Motor Using Fuzzy
Logic Control
(4) V.Vengatesan, M.Chindamani 2014. Speed
Control of Three Phase Induction Motor
Using Fuzzy Logic Controller by Space
Vector Modulation Technique
(5) K. L. SHI, T. F. CHAN, Y. K. WONG and
S. L. HO 1999. Modelling and simulation of
The dynamic (mathematical) model of induction the three-phase induction motor using
motor is designed with following parameters. Simulink
Parameter Value (6) S. Senthilkumar and S. Vijayan 2013.
Stator resistance (Rs) 0.435 Simulation of High Performance PID
Rotor resistance (Rr) 0.816 Controller for Induction Motor Speed
Stator inductance 0.0424 Control with Mathematical Modeling
Rotor inductance 0.0417
Stator leakage inductance 0.002
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
209
(7) V. Chitra, and R. S. Prabhakar 2006.

Induction Motor Speed Control using Fuzzy
Logic Controller
(8) Atul M. Gajare, Nitin R. Bhasme 2012. A
Review on Speed Control Techniques of
Single Phase Induction Motor
(9) Divya Asija 2010. Speed Control of
Induction Motor Using Fuzzy-PI Controller
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
210
Renewable Energy Resources with Internet of Things

Himanshu Swarnkar, Shiv Lal
Government Engineering College Banswara, India 327001
Corrrespondig Author: himanshu.swarnkar23@gmail.com
Abstract:
This paper introduces the new way of using the internet of Things in renewable energy resources in smart
city like smart buildings, smart hospital, smart traffic, smart factories and transportations. All of above
smart services are expected to run without any interruptions by using help of smart energy and electrical
power grid. To maintain the services of smart cities run without interruption Internet of Things and cloud
computing are very important in such transfers. The paper presents the role of Internet of Things (IoT)
in renewable energy resources association in electricity grid.
Key words: Internet of Things, Smart Grid, Cloud Computing HAN, BAN, IAN.
I. INTRODUCTION
The traditional host of World Wide Web text, decision is taken and control enabler center
pictures, audio, and video are incorporating to the
collects and interchange the data for monitoring
physical host that providing user to control
physical objects. Home Things, remote CCTV and controlling this architecture [3].
cameras floors of factory are monitors and A smart grid having mainly three layers, which
controlled suing the Internet of Things (IoT) as are system of systems, communication networks
media of communication. The physical web is and applications, layers [4-8]. Many literatures
concept is adapting nowadays. For example, to illustrate the popular renewable energy resources
control energy in buildings an internet of Things are solar energy, wind energy and hydroelectric
are use [1]. This paper in introduce the IoT based
energy [6-9].
experimental prototype which save the energy and
provide the positive impact. For communication
between consumers and utility command points to II. Mechanism of Internet of Things
exchanges energy and electrical consumption,
smart meters are use [2]. This paper extended to Nowadays this world is moving to more
smart gas meters and smart water meters. In this interconnectivity and more conductivity. It has
paper we provide the guideline for utilization of become an integrated global community using
smart meters in smart energy monitoring and multiple technologies and various area of
control systems. Figure 1 shows the wide image applications and services. IoT concepts are
of how power and energy from an essential part of moving to a word where real, digital and
smart cities [3]. . imaginary thing are converging to makes our
As illustrates in [3] real time operation data cities smarter and more intelligent. Traditional
from different objects like smart electricity, web technology is empowered by IoT to connect
physical objects (Things) such as home
water and gas meters, smart surveillance, smart
appliances and smart grid Things with a unique
transportation, smart waste management and address form each device [10-11]. This has been
smart environment systems are collected. After it possible by using the IPV6 protocol which has
the data is provided to a smart cluster Head 2128 IP address as compared to IPv4 protocol
(SCH) and then transmits this data to local smart which contains 232 IP addresses. By using IPV6
fusion nodes (SFN). As a result, IoT based smart
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
211
billions of Things are connected, monitored and III. Propose Protocol

controlled at the same time [12-14].
Due to popularity of IoT nowadays, Consumption Domain is one of the domains of
professional of industrial and academics are National Institute of Standard and Technology
divided it into two part or categories one is (NIST) smart gird conceptual model.
Consumer Internet of Things (CIoT, also IoT) and Consumption domain is essential and primary
Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT) [15-16]. The candidate for agglomeration and installation of
most popular application are smart phones, renewable energy resources. As illustrate in
wearable, TVs and appliances and most popular figure 3, mainly three types of consumers, which
IIoT applications are smart factories, grids, are residential, commercial and industrial. For all
machines, cities and cars. Following figure shows type of consumer renewable energy resources
IoT and IIoT popular application. such solar, wind and hydro are installed. The
consumption domain is divided into three
different type of networks: Home Area Network
(HAN), Business Area Network (BAN) and
Industrial area network (IAN) [18-19].
Fig.1. The implementation concept of architecture in

smart cities [3]
Fig.3. Consumers with multiple network protocol

[18]
In this network so many communication

protocols are utilizing such as ZigBee, PLC, Z-
Wave, WiFi, WiMax, 3G/GSM and LET. The
figure number 3 represent the protocols of
communication networks which use at the same
time within one gird [19]. As we already mention
in section II, there are two categories IoT and
IIoT. This paper proposes the way of using the
single network protocol to utilization of both to
integrate three different consumer communication
Fig.2. Categories of Internet of Things [14] networks to the smart grid networks.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
212
The resources of renewable energy is This paper proposes an IoT/IIoT conceptual

considered as an object and each object is the model to integrate renewable energy resources
smart grid network unique IP is assigned. To with one common network protocol instead of
monitor each object, bidirectional communication using the multiple protocol.
is use as control is done via its unique IP address. Different from the use of multiple
This proposes protocol eliminates the need communication protocol in the consumer
multiple communication protocol in the same communication network this paper introduce the
grid. use of single communication protocol by
assigning the unique IP address to each electric
grid devices as an object based on IoT. Using of
single protocol is providing more reliable and
scalable network which can control and manage
remotely with the help of Internet.
V.FUTURE WORK
The propose prototype is work on consumption

domain but it is also extends on distribution and
generations domains of energy.
REFERENCES
[1] Jianli Pan, Rajjain Sudharthi paul; Tam Vu;

Fig.4. Propose Consumers Network with one
network protocol utilizing Based on IoT concept. Abusaueed Saifullah;, Mo Sha, an Internet of
Things Framework for Smart Energy in
Building: Designs, Prototype and
Communication protocol 6LowPAN is use to experiments, IEEE Internet of Things
utilize IP protocol, which is based on IPv6. This Journal,2015 :vol. 2, no. 6 p. 527-538.
communication protocol has 127 bytes frame size [2] Qie Sun: Hailong Li; Zhanyu Ma; Chao Wang;
which proved more space for a payload of 65-75 Javier Campillo; Qi Zhang; Fredril Wallin;
bytes [14]. The use of 6LowPAN communication Jun Guo, A Comprehensive Review of Smart
protocol, make the network faster and scalable. Energy Meters in Intelligent Energy
Scalable feature enable the networks to add more Network, IEEE Internet of Things Journal
devices and appliances such as local batteries, 2015: Vol. 3 No. 4, p. 4464-479
smart meters and home appliance, in the existing [3] Satyanarayana V. Nandury; Begum, Smart
network as an object and each object have unique WSN-based ubiquitous architecture for smart
IP address. With this unique IP address of each cities, 2015 International Conference on
object we control and monitor remotely using the Advances In Computing, Communications
internet. and Informatics, 2015: p. 2366-2373.
Furthermore, same can be extended to adding [4] T. Adefarati; R. C. Bansal, Integration of
more other devices such as circuit breaker, renewable distributed generators into the
capacitor banks, relays and phase measurements distribution system: a review, IET Renewable
units of electricity grid. Power Generation, 2016, Vol. 10, No. 7, p.
873- 884.
IV. CONCLUSIONS [5] Ma Yiwei; Yang Ping; Guo Hongxia; Zeng
Jun, Development of distributed generation
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
213
system based on various renewable energy [13] Jonghwan Hyun; Jian Li; Hwankuk Kin; Jae
resources, 4th International Conference on Hyoung Yoo; James won-ki Hong, IPv4 and
Power Electronics System and IPv6 performance comparison in IPv6 LTE
Application(PES), 2011, p. 1-5. network, the Asia-Pacigic Network
[6] Wencong Si; Jianhui wang; Jaehyung Roh, Operations and Management Symposium,
Stochastic Energy Scheduling in Microgrids 2015, p. 45-150.
with Intermittent Renewable Energy [14] Gonnot, T. and Saniie, J., User Defined
Resources IEEE Transactions on Smart Grid Interaction between Devices on 6LowPAN
2014; Vol. 5 No. 4 p. 1876-1883. Network for Home Automation. IEEE
[7] S. Surender Reddy, P.R. Bijwe, Day-Ahead International of Technology Management
and Real Time Optimal Power Flow Conference, 2014: P. 1-4.
considering Renewable Energy Resources, [15] Designing the Industrial Internet of Things,
International Journal of Electrical Power and http://
Energy Systems, 2016; Vol. 82, No 11., p. electronicdesign.com/industrial/designing-
400-408. insustrial-internet-things, Accessed 30 July,
[8] Abraham Debebe woldeyohannnes, Dereje 2016.
Engida woldemichael, Aklilu Tesfamichael [16] Hisashi Sasajima; Toru Ishikuma; Hisanori
Baheta, Sustainable renewable energy Hayashi, Future IIOT in process automation-
resources utilization in rural areas, Latest trends of standardization in industrial
Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, automation , IEC/TC65, 54th Annual
2016: Vol. 66, No. 12. P. 1-9. Conference of the society of Instument and
[9] Aras Ahmadi, Ligia Tiruta-Barna, Enrico Control EnGineers of Japa (SICE), 2015: p.
Benetto, Florin Capitanescu, Antonino 963-967.
Marvuglia, On the importance of [17] National Institute of Standard and
intergratomg alttternative renewable energy Technology. NIST framework and roadmap
reeesources and their life sycle networks in for smart grid interoperability standard,
the eco design of conventional drinking water release 1.0, http://
plants, Journal of Cleaner Production 2016: www.nist.gov/public_affairs/releases/upload
Vol. 135, No 11, p. 872-883. /smartgird_interoperability_final.pdf.
[10] Mohsen Hallaj Asghar; Atul Negi; Nasibeh January 2010.
Mohammandzadeh, Principla application and [18] B. Al-Omar, AR Al-Ali, R Ajmed, T
vision in Internet of Things(IoT), Landosli, Role of information and
International Conference on Computing, communication technologies in the smart
Communication and Automation, 2015: p. dtid, Journal of Emerging Trends in
427-431. Computing and Information Science, 2012,
[11] Steven E. Collier, the Emerging Internet: Vol. 3, No. 5,p. 707-716.
Convergence of the Smart Grid with the [19] Ye Yan; Yi Qian; Hamid Sharif; David
Internet of Things, IEEE Rural Electric Tipper, A Survey on Smart Grid
Power Conference, 2015: p. 65-68. Communication Infrastructures: Motivations,
[12] John Pickard; Annie Y. Partick; Andrew Requirements and challenges, IEEE
Robinson, Analysis of enterprise IPv6 Communications Survey and Tutorials, 2013:
readiness, southeast Conference 2015, year Vol. 15, No. 1, p. 5-20.
2015 Pages 1-7.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
214
Renewable Energy Options and Possibilities to develop Banswara as

Energy Hub: A theoretical approach
Shiv Lal, Shulbha Kothari
Government Engineering College Banswara
Corresponding Author: shivlal1@gmail.com
Abstract
Energy production from renewable energy option is a sustainable approach. The manuscript is
presenting the Banswara can become a renewable Energy Hub for India. Therefore, research in the
field of solar, wind, biodiesel, micro-hydel and algae area can be done as resource area and for
implementing the all renewables in Banswara division.
the most efficient PV cell today has less than
1. Introduction 50% electricity conversion efficiency. [3]. The
The energy is the primary need of human being working efficiency of PV cell is depending
and the high-grade energy (Electrical Energy) is
being utilized for many household and upon the weather quality, number of clear sky
industrial applications. Conventional and non- days, atmospheric temperature, humidity and
conventional methods are two methods by wind speed also.
which energy can produced. The coal based India is ready for biodiesel revolution. As per
thermal power plants are the major contributers the [4] government of India is working on
of conventional energy (approximately 68% of nationalized biodiesel mission. India shall be
total energy production). The conventional produced biodiesel at commercial stage on or
energy resources like coal, diesel, petrol etc. are before the end of 2006; one biodiesel plant is
limited and will be vanished in next few years. ready for production situated at Nalgonda in
The renewable energy is the sustainable option Andhra Pradesh state.
for electrical energy production and whole The aim of the above given mission is that the
world is continuously working on to increasing use of 20% blended biodiesel (B20 means 20%
the production percentage though RES. The biodiesel and 80%diesel) will be started on
sustainable development of the human society commercial stage till 2011-12. The government
is directly linked with the renewable energy will be saved the sum of Rs20, 000 crores and
options. [1] gives the employment to atleast 2 crore peoples.
A minimum wind which required for the power
generation is available in the region of Table 1: Acquiring land for agriculture of
Banswara.), 750kW and 1 MW wind mills are Jatrofa [4]
situated in wind farms of India. The wind S.NO. STATE AREA (in
energy power generation mills are available in Hectare)
various design features according to the number 1 Rajasthan 275
of blades, power generation capacity, implant 2 Madhya Pradesh 260
according to the wind flow available, shaft
3 Gujarat 240
alignment and design of blades. [2]
A photovoltaic cell is use to convert solar 4 Utter Pradesh 200
irradiance in to electricity. The best temperature
5 Chhattisgarh 190
for generation of electricity is 15-35 degree
Celsius. Temperature more than 40 degree 6 Maharastra 150
Celsius is not utilized for power generation, 7 Harayana 140
causing a decrease in their efficiencies. Even
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
215
Today the action plan of India is targeted on Jatrofa

because its research is likely to be completed. So
many oils can be used for manufacturing (blending)
biodiesel, Thumba oil is one of the oil which found
in western Rajasthan (India) and which is very
familiar to use in soap manufacturing. Another
important seed oil produced in abundant quantity in
India are Soya oil, Sunflower oil, Mustered oil, Rice
oil, Jatropha oil, Ratanjot oil, Thumba oil, Rapeseed
oil, etc. The biodiesel can also be produced from
algae and so many researchers have worked on
algae. [5-11] Fig. 1. Geographical map of India
There are 112 lakes in this area and the area is hilly Fig. 2 Geographical map of Banswara [google
so the possibility of micro-hydel power plants. earth]
Almost the whole area is irrigated by canals. The
It has more than 112lakes and so many small
mahi dam is Third Biggest Dam in India. Various
designs of hydro-power generation plants are
islands are situated between the lakes, thatswhy
accessible in the market. So the selection of the it is called as city of hundred islands. One of
micro-hydel power plant. [12-16] the example of bunch of islands is called
This manuscript is presented the scope and “Chachakota” It is sited at backside of Mahi
feasibility of renewable energy sources in Dam which is shown in different views in Fig.
Banswara. Because Banswara is a lush green region 3[17]
and abundant of water is found in the same area.
Banswara is known as cherapunji of Rajasthan.
2. Material and Methods
2.1 About Banswara
Banswara is a district is situated between
23.11° N to 23.56° N latitudes and 73.58° E to
74.49° E. longitudes in Rajasthan state of India.
Fig. 1-2shows the geographical view of
Banwara on the google earth map. The state of
Banswara was founded by Maharawal Jagmal
Singh. And It is named for the "bans"
or bamboo forests in the area. [17]
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
216
Banswara city is governed by City Council

(Nagar Parishad) which comes under Banswara
Urban Agglomeration. The city has population
of 100,128, its urban / metropolitan population
is 101,177 of which 51,941 are males and
49,236 are females. [www.wikipedia.org] . The
Banswara is situated at southern region of
Rajasthan and its area is 5037 square kilometers
and located between 23.11° N to 23.56° N
latitudes and 73.58° E to 74.49° E. longitudes.
The climate of Banswara is milder than the
desert regions in further north and north-west.
 Maximum temperature is 45 degrees
Celsius to 46 degrees Celsius.
 Minimum temperature is 10 degrees
Celsius to 20 degrees Celsius
 Normal annual rainfall is 922.4 mm
The main tourist places in Banswara are as
follows: Andheswar Parshwanathji, Anekant
Bahubali Temple, Abdullah Pir, Anand Sagar
Lake, Arthuna Temples, Dailab Lake,
Madareshwar Temple, Mahi Dam, Mangarh
Hill, Parheada Temple, Bhim kund, Talwada,
Mata Tripura Sundari Tample, Kagdi Pick-up
weirs. The total transformer capacity in the
district is 63.1 MV·A. of the 1,431 villages
1,219 villages were electrified up to 31 March
2000.
2.2 Power generation from

Renewable Resources in Banswara
Region
2.2.1 Wind Power Generation
The India is producing thousands of MW
energy from wind. The table 2 shows the global
wind power generation and 18,212.6 MW
power is generated or project under
construction in India and the official capacity as
on 2016 is 28,279.0 MW. [18]. According to
the below table, India is in the third number for
wind power generation (operational and under
construction plants)
Table 2. List of countries included for wind
power generation [18]
Database capacity Official capacity
Fig. 3. Chachakota at Banswara[17] Country
(MW) (MW)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
217
Operational or WWEA values Germany 49,213.2 50,019.0 (2016)

under construction Greece 2,648.0 2,374.0 (2016)
Albania 150.0 42.0 (2016) Grenada 1.3 0.7 (2016)
Algeria 10.2 10.2 (2016) Guam 0.3 0.3 (2016)
Argentina 1,121.5 279.0 (2016) Guatemala 73.8 76.0 (2016)
Armenia 2.6 2.6 (2016) Guyana 0.0 13.5 (2016)
Australia 6,363.0 4,326.0 (2016) Honduras 179.9 176.0 (2016)
Austria 2,551.5 2,632.0 (2016) Hungary 536.6 329.0 (2016)
Azerbaijan 54.9 2.2 (2016) Iceland 4.2 3.0 (2016)
Bangladesh 0.9 1.9 (2016) India 18,212.6 28,279.0 (2016)
Belarus 3.4 3.4 (2016) Indonesia 75.0 1.4 (2016)
Belgium 2,927.8 2,386.0 (2016) Iran 146.8 118.0 (2016)
Bolivia 27.0 27.0 (2016) Ireland 3,206.0 2,830.0 (2016)
Brazil 12,769.9 10,800.0 (2016) Israel 27.3 6.0 (2016)
Bulgaria 637.5 691.0 (2016) Italy 9,671.5 9,257.0 (2016)
Canada 12,782.7 11,898.0 (2016) Jamaica 102.2 72.0 (2016)
Cape Verde 27.9 25.5 (2016) Japan 2,730.0 3,234.0 (2016)
Chad 1.1 0.0 (2016) Jordan 322.2 119.0 (2016)
Chile 1,998.1 1,424.0 (2016) Kazakhstan 45.1 2.0 (2016)
China 120,560.1 168,730.0 (2016) Kenya 335.8 25.5 (2016)
Colombia 19.5 19.5 (2016) Latvia 53.1 68.0 (2016)
Costa Rica 347.4 297.0 (2016) Libya 20.0 20.0 (2016)
Croatia 466.0 467.0 (2016) Lithuania 379.9 493.0 (2016)
Cuba 11.7 11.7 (2016) Luxembourg 127.4 99.0 (2016)
Curaçao 32.3 15.0 (2016) Macedonia 36.9 37.0 (2016)
Cyprus 126.7 158.0 (2016) Mauritania 136.8 34.4 (2016)
Czech Republic 347.9 282.0 (2016) Mauritius 10.5 10.5 (2016)
Denmark 5,841.4 5,227.0 (2016) Mexico 5,090.1 3,709.0 (2016)
Dominican Mongolia 100.1 50.9 (2016)
280.3 135.0 (2016)
Republic Montenegro 72.0 0.0 (2016)
Ecuador 76.9 19.0 (2016) Morocco 1,308.6 795.0 (2016)
Egypt 744.8 810.0 (2016) Mozambique 0.3 0.3 (2016)
Eritrea 0.8 0.8 (2016) Namibia 5.2 0.2 (2016)
Estonia 409.9 310.0 (2016) Netherlands 4,748.0 4,328.0 (2016)
Ethiopia 324.2 324.0 (2016) New-Zealand 691.1 623.0 (2016)
Faroe Islands 18.6 18.3 (2016) Nicaragua 186.2 186.0 (2016)
Fiji 10.2 10.0 (2016) Nigeria 10.2 13.4 (2016)
Finland 2,051.9 1,539.0 (2016) Norway 2,291.6 873.0 (2015)
France 13,019.9 12,065.0 (2016) Pakistan 487.2 591.0 (2016)
Gambia 0.2 0.2 (2016) Panama 495.0 270.0 (2016)
Georgia 20.7 20.7 (2016) Peru 372.4 245.0 (2016)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
218
Philippines 372.9 216.0 (2016) It was established jointly by the Rajasthan

Poland 5,709.0 5,782.0 (2016) Energy Development Agency (REDA) and the
Portugal 5,372.0 5,316.0 (2016) Rajasthan State Power Corporation. The
Puerto Rico 125.9 125.0 (2016) Rajasthan State Electricity Board (RSEB) has
signed a power purchase agreement with the
Romania 3,651.0 3,028.0 (2016)
State Power Corporation to buy power at the
Russia 99.3 16.8 (2016) rate of Rs. 3.03 per unit. [20]. The Mahi basin
Saint Kitts and is most suitable region for wind power
2.2 2.2 (2016)
Nevis generation which includes Pratapgarh, Ghatol,
Saudi Arabia 2.8 0.0 (2016) Kushalgarh and Ratlam Road in Banswara
Serbia 9.9 10.0 (2016) Division. Fig. 4 (b) Shows the typical wind mill
Seychelles 6.0 6.0 (2016) of three blades situated in Pratagarh.
Slovakia 3.1 3.0 (2016)
Slovenia 5.5 3.0 (2016)
South Africa 2,322.2 1,471.0 (2016)
South Korea 874.2 1,031.0 (2016)
Spain 23,348.9 23,020.0 (2016)
Sri Lanka 129.9 130.0 (2016)
Sweden 6,113.9 6,493.0 (2016)
Switzerland 75.1 75.1 (2016)
Taiwan 641.0 682.0 (2016)
Tanzania 50.0 0.0 (2016)
Thailand 596.3 223.0 (2016)
Tunisia 242.4 245.0 (2016)
Turkey 7,303.6 6,081.0 (2016) (a)
Ukraine 939.4 559.0 (2016)
United Arab
0.9 0.9 (2016)
Emirates
United-
22,119.0 14,512.0 (2016)
Kingdom
Uruguay 1,502.8 1,210.0 (2016)
USA 98,431.0 82,033.0 (2016)
Vanuatu 3.9 3.0 (2016)
Venezuela 175.9 30.0 (2016)
The Deogarh, Pratapgarh wind energy project

of 126 MW is commissioned by Welspun
renewables. generate 290 million units of clean
energy and help mitigate 2,11,922 tonnes of
carbon emissions annually. The company
claims that 7,25,760 homes will get access to
clean green energy, replacing the need to source
carbon based energy generation. [19] (b)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
219
(c)
(d)
(e)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
220
region having lush green forest. It has

approximately 300 clear sky days. There is no
pollution means the maintenance cost related to
cleaning of cells is minimum, and the
temperature range between 10 to 45°C which is
most suitable for PV cells. The depth of
underground water is varying between 10 feet
to 100 feet. Solar PV pumps can be utilized for
agriculture for this region.
The area is tribal area and conventional
electricity is far from many villages so
decentralized off-grid PV system can be
utilized for many applications in this area.
Thousand of MW electricity can be produced
by solar PV farms implementation in this area
because many thousands of areas is converted
(f) to barren lands in the Kushalgarh area.
Fig. 4. Renewable Energy Options for 2.2.4 Micro-hydel power plants
Banswara (a) Solar, (b) Wind, (c) Micro-hydel, The possibility of micro-hydel power plant is
(d) Biomass, (e) Algae, (f) Bio-diesel from very high in Banswara. [23]. Table 3. Shows
different resources the Mahi hydel power station. It is a major
hydel generating station under Rajasthan
2.2.2 Biomass and Biodiesel Power Vidhut Utpadan Nigam (RVUN’s). The
Plant generation capacity of Mahi Hydro-power
generation station is 140 MW.
Among the different renewable energy sources,
biomass is a versatile energy source. Rajasthan Mahi Power House-I Mahi Power House -
is fast catching up for tapping biomass energy. (2x25MW) II (2 x 45MW)
Up Stream reservoir
'Policy for Promoting Generation of Electricity FRL 281.5M(923ft.)
level 220.5M(723.5ft)
from Biomass 2010' had been issued for Live storage capacity
encouraging investments in the sector. Biomass Live storage capacity
1.53Million
based power projects with capacity of 65.45TMCuft
cubic(54.4MCft)
106.3MW have been commissioned as on
31.12.2011. [21]. A 6 MW biomass power plant Table 3. Mahi Hydel Power Station is RVUN's major
is also under execution in Banswara. [22]. The Hydel generating station situated on river Mahi near
Banswara town, comprising of 2 phases of installed
largest production of algae and biodiesel seeds
capacity 140MW.
in this area and we can increase the production Unit Cost(Rs. Synchronising
of biodiesel plants in Banswara by plantation in Stage Capacity(MW)
No. Crore) Date
the area where barren lands available. I 1 25 22.1.1986
68
II 2 25 6.2.1986
2.2.3 Power from solar Energy 1 45
119
15.2.1989
A typical solar cell is shown in fig. 4. (a), It can 2 45 17.9.1989
be utilized to generate the electricity from solar
energy and that produced energy can be utilized Table 4. shows the unit-wise generation in MU
in both off-grid and grid connected from 2007-08 to 2012-13 session. The
applications. Banswara is a clean weather generation in 2012-13 was observed higher than
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
221
other session. MC
1.5
168228
986880
-II 0
MC
Table 4. Generation Status of Majer Hydel 1.5 445440 0
-III
Station ii)
Annoopga MC
1.5 0 0
Generation in MU rh PH-II -I
Installe MC 279426
Name of d 1.5 302940
S.N 2012- 2011- 2008- 2007- -II 0
Power Capacit 2010-11 2009-10 MC
o 13 12 09 08
Plant y in 1.5 0 0
MW
-III
i) Mahi-I Suratgarh MC 110040
iii) 2 747850
Unit-I 25 60.773 58.083 33.427 34.759 44.984 93.451 MMH -I 0
50 25.4778 28.9011 MC
Unit-II 25 96.398 74.016 33.293 95.095 2 0 0
83 17 -II
Gross
157.17 132..09 58.9048 63.6601 188.54 Pugal PH-
Generati 78.277 MC
1 9 83 17 6 iv) I P/S RD- 1.5 0 0
on -I
620
ii) Mahi-II
Pugal PH-
26.977 19.843 45.679 MC
Unit-I 45 26.13 6.3258 10.7886 v) II P/S 0.65 409243 0
8 8 2 -I
90
20.028 22.269 49.073
Dandi
Unit-II 45 4.0248 10.7388 15.36 MC
6 6 4 vi) Birsalpur 0.535 281578 135330
Gross -I
47.006 48.399 35.203 94.752
Generati 10.3506 21.5274 Charanwa MC
on
4 6 8 6 vii) 1.2 35100 0
la -I
MC 141690
viii) Mangrol 2 974250
-I 0
MC 123105
2 898050
-II 0
MC
2 947400 0
-III
Ghatol
MC 0.6237 0.2248
ix) RMC-I 0.4 306304 449232
-I 6 32
Mahi
MC 0.4085 0.7403
0.4 472784 690497
-II 6 36
Ganora
MC 0.1793 0.2290
x) RMC- 0.165 172704 114160
-I 28 24
II mahi
109624 567718
Total
43 9
Table 6. Generation Status of Major Hydel

Fig.5. Hydro power plant and main gate Station
Generation in LU
opening of Mahi Dam Installe
Fig.5 presented the photographic view of Mahi Name of d
S.N
Hydro power generation station at the Dam. In o
Power Capacit 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11 2009-10
Plant y in
regards of hydro-power generation, table 5 and MW
6 shows the power generation in the Rajasthan i) RPS. Total
in the year of 2010-11, 2011-12 and 2012-13. Unit-I 43 698.406 558.090 173.808 157.680
Table. 5. Generation Status of MMH Power Station Unit-II 43 714.516
1277.22
455.404 264.042
172 6
of RVUN
Unit-III 43 1111.448 974.526 693.276 483.954
2009-
Name of 2011- 2012- Unit-IV 43 1135.956 825.756 421.872 533.058
S.N Rating(M 2010-11 10
Power 12 13 Gross
o W) (KWH) (KWH 3635.59
Houses (KWH) (KWH) Generatio 3660.366 1743.996 1438.734
) 8
n
Annoopga MC
i) 1.5 0 450000 ii) J.S.
rh PH-I -I
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
222
Unit-I 33
1114.350 889.500
536.600 342.300 3. Dainik Bhasker editor, 2005 “Biodiesel Rojgar
0 0 Bhara Iendhan” Page 1&12 Dainik Bhaskar
99 1025.950
Unit-II 33 939.450 292.100 264.900 Newspaper October 23,
0
Unit-III 33 610.6000 946.050 634.550 565.100 4. M. Faried, M. Samer, E. Abdelsalam, R. S.
Gross
2750.900 2775.00
Yousef, Y.A. Attia, A. S. Ali, Biodiesel
Generatio 1463.250 1172.300 production from microalgae: Processes,
0 0
n
iii) Mahi-I
technologies and recent advancements,
Unit-I 25 33.427 34.759 Renewable and Sustainable Energy
Unit-II 25
50 25.47788 28.90111 Reviews, Volume 79, November 2017,
3 7 Pages 893-913, DOI:
Gross
Generatio
58.90488 63.66011 10.1016/j.rser.2017.05.199.
3 7 5. Sinha, S.; Agarwal, A.K.; Garg, S.
n
iv) Mahi-II Biodiesel development from rice bran oil:
Unit-I 45 6.3258 10.7886 Transesterification process optimization
90
Unit-II 45 4.0248 10.7388
Gross
and fuel characterization. Energy
Generatio 10.3506 21.5274 Conversion and Management 2008, 49,
n 1248-1257.
6. Agarwal, A.K. Biofuels (alcohols and
3. Conclusions biodiesel) applications as fuels for internal
Banswara is situated at the south of Rajasthan combustion engines. Progress in Energy
state and it is a highest rainy area, and Combustion Science 2007, 33, 233-
approximately 300 clear sky days are observed 271.
in 2016-17 and pollution free environment are 7. Quaye, E.C. Energy demands in the 21st
the major criteria for possibility of renewable century: The Role of Biofuels in a
energy sources. It is found that all types Developing Country. Renewable Energy
resources like solar, wind, water, bio-fuel are 1996, 9, 1029-1032.
available and it is most suitable area and can be 8. Barnwal B. K.; Sharma, M.P. Prospects of
convert as power hub. Therefore, industrial area Biodiesel production from vegetable oils in
can be expanded and it increased the India. Renew. Sust. Energy Rev. 2005, 9,
employment in present era. 363-378.
9. Freedman, B.; Pryde E.H.; Mounts, T.L.
Reference: Variables affecting the yields of fatty esters
1. Shiv Lal, S.C. Kaushik, Ranjana Hans. from transesterified vegetable oils. Journal
Experimental investigation and CFD of the American Oil Chemists' Society
simulation studies of a laboratory scale (JAOCS) 1984, 61, 1638-1643.
solar chimney for power generation. 10. Zhang, Y.; Dube, M.A.; McLean D.D.;
Sustainable Energy Technologies and Kates, M. Biodiesel production from waste
Assessments 13 (2016) 13–22. DOI: cooking oil: 1. Process design and
10.1016/j.seta.2015.11.005. technological assessment. Bioresource
2. A. Al-Alili, Y. Hwang, R. Radermacher, I. Technol. 2003, 89, 1-16.
Kubo. A high efficiency solar air 11. Berchmans H.J.; Hirata, S. Biodiesel
conditioner using concentrating production from crude Jatropha Curcas L.
photovoltaic/thermal collectors. Applied seed oil with a high content of free fatty
Energy xxx (2011) xxx–xxx DOI: acids. Bioresource Technology 2008, 99,
10.1016/j.apenergy.2011.05.010 1716-1721.
12. Mohibullah, M. A. R. and MohdIqbal
Abdul Hakim: "Basic design aspects of
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
223
micro-hydro-power plant and its potential 18. https://www.thewindpower.net/store_conti

development in Malaysia", National Power nent_en.php?id_zone=1000, Retrieved on 6
and Energy Conference (PECon) December 2017.
Proceedings, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, 19. http://www.renewableenergyfocus.com/vie
2004. w/43408/welspun-renewables-
13. http:// www.microhydropower.net/ commissions-126-mw-pratapgarh-wind-
Retrieved on 5 December 2017 project, Retrieved on 6 December 2017.
14. http:// www.alternative-energy.info/micro- 20. http://www.thehindu.com/2000/03/18/stori
hydro-power-pros-and-cons/ Retrieved on es/0418221g.htm, Retrieved on 6
5 December 2017 December 2017
15. CelsoPenche: "Layman's guidebook on 21. http://pratapgarh.rajasthan.gov.in/content/r
how to develop a small hydro site", aj/pratapgarh/en/business/infrastructure.ht
Published by the European Small ml#, Retrieved on 6 December 2017
Hydropower Association (ESHA), Second 22. http://aquathermindia.com/biomass-based-
edition, Belgium, June, 1998. power-plants/, Retrieved on 6 December
16. Dilip Singh: "Micro-hydro-power", 2017
Resource Assessment Handbook, An 23. http://energy.rajasthan.gov.in/content/raj/en
Initiative of the Asian and Pacific Center ergy-department/rvunl/en/our-
for Transfer of Technology, September, plant/hydel/mini-micro.html, Retrieved on
2009. 6 December 2017
17. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Banswara,
Retrieved on 5 December 2017.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
224
Design Analysis of Distribution Power Network in ETAP-A Case
Study
Urvi Shankar Marathe, Bhupendra R. Parekh
Department of Electrical Engineering, BVM Vidyanagar, Gujrat, India
Corresponding Author: urvi.s.marathe@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Electrical Power system provides essential service to consumer. This research paper deals with the simulation
of One subdivision network of Baroda city is considered for simulation. Simulation is done in ETAP software
& Result is observed for different loading.
Keywords: ETAP, Distribution Network, Power flow Analysis in ETAP.
flow is given in this paper. Backward sweep
I. INTRODUCTION gives the value of Voltage & Current at
different busses by using number of iterations
With rapid Urbanization, Population is & forward sweep gives composite system by
increasing at urban areas; Due to this to which Imaginary part and Real part of the
transfer of reliable Power supply to consumer voltages and currents can be decompose. [3]
end becomes critical. This happens due to high This paper gives Monte Carlo simulation
congestion of distribution lines at service ends. method; this paper gives algorithms to
so, that for the reliability of power design of simulate unbalanced distribution system by
distribution system in proper way becomes load flow. It considers random samples to
important. POWER flow studies are used to compute results. By different system samples
evaluate network steady-state characteristics. different simulation results come out. By
The solution method chosen in the base of considering all results average results can be
accuracy and convergence necessity. considers. For Monte Carlo simulations
Distribution feeders supply unbalanced loads voltage stability index is also required this can
and are not transposed. Furthermore, mutual be study by [4] Basics of ETAP simulations are
impedances can be significant and aggravate studied from [5]. Some advanced technologies
unbalance conditions. In addition to unbalance, which are using in present distribution system
R/X ratios of distribution feeders are generally are studied from [6] & [7]. [6] explains Ring
high as compared to those of transmission main unit for different ratings and with new
lines. So, Distribution system requires advanced features. It includes safe ring and
unbalanced load flow methods. A conventional safe plus concept of ring main units. [7] gives
method for load flow analysis becomes basic parameters, which are using in single
inaccurate. Power system load flow analysis is phase and three phase transformers of
typical tool to check power system distribution power network.
performance efficiently.
In this Papers unbalanced load flow is done on II. CASE STUDY
a subdivision of Baroda city distribution
system. This load flow is identified by 11/0.415 KV distribution feeder of a
considering similar network on distribution of subdivision of Baroda area distribution
Nagpur, Maharastra[1].By considering some network, Gujarat is considered for analysis.
assumptions and value of Impedances and Two supply system hosts with power
Voltage ratings unbalanced load flow is done transformers to feed supply to that area
and results are identified. Results differs from feeders. One supply get from Gotri to
the given results are about 8%. unbalanced Subhanpura feeder and other is from Jambuva
load flow methods are understood by [2], [3]. to Motibaug feeder. Load receives at voltage of
0.415KV. Below Fig 1 shows line diagram of
[2] explains load flow by forward-sweep & substation under case study. This subdivision
backward-sweep method, algorithms for load contains total 28 feeders in which 3 H.T
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
225
feeders and 25 L.T feeders. Distribution of
feeders to both 11KV substations are assumed
as per the required load which has to feed to
each load.
This network is divided in to three parts. First
part contains primary & secondary feeders of
11/0.415KV Voltage ratings
1. PRIMARY TRANSMISSION:-
Transmission System starts from Source

voltage 220KV and end to Motibaug and
subhanpura 11KV substations. This layout
includes primary and secondary Transmission
& Primary Distribution.
Fig 2 Secondary Distribution-1
Fig 3 secondary Distribution-2

Fig-1 Transmission and primary distribution System Some consumers will be feed by Gotri
Substation through Subhanpura 11KV feeder.
2. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM:-
This feeder will supply Power to 11- L.T
Some feeders supply loads from source-1 that
consumers. No H.T consumer is connected to
is Jambuva and other is from source-2 that is
this source.
Gotri. Fig 2 and Fig 3 show the Secondary
distribution system for Baroda subdivision
III. ONE LINE DIAGRAM OF
feeder loads .Here, Transformer ratings of
BARODA NETWORK:-
network is given in figure, Load is consider of
65% of Transformer KVA.
Fig 4, Fig5 & Fig 6 is basic layout for Power
Transmission & Distribution. Fig shows the
As any subdivision takes Power from
single line diagram network for Distribution
minimum two supplies. Some consumers will
system for both the sources. Frequency is
be feed by Subhanpura Substation through
Motibaug 11KV feeder. This feeder will considered as 50Hz & 65% load of all the supply
supply Power to 3- H.T consumers and 11- L.T is consider.
consumers. Diagram is divided in three parts:
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
226
1. Transmission System consumers. No H.T consumer is connected to
2. Distribution System-1 this source.
3. Distribution System-2
This part contains Primary & Secondary
Transmission and Primary Distribution of
Network.
Fig 6 Secondary distribution system-2
IV. RESULT OF LOAD FLOW AT

DIFFERENT LOADING CONDITIONS.
Unbalanced load flow analysis has Done on

20%,50% &, 100,120% loading & PF%,
Current%, load% that has fulfilled at 66KV &
11KV Buses are compared. Load flow studies
Fig 4 Transmission System of Network
are done by current injection method for
As any subdivision takes Power from unbalanced load flow method. Initially,100%
minimum two supplies. Some consumers will load is taken. As only one subdivision is
be feed by Subhanpura Substation through consider some supply lines at 11KV substation
Motibaug 11KV feeder. This feeder will is not considered by open circuited circuit
supply Power to 3- H.T consumers and 11- breaker.
L.T consumers.
Fig-5 Secondary distribution system-1

Some consumers will be feed by Gotri
Substation through Subhanpura 11KV feeder. Fig-7 Load flow at distributor-1
This feeder will supply Power to 11- L.T
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
227
higher than 50% loading and nearer to 100%
load. This graph explains comparison of power
factors for Subhanpura, Gotri, Motibaug &
Subhanpura substations.
2. % Receiving Load
comparison:-
Fig 8- Load flow at distributor-2
1. Power factor comparison :-
Fig 10 Bus load at different %loading
From Fig 5, with increase in loading receiving

end buses Power improves, But it can be seen
Fig 9 Power Factor Comparison
that at very less loading i.e. 20% loading.
From Fig 9, with increase in loading Power Receiving end load at bus is higher than 50%
factor improves, But it can be seen that at very loading and nearer to 100% load. This graph
less loading i.e. 20% loading. Power factor is explains comparison of Receiving end load for
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
228
Subhanpura, Gotri, Motibaug & Subhanpura
substations V. CONCLUSION
3. Current comparison:-
By using ETAP software load flow is done on
Baroda subdivision distribution network for
different loading conditions by using redial
system condition and effect on power
. factor,receiving end Power & current is
compared. We can observe that at 20% loading
due to Ferranti effect effect on that loading its
effect is different than other 100%,50% &
120% load conditions.
REFERENCES
[1] Kishor Porate,K.L Thakre,G.L

Bodhe,”Voltage stability Enhancement of Low
Voltage Redial Distribution Network Using
SVC :A case study”WSEAS
TRANSACTIONS on POWER SYSTEMS.
[2] G.W. Chang, H.L Wang,”A Simplified
Forward & Backward sweep Approach for
Distribution system Load flow analysis”,2006
International Conference on Power System
Technology.
[3] Mini Thomas, Rakeshranjan ,Roma Raina”
Load Flow Solution for Unbalanced Radial
Power Distribution using Monte-Carlo
Simulation”, WSEAS TRANSACTIONS on
POWER SYSTEMS
[5] Kiran Natkar, Naveen Kumar” Design
Analysis of 220/132 KV Substation Using
Fig 11 Current Comparison ETAP” International Research Journal of
Engineering and Technology (IRJET), 02
Issue: 03 | June-2015.
From Fig 11, with increase in loading [6] “SF6 insulated Compact Switchgear, type
receiving end buses Current reduces, But it Safe Plus and SF6 insulated Ring Main Unit,
can be seen that at very less loading i.e. At type SafeRing 12 / 24 KV”ABB catalogue.
20% loading, Current is lower than 50% [7] guideline for specifications of energy
loading and nearer to 100% load. This graph efficient Outdoor Type three phase and single
explains comparison of Receiving end load for phase Distribution
Subhanpura, Gotri, Motibaug & Subhanpura Transformers”,Govt.of.India Ministry of
substations. power central authority new Delhi Aug 2008.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
229
Power system stability enhancement using fuzzy logic-based power

system stabilizer
Pargi Bhavinkumar Devjibhai, Akshay A. Pandya
Department of Electrical Engineering, BVM Vallabh Vidhyanagar
ABSTRACT
Power system is dynamic in nature and it is constantly subjected to disturbances. It is necessary
that these disturbances do not lead the system to unstable condition. Power system stabilizers(PSS)
are used to enhance the damping during low frequency oscillation under these disturbances. PSS are
designed using conventional and non-conventional controllers. Conventional controllers uses phase
lead compensation techniques, but they provide poor performance under different loading condition.
To cover wide range of conditions non-conventional controllers such as Fuzzy Logic controller can
be used. This paper presents the study about PSS using Fuzzy Logic approach to enhance stability of
single machine infinite bus system. Speed deviation and acceleration of synchronous machine are the
two inputs to the fuzzy logic controller. The supplementary voltage signals obtained from fuzzy logic
controller are given to excitation system of the synchronous machine. Results presented in this paper
shows that fuzzy logic-based PSS design gives superior performance than conventional PSS.
Keyword: SMIB, Power System Stabilizer(PSS), Fuzzy Logic Controller(FLC)
1. INTRODUCTION necessary, easy to improve and

Power systems are subjected to low computationally efficient. The fuzzy logic-
frequency disturbance that might cause loss of based PSS are designed on single machine
synchronism or an sometime it’s the reason for infinite bus system and compare the
whole system break down. The oscillations, performance between the CPSS and FPSS.
which are in frequency range of 0.2 to 0.3hz, Result shows that the better performance of
might be generate by the disturbance in system fuzzy logic-based power system
or sometime build up spontaneously. These stabilizer(FLPSS) in comparison to the
low frequency oscillations are generator rotor conventional power system stabilizer(CPSS).
angle oscillations which limit the power
capability of the system and sometime they can 2. SYSCHRONOUS MACHINE MODEL
break the entire system. For this reason, power The performance of synchronous machine
system stabilizers are used to generate the connected to a large system through
supplementary control signal to damp out these transmission lines. Fig 1 show the
low frequency oscillation(LFO). Now a days configuration of SMIB. Synchronous machine
mostly conventional power system stabilizer is connected to infinite line can be represented as
used to overcome these problems. The CPSS the thevenin’s equivalent circuit where Et is
can be designed using classical methods such terminal voltage and Eb is bus voltage.
as eigen value, root locus, and phase
compensation etc. In this paper CPSS use
phase compensation where the gain setting is
already fixed for some situations or some
specific operations but the constant changing
nature of power system makes more difficult
task. So, it is more difficult to design a PSS that
could give good performance in all operations.
To overcome this problem fuzzy logic-based
tech. suggested. Using fuzzy logic-based tech. Fig. 1: General configuration of system
mathematical model of system are not
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
230
The above equation to describe small-signal

performance is represented in schematic Fig.
1.3
From the block diagram we have
Fig. 2: Equivalent system
Classical System Model:

The generator is represented as the voltage E' Solving block diagram we get char. Equation:
behind Xd' as shown in Fig. 1.2. The
magnitude of E' is assumed to remain constant
at the pre-disturbance value. Let d be the angle
by which E' leads the infinite bus voltage EB.
Compare with general form, the undamped
The d changes with rotor oscillation. The line
natural frequency and damping ratio as
current is expressed as
3. POWER SYSTEM STABILIZER

The basic function of power system stabilizer
is to add supplementary signal to the generator
rotor oscillations by controlling its excitation
using auxiliary stabilizing signals. Foe provide
damping signal the must produce a component
Fig. 3: classical model of generator of electrical torque in phase with rotor speed
deviations. The fig. shows the block diagram
of PSS. The CPSS can use input as speed
deviation of generator shaft, accelerating
power or even the terminal bus frequency. In
this paper the speed deviation is used as input
and voltage signal as output of CPSS.
Fig. 4: Block diagram of SMIB with classical

model
With stator resistance neglected, the air-gap
power (Pe) is equal to the terminal power (P).
In per unit, the air-gap torque is equal to the air
gap power. Fig. 5: block diagram of SMIB with PSS
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
231
4. FUZZY CONTROLLER 5. SIMULATION AND RESULTS

Fuzzy logic control system are rule based The performance of SMIB has been studied
system which a set of fuzzy rules present a (1) With excitation system
control decision to adjust the effect of certain (2) With conventional PSS
system simulation With the help of effective (3) With fuzzy logic-based power system
rule base we can improve our system more and stabilizer
control also increase. The fuzzy logic The data taken from:
controller provide an algorithm which can
convert the control strategy into automatic (1) With excitation system
control strategy. Fig. shows the fuzzy logic The model used in the Simulink is shown in the
controller which consists of a fuzzification fig. In this paper the term K is constant. And
interface, a knowledge base, control system, the value of K calculated by using above
decision making logic. And a defuzzification parameters:
interface. K1  0.7635, K 2  0.8643, K3  0.3230, K4  1.4188
Fig. 6: design of fuzzy logic controller Fig. 7: SMIB with AVR only
Fig. 8: system response with K5 negative
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
232
(2) With conventional power system (3) With fuzzy logic based power
stabilizer(CPSS) system stabilizer
Fig. 9: SMIB with AVR and PSS

Fig. 11: Simulink model with fuzzy logic
based PSS
Fig. 12: results of variations of angular speed

Fig. 10: variation of angular speed, angular and angular position when system with fuzzy
position and torque when PSS is applied with logic-based PSS
K5 negative and positive
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
233
6. Conclusions
In this paper work is carried out to dampout the
oscillation of the power system using fuzzy
logic based controller on a single machine
infinite bus system. FLPSS shows that superior
performance than the power system stabilizer
in term of settling time and damping effect. So,
we can conclude that the performance of
FLPSS is more better than conventional power
system stabilizer.
7. REFERENCE
1. K.Gowrishankar, M.D.Masud khan 2012.
Matlab Simulink Model Of Fuzzy logic
controller with PSS and its performance
anlaysis
2. Kamalesh Chandra Rout And
Dr.P.C.Panda 2010. Dynamic Stability
Enhancement of Power System Using
Fuzzy Logic Based Power System
Stabilizer
3. D. K. Sambariya, R. Gupta and A.K.
Sharma 2005. Fuzzy Application To
Single Machine Power System Stabilizer
4. Neeraj Gupta And Sanjay K. Jain 2010.
Comparative Analysis of Fuzzy Power
System Stabilizer Using Different
Membership Functions
5. Jenica Ileana Corcua And
EleonorStoenescun 2007. Fuzzy Logic
Controller as a Powers System Stabilizer
6. Manish kushwaha and Mrs. Ranjeeta
khare 2013. Dynamic Stability
Enhancement of Power System using
Fuzzy Logic Based Power System
Stabilizer
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
234
Impact of Facts Device on Protective Distance Relay

Taral Falgunibahen R., Rashesh P. Mehta
Electrical Engineering Department, BVM Vidtanagar Gujrat, India
Corresponding Author: falgunitaral@gmail.com
Abstract
This paper presents simulation of protective distance relay with and without FACTS (Flexible AC
Transmission System) device such as STATCOM (Static synchronous compensator). FACTS Device
are widely used to improve long transmission line capacity and increases reliability of system. But
when STATCOM is connected in transmission line and fault is after STATCOM, it has a great impact
on distance relay tripping characteristics. Simulation result is used to discuss the impact of distance
relay for different mode of STATCOM located on Transmission line. We verify the proposed model
under different types of fault and fault locations. The simulation is carried out in PSCAD software.
Keywords – FACTS devices, Distance relay, MHO relay, Modelling PSCAD/EMTDC
1. Introduction and current i.e. impedance is less than the line

In recent years due to industrialization and impendence. But the presence of FACTS
urbanization life styles, there is tremendous devices in fault loop affects both transient and
increase in electric power demand. This makes steady state components of voltage and current
existing system very complex. So to meet this at the relay point. This causes distance relay in
electrical power demand new transmission overreach or under reach problem, which
lines can be added or some devices can be results in unwanted tripping signal given to the
installed on existing transmission line without circuit breaker in the presence of FACTS
affecting efficiency and reliability of the devices in transmission line. [2, 3]
system. Installing new transmission line in Therefore, it is very important to study the
power system can increase technological impact of FACTS devices on traditional
complexities, economic and environmental protective relay scheme such as distance relay
problems. So, adding new devices such as for transmission line.
FACTS (Flexible AC Transmission System) This paper will analyse impact of STATCOM
have supported the transmission system and on distance relay when STATCOM is
increase the capacity of transmission line. connected in transmission line. A model of
With the help of FACTS devices bus voltage, distance relay with STATCOM proposed in
line impedance and phase angle in the power PSCAD. The simulation results obtained after
system can easily be manipulated and rapidly installing FACTS devices in transmission line
regulated to increase the stability of the clearly show the impact of FACTS devices on
system. But installing FACTS devices in distance relay.
transmission not only change the impendence
but also change the voltage and current signals 2. FACTS Devices
due to addition of decaying DC component, The IEEE defines FACTS as “Alternating
sub synchronous frequency components and current transmission systems incorporating
odd-harmonics component. [1] Distance power electronics-based and other static
protection is mainly used to protect the controller to enhance controllability and
transmission line. Its principle depends on increase power transfer capability”. FACTS
electrical measures like voltage and currents. Controller can be divided into four categories:
Distance relay measure the impedance  Series controller: In principle, all series
between relay location and fault point by controller inject voltage in series with the
measuring the voltage and current ratio line. Variable impedance multiplied by
computation. This impedance is directly current flow through it, represents an
proportional to the length of transmission line. injected series voltage in the line. This
The relay will operate when ratio of voltage series controller could be variable
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
235
impedance, such as capacitor and inductor. them within an acceptable level. In this paper
This only supply or consumes variable 12-pulse IGBT type STATCOM is used. [4, 5]
reactive power. 3. Distance Relay
 Shunt controller: They represent current Distance relay are used for protection of long
source connected in shunt with the line. and extra high voltage transmission line,
Shunt Controllers only generate or absorb transmitting power at 132 KV, 220 KV, and
reactive power due to the injected current in 400 KV. The settings of distance relay can
phase quadrature with line voltage. easily be carried out and they provide back-up
 Combined series-series controller: This protection as compared to other relay like over
could be a combination of separate series current relay. The over current relay
controllers, which are controlled in a principally dependant on only magnitude of
coordinated manner in a multiline fault current. There are some parameters in
transmission line. They control active as transmission line such as source impedance,
well as reactive power. line resistance, fault location, type of fault etc.
 Combined series-shunt controller: This These parameters affect the measurement of
could be a combination of separate shunt current by the relay, which causes
and series controller, which are controlled unsatisfactory performance of overcurrent
in a coordinated or Unified Power Flow relay. [8]
Controller with series and shunt elements.it Distance relay able to detect a fault in
also control active and reactive power. [4] transmission line which depends upon the
STATCOM is one of the key FACTS impedance of transmission line which is
controllers. It can be based on a voltage source function of length transmission line. There will
converter or current-source converter. The be a change in determined impedance because
voltage soured converter is most preferable. the fact that current will increase and voltage
The STATCOM converts the input voltage decrease when fault occurs. Therefore
(Vdc) into three phase output voltages with impedance will decrease according to ohm’s
desired amplitude, frequency and phase or the law and distance relay compare this value with
output voltage of the inverter must be in pre-set value, if measured value is smaller than
synchronous operation with the system voltage pre-set value then fault is detected and tripping
under any condition. STATCOM also signal is issued to circuit breaker to isolate the
designed to act as an active filter to reduce healthy portion from faulty portion. Distance
harmonics in the system. STATCOM installed relay does not provide protection of 100% line
in transmission line for many applications such because the error in current and voltage
as: transformer. [5] The highest error in
 Increasing the power transmission impedance measurement is occurs under a
capability faulty condition that is located anywhere from
 Improving the transient and steady state 85% to 100% of protected line. To solve this
stability error in impedance measurement, the zone-1 is
 Damping of power oscillation also set about 85% of the section to be protected.
improving The distance relay operates instantaneously if
 Power factor correcting the fault occurs in zone-1. The zone-2 covers
 Current harmonics eliminating the first line section plus approximately 50%
 HVDC-link performance improving of the next line section. And operate with
Based upon the system application sufficient time delay while zone-3 of this relay
STATCOM is connected in the system. The encompasses the full second line section and
voltage sag is largest at the midpoint of provide the back-up protection for
transmission line, so best location of transmission line. [8]
STATCOM is midpoint of transmission line. In this case the mho relay is taken and zone
For a radially fed loads, the best location for wise fault is creates and compare result.
STATCOM is at load end. STATCOM absorbs 4. Simulation Scheme
or generate the reactive power and maintain
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
236
To explain and simulate the power system

using two sources including STATCOM and Table 2 Settings of Zones of Protection
DISTANCE RELAY at the sending end, the Zone R X
PSCAD/EMTC software used. PSCAD is
Zone 1.082Ω 29.902Ω
graphical user interface, provide vary flexible
1
interface to the electromagnetic transient
Zone 1.5276Ω 42.218Ω
simulation software. [12]
2
Connect FACTS device such as STATCOM
with transmission line and effect of Zone 2.8006Ω 77.39Ω
STATCOM on protective distance relay is 3
observed by MHO characteristics of distance
relay. 5. Simulation Results
Table 1 simulation data Fig.1 shows a typical 300km, 500KV
System Voltage 500 kv, 3 Phase
transmission line. The Power system
simulation includes three main parts…
(1) Compile all the parts of distance relay: The
Supply Frequency 60 Hz inputs of distance relay are voltage and current
at relay location and the output are resistance
X’mission line 300 km and reactance of transmission line. Fault types
length(TL1+TL2+TL3) are stored in PSCAD to use it later to draw the
Positive Seq. Impendence 0.0127+j0.3520 impedance trajectory and tripping signal.
Ω/km (2) Second 12 pulses STATCOM is design in
PSCAD environment and it has many
Zero Seq. Impendence 0.3864+j1.5556 applications like regulating voltage by setting
Ω/km the desired reference voltage, fix reactive
current and fix the reactive power.
STATCOM Rating ± 100 Mvar
(3) Other power system components required
are transmission line, three phase source,
Simulation: loads, and circuit breaker.
dist_relay1 : XY Plot
X Coordinate Y Coordinate
Ra Xa
Rb Xb
Rc Xc
+y
100
50
-x +x
0
-50
-100
-y
-100 -50 0 50 100
Aperture Width 0.5
Figure 1 500kv, 300km transmission line with 0.000s 0.500s Position 0.000
STATCOM simulation Figure 2 Fault at 50km without STATCOM
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
237
dist_relay1 : XY Plot dist_relay1 : XY Plot
Ra Xa
Ra Xa
Rb Xb
Rb Xb Rc Xc
Rc Xc
200 +y
200 +y 150
150 100
100 50
-x +x
50 0
-x +x -50
0
-100
-50
-150
-100 -200 -y
-150 -200 -100 0 100 200
-200 -y Aperture Width 0.5
-200 -100 0 100 200 0.000s 0.500s Position 0.000
Aperture Width 0.5 Figure 5 with STATCOM (inductive mode)

0.000s 0.500s Position 0.000
Figure 3 with STATCOM at 100km fault at 5okm
Ra Xa
In this case line to ground (AG) fault taken at
Rb Xb
50km and STATCOM is at 100km. The Rc Xc
measured impedance is all most same with and
150 +y
without STATCOM. But if fault at 205km and
STATCOM is in capacitive mode and its 100
location is at 100km, fault occurs in zone 3 but 50
impedance trajectory show the fault is out of -x +x
zone. 0
-50
-100
-150 -y
Ra Xa
-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150
Rb Xb
Aperture Width 0.5
Rc Xc
0.000s 0.500s Position 0.000
150 +y
Figure 6 Fault at 205km without STATCOM
100
50
From the above simulation result the following
conclusions can be drawn:
-x +x
0  The STATCOM is located within the
-50
fault loop affects the distance relay
performance.
-100  During a fault, the apparent impedance
-150 -y
will decrease if the STATCOM consumes
-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 reactive power from the system and the
Aperture Width 0.5 apparent impedance will increase if the
0.000s 0.500s Position 0.000
STATCOM supply the reactive power.
 Distance relay will over reach when the
Figure 4 Fault at 205km without STATCOM STATCOM consumes the reactive power and
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
238
it will under reach when supply the reactive 3. M.P.Thakre, V.S.Kale, Jan 2014
power. .Distance protection for long transmission line
 Position of distance relay will also using PSCAD, International Journal of
affects the distance relay performance. Advance in Engineering & Technology
(IJAET), Vol.6, Issue 6, pp.2579-2586.
4. M.P.Thakre, Dr. V.S.Kale, 2014.
“Impact of STATCOM on distance relay",
International Conference on Circuit, Power
and Computing Technology (ICCPCT-2014).
5. Ahmed Albehadili, Ikhlas Abdul-
Qudar 2015, Analysis of Distance relay
performance on Shunt FACTS – Compensated
Transmission Line (IEEE-2015).
6. Dannana Hemasundar, M.P.Thakre,
Dr. V.S.Kale 2014. Impact of STATCOM on
Distance relay- Modeling and simulation
Using PSCAD/EMTDC, Conference on
Electrical, Electronics and Computer Science
(IEEE-2014).
7. Mojtaba khederzadeh, 2002. Impact of
FACTS devices on Digital multifunctional
protective relay, (IEEE-2002).
8. Power system protection and
switchgear by Bhuvanesh A Oza,
Nirmalkumar C Nair, Rashesh P Mehta, and
Figure 7 with STATCOM (capacitive mode) Vijay H Makwana.
9. Krishna T. Madreware, Vivek. R.
6. Conclusion Aranke, Gorakshnath B. Abande,2015.Effect
This paper presents the 500kv, 300km long analysis of shunt device on distance protection
transmission line simulation with STATCOM in PSCAD and MATLAB for L-G Fault,
and having three zones. STATCOM is International Conference on Energy and
installed for reactive power compensation. Application (ICESA 2015).
Fault is created in different zones and zone 10. Hadi H. Alyami, 2015.protective relay
wise results taken with and without model for electromagnetic transient simulation
STATCOM connected. STATCOM in its International Journal of Innovative Research in
capacitive mode results in under reach and its Advanced Engineering (IJIRAE) volume 2
inductive mode results in over reach problem. Issue 1(January 2015)
There will be adverse effect on distance relay 11. Cesar Rincon, Entergy, Jackson MS,
when STATCOM is in fault loop. 39215 Joe Perez, P.E., ERLPhase Power
Technologies, Bryan, TX77802 Calculating
load ability limit of distance relay.
7. References
12. EMTDC/PSCAD Simulation
1. N.G.Hingorani and L.Gyugyi 2000.
Software, Ver.4.5
Understanding FACTS concept and
technology of flexible AC transmission system
IEEE press.
2. Gerhard Ziegler, 2006 Numerical
distance protection principle and Application,
2nd Ed, berlin and menschen Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Ed. Erlangen, Germany:
publics corprate publishing.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
239
Study and Review of Design and Simulation of CCM Boost Converter

for Power Factor Correction Using Variable Duty Cycle Control
Bharat S. Suthar, Swapnil Arya
Department of Electrical Engineering, BVM Vallabh Vidyanagar,Anand, Gujarat,India
Corresponding Author: sutharbharat06@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
In an electrical Power system, a load with a poor power factor draws more current than high power
factor for the same amount of useful power transferred. With the vast development in the usage of
Power electronic devices like Rectifiers (non-linear loads) the current drawn from the line is distorted
resulting in a High Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) and Low Power Factor (PF). Hence there is a
continuous need for Power factor correction and reduction of line current harmonics. The most
popular topology for Active PFC is a boost converter as it draws continuous input current. The aim
of this work is to develop an active PFC control circuit using CCM boost converter implementing
variable duty cycle control. It also regulates the output DC voltage.
Keywords: Power Factor Correction, CCM Boost converter, Total Harmonic Distortion Variable
duty cycle
Ι. INTRODUCTION commercial clients having a low power factor.

Extensive use of power electronic Thus, overall efficiency of the system is
devices has given rise to the need of making degraded.
power management flexible, smart and
efficient. Nonlinear current drawn by power
electronic devices affects the power quality.
Most of the electrical and electronic appliances
such as laptops, desktops, UPS
(Uninterruptible power supply), and VFD
work on D.C supply. Designing D.C power
supplies for such applications is very
necessary.
AC to DC converter or rectifier is a
device that converts ac to dc and this
conversion is done by switching devices such
as diodes, thyristors, power MOSFET’s, etc.
AC to DC converter consisting of diode with a
large output filter capacitor is cheap and robust
but very inefficient. Due to the non-linear Fig 1 : Input current waveform of the nonlinear
behaviour of the switches they tend to draw load with and without power factor correction
highly distorted input current relative to the circuit.
line voltage. As a result, input power factor To improve the power quality of the
becomes very low and also produces a distribution system two types of power factor
harmonic that may interfere with other correction topologies are used, (1) Passive
equipment. Low power factor results in poor power factor correction topology and (2)
output voltage regulation, therefore increased Active power factor correction topology.
current and losses. Moreover, utilities will Passive PFC techniques incorporating L and C
charge a higher cost to industrial and components are the best choice for linear loads
because Passive power factor correction
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
240
technique has a poor dynamic response and an inductor is connected in series with the
lack of voltage regulation. For nonlinear loads power source as shown in fig 2. The boost
active PFC techniques are preferred due to converter controls two functions : first- shape
their superior performance more than passive of the source current and second- magnitude
PFC techniques. Active PFC can be of the output voltage. To accomplish this, there
implemented by using any one of the following are two necessary conditions: first - the output
topology: Buck, Boost and Buck-Boost voltage should be higher than the peak of the
Topology. Buck and Buck-boost converters rectified input voltage, and second- the power
produces pulsed input current requiring flow should be unidirectional. Current path for
additional filtering. The fundamental property different time instants can be considered as
of the boost converter is to produce a smooth shown in the Figure 3 and Figure 4.
input current waveform, therefore reduce
filtering action is require and also increases
efficiency of the system. By reducing the
inductor-current ripple, the boost converter
decreases current stress and increases the
current handling capability at heavy loads for
these reasons, the boost PFC circuit operating
in continuous conduction mode (CCM) is the
popular choice for medium- and high-power
applications. Fig 3 : Current path for the ON state of the
The general goal of the boost PFC switch
converter is to turn the switch (S ) off and on
rapidly and with a varying duty cycle in order
to make the input current (i ) sinusoidal and in
phase with the input voltage (v ).
Π IMPLEMENTATION OF
ACTIVE PFC CONTROLLER
USING BOOST CONVERTER IN
CCM MODE
Fig 4 : Current path for the OFF state of the
switch.
The boost PFC circuit consists two
states. The first state occurs when S is closed,
as shown in Figure 3. When in this state, the
inductor is being energized by the AC side of
the circuit via the rectifier, and thus the
inductor current will be increasing. At the
same time, diode D becomes reverse biased
(because its anode is connected to ground
through S ), and energy is provided to the load
by the capacitor. Figure 4 shows the second
state, which occurs when S is open. In this
state, the inductor de-energizes (the current
Fig 2 : Boost PFC topology decreases) as it supplies energy to the load and
Block diagram of the boost converter for recharging the capacitor.
PFC is as shown in above Figure 2. It consists The boost PFC converter implements
of boost inductor, switch (MOSFET, IGBT two control loops-a voltage loop and a current
etc.), fast recovery diode, capacitor and control loop. The objective of voltage loop is to
circuit. It has a smooth input current because regulate the output voltage of boost converter
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
241
and the objective of current loop is to make the

supply current to follow the sinusoidal 1 V p Dy2 sin t
waveform of the supply voltage, providing iLavg (t )  iLpk (t )( Dy  Dr ) 
2 2 Lf s Vp
high power factor (PF) and low total harmonic 1  | sin t |
distortion (THD). Current control loop Vo
implements average, peak or hysteresis current ……………………………..(6)
control. Thus the supply current is,
Ш BOOST PFC CONVERTER V p Dy2 sin t
is (t ) 
WITH VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE 2 Lf s V
1  p | sin t |
CONTROL Vo
For simplicity, the following assumptions ……………………………….(7)
are made: Fig. 5 shows that the envelope of the peak
1) All the devices and components are value of inductor current is sinusoidal.
ideal; However, the envelope of the average value of
2) The ripple of the output voltage is inductor current is not sinusoidal and contains
too small to be neglected; and distortion it. For analysis purpose the average
3) The switching frequency is much inductor current is normalized with the base of
higher than the line frequency. (Vm Dy2 2 Lf s )(1  Vm V0 ) , so (7) is rewritten as,
Source voltage VS ,
sin t Vp
VS  VP sin t …………………….(1) is  (1  )
V Vo
Where, VP is the peak value of the source 1  P | sin t |
Vo
voltage and  is the angular frequency of the …………………………………(8)
source voltage.
The rectified voltage,
Vd  V p | sin t | ……………………..(2)
The inductor peak current is,
V V | sin t |
iLpk (t )  d DyTs  p DyTs
L L
……………………….(3)
where, Dy is the duty cycle corresponding
to the ON time of the switch; Ts is switching
Fig 5 : Inductor waveform in a half line cycle
period. Assume 100% efficiency for the converter,
In a switching cycle, the inductor has a volt- i.e. Pin  Po the duty cycle is,
second balance,
Vd DyTs  (VO  Vd ) Dr Ts 1 2 Lf s Po
Dy 
Vm  sin 2 t
…………………………………..(4) 0 Vp d t
Dr is the duty cycle corresponding to the 1  | sin wt |
OFF time of the switch; VO is the output Vo
voltage of the boost converter ………………………………….(9)
Equation (4) can be written as,
Vd V p | sin t | IV. VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
Dr  Dy  Dy CONTROL TO IMPROVE THE
VO  Vd Vo  V p | sin t |
……………………………..(5) INPUT POWER FACTOR
From (3) and (5) average inductor current is, In (9) is assumed to be constant. In order to
achieve power factor nearer to unity is
assumed to be variable as follows,
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
242
Vp
Dy  Do 1  | sin t | VI. CONCLUSION
Vo
This paper presents variable duty cycle
………………………………..(10) control for CCM Boost PFC converter. CCM
Substitution of equ. (10) in to equ.(7) leads to mode of boost converter is chosen which
V p D02 | sin t | features smaller inductor current ripple
is (t ) 
2 Lf s resulting in low RMS currents on inductor and
……………………………..(11) switch thus leading to low electromagnetic
Assuming 100% efficiency for the converter interference. Using this technique input current
the average input power is derived as, is made to follow supply voltage effectively.
Thus the input power factor for diode bridge
1 V D2 V 2 D2
Pin  Vm m 0  m 0  po rectifier is improved and harmonic content in
2 2 Lf s 4 Lf s the input current is reduced. It also regulates
…………………………………(12) the output DC-bus voltage
P Lf
Do  2 o s
Vm
……………………………………….(13)
Substitution of equ. (13) in to equ. (10)
2 Lf P Vp 2 Lf P Vp
Dy  s o
1  | sin t |  s o
1
Vp Vo Vp Vo
……………………………………(14)
The Duty cycle expressed in (14) is
complicated It can be simplified as follows
Assuming a  Vm Vo ; y | sin t | , (10) can be
rewritten as,
Dy  Do 1  ay
……………………………(15)
Based on Taylor’s series,
1 1
f ( x)  f ( x0 )  f ' ( xo )  f " ( x0 )( x  x0 ) 2  ...  f ( n ) ( x0 )( x  xo ) n  ...
2! n!
Fig 6 : CCM Boost converter
…………………(16)
Equation (15) can be expressed as
a 
1
1 a2
REFERENCES

3
Dy  Do [ 1  ay  (1  ay0 )] 2 ( y  yo )  (1  ayo(1) y  yo )2Powniker,Student
) 2 (Sujata  ...] Member, IEEE
2 2! 4 and Sachin Shelar, Member, IEEE
………………….(17) “Development of Active Power Factor
Reserving only first derivative term, (17) is Correction Controller Using Boost
approximated as Converter” IEEE International WIE
1
a  a Conference on Electrical and Computer
Dy _ fit  Do [ 1  ay  (1  ay0 )] 2 ( y  yo )]  D1 (1  y)
2 2  ayo Engineering December 2016, AISSMS,
…………………………..(18) Pune, India
(2) M. Nirmala “Design and Simulation of
Where D1  ( D0 (2  ay0 )) (2 1  ay0 )
CCM Boost Converter for Power Factor
Correction Using Variable Duty Cycle
V. SIMULATION Control” International Journal of
Fig. 6 shows the MATLAB simulations of Electrical, Computer, Energetic,
CCM boost PFC converter with variable duty Electronic and Communication
cycle control. Engineering Vol:8, No:1, 2014
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
243
(3) P. Suresh kumar, S. Sridhar, T. Ravi

kumar “ Design and Simulation of Boost
Converter for Power Factor Correction
and THD Reduction” 2014 IJSETR
Vol.03,Issue.42
(4) Saubhik Maulik, Prof. Pradip Kumar
Saha, Prof. Goutam Kumar Panda “ Power
Factor Correction By Interleaved Boost
Converter Using PI Controller” Int.
Journal of Engineering Research and
Applications www.ijera.com ISSN : 2248-
9622, Vol. 3, Issue 5, Sep-Oct 2013
(5) Hiten Pahilwani “Power factor correction
using boost converter” International
Journal of Application or Innovation in
Engineering & Management Volume 4,
Issue 8, August 2015
(6) P.V.R.K.B.A.N.Raju ,I.Sudhakar babu,
Dr. G.V.Siva Krishna Rao “ Simulation of
Active Power Factor Correction Using
Boost Type Converter” International
Journal of Science, Engineering and
Technology Research (IJSETR), Volume
3, Issue 10, October 2014
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
244
Dynamic Voltage Restorer for Power Quality Improvement

Jain Shilpa Pavan, Bhupendra R. Parekh
Department of Electrical Engineering, BVM Vallabh Vidyanagar, Anand, Gujarat, India
Corresponding Author: jainshilpa137@gmail.com
Abstract
Power quality is one of the chief concerns in distribution system in commercial and modern industrial
application. The problem of power quality is manifested as nonstandard voltage, current or frequency
which may result to the failure of end user equipment. Transients sags, swells and harmonic distortion
contribute to the critical problems in power quality out of which the sags and swells are predominantly
found and have severe effect on sophisticated device whose performance is very sensitive the power
supply quality. Custom Power Device is used to overcome this problem. DVR is one of the most
efficient and modern custom power device used in power distribution system. It includes the
advantage of lowest cost, smaller size and fast dynamic response to the disturbance. This paper
presents the modelling, analysis and simulation of DVR using MATLAB/SIMULINK based on PI
controller. The simulation results show the effectiveness of DVR for voltage sag mitigation and a
better voltage profile.
Keywords: Dynamic Voltage Restorer, Power Quality, voltage sag, voltage source inverter
I. Introduction competent custom power device for mitigating

Power quality is the delivery of sufficiently the impact of voltage disturbances on sensitive
high grade electrical services to the load. It also has added features like low cost,
customer.The modern industrial devices used fast dynamic response, and compensation of
nowadays are typically based on the electronic harmonic and reactive power.
devices such as programmable logic II. Dynamic Voltage Restorer
controllers, variable speed drives and other A DVR is the most efficient and effective
precision electronic equipments, which are modern custom power device used in power
extremely susceptible to disturbances such as distribution networks. The DVR as shown in
voltage sags, swells and harmonics .Amongst figure 1 is a series connected solid state device
all the problem of voltage sag is considered to that injects additional voltage required by load
be one of the most severe problems to the into the supply system in order to adjust the
industrial equipments.. Sag, as defined by load voltage to the desired amplitude and
IEEE standard 1159-1995, IEEE waveform even when the source voltage is
Recommended Practice for Monitoring unbalanced or distorted. This process involves
Electric Power Quality, is a “decrease in RMS insertion of real/reactive power from DVR to
voltage or current between 0.1 p.u and 0.9 p.u, distribution feeder for voltage compensation.
at the power frequency for durations from 0.5 A DVR prevents voltage sag and provide
cycles to 1 minute”. The problem of power voltage regulation. It can also work as a
quality may arise due to a variety of events harmonic isolator to prevent the harmonics in
ranging from switching actions at the customer the source voltage reaching the load. The heart
ends or faults on transmission lines. Voltage of the DVR is Control unit, whose main
sag can cause an unacceptable function and function is to detect the presence of voltage
eventual shut down of industrial machines and sags in the system and calculate the required
equipments, resulting loss of production and compensating voltage for the DVR so that
operation. Voltage compensation can be appropriate reference voltage is generated for
achieved by installing A custom power device PWM generator and accordingly gate pulses
is used to suppress out the disturbances at the triggered on the PWM inverter.
customer end to achieve voltage
compensation. The DVR is considered as a III. Operating modes of DVR
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
245
A. Protection mode: If the over current on Inverter (VSI) to the incoming supply voltage
the load side exceeds a permissible limit due to after the detection of any sag by the control
unit. This transformer increases the DVR
voltage to the desired level.
B. DC-link and Energy Storage Devices:
The DC-link and energy storage device
provides the real power requirement of DVR
during compensation period. Flywheels,
batteries, superconducting magnetic energy
storage (SMES) and super capacitors can be
used as an energy storage device.
C. Voltage Source Inverter (VSI): VSI is
a power electronics system consists of à dc
link/energy storage device, and it can produce
a sinusoidal voltage. The function of the VSI is
to convert the dc voltage supplied by the
Fig. 1 Block diagram of DVR energy storage device/dc-link into an ac
B. short circuit on the load or large inrush voltage.
current, the DVR will be isolated from the D. Harmonic filter: The main task of the
systems by using the bypass switches (S2 and filter is to keep the harmonics voltage content
S3 will open) and supplying another path for generated by the VSI to the permissible level.
current (S1 will be closed). By locating the filter at the inverter side the
higher order harmonics are prevented from
penetrating into transformer, thereby it
decrease the voltage stress on the injection
transformer. But there can be a phase shift and
voltage drop in the inverter output, which can
upset the control algorithm. By locating the
filter at the load side phase shift cannot be
occur but harmonics can penetrate into the high
voltage side of the transformer, a higher rating
transformer is required.
E. By-pass Switch: The DVR is a series
Fig. 2 Mode of operation
connected device and one of the drawbacks
C. Standby mode: Under the normal
with series connected device is the difficulties
conditions the DVR may either go into short
to protect the device during short circuits and
circuit or inject very little voltage for
avoid interference with the existing protection
compensation of voltage drops on transformer
equipment. During faults, overload or at time
reactance and losses.
of maintenance a bypass path for the load
D. Injection/boost mode: As soon as the
current has to be ensured.
sag is detected DVR goes into boost operating
mode. For compensation, AC voltage is
injected in series to the feeder with required V. Control circuit
magnitude and phase. The aim of the control circuit is to keep
constant voltage magnitude at the point where
IV. Power circuit a sensitive load is connected, under voltage
A. Injection/Booster transformer: The
disturbance. The control system measures the
basic purpose of injection transformer is to
rms voltage at the load point. No reactive
connect the DVR to the distribution feeder
power measurement is required. The VSI
through the HV-windings and adds DVR
switching strategy is based on SPWM
voltage which is generated by Voltage Source
technique which offers simplicity and good
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
246
response. The PI controller method identifies Figure 4 shows the test system used to carry
the error signal and generates the required out the DVR simulations is presented in this
angle δ to drive the error to zero, i.e., the load section. The DVR coupling transformer is
rms voltage is brought back to the reference connected in delta in the VSI side. The DVR
voltage V ref. In the PWM technique, the system is composed by a 13 kV, 50 Hz supply
sinusoidal signal Vcontrol is compared against system, feeding two transmission lines through
a triangular signal (carrier) in order to generate a 3-winding transformer connected in Yg/Δ/Δ:
the switching pulses for the VSI switches. The 13KV/115KV/115 kV. Such transmission
block diagram of control is shown in figure 3. lines feed two distribution systems through
two transformer of 115KV/11 KV. This test
system is analyzed under three phase short
Fig. 3 Block diagram of control system
VI. Simulation and results

The following table shows the specifications
used for the simulation of DVR model.
DVR parameters Values
Main supply
13 KV
voltage
Series Transformer circuit fault.
1:1
Turn ratio
DC bus voltage 5KV Fig. 4 MATLAB/Simulink Model of DVR
The first simulation contains no DVR and a
Active Power 1000W
Load three-phase short-circuit fault is applied at
Reactive power 500W point before injection transformer, via a fault
Line resistance 0.001Ω resistance of 0.66 Ω, during the period 0.4 to
Line inductance 0.005 H 0.6 sec. The R.M.S voltage at the load point is
Source resistance 0.1Ω 0.32 p.u as shown in Figure 5.
Fault resistance 0.66Ω
Switching
1080 Hz
frequency
Line frequency 50 Hz
Table. 1 System parameters and control
values
The performance of DVR with these designed
parameters is evaluated by performing it’s
simulation in MATLAB/SIMULINK.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
247
be very robust in that case. The DVR has been

modeled and simulated in
MATLAB/SIMULINK. The simulations
carried out here showed that the DVR provides
relatively better voltage regulation capabilities
and successful mitigation of voltage sag
REFERENCES
1. Rakeshwri Pal, Dr. Sushma Gupta,2
December 2016. Simulation of Dynamic
Voltage Restorer (DVR) to mitigate
voltage sag during three-phase fault.
International conference on electrical
Figure. 5 Load voltage without DVR power and energy systems (ICEPES), pp.
14-16.
The second simulation is carried out using the 2. Priyanka Kumari, Vijay Kumar Garg, Jul-
same scenario as above, but now DVR is Aug 2013. Simulation of Dynamic
connected to the system, then the voltage sag Voltage Restorer using Matlab to enhance
is mitigated almost completely, and the rms power quality in distribution system.
voltage at the sensitive load point is maintained International Journal of Engineering
at 0.8 p.u.as shown in Figure 6. Research and Applications (IJERA),
Vol.3, Issue 4, pp. 1436-1441.
3. . S.Ezhilarasan, G.Balasubramanian,2013.
Dynamic Voltage Restorer For Voltage
Sag Mitigation Using Pi With Fuzzy
Logic Controller. International Journal of
Engineering Research and Applications
(IJERA) Vol. 3, Issue 1, pp. 1090-1095.
4. Deepa Francis, Tomson Thomas,2014.
Mitigation of voltage sag and swell using
Dynamic Voltage Restorer. In:
International Conference on Magnetics,
Machines & Drives (AICERA-2014
Icmmd).
5. Sanjay Haribhai Chaudhary, Gaurav
Gangil, May-Jun-2014. Analysis,
Figure. 6 Load voltage with DVR modeling and simulation of Dynamic
Voltage Restorer (DVR) for compensation
VII. Conclusion of voltage for sag-swell disturbances.
The performance of DVR has been analyzed IOSR Journal of Electrical and
for linear load. The Voltage Source Inverter Electronics Engineering (IOSR JEEE),
(VSI) was implemented with the help of Vol. 9, Issue 3, pp. 36-41.
Sinusoidal Pulse Width Modulation (SPWM). 6. Math H.J. Bollen. Understanding Power
The control scheme was tested under three Quality Problems Voltage sags and
phase fault conditions, and it was observed to interruptions. IEEE press.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
248
Design of Active Shunt Filter for Harmonics Reduction at Load Side for
Power Quality Improvement
Makawana Mukundkumar M., Swapnil Arya
Department of Electrical Engineering, BVM Vallabh Vidyanagar, Anand, Gujarat, India
Corresponding Author: makwanamukund424@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
In the recent years the excessive use of power electronic devices and other non-linear loads in industries
have evolved the problem of power quality deteriorating the power system voltage and current
waveforms by injecting harmonics in the utility supply source. Active harmonic filter helps to overcome
this problem and enhance the power quality. This paper represents the effective solution of power quality
problem by utilizing the shunt active power filter for eliminating the harmonics with the help of
Instantaneous real and reactive power (p-q) theory for generating reference current. The hysteresis
controller is used to get required compensation current to be injected at point of common coupling (PCC).
The simulation is carried out in MATLAB/SIMULINK for the Instantaneous real and reactive power (p-
q) theory and the results prove the effectiveness of Shunt active power filter for reduction of harmonics
(THD) up to permissible limit and reactive power compensation to maintain power supply quality.
Key words – Power quality, Active shunt filter, Instantaneous reactive power theory, Hysteresis current
control.
I. INTRODUCTION others) impose that electrical equipment and

The power quality improvement is a major task facilities should not produce harmonic contents
nowadays. About 20 years ago, mostly passive greater than specified values, and also specify
and linear load were used. The usage of non- distortion limits to the supply voltage. And also
linear load was comparatively much lesser thus make it mandatory to solve the harmonic
it was having negligible impact on power quality problems caused by that equipment already
issues. Because of easier controllability of power installed.
electronics and semiconductor device, non- The purpose of the filter is to reduce the
linear loads like rectifier, choppers and SMPS harmonics from the system and also providing
etc. are used in every system. The power the reactive power into the system and improve
electronic devices are very suitable for domestic the power factor. [2] The classification of
use. Due to the use of the power device, the harmonic filter is given in Fig. 1.
reactive power disturbances and harmonics
becomes notable in the power network. Harmonic
The harmonics and reactive power leads to Filter
various problems like distortion of feeder
voltage, overheating of transformers and electric Passive Active Hybrid
motors, low power factor, excessive neutral Filter Filter Filter
current, interference with communication
systems. The growing concern of good power Fig. 1 Classification of harmonic filter
quality and awareness with the harms to power II.SHUNT ACTIVE POWER FILTER
system due to harmonics along with the penalties Most of the connection of the active filter is done
imposed by utility companies and the standards in shunt manner, which means that it will behave
to the limit of THD made by International as the voltage source and injects the current into
standards concerning electrical power quality the system.
(IEEE- 519, IEC 61000, EN 50160, among
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
249
Fig. 1 shows the basic compensation principle of   1  1  ia 

shunt active power filter. A voltage source i  2 1 2 2   
inverter (VSI) is used as the shunt active power i    
. ib  ----- (2)
 
 3 0 3  3
filter. ASPF injects a compensating current IF to  2 2   ic 
the utility, such that it cancels current harmonics
on the AC side i.e. this shunt active power filter The p-q theory power components are calculated
(SAPF) generates the nonlinearities opposite to using the expressions (3), where p is the
the load nonlinearities. Active shunt Filter is instantaneous real power, and q is the
convenient Solutions for Power Quality instantaneous imaginary power.
Problems such as Current Harmonic Filtering,  p  V V   I 
Reactive power compensation, Current  q   V V  .  I  ----- (3)
      
unbalance, Voltage Flicker. Each one of the instantaneous power
components can be separated into an average
value and an oscillating value. The physical
meaning of each of the instantaneous powers is:
P - Average value of the instantaneous real
power p.
P῀- Oscillating value of the instantaneous real
power.
q - The instantaneous imaginary power.
The α-β current calculation is done as shown in
equation (4). Then the inverse Clarke
transformation is carried out to find out
Fig. 2 Basic diagrams of ASPF reference compensation currents in a-b-c
coordinated as shown in equation (5)
A. INSTANTANEOUS PQ THEORY ic  1 V V    P  Ploss 
  2 2    -----(4)
In this paper simulation carried out for SAPFs ic  V  V V V   q 
uses p-q theory. The p-q theory is one of several
 1 0 
methods that can be used to generate reference  ica

   
current for active filters. The p-q theory is a very    2 1 3   ic  -----(5)
 icb   3 
2 2   
efficient and flexible for designing of control  icc   ic  
  1  3 
strategies and implementation. [5] So that this  2 2 
power theory has been largely used in the B. HYSTERESIS CONTROLLER
implementation of SAPFs over the years, and Hysteresis current control method can be used to
has provided good results with different types of get required compensation current to be injected
electrical installations and loads. [7] at point of common coupling (PCC). There are
For p-q theory the electrical grid voltages (Va, many current control methods, hysteresis current
Vb, Vc) and the load currents (ia, Ib, ic) must be control method is easily employed and give
converted to α-β reference frame by applying the quick control of current. The advantages of
Clarke transformation, given by (1) and (2): hysteresis method are its Robustness and with
  1  1  Va  minimum hardware it has fastest control.
V   2 1 2 2    Disadvantages of hysteresis method are variable
V    3 0 . Vb -----(1)
  3  3    switching frequency. Whenever the current error
 2 2  Vc  fed to it exceeds the fixed band then the switching
operation starts. For better accuracy the band
should be smaller. The switch presents inside the
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
250
upper inverter arm becomes turned off if limit of When the final value of the inductor is
current is over reached and that of the switch inside determined, it is suggested to select a value close
the lower arm gets turned on if the current limit is to the lower boundary. The value close to the
below limit. Now there is a decrease in current. lower boundary could provide better current
The working principle is shown below. [3] tracking speed with acceptable current ripples.
The cost of inductor depends on its size. A
smaller inductor reduces the cost. However, it is
suggested to still test the final value by
estimating the upper boundary according to (4).
Sometimes, the upper limit obtained of the
inductor is smaller than the lower limit. It
indicates conflicts exist in the requirement of
current tracking speed and suppressing current
ripple. Some approaches, such as increasing
PWM frequency and adopting multi-level VSI,
could be considered to reduce the lower
boundary.
2. DC link capacitor
DC side capacitor of voltage source inverter
Fig. 3 Hysteresis Controller
serves two main purposes [5]:
C. PI CONTROLLER
I.It maintains the DC voltage with small ripples in
The PI Controller is used to regulate constant DC
steady state.
voltage across the capacitor side of VSI. The DC
II.It serves as an energy storage element to supply
voltage remains constant, until the active power
a real power difference between load and source
absorbed by the converter decreases to level
during the transient period.
where it unable to compensate its losses. Fig. 4
The power for charging the capacitor is drawn
shows PI Controller. The value of Kp and Ki are
from the source via antiparallel diode used in
tuned by Zicholar Nichols method such that it
bridge section. [2] The voltage of capacitor is to
generates regulated voltage.
maintain to its reference value which is given by
following equation.
Vdc_ref P_loss
Ʃ PI Controller 2 VLL
Vdc  2 -----(7)
3 m
The size determination of the DC-bus capacitor
Vdc
is based on the energy balance principle. The
Fig. 4 PI Controller
amount of energy is storing in Capacitor is
D. PARAMETERS OF SAPF
supplied from the source. The capacitor’s
There are two main parameters plays a vital role
capacitance can be found out from the energy
in active shunt harmonic filter operation,
storage equation (8).
1. Interfacing inductor 2. DC
1
link capacitor 2
C DC (VDCref  VDC
2
)  3V ph aIt -----(8)
1. Interfacing inductor 2
The range of the coupling-inductance of an APF III. SIMULATION MODEL AND
is expressed as eq. (6). [9] RESULTS
Vdc _ bus  vVdc _ bus A. Simulation Parameters
L -----(6) Table 1 Simulation Parameters
8 f s ( Level  1)I r r I c
Supply Voltage 440V, 3 Phase
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
251
Supply Frequency 50Hz shown in fig (7). In this waveform the ASPF is
not connected up to 0.1 second. So during this
Non-linear Load 100 Ohm. period the effect of harmonics are clearly seen.
Coupling Inductor 0.001 H But after 0.1 second the ASPF is entered in to
the circuit and it makes the waveform very much
Dc capacitance 10e-6 F sinusoidal. During 0.1 to 0.2 seconds only non-
B. Simulation Model linear load is connected and after that from 0.2
to 0.3 seconds both linear as well as non-linear
loads are connected to the three phase power
supply.
Fig. 5 MATLAB simulation diagram of ASPF

for p-q Theory
Fig. 7 supply side V and I waveform
Fig. 6 sub circuit for Shunt active power filter Fig.8 Load side V and I waveform
C. Results
The simulation is carried out using above
parameters and the results are obtained as per
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
252
Connected Applications. IEEE Transactions

on Power Electronics.
5. S. Parthasarathy, S. Rahini, S.A. Karthick
kuma, 2015.Performance Evaluation of
Shunt Active Harmonic Filter Under
Different Control Techniques, International
Conference on Circuit, Power and
Computing Technologies [ICCPCT]
Fig. 9 Compensated currents through ASPF for
6. S. Shamshul Haq, D. Lenine and S.V.N.L.
phase a
Lalitha,2015. Performance Analysis of
Shunt and Hybrid Active Power Filter
IV. CONCLUSION Using Different Control Strategies for
The VSI based shunt active power filter is Power Quality Improvement, springer
simulated in MATLAB/Simulink using the Proceedings of ICECIT.
Instantaneous real and reactive power (p-q) 7. J. G. Pintol, Bruno Expostol, Vi tor
theory. The FFT analysis proves the Monteirol, L. F. C. Monteiro, Carlos
effectiveness of shunt active power filter. Coutol, Joao L. Afonsol,2012.Comparison
Without SAPF the THD in current waveform is of Current-Source and Voltage-Source
28.98% and after connecting ASPF the THD is Shunt Active Power Filters for Harmonic
reduced up to 2.27%. Compensation and Reactive Power Control.
REFERENCES In:IECON - 38th Annual Conference on
1. Hirofumi Akagi, Edson Hirokazu watanabe, IEEE Industrial Electronics Society, pp
Mauricio Aredes. Instantaneous power 5161 – 5166.
Theory and Application to Power 8. Balaga UdayaSri, P.A.Mohan Rao,
Conditioning,A John Wiley & Sons, INC., Dasumanta Kumar Mohanta, M. Pradeep
Publication. Chandra Varma,2016.Improvement of
2. Dhaval P. Patel, Prof. Swati N. Purohit, power quality using PQ-theoryshunt-active
Khoda N. Odedra, Ankit B. power filter.International conference on
Patel,2017.Performance of Shunt Active Signal Processing, Communication, Power
Power Filter Controlled by Constant Power and Embedded System (SCOPES).
Control Technique.In: 3rd International 9. Ning-Yi Dai, Man-Chung
Conference on Advances in Electrical, Wong,2011.Design Considerations of
Electronics, Information, Communication Coupling Inductance forActive Power
and Bio-Informatics (AEEICB17), IEEE. Filters.In: 6th IEEE Conference on
3. Md Javed,Abinash Agrawal, Industrial Electronics and Applications.
2015.Simulation and Experiments On One 10. Hirofumi Akagi, Akira Nabae. Control
Phase and Three Phase Shunt Active Power Strategy of Active Power Filters Using
Filters. PublishedB.Tech. Multiple Voltage-Source PWM Converters,
thesis,Department of Electrical IEEE.
Engineering, National Institute of 11. J. G. Pintol, Bruno Exposto, Vi tor
Technology, Rourkela. Monteiro, L. F. C. Monteiro, Carlos Coutol,
4. Wajahat Ullah Khan Tareen, Member, IEEE, Joao L. Afonsol, 2012.Comparison of
and Saad Mekhielf, Senior Member, IEEE, Current-Source and Voltage-Source Shunt
2017.Three-Phase Transformerless Shunt Active Power Filters for Harmonic
Active Power Filter with Reduced Switch Compensation and Reactive Power
Count for Harmonic Compensation in Grid- Control, IEEE.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
253
A Study on Speed Control of BLDC Motor Using Fuzzy Logic

Kerulkumar R Chaudhari, Akshay A. Pandya
Department of. Electrical Engineering, BVM Engg College, Vallabh Vidhyanagar, Gujarat
Corresponding Author: kerulchaudhari11@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Due to the properties like high efficiency, reliability, high starting torque, less electrical noise and high
weight to torque, Brushless DC Motor (BLDCM) has been used widely in industries. Importance of the
speed controls of BLDCM is highly required because it indirectly controls efficiency by the mechanical
output required. Controllers such as PWM, PI, Fuzzy and Neural Networks (NN) are used to control the
parameter related to speed. This paper work deals with FLC design by using a simple analogy within the
control surfaces of the FLC and a PI controller for the same. MATLAB / SIMULINK package program
has been used for the simulation and analysis of model. Also, various study shows that the FLC offers
better adaptability than conventional PI controller and due to this the BLDCM drive offers better steady
state and dynamic performances.
Keywords: BLDC Motor, Speed Control, PI Controller, FLC
I. INTRODUCTION structure and ease of implementation; PI
controllers are widely used in the industrial
Nowadays the use of BLDC motor instead of sector. These controllers at the same time pose
brushed DC motor has increased in number of some difficulties such as control complexity
power electric drive applications. BLDC motor nonlinearity, load disturbances and parametric
comprise of sinusoidal (PMSM) or trapezoidal variations.
(PM BLDC) motor, depending u1pon the The use of faster dynamic response controller in
rotational voltage (back EMF) induced. Due to motion control like Artificial Intelligence (AI),
the fact of recent advancements in technology, Adaptive Neuro Fuzzy Inference Systems
these motors which are categorized as special (ANFIS); is the substitution of a standard (PI)
electrical motors are much more suitable for controller. FLC speed controller is one the
efficient drive operation. These motors are frequently accessed controller used for the speed
characterized by a much higher efficiency, control of an electric drive. Fuzzy logic speed
greater reliability, and more power density control can sometime be seen as the ultimate
requiring less maintenance. Due to the fact that solution for high-performance electrical drives.
PM BLDC has higher torque delivered to motor PI controller when compared with these recent
size ratio, high efficiency and long life; these emerging controllers, found to be comparatively
motors find their application in various electrical inefficient. The reason for low efficiency in the
systems depending upon the requirements. In PI controller is the high overshoot from the
this context it can also be noticed that from last reference point, which leads to transients and
few years, research in this area have experienced large delay time to get into steady state. The slow
an expansion. response on the sudden change of load torque
The desired level of performance from BLDC and the sensitivity to controller gains (Kp and
motor could be achieved by the use of suitable Kc) are the other reasons for the obsoleteness of
speed controllers in the overall electric drive- PI controllers. This has resulted in the increased
system. Many controllers like PI, FLC and NN demand of modern nonlinear control structures
are available for the speed control of such like Fuzzy logic controller. These controllers are
electric drives. The Proportional plus Integral inherently robust to load disturbances. BLDC
(PI) controller; is the most commonly used motors being non-linear in nature can easily be
standard controller applicable for speed control affected by the parameter variations and load
of electrical drives. Due to the simple control disturbances.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
254
the PI and Fuzzy Logic Controller will be

II. CONSTRUCTION AND discussed as below.
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
A. PI Speed Controller
A Proportional Integral (PI) is a feedback
Brushless motor is considered to be an
control loop mechanism used in electrical
electronically commutated motor. It requires
control system. PI Controller finds its
electrical switches for realizing commutation of
applications in many industrial processes where
current and hence motor is rotated continuously.
a controller attempts to correct the error between
These switches are connected in H-bridge
a measured process variable and reference set
structure. Figure 1 shows BLDC connected to
point. The algorithm involves a calculation and
driver circuit.
outputting of a corrective action which is done
in order to adjust the process accordingly. The PI
controller, as the name indicates, involves two
separate modes that are: the proportional mode
and integral mode. The proportional mode
determines the reaction to the current error
whereas the integral mode determines the
reaction based recent error. Due to its simple
structure and ease of use; PI controller is widely
used in industry. The speed of the motor is
compared with its reference value and the speed
error is processed in proportional integral (PI)
speed controller.
Figure 1: BLDC motor with driver circuit
Three hall sensors are required for a three phase B. Fuzzy Logic based Speed Controller
BLDC motor which is used to detect the position Non-Linear Systems can be very easily
of rotor. Three sensors are placed on stator at modeled by Fuzzy Logic Controller (FLC). The
120-degree intervals. These windings are placed conventional control system design is usually
in a star formation. Each hall sensors changes its based on the mathematical model of plant which
state for every 60-degree rotation and completes is generally complex mathematical equations.
the whole cycle by taking six steps. Rotor pole On the other hand, FLC expresses operational
pairs are used to determine number of cycles laws in terms of linguistics terms instead of
required to complete a mechanical rotation. mathematical equations. Sometimes it has been
Hence, number of cycles is same as rotor pole experienced that there are many systems which
pairs. are too complex to model accurately, even with
III. BLDC SPEED complex mathematical equations; therefore,
CONTROLLERS conventional methods become infeasible in
these systems. Henceforth, fuzzy logics
linguistic terms provide a feasible and easy
There are several controllers available nowadays
method for defining the operational
like proportional integral (PI), proportional
characteristics of such system to design and
integral derivative (PID) Fuzzy Logic Controller
implement.
(FLC) or the combination between them: Fuzzy-
The generalized block diagram of a BLDC
Neural Networks, Fuzzy Genetic Algorithm,
Motor with a controller as shown in Fig. 2, can
Fuzzy-Ants Colony, Fuzzy-Swarm. But as
be replaced by any other controller as required.
within the scope of this paper the discussion on
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
255
Any control mechanism can be adopted in the Inputs are error (e) and change in error (ce).
system such as PI, PID or Fuzzy Logic Difference of reference speed (ωref) and the
Controller which will be suitable to maintain and original speed (ω) gives the speed error. Output
control the speed of the BLDC Motor. voltage is the controller output.
Membership function chosen is the triangular
shaped function because of its simplicity and
good controlling operation. Error, change in
error and output voltage is the membership
function used here. Seven level of membership
function are applied for all the variables.
IV. SIMULATION
Figure 2: Block Diagram of a BLDC Motor Simulink model of a Permanent magnet BLDC
with Controller Scheme Motor with the FLC is designed in a MATLAB
The section ahead explains the Simulink model Simulink tool. The Simulink model consists of a
of a BLDC Motor with a PI and a Fuzzy Logic 3phase supply via inverter and a BLDC motor.
Controller along with the simulations results The model is coupled with a FLC for the speed
which is discussed. FLC is an algorithm which control of the motor. The model has been
is dependent on lingual strategy of control. It designed using the following parameters as
acquires human thinking about controlling the shown in Table I.
systems without mathematical modeling. Fuzzy
logic’s lingual terminology is often exhibited Table 1: PARAMETERS CHART
using some of the logical insinuation like If- Speed (N in RPM) 1500
Then rules. These logical rules describe a scale
of values which is known as fuzzy membership Voltage (Vin volts) 160
function. Block diagram of fuzzy logic Poles of the Motor
controller is given below, (P) 4
Motor phases (ф) 3
Stator Phase
Resistance (Rs in
ohm) 0.7
Torque Constant (k) 0.84
Load Torque 2 N-m
Back EMF area
(degree) 120
Rotor Initial Position
(Ө in degrees ) 0
Figure 3: Fuzzy controller block diagram Kp=Proportional
There are two types of fuzzy logic controller. Constant 0.002
They are Sugeno Takagi architecture and Ki=Integral Constant 5
Mamdani architecture. For controlling speed,
Mamdani architecture of fuzzy logic is used.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
256
order to keep the current within a certain range

for a specific speed, could be a work for future.
The proposed future work would thereby
enhance the motor start-up current, reduce the
motor current ripples and overall enhance the
motor torque characteristics performance.
Current control methodology will also reduce
the speed and torque variations caused due to
any sudden changes in the motor current value.
REFERENCE
1. Tan Chee Siong, Baharuddin Ismail 2010.
Study of fuzzy and pi controller for
permanent-magnet brushless dc motor drive
2. Adil Usman and Bharat Singh Rajpurohit
2016. Speed Control of a BLDC Motor
using Fuzzy Logic Controller
3. Shruti 2016. Speed Control of BLDC using
Fuzzy Logic
4. W. Hong, W. Lee and B. K. Lee 2007.
Dynamic Simulation of Brushless DC
Motor Drives Considering Phase
Figure 4: Simulation Model of the Speed
Commutation for Automotive Applications
Control of BLDC using FLC
5. S. Rambabu 2007. Modeling and control of
a brushless DC motor
Fig. 4 shows the PM BLDC Simulink model
6. M.Harith, K. P. Remya, Kalady ASIET, and
with a FLC and the simulation results for the
S. Gomathy 2015. Speed Control of Brush
same have been shown ahead. The simulations
less DC Motor Using Fuzzy Based
results comprise of speed, torque and current
Controllers
characteristic curve of a BLDC motor with FLC.
7. Muhammad Firdaus Zainal Abidin,
Dahaman Ishak, and Anwar Hasni Abu
V. CONCLUSIONS Hassan 2011. International Conference on
Computer Applications and Industrial
The speed control of a Permanent Magnet BLDC Electronics
Motor is studied in this paper, using both PI
controller, and Fuzzy Logic Controller. The
paper explains about the performance analysis of
a BLDC Motor in brief Further a comparative
study has been discussed between the PI
controller and Fuzzy Logic controller used on
the MATLAB Simulink tool for the speed
control of a BLDC motor. The inference which
can be concluded after comparison is that speed
control of BLDC using Fuzzy Logic Controller
has better performance. To add current control
function to the proposed speed controller in
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
257
Hybrid Energy Management System design with Renewable Energy

Sources (Fuel Cells, PV Cells and Wind Energy): A Review
Seema Agrawal, Seemant Chourasiya, D.K. Palwalia
Corresponding Author: Seema10dec@gmail.com
Abstract
This paper presents a novel adaptive scheme for energy management in stand-alone hybrid power
systems. The proposed management system is designed to manage the power flow between the hybrid
power system and energy storage elements in order to satisfy the load requirements based on artificial
neural network (ANN) and fuzzy logic controllers. The neural network controller is employed to achieve
the maximum power point (MPP) for different types of photovoltaic (PV) panels, based on Levenberg
Marquardt learning algorithm. The statistical analysis of the results indicates that the R2 value for the
testing set was 0.99.The advance fuzzy logic controller is developed to distribute the power among the
hybrid system and to manage the charge and discharge current flow for performance optimization. The
developed management system performance was assessed using a hybrid system comprises PV panels,
wind turbine, battery storage, and proton exchange membrane fuel cell (PEMFC). To improve the
generating performance of the PEMFC and prolong its life, stack temperature is controlled by a fuzzy
logic controller. Moreover, perturb and observe (P&O) algorithm with two different controller techniques
the linear PI and the nonlinear passivity based controller (PBC) are provided for a comparison with the
proposed MPPT controller system. The comparison revealed the robustness of the proposed PV control
system for solar irradiance and load resistance changes. Real time measured parameters and practical
load profiles are used as inputs for the developed management system. The proposed model and its
control strategy offer a proper tool for optimizing the hybrid power system performance, such as the one
used in smart house applications. The research work also led to a new approach in monitoring PV power
stations. The monitoring system enables system degradation early detection by calculating the residual
difference between the model predicted and the actual measured power parameters. Measurements were
taken over 21 month’s periods; using hourly average irradiance and cell temperature. Good agreement
was achieved between the theoretical simulation and the real time measurement taken the online grid
connected solar power plant.
I. INTRODUCTION f) battery bank, to supply energy to the system

Therefore, a solar-wind hybrid power system when is needed and store it when is not
model will be presented [1-3]. The system will needed,
consist of g) DC/DC converters, to steps-up the voltage to
a) PV panels, to convert the sunlight into direct a higher DC voltage,
current, h) DC/AC inverters, to generate AC waveform
b) wind turbine, to convert the kinetic energy from the DC signal, (i) main controller, to
from the wind into mechanical energy, ensure the continuous power supply for the
c) DC generator, to convert the mechanical load demand. A schematic diagram of a basic
energy from the turbine into electrical energy, hybrid system is shown in Figure 1.
d) MPPT, to operate the PV at the maximum II. Hybrid Power System: Modeling &
power point (MPP), Simulation
e) fuel cells, which performs as a backup power In power applications and system design,
source, modeling and simulation are essential to
optimize control and enhance system operations.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
258
The dynamic simulation model is described for A. The photovoltaic model

a hybrid power system comprises PV panels, A model of PV panel with moderate complexity
wind turbine, fuel cells, battery bank, converters which includes the series resistance, the
and controllers. saturation current of the diode, and the
temperature independence of the photocurrent
source is considered based on the Shockley
diode equation. The PV model is built and
implemented using Simulink to verify the
nonlinear I–V and P–V output characteristics
[7]. Each function uses a notation with a
meaningful lettering to make it readable and
maintainable; e.g. reverse saturation current
function stands for the implementation of
Equation (1).
𝐼 = (1)
Where Ioα is the cell’s reverse saturation current

at a solar radiation and reference temperature; voc
Fig.1- Block diagram of a hybrid power is the cells open circuit voltage. The cell ideal
generation system factor (F) is dependent on the cell technology.
The main controller will have developed to The inputs for the proposed PV model are solar
ensure the continuous power supply for the load irradiation, cell temperature and PV
demand [4-5]. The following subsections manufacturing data sheet information. In this
present the implementation of the PV/wind chapter, ADT 12AS PV module is taken as an
turbine/ PEMFC/Li-Ion battery system model example. The proposed PV model was simulated
[6]. Modeling and simulation are implemented using MATLAB/Simulink, [8] as shown in
using MATLAB/ Simulink and Sim Power Figure 3.
System software packages. The block diagram
of the developed hybrid power system is shown
in Figure 2.
Fig.3 - Implementation of the PV model
B. The wind turbine model

Fig. 2 - Block diagram of the developed hybrid The amount of power that a wind turbine can
power system extract from the wind depends on the turbine
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
259
design. Factors such as the wind speed and the 𝑄 𝑄

𝑉 = 𝐸 −𝐾 𝑖𝑡 − 𝑅 − 𝐾 𝑖∗
rotor diameter affect the amount of power that a 𝑄 − 𝑖𝑡 𝑖𝑡 + 0.1𝑄
turbine can extract from the wind. The wind + 𝐴𝑒𝑥𝑝(−𝐵 𝑖𝑡)
turbine was modelled using the mathematical Where EO is the battery constant voltage (V), K
equations [2]. is the polarization constant (Ah-1), Q is the
𝑃 = 𝜌𝐴 𝑉 maximum battery capacity (Ah), it (∫ i dt) is the
(2) actual battery charge (Ah), R is the internal
Where ρ is the air density in (kg/m3), AS is the resistance (Ω), i is the battery current (A), i* is
swept area of blades (m²), v is the wind speed the low frequency current dynamics (A), A is the
(m/s). As illustrated, there are three inputs and exponential zone amplitude (voltage drop during
one output. The three inputs are the generator the exponential zone) (V), and B is the
speed, the pitch angle, and the wind speed. The exponential zone time constant inverse (Ah) −1.
output is the torque applied to the generator It is implemented using several standard
shaft. The built-in Sim Power System block Simulink blocks as well as some of the Sim
model of a DC machine is used as a power Power System blocks as shown in Figure 7. The
generator driven by the wind turbine (Math output of this model is a vector containing three
Works 2012). As shown in Figure 6, the rotor signals: state-of-charge (SOC), battery current
shaft is driven by the wind turbine which and battery voltage [12].
produces the mechanical torque according to the
generator and wind speed values [10].
Fig. 7 - Subsystem implementation of the Li-

Ion battery model
The main feature of this battery model is that the
Fig. 6 – Implementation of the wind turbine DC parameters can easily be deduced from a
generator model manufacturer’s discharge curve.
A Proportional Integral (PI) controller is used to D. The PEMFC stack model
control the blade pitch angle in order to limit the The fuel cell stack voltage (Vfc) is described as
electric output power to the nominal mechanical 𝑉 = 𝐸 − 𝑁𝐴𝑙𝑛 × −𝑅 𝐼
power [11].
C. The Li-Ion battery model Where Eoc is the open circuit voltage (V), N is
The model of the Li-Ion battery is implemented the number of cells, A is the Tafel slope (V), Io
in MATLAB/Simulink based on the is the exchange current (A), Ifc is the fuel cell
mathematical current (A), Td is the response time (sec), and
Rohm is the internal resistance (Ω). The dynamic
model of PEMFC is built and implemented using
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
260
MATLAB/Simulink. The modified fuel cell techniques will be presented (P&O and neural
model combines the features of chemical [13] network). In the second layer, an advance fuzzy
and electrical models [14]. Hence, it’s suitable logic controller will be developed to distribute
for electrical simulation programs and can the power among the hybrid system [17] and to
represent the effect of operating parameters on manage the charge and discharge current flow
the stack. The model is implemented as shown for performance optimization. Finally in the
in Figure 8. Fuel cell manufacturers provide third layer, smart controllers are developed to
specifications of their stacks which include the maintain the stability of the PEMFC temperature
peak power, polarization curve, number of cell, and to regulate the fuel cell/battery set points to
etc. The PEMFC stack model is modified to reach best performance [18]. Figure 9 shows the
include a fuzzy logic temperature controller are proposed control structure for the hybrid
used to obtain the models parameters. generation system.
Fig. 8 - Subsystem implementation of the

PEMFC stack model
III. Hybrid Systems Energy Controller Based on
Artificial Intelligence
A novel adaptive scheme for energy
management in stand-alone hybrid power
systems, the proposed management system is
designed to manage the power flow between the Fig. 9 - Block diagram of the proposed system
hybrid power system and energy storage IV. Simulation Discussion
elements in order to satisfy the load The dynamics simulation models for each of the:
requirements based on artificial neural network PV array, wind turbine, PEM fuel cell, and Li-
(ANN) and fuzzy logic controllers [15]. The Ion battery were explained and shown.
method offers an on-line energy management by Afterward, an optimized energy management
a hierarchical controller between four energy [19-22] based on a hierarchical controller has
sources comprises photovoltaic panels, wind been implemented to satisfy important
turbine, battery storage, and proton exchange objectives such as: optimal operation of PV
membrane fuel cell [16]. The proposed method panel, battery charge balance, optimal operation
includes a MPPT controller in the first layer, to of FC, and load. Here, P&O algorithm with
achieve the maximum power point (MPP) for linear and non-linear controllers are provided for
different types of PV panels; two different a comparison with the proposed MPPT
controller system [23-29].
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
261
Power System for Vehicles, Southeast Con, 2006.

V. Conclusion Proceedings of the IEEE, pp. 331 – 336
[9] Souleman, N.M., Tremblay, O., & Dessaint, L.-A. (2009)
The analysis of simulation results has shown that A Generic Fuel Cell Model for the Simulation of Fuel Cell
the adaptive algorithm developed is suitable for Power Systems, IEEE Power & Energy Society General
stand-alone hybrid power systems. This control Meeting, pp. 1-8.
algorithm is capable of: [10] Natsheh, E.M., & Albarbar, A. (2013) Hybrid Power
 Extracting maximum power from the PV panels Systems Energy Controller Based on Neural Network and
Fuzzy Logic, Smart Grid and Renewable Energy, 4, (2),
with tracking efficiency exceed 94.5%. pp. 187-197.
 Splitting the power between the power sources [11] Wang, C., & Nehrir, M.H. (2008) Power Management of
to sustain the efficiency of the system. a Stand-alone Wind/PV/Fuel Cell Energy System. IEEE
 Regulating the PEMFC on/off status according Trans. Energy Conversion, 23, (3), pp. 957-967.
to external environmental changes and to load [12] Esram, T., Urbana, I.L., Chapman, P.L. (2007)
Comparison of Photovoltaic Array Maximum Power Point
demand expectation Tracking Techniques, IEEE Trans. Energy Conversion,
 Optimizing the generating performance of the 22, (2), pp. 439 – 449. Celik, A.N. (2003) Techno-
PEMFC by maintaining the temperature stable Economic Analysis of Autonomous PV–Wind Hybrid
and equal to the stack operating temperature Energy Systems using Different Sizing Methods, Energy
(e.g. 65%). Conversion and Management, 44, (12), pp. 1951-1968.
[13] Das, D., Esmaili, R., Longya, X., & Nichols, D. (2005) An
Optimal Design of a Grid Connected Hybrid
References Wind/Photovoltaic/Fuel Cell System for Distributed
[1] N. Shaheen, N. Javaid, Z. Iqbal, K. Muhammad, K. Azad Energy Production, 31st Annual Conference of IEEE,
and F. A. Chaudhry, "A Hybrid Algorithm for Energy Industrial Electronics Society, Raleigh, NC.
Management in Smart Grid," Network-Based Information [14] Dursun, E., & Kilic, O. (2012) Comparative Evaluation of
Systems (NBiS), 2015 IEEE 18th International Different Power Management Strategies of a Standalone
Conference on, Taipei, 2015, pp. 58-63. PV/Wind/PEMFC Hybrid Power System, Electrical
[2] Ahmed, N.A., Al-Othman, A.K., & Al-Rashidi, M.R. Power and Energy Systems, 34, (1), pp. 81-89.
(2011) Development of an Efficient Utility Interactive [15] Kim, S.K., Jeon, J.H., Cho, C.H., Kim, E.S., & Ahn, J.B.
Combined Wind/Photovoltaic/Fuel Cell Power System (2009) Modeling and Simulation of a Grid-Connected PV
with MPPT and DC Bus Voltage Regulation, Electric Generation System for Electromagnetic Transient
Power Systems Research, 81, (5), pp. 1096–1106 Analysis, Solar Energy, 83, (5), pp. 664- 678.
[3] Ahmed, N.A., Miyatake, M., & Al-Othman, A.K. (2008) [16] Villalva, M.G., Gazoli, J.R., & Filho, E.R. (2009)
Power Fluctuations Suppression of Standalone Hybrid Comprehensive Approach to Modeling and Simulation of
Generation Combining Solar PV/Wind Turbine and Fuel Photovoltaic Arrays, IEEE Trans. Power Electronics, 24,
Cell Systems, Energy Conversion and Management, 49, (5). pp 1198–1208.
(10), pp. 2711-2719. [17] Hajizadeh, A., & Golkar, M.A. (2007) Intelligent Power
[4] Hau, E. (2006). Wind Turbines: Fundamentals, Management Strategy of Hybrid Distributed Generation
Technologies, Application, Economics, 2nd edn. Springer, System. International Journal of Electrical Power &
Berlin, Germany. Energy Systems, 29, (10), pp. 783–795.
[5] Hwas, A., & Katebi, R. (2012) Wind Turbine Control [18] Kim, M., Sohn, Y.-J., Lee, W.-Y., & Kim, C.-S. (2008)
using PI Pitch Angle Controller, IFAC Conference on Fuzzy Control Based Engine Sizing Optimization for a
Advances in PID Control, Brescia, Italy. Fuel Cell/Battery Hybrid Mini-Bus. Journal of Power
[6] Muljadi. E., & Butterfield, C.P. (2001) Pitch-Controlled Sources, 178, (2), pp. 706-710.
Variable Speed Wind Turbine Generation, IEEE Trans. [19] C. H. Cai, D. Du and Z. Y. Liu, "Battery state-of-charge
Industry Applications, 37, (1), pp. 240– 246. (SOC) estimation using adaptive neuro-fuzzy inference
[7] Borowy, B.S., & Salameh, Z.M. (1996) Methodology for system (ANFIS)," Fuzzy Systems, 2003. FUZZ '03. The
Optimally Sizing the Combination of a Battery Bank and 12th IEEE International Conference on, 2003, pp. 1068-
PV Array in a Wind/PV Hybrid System, IEEE Trans. 1073 vol.2.
Energy Conversion, 11, (2), pp. 367–373.
[8] Qiuli, Y., Srivastava, A.K., Choe, S.-Y., Gao, W. (2006)
Improved Modeling and Control of a PEM Fuel Cell
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
262
Comparative study of ATSMC and PTMC for a Single Phase SAPF

Seema Agarwal*1, Seemant Chourasiya*2 , D. K. Palwalia*3,
Department of Electrical Engineering, Rajasthan Technical University, Kota, INDIA
Corresponding Author: seema10dec@gmail.com
Abstract
This paper describes the analysis, design, simulation and comparison of the Precise Total
Multivariable Control (PTMC) theory and Adaptive Total Sliding Mode Controller (ATSMC) to a
single phase shunt dynamic power filter(SPSDPF) to enhance the power quality by reducing harmonic
distortions of electrical system. The aim of this paper is to show the comparison of the PTMC and
ATSMC theory and find out which theory is better for the reduction of harmonics. These controllers
are implemented and designed in MATLAB 2012a. MATLAB/SIMULINK Results are provided in
MATLAB 2012a.
Keywords:- Precise Total Multivariable Control, Adaptive Total Sliding Mode Controller, Shunt
dynamic power filter, Harmonic Elimination.
I. INTRODUCTION upon the type of connection it can be classified

Nowadays the use of non-linear load is increased as series dynamic power filter, shunt dynamic
rapidly in industry and in electronic equipment. power filter and hybrid dynamic power filter.
All the power electronic devices are considered Shunt active power filters are most widely used
as nonlinear load. Television, Refrigerator, Air solution to reduce current harmonics, while
Conditioner, Inverters, Printers, Fax machines series active power filters are used to reduce
are some example of non-linear load [1]. voltage harmonics. Universal active power
Increased use of non-linear load has increased filters are used current harmonics as well as
the amount of distorted currents on electrical voltage harmonics. Shunt active power filters are
system. Therefore, interest has been shown as to usually applied to three phase systems whereas
the effect of power factor and the extent of single phase active filters can be applied in
harmonics currents being generated and injected adjustable speed motor drive.
in power lines. Different control methods have been reported to
Traditionally, passive filters have been used to control shunt active power filters. These can be
compensate voltage and current harmonics classified as:
generated by constant non-linear loads. Passive
power filters provide low impedance path for 1. Time-Domain Control Techniques
distorting harmonics in voltage and current, 2. Frequency-Domain Control Techniques Both
resulting in improvement of power quality. time-domain and frequency-domain control
Passive filters can be easily designed and have techniques have well-known disadvantages as
low cost. However, there are some drawbacks of these provide non-linear dynamics of the
passive filters such as mistuning, resonance, closed loop system.
bulky implementation, no possibility of using Also, some advance control methods have been
same power filter for different load. [2]-[3]. reported, such as sliding mode control, artificial
These drawbacks of passive filters can be neural networks, and optimization [4]- [9]. Of
overcome by use of active power filters. the above-mentioned control methods, the
Several control topologies functioning with sliding mode control have been extensively
power semiconductor switches have been applied to the power converters because it has
developed for high-quality requirement. These natural tendency to control time varying
topologies are designed to call off the original topologies. Sliding mode control is the non-
voltage and current harmonics deformation by linear control strategy.
injecting the same detected deformation, but The principle for applying sliding mode control
with reverse polarity, thereby recuperating the strategy is to propose a sliding surface or
power quality. Active power filters are switching function. Sliding mode control has
connected between source and load. Depending inherent characteristics such as insensitivity to
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
263
system parameters variation, robustness and v = (U + U − 1)V

simple control implementation. In this study, (3)
sliding mode control (SMC) is proposed which The current curving through filter capacitor (IC)
leads to sliding surface which is linear can be written as:
combination of system state variables and the I = (U + U − 1) × I (4)
generated references. This control design results From expressions of vx (3) and IC (4), the
in sliding mode controller, which makes the dynamic state equations for the inductor current
system robust, insensitive to system parameter and capacitor voltage are as given below:
variation and simple implementation. L = 𝑉 − 𝐼 𝑅 − (𝑈 + 𝑈 − 1)𝑉
Further, PTMC is proposed using sliding mode
(5)
controller which simplifies the procedure to
convert non-linear system to normal system. The C = (U + U − 1)I
comparison of ATSMC with PTMC is shown in (6)
this work. Here VS is the source voltage.
II. STUDY OF ADAPTIVE TOTAL Let U + U − 1 = U, the dynamic state model
SLIDING MODE CONTROLLER of shunt active power filter becomes:
The main aim of this part of paper is to present = (V − I R − UV )
an efficient design, mathematical analysis of
shunt dynamic power filter and design of (7)
Adaptive Total Sliding Mode Controller = UI (8)
A. Active Mathematical Modelling of shunt
dynamic power filter
To analyze the operational mode of shunt
dynamic power filter, we define a switching
function represented as:
1 if T is ON
U =
0 if T is OFF
Here ‘i’ can be given values from (1 to 4) each
representing the switch number. The two Fig.2. Block Diagram of Shunt dynamic power
switches from the similar segment of the filter
dynamic power filter must operate harmonizing.
Therefore, we can write:
U + U = 1 and U + U = 1
(1)
Fig.3. Sliding surface (a) Stable system (b)

Unstable system
Fig.1. Shunt dynamic power filter B. Adaptive Total Sliding Mode Control Strategy
v = (U U − U U )V The controller consists of two control loops.
(2) Outer voltage loop regulates the capacitor
From equation (1) and (2) we get voltage and inner current loop tracks the
reference current signal. To control the DC
capacitor voltage PI controller is used and
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
264
inductor current is controlled by the use of applying the control law given in equation 4.
Sliding Mode control strategy. Switches of one leg of APF (T3,T4) operates at
The performance of the controller is improved source voltage frequency and that of other
by proposing a control algorithm based on leg(T1,T2)operate at high frequency. The control
sliding surface which depends on source current algorithm U makes the state trajectory to reach
(IS). Assume (VDC, IS) be the reference values of the sliding surface in finite time and then slides
filter capacitor voltage and source current. The along the surface towards equilibrium point
reference values assumed above are also known exponentially. The complete analogy SM
as equilibrium points of the control system. Now controller for single phase shunt APF is shown
we calculate the error signal or error function in fig. 4.
𝑒 = 𝐼 − 𝐼 ∗ = 0 which represents the sliding Fundamental component of the gate pulses to
surface. Also, it is found that system has steady switch is in same phase to that of source voltage
state current error. So as to minimize the steady (Vs). So a band pass filter can be used to generate
state error an integral term is introduced given by the fundamental component of gate pulse by
𝑒 = ∫ 𝑒 . 𝑑𝑡. filtering its harmonics. The characteristics of
The proposed sliding surface or sliding function band pass filter have a significant effect on the
is given by: active power filter performance. The bandwidth
S = e + λe Or S = e + λ ∫ e (9) should be small enough to sufficiently attenuate
Where 𝜆 is a control parameter also known as the harmonic components of the reference
sliding coefficient? Positive values of sliding current.
surface coefficient (𝜆) ensures stability of active The capacitor voltage is put through a RC low
power filter. After deriving the sliding mode pass filter which yields the average capacitor
surface, now our aim is to define the control law voltage. This quantity is compared to the
based on three conditions. These conditions are reference capacitor voltage, with the difference
as follows Reaching Condition, Existing driving the PI controller. The output of the PI
Condition, Stability Condition. The inequality controller is a slow varying variable which is the
which satisfies the existing and reaching peak value of reference source current. This
condition of the system is given by: implies that the output of PI controller gives sum
dS of peak value of fundamental load current and
lim S. <0 the peak value of source current required to
→ dt
C. Controller Design and Reference Current compensate the real power loss in filter
Calculation capacitor. As a result, this slow varying variable
In SM controller in order to satisfy the existence is multiplied with the output of band pass filter
condition we usually determine as following: to generate the desired reference source current.
1 if S>0 As band pass filter is used to calculate reference
U = 0 if S=0 current, small variation in amplitude of source
−1 if S < 0 voltage does not affect reference source current.
This is why this active filter is applicable for
both distorted and nominal source.
III. STUDY OF PRECISE TOTAL
MULTIVARAIBLE CONTROL THEORY
VIA SLIDING MODE CONTROL
The main motive of this segment is to present an
efficient design procedure of precise total
multivariable control law by combining it with
sliding mode control theory to get better results.
Fig. 4. Adaptive total sliding mode controller for A. Multivariable linearization:
shunt apf In multivariable linearization non-linear
The sign of should be controlled to satisfy the characteristics of the electrical system is
existence condition. This can be done by transformed into a linear characteristics and then
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
265
linear control techniques are used to control the B. Control Design:

whole non-linear electrical system. The stability of the electrical system is
Taking into consideration a non-linear single- conformed if the coefficients K1 and K2 of the
input single-output (SISO) electrical system sliding surface are always positive and greater
. than zero. The system has following dynamics:
x  f ( x ) g ( x ).U
𝑒̈ + 𝐾 . 𝑒̇ + 𝐾 . 𝑒 = 0
 (16)
𝑌 = ℎ(𝑥) This is exponentially stable if the requirements
Where f(x) and g(x) defines smooth vector fields 𝐾 , 𝐾 ≥ 0 are accomplished.
on Rn, h(x) defines smooth function, Y is system Considering the main function of the shunt
output and U is the control input variable. active power filter is to shape the line current to
Relative degree is a very important theoretical be in same phase as the line voltage. Desired
concept in input-output linearization which is behaviour of the line current can be derived as
interrelated to the numeral of epoch the system follows
output Y to be differentiated, for the 𝑖 = 𝑘. 𝑣
input to be appear in the output equation (17)
𝑌̇ = ∇ℎ(𝑓 + 𝑔. 𝑈) = 𝐿 ℎ(𝑥 ) + 𝐿 ℎ(𝑥 ). 𝑈 where k is output of PI controller and sluggish
(11) time varying factor based on power demand.
Where L h(x) and L h(x) are the Lie algebra By the correlation between line current, filter
derivatives of h(x) with reverence to current and load currents, we can derive the
f(x) and g(x) . If the virtual degree r of the current reference expression as
electrical system coincides with the system order 𝑖 ∗ = 𝑘. 𝑣 − 𝑖
(r=n), we must differentiate r times the system (18)
output, i.e. Hence, we can write the expression of error
𝑌 = 𝐿 ℎ(𝑥 ) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑘 < 𝑟 − 1 function as:
(12) 𝑒 = ∫ 𝑣 (𝑖 − 𝑘𝑣 )𝜕𝑟
(19)
𝑌 = 𝐿 ℎ (𝑥 ) + 𝐿 𝐿 ℎ(𝑥 ). 𝑈 and from the above equation the sliding surface
(13) can be derived as:
Which shows that 𝐿 𝐿 ℎ (𝑥 ) = 0 for all (k < r-1) 𝑠 = 𝑣 (𝑖 − 𝑘𝑣 ) + 𝐾 𝑣 (𝑖 − 𝑘𝑣 )𝜕𝜏
and 𝐿 𝐿 ℎ(𝑥 ) ≠ 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 (𝑟 = 𝑛). Hence the
system linearization can be done by means of the + 𝐾 𝑣 (𝑖
subsequent input conversion. − 𝑘𝑣 )𝜕𝜏 (20)
𝑈= ( )
[𝑣 − 𝐿 ℎ(𝑥)]
The key aim in derivation of sliding mode
(14)
controller is to fulfil the reaching surface
which provides a linear bond linking the
condition which ensures the existence of the
electrical system output Y and the control input
sliding regime on a sliding surface. The reaching
𝑣:
surface condition can be given by:
𝑦 = 𝑣
𝑠. 𝑠̇ < 0
(15)
The control law is obtained as
Still, the electrical system cannot be liberalized 1, for 𝑠 > 0
when the virtual degree of an electrical system is 𝑈=
0, for 𝑠 < 0
not more than the order of the electrical system.
In this case, system is partially liberalized and
the part of the system which is set aside of the
linearization process should be confirmed [10].
This is the case for reflection of steadiness of
internal dynamics of electrical system.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
266
IS VS
IS
PI I S* Sliding S
Controller Surface
eqn. (19)
T1
LOGIC CIRCUIT
Low pass Sin wt
fliter Unit vector clock T2
generation Sin wt
VS
Vc
T3
Vcref
T4
Fig- 7. Source current, Source voltage and Filter
Fig.5 Multivariable Controller Design current with proposed adaptive sliding mode
IV. SIMULATION RESULTS control
To check the robustness and efficiency of the
proposed analog SM controller, the complete
shunt APF system is simulated using
MATLAB/SIMULINK. The diode bridge
rectifier having 500-μF capacitor is the non-
linear load used in parallel with a 45-Ω resistor
at its output side. The system parameters used in Fig. 8.Dc link capacitor voltage
the simulation are given in Table 1. Cut-off Finally, this part of paper provides simulation
frequency of RC low pass filter has been set as results to validate the proposed multivariable
80 Hz. Cut-off frequency and bandwidth of band control theory. All the results are validated using
pass filter have been set as 50 Hz and 6 Hz MATLAB/SIMULINK 2012a.The various
respectively. parameters used in designing of shunt dynamic
Table 1. SYSTEM PARAMETERS power filter are shown in Table II given below:
L= 5mH 𝑉 = 110 𝑉 𝜆 = 2000𝑆 Table II PARAMETERS OF THE DYNAMIC
Vref = 200V 𝑓 = 50𝐻𝑧 𝐾 = 0.5 POWER FILTER
C = 1100µF 𝑓 = 40𝑘𝐻𝑧 𝐾 = 10 Parameter Value
The THD of the source voltage under ideal VS 110 VRMS
condition is found to be 0.11%. Similarly, the fS 50Hz
THD of the load current considering up to 30th L 6mH
C 1500µF
harmonics is calculated as 68.77%. Simulated RO 50Ω
load current and source voltage waveforms are CO 500 µF
shown in Fig. 6. It is cleared by application of RS 5Ω
proposed controller, the source current THD is K1 5000
reduced to 4.6%. Fig. 7 shows source current and K2 16650
source voltage waveforms of the proposed KP 0.50
KI 10
analog SM controller.
VC* 200
fsampling 40KHz
The cut-off frequency used in low pass filter is

78 Hz. The proposed multivariable controller
reduces the harmonics by less than 5%. The
total harmonic distortion in source current
after use of this controller is 2.78%.These
results are verified for time period from
0.12seconds and up to 4 cycles. The
simulation results of proposed controller are
Figure 6. load Current and Source Voltage verified in MATLAB/SIMULINK 2012a.
These are given below:
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
267
measurements, and analysis: An

update,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., vol.
26, no. 6, pp. 1034–1042, Nov.–Dec.
1990.
[3] M. E. Amoli and T. Florence, “Voltage,
current harmonic control of a utility
system—A summary of 1120 test
Fig.9. Load current and Source voltage measurements,” IEEE Trans.Power.
Del., vol. 5, no. 3, pp. 1552–1557, Jul.
1990.
[4] E. Emanual, J.A. Orr, D.Cybanki, and
E.M Gulchenski., “A survey of
harmonic voltages, currents at the
customer’s bus,” IEEE Trans. Power.
Del., vol. 8, no. 1, pp. 411–421, Jan.
Fig.10.Simulation results of proposed 1993.
controller (a) Source Current, (b) Source [5] Mansoor, W. M. Grady, P. T. Staats, R.
voltage (c) filter current S. Thallam, M. T. Doyle, and M. J.
Samotyj, “Predicting the net harmonic
currents produced by large numbers of
distributed single-phase computer
loads,” IEEE Trans. Power. Del., vol.
10, no. 4, pp. 2001–2006, Oct. 1994.
[6] M. El-Habrouk, M. K. Darwish, and P.
Mehta, “A survey of active filters and
Fig.11 Dc link Voltage reactive power compensation
The table given below shows the comparison techniques,” IEE Power Electron.
of the proposed control scheme: Variable Speed Drives, pp. 7–12, 2000.
Harmonic (A rms) THD% [7] S. Buso, L. Malesani, and P. Mattavelli,
iL 67% “Comparison of current control
Is(proposed 2.78% techniques for active filter
controller) applications,” IEEE Trans. Ind.
Electron., vol. 45, no. 5, pp. 722–729,
Oct. 1998.
[8] Seemant Chourasiya, Seema Agrawal,
V. CONCLUSION
“A REVIEW: Control Techniques for
This paper investigates the ATSMC and
Shunt Active Power Filter for Power
PTMC to a single-phase shunt dynamic filter
Quality Improvement from Non-Linear
by implementing the sliding mode control
Loads”, International Journal Electrical
theory. The comparison shows that PTMC is
Engineering, 2015, Vol. 6, No.10, pp.
better in comparison with ATSMC. Its ability
2028-2032.
to reduce harmonics is much better.
[9] Seema Agrawal, Prakash Kumar, D.K
References
Palwalia, “Artificial neural network
based active power filter “, IEEE 7th
[1] P. R. Stratford, “Harmonic pollution on
international conference PIICON 2016,
power systems—A change in
pp. 1-6 .
philosophy,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl.,
vol. IA–16, pp. 617–623, 1980.
[2] J. S. Subjak and J. S. McQuilkin,
“Harmonics—Causes, effects,
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
268
Combined Vector and Direct Power Control of Doubly Fed Induction Generator-
Based Wind Turbines: A Review Paper
Malek Mahammadrizwan M., N. G. Mishra
Department of Electrical Engineering, BVM Vallabh Vidyanagar, Gujrat India
Corresponding Author: rizwanmalek1995@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
In this paper a new innovative combined vector and direct power control (CVDPC) strategy is proposed
for the rotor side converter (RSC) of doubly fed induction generators (DFIGs)-based wind energy
generation system. The direct control of stator active and reactive power based strategy is used by
selection of appropriate voltage vectors on the rotor side. It is observed that the initial rotor flux has no
effect on the changes of the stator active and reactive power. The proposed method only makes use of
the estimated stator flux in order to overcome the difficulties associated with rotor flux estimation. The
proposed DPC method requires only one machine parameter i.e. .the stator resistance which has
negligible impact on the system performance. Simulation results on a 9-MW wind farm consisting of six
1.5-MW DFIG-based wind turbines shows that the effectiveness and robustness of the proposed control
strategy during variations of active and reactive power, rotor speed, machine parameters, and converter
dc link voltage.
Keywords-Direct power control (DPC), doubly fed induction generator (DFIG), direct torque control,
voltage source converter, voltage vector.
I.INTRODUCTION will operate only a sub synchronous speed
Doubly fed induction generator (DFIG) is ranges, the GSC might be replaced with a three-
suitable choice for variable speed wind turbines. phase uncontrolled rectifier In the past many
Due to the fact that the DFIG is controlled by the years, a great increase in electrical power
rotor circuit and the rotor circuit power demand and depletion of natural resources have
approximately equal to 30% of the stator circuit made environmental and energy crises. These
power, DFIG need small-scale power electronic have led to an increased need for production of
converter when compared with induction energy from renewable sources so that the world
generators or synchronous generators. Therefore wind energy production has grown significantly
usage of the DFIG in variable speed wind turbine due to cleanness and renewability. Wind power
systems are more efficient [1]. generation is estimated to be 10% of the world’s
DFIGs stator windings directly connected to the total electricity by the year 2020 and is expected
grid and rotor windings connected to the grid via to be double or more by the year 2040 [1]. Wind
a bi-directional backto- back converter as shown turbines (WTs), which play a main role in wind
in Fig. 1. The bi-directional back-to- back energy, are basically divided into fixed and
converter consists of two converters called rotor- variable-speed technologies.
side converter (RSC) and grid-side converter
(GSC). These two converters are connected to a II.COMBINED VECTOR AND DIRECT
common DC bus. The rotor side converter is POWER CONTROL
used to control the active and reactive power of A. Vector Control
the DFIG and controls the power factor of the Vector control is the most popular method used
DFIG. On the other hand grid side converter in the Doubly Fed Induction Generator-based
keeps the DC bus voltage constant. During the Wind Turbines. In this control method, the stator
operations between sub synchronous and super active and reactive powers are controlled
synchronous speed ranges, three phase voltage through the rotor current Vector Control. The
source converter has to be used as GSC. If DFIG current vector is decomposed into the
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
269
components of the stator active and reactive 3Lm V

Qs  Vds (iqr  ds ) ---------- (8)
power in synchronous reference frame. This 2 Ls s Lm
decouples the active power control from the
So, the stator active and reactive powers are
reactive power control. The stator active and
controlled through 𝑖𝑑𝑟 and𝑖𝑞𝑟, respectively. The
reactive power references are determined by the
block diagram of the RSC-based Vector Control
maximum power point tracking (MPPT) strategy
is shown in Fig. 1.
and the grid requirements, respectively. The
As shown in Fig. 1 schematic block diagram for
phase angle of the stator flux space vector is
the rotor-side converter control of the DFIG. The
usually used for the controller synchronization.
references q-axis rotor current 𝑖 ∗ can be
Although, if the stator flux-oriented frame
(SFOF) is used, the overall performance of VC obtained either from an outer speed control loop
will be highly dependent on the accurate or from a torque imposed on the machine.
estimation of the stator flux position. This can be These two options may be termed a speed-
a critical problem under the distorted supply control mode or torque-control mode for the
voltage condition or varying machine generator, instead of regulating the active power
parameters. Therefore, in this paper, the stator- directly. For speed-control mode, one outer Pl
voltage-oriented frame (SVOF) is used for the controller is to control the speed error signal in
controller synchronization. In order to extract terms of maximum power point tracking
the synchronization signal from the stator Furthermore, another PI controller is added to
voltage signal, a simple phase locked- loop produce the reference signal of the d-axis rotor
(PLL) system is used. The stator active and current component to control the reactive power
reactive powers are as [3]. required from the generator. Assuming that all
3 3 reactive power to the machine is feed by the
PS  Re(VS is *)  (Vds ids  Vqs iqs ) ----------(1) stator, the reference value 𝑖 * may set to zero.
2 2 Rotor excitation current control is realized by
3 3 controlling rotor voltage. The 𝐼 and 𝐼 error
QS  Im(VS is *)  (Vqs ids  Vds iqs ) --------- (2)
2 2 signals are processed by associated PI
As the SVOF is used for the controller controllers to give 𝑉 and 𝑉 respectively.
synchronization, 𝑉𝑞𝑠 disperse and the stator
active and reactive power equations are
simplified to
3
Ps  Vds ids ---------- (3)
2
3
Qs  Vds ids ---------- (4)
2
According to the stator flux equations in the
synchronous frame [3], in this condition, the
stator currents can be written as
L
ids  m idr ---------- (5)
Ls
L V Figure 1. Block diagram of the vector control
iqs  m (iqr  ds ) ---------- (6) strategy of RSC.
Ls s Lm
Substituting (5) and (6) into (3) and (4) yields
B. Direct Power Control
3Lm
Ps  Vds idr ---------- (7)
2 Ls
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
270
In the Direct Power Control method, the stator reactive power control can be achieved by
active and reactive powers are controlled rapidly changing the rotor flux magnitude. The
directly and the current control loop is variation in the rotor flux can be carried out by
eliminated. The principles of DPC can be applying the appropriate inverter voltage vectors
explained by the following stator active and to the rotor windings to rotate the rotor flux
reactive power equations [7] linkage vector. The rotor voltage equation can be
represented and approximated in a short interval
3Lms of ⵠt as
Ps =  s  r sin  ----------(9)
2 Ls Lr d r
 Vr  Rr ir  Vr   r  Vr gt ----------
3s  L  dt
Qs =  s   s  m r cos   ----------(10) (13)
2 Ls  Lr  The six inverter voltage vectors can be
By assuming constant magnitude for the stator appropriately used to control the position and
and rotor flux, the derivative of (9) can be value of the rotor flux’s by knowing the sector in
represented approximately as which 'r is located. The block diagram of the
direct power-controlled RSC is shown in Fig. 2.
dPs 3Lms
  s  r cos  ----------(11)
dt 2 Ls Lr III.Simulation and results
Equation (11) shows that the stator active power In this section simulation study, using
dynamics depends on the variation of δ. MATLAB/Simulink, is simulated on a 9-MW
Therefore, the fast-active power control can be wind farm consisting of six 1.5-MW DFIG-
achieved by rapidly changing δ. By assuming based WTs to compare the performance of the
constant magnitude for the stator flux and δ the proposed CVDPC method with both Vector
derivative of (10) can be represented Control and Direct Power Control strategies.
approximately as Fig. 5
dQs 3Lms d r
 s cos  ---------- (12)
dt 2 Ls Lr dt
Figure 3. Schematic diagram of the proposed simulated system.
Figure 2. Block diagram of the direct power IV.Conclusion

control strategy of RSC. In this paper, considering the vector control and
direct power control method a new approach to
Equation (12) shows that the stator reactive combined control scheme based on the common
power dynamics depend on the magnitude basis of vector control method and direct power
variation of the rotor flux. Therefore, the fast- control method has been presented for the rotor
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
271
side convertor of the doubly fed induction the variation of the machine parameter. By
generator. In result, the proposed combined implementing CVDPC control method gives
vector direct power control method gives a lower power ripple and also high dynamic
compromise of the advantages of these two response.
methods.
Figure 4. Simulation results when the wind speed changes from

15 to 10 m/s.
In the FFT analysis results shows that VCDPC
having less THD than the VC method. Also
provides the decoupling and robustness against Figure 5. Simulation results when Rr is changed.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
272
V.REFERENCES
1. Sevki Demirbas, Sertac Bayhan, “Active
and Reactive Power Control of Doubly Fed
Induction Generator Using Direct Power Control
Technique”, 4th International Conference on
Power Engineering, Energy and Electrical
Drives.
2. Iwanski G., Koczara W., “Sensorless
Direct Voltage Control Method for Stand-Alone
Slip-Ring Induction Generator”, IEEE
Transactions on Industrial Electronics, 54(2):
1237-1239, 2007.
3. Demirba, Bayhan S., “Grid
Synchronization of Doubly Fed Induction
Generator in Wind Power Systems”, III.
International Conference on Power Engineering
Energy and Electrical Drives, POWERENG
2011, Malaga, Spain, 2011.
4. Jafar Mohammadi, Sadegh Vaez-Zadeh,
Saeed Afsharnia, and Ehsan Daryabeigi, “A
Combined Vector and Direct Power Control for
DFIG-Based Wind Turbines”, IEEE
TRANSACTIONS ON SUSTAINABLE
ENERGY, VOL. 5, NO. 3, JULY 2014
5. G. Abad, J. Lopez, M. A. Rodriguez, L.
Marroyo, and G. Iwanski, “Doubly Fed
Induction Machine Modeling and Control for
Wind Energy Generation Applications”
Hoboken, NJ, USA: Wiley, 2011.
List of Figures:
Figure 1. Block diagram of the vector control
strategy of RSC.
Figure 2. Block diagram of the direct power
control strategy of RSC.
Figure 3. Schematic diagram of the proposed
simulated system.
Figure 4. Simulation results when the wind
speed changes from 15 to 10 m/s.
Figure 5. Simulation results when Rr is
changed.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
273
Biomass-Diesel based Hybrid Electrical Supply System for Small

Network
Praful Patidar, Chanakya B. Bhatt
Government Engineering College Banswara, India-327001
Nirma University Ahmedabad, India
Corresponding Author: prafulpap35@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
In present time, distributed generation is very common concern to the researchers. Many researchers working
related to micro grid and distributed generation. In rural areas, wastage is available in form of rice husks,
sugarcane bagasse (for biomass), animal dung (for biogas) etc. It can be utilized in form of renewable bio
energy to produce electrical energy. Main idea in this project is to use waste electrical energy and feed rural
areas as well as vital loads. Biomass producer gas can be used in a hybrid system along with diesel to full the
power need of rural area with less carbon emission. It can be standalone or grid connected system. Dual fuel
generator with diesel and biogas/syngas is a favourable solution for emergency power backup and energy crisis.
In this paper, diesel generator set operate in emergency condition and supply the vital load when grid/renewable
source fault occurs and analyse the effect of DG set with stand-alone condition.
This is done by developing numerical models for the simulation of the operating diesel generators as a back-up
energy source in hybrid power systems. The dynamic analysis is completed by the help of Simulation tool.
1. INTRODUCTION The increased interest in using of diesel generator

sets as the main energy source in isolated areas or
as an stand by source in the case of renewable-
The increasing demand for energy, the continuous
based power systems can be observed by the great
reduction in existent resources of fossil fuels and
number of papers and studies carried out in this
the growing concern regarding environmental
area. The research conducted in this domain refers
pollution have compelled mankind to explore new
to aspects such as island operations of diesel
production technologies for electrical energy using
generator sets [3], simulations of diesel/pv/wind
clean renewable sources such as biogas and
hybrid power systems [4][5],etc.
biomass energy, solar energy, wind energy, etc.
Among the electric power technologies using
renewable sources are clean, green, silent and
reliable, with low maintenance costs. Along with
these advantages, how-ever, electric power
production systems using as primary sources
exclusively solar and wind energy pose technical
problems due to uncontrollable wind speed
fluctuations and to the day night and summer Figure1: Biomass-Diesel based small Network
winter alternations. As a consequence, in 2. Utilization of Biomass as
continuous region, the power supply continuity of Engine Fuel
a local grid should be backed-up by other reliable
and non- fluctuate sources of primary energy, such
As of 31 January 2014, India had an installed
as diesel generator sets. Such systems, designed for
capacity of about 31.15 GW of non-conventional
the decentralized production of electric power
renewable technologies-based electricity, about
using combined sources of primary energy, are
13.32 % of its total. Total Installed Capacity of Bio
called hybrid systems. Diesel generator sets also
Energy as of 31, January 2014 is 4479.85 MW.
used for emergency region in conventional sources
energy like nuclear plant. Diesel generator set used
Table 2.1: Overview of biomass energy
for feed power in isolate region as well as an
emergency region.
Source Type Capacity
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
274
Biomass Power and Grid- 1285.60 CH CO H CO Others L.H.C

Gasification connected MW MJ=NM
3
4 2 2
Grid- 2512.88
7.0 41.0 23.0 20.0 9.0 13.0
Bagasse Cogeneration connected MW
2.2 Experimental work on engine
Non - Bagase
Cogeneration Off -grid 517.34 MW In biomass gasifier (5 kW, Kirloskar, single
cylinder, four stroke engine with 1500 rpm),
Rural Biomass biomass was fed through feed door and stored in
Gasifier Off -grid 17.63 MW hopper (Fig.2.1). Throat (or hearth) ensures
relatively clean and good quality gas production.
Industrial Biomass Grate holds charcoal for reduction of partial
Gasifier Off -grid 146.40 MW combustion products while gas outlet is connected
with engine via venturi scrubber, separator box
cum fine filter and check filter with an air control
valve to facilitate running of engine in dual-fuel
India produces about 600 million tonnes of mode [7].
agricultural residues (mainly rice husks, paddy
straw, sugarcane waste, wheat residues and cotton Table 2.4: Characterization of fuels [4]
stalks), of which 300 million tonnes are unutilized
Calori
and are disposed of by burning in open fields thus c
creating environmental hazards. Diesel engine is value,
capable of successful running in duel fuel mode of Biomass Ash % C% H% N% O % S % MJ/kg
operation with suitable biomass in gasifier. This
study presents engine performance using rice husk, Cotton stalks 6.68 43.64 5.81 0 43.87 0 17.4
rice straw, cotton stalks and bagasse as biomass
fuel in downdraft gasifier in dual fuel mode. Power Bagasse 4.27 44.80 6.20 0.20 44.40 0.01 18.11
Generation application on 100 % producer gas
based system Rs. 15 lacs per 100 KW. Rice husk 17.60 38.30 4.80 0.34 35.45 0.03 14.4
2.1 Introduction Rice straw 10.70 42.30 5.60 0.90 40.50 0.02 11.7
Wood Chips 3.20 48.60 5.56 0.60 41.46 0.03 17.4

As the engine had to be fuelled with syngas or
biogas, the unit was fed with laboratory blends
contained in specific tanks for compressed gasses.
In Table 2.2 and 2.3 the standard composition and
lower heat content for a syngas and biogas
(anaerobic process) are reported, both derived from
standard biomass and with the percentage in
volume of the different components[6].
Table 2.2: Standard composition for a biogas

(Anaerobic) from Biomass
CH CO Others L.H.C Figure 2.1: Schematic arrangement of

4 2 MJ=NM3 experimental set up [4]
62.0 35.0 3.0 23.0 Dust particle of gas also removed by passing
through gas filter. To control of gas valves were
provided in passage of gas and air ow. A single
Table 2.3: Standard composition for a syngas cylinder naturally aspirated direct injection four-
from biomass stroke diesel engine coupled with generator was
used for power generation. Dual fuel mode of
operation was carried out by supplying gas to
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
275
combustion chamber of engine through inlet diesel replacement is more than cotton stalks,
manifold. Gas control valve is opened gradually to because cost of bagasse is higher than cotton stalks.
feed gas into engine. Also, engine governor control Diesel engine generator is capable of successful
knob is closes to dual fuel position, to decrease running in dual fuel mode of operation with
amount of diesel when sound becomes normal. suitable biomass in gasifier because of fuel is
With rotation of gas valve, optimum adjustment of already available. To produce 1 kWh of energy,
gas and diesel is made. 630 ml diesel was used at Rs 19.55. Maximum
diesel replacement in dual fuel mode of operation
2.3 Result and analysis of energy cost using cotton stalks in gasifier was 80 %. To
As producer gas is increased, there is a decrease in produce 1 kWh of power energy, cost associated
diesel consumption. Hence, higher diesel was Rs 4.46. Maximum diesel replacement in dual
substitution in dual fuel mode of operation is fuel mode of operation using sugar cane bagasse in
achieved opening producer gas valve fully so that gasifier was 82%. To produce 1 kWh of power
higher amount of producer gas ow will replace energy, cost associated was Rs 4.82. Maximum
higher amount of diesel. Sugar cane bagasse fuel diesel substitution in case of rice husk was 60% and
replaced maximum diesel (82 %) at 3 kW load to produce 1 kWh of power energy, cost associated
followed by cotton stalks fuel (80 %). As gas ow is was Rs 9.00. Maximum diesel replacement in case
increased in cotton stalks fuel, diesel substitution of rice straw was 47 % while to produce 1 kWh of
varies from 60.58 - 79.79 %, maximum diesel power energy, cost associated was Rs 10.97.
substitution is obtained at full opening of gas ow Hence, power generation cost while using biomass
valve. Wood also replaces a little more diesel (80- is cheaper than conventional power generation
85%) as both fuels have same characterization cost.
properties. Sugar cane bagasse for producer gas
generation in gasi er showed maximum diesel 2.4 Energy cost analysis
substitution (82.1 %) in dual fuel mode. As
compared to cotton stalks and sugar cane bagasse, Electricity can be generated using gasifiers either
diesel displacement in case of rice husk as fuel using DG set or using suitably modified natural gas
is very less (33.36-59.74%), because presence of engines/ producer gas engines. The energy
small quantities of C (38.3 %) and H (4.5%) and cost(Rs/kWh) analysis of two types of mode in
also very high ash content, which creates hindrance generator set are discussed below-
in producer gas generation. Rice straw gave
minimum diesel replacement (47%), due to 2.4.1 Dual fuel mode
nitrogen present in rice straw that dilutes producer
gas quality and also ash content being very high In this the Gasifier is connected to a diesel
creating hindrance in production of producer gas. generator and the generator is suitably modified. In
Energy costs (Fig. 2) to produce 1 kWh energy (at this case up to 70 % diesel replacements are
3 kW load), cost associated with drying, collection, obtained. To generate 1 unit of electricity .08 -0.1
storage and transportation of biomass fuels is given liter of diesel and 0.9 kg of wood or 1.4 kg of rice
as[4] husk would be needed. Depending on the costs of
Energy cost (Rs/kWh) = (cost of diesel x diesel consumption) these (wood chips, rice husk) the fuel cost of
+ (cost of biomass x producer gas consumption) generation can be calculated. Savings obtained
when a gasifier is coupled to a diesel genset is
(2.1) determined by this calculation.
Looking into energy costs, sugar cane bagasse is
higher than cotton stalks but its The cost of 1 liter of diesel is Rs 55.15 and assumed
the cost of 1 kg of wood or rice husk is Rs 5. One
liter of diesel gives 3.5 units of electricity. Thus,
fuel cost of generation for 1 unit of electricity (with
diesel alone) is around Rs 15.75. For generating a
unit of power when the generator set is connected
to the gasifier we need
.08 -0.1 liter of diesel and 0.9 kg of wood or 1.4 kg
of rice husk. If we considered the data (for rice
husk) then using equation 2.1
Figure 2.2: Energy cost of fuels [4]
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
276
Energy cost(Rs/kWh)= (0.1 * 55.15) + (1.4 * 5) voltage) and the load connection is typically at
Energy cost(Rs/kWh)= 12.515 least in few seconds. In the case of power systems
the fuel cost of generation for 1 unit of electricity based on renewable energies, given the uctuate
is INR 12.515. character of unconventional energy sources, diesel
generator sets takes on particular importance, their
2.4.2 100% Producer gas mode role being to ensure the continuity of electric power
for the local grid during periods when the
Here the Gasifier gets connected to a gas engine renewable sources of energy become unavailable
generator set(modified). Biomass produced or insufficient. Advantages of this modified gas
gas(producer gas) is directly given as fuel to engine [9] compare to diesel generator is-
generator(no diesel) known as 100% producer gas  Social well being
engine. To generate 1 unit of electricity it required  Economic well being
1.3 kgs of wood or 1.8 kgs of rice husk. Savings  Environmental well being
obtained when a gasifier is coupled to a gas genset  Technology well being
is determined by this calculation, using equation
2.1 3. Diesel Generator Sets
Diesel generator sets convert fuel energy (Diesel
Energy cost (Rs/kWh)= (1.3 * 5) + (1.8 * 5) Energy OR Gas) into mechanical energy by means of an
cost(Rs/kWh) = 15.5 internal combustion engine, and then into electrical
energy by means of an electric machine working as
The cost of 1 kg of wood or rice husk is assumed generator[1]. The main characteristics of a diesel
around Rs 5. So, the cost of generate 1kWh energy generator set are : rated power , rated voltage, rated
is Rs 15.5. The cost of 1kWh energy of 100% frequency and number of phases, etc. The diesel
Producer gas is high because of the cost of rice generator sets are usually designed to run at
husk and wood is assumed equal to Rs 5. If the cost synchronous speed 3000 rpm or 1500 rpm at a
is less of rice husk and wood the cost of 1 kWh is frequency of 50Hz (for two-pole and four pole) and
also less. 3600 rpm and 1800 rpm at a frequency of 60 Hz
(for two-pole and four pole). Speed regulator and
2.5 Sustainability of modified gas engine voltage regulator are the two component which
help to give proper operation of diesel generator set
Where there is no possibility to connect to the grid is determined to a great extent. The performance of
(e.g. the electric energy supply of households, these components are vital for the operation and
holiday houses, isolated objectives, equipment in utilization of diesel generator sets, their purpose
industrial sites, electric installations for outdoor being to precisely maintain the imposed parameters
entertainment events, military equipment, of electrical power(voltage and frequency). The
telecommunications, etc.), or as emergency relation between speed and frequency(f/N) of an ac
regime, as a reserve electric power source, in the machine is given by this formula-
event of electric power blackouts. In emergency
regime the diesel generator sets usually supply only 𝑃∗𝑁
𝑓=
vital consumers, like re pumps, elevators, safety 120
lighting installations, banks, hospitals, government where f = frequency(Hz),
buildings, offices, mobile towers, supermarkets P = number of poles of the generator rotor,
and large restaurants, hotels, malls, stadiums, N = synchronous speed (rpm)
airports, fuel stations, private houses, and and Figure 3.1 shows the general diagram of diesel
industrial sites where specific processes do not generator set.
allow for blackouts, become uncontrollable or The equation of electrical power of three-phase
generate important losses without electric power, machine are shows the relation between fuel flow-
etc. Usually, in parallel with diesel generator sets, rate and power produced by the generator.
UPS systems are used, with a buffer, able to ensure
for short periods the continuity of power supply for
vital consumers, until the diesel generator sets are
started-up. The minimum combined time necessary
for the detection of a grid voltage drop, the start-up
of internal combustion engine, reaching the
stabilized regime of the generator (frequency and
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
277
figure 3.2
Figure 3.2: Controlled diagram of Prime Mover

Figure 3.1: General diagram of diesel generator
[4]
set[4]
The speed regulator is basically designed to keep
constant speed of internal combustion engine by
The equation of three phase electrical power is changing the quantity of fuel consumed by the
given by- motor. Actually, frequency is directly proportion to
the generator speed so the direct result of this speed
𝑃 = √3 𝑉 𝐼 cos ɸ regulation is a stable frequency of voltage at the
generator terminals. A constant frequency requires
good precision and a short response time from the
The generator output power is increased or speed regulator. The speed regulator starts
decreased it is dependent on torque provided by the regulating when various electric loads are
machine. In mostly cases the voltage of connected or disconnected at the generator
synchronous machine is rated or desired so it is terminals. There are a lot of speed regulating
fixed and power factor for resistive load is 1, and if systems, starting from simpler spring-based ones
power factor is assumed that it is equal to 1 then up to complex hydraulic and electronic ones able
only current in ampere required to increase, So to regulate dynamically the fuel admission valve to
stator current is increase while increasing the keep the speed constant in a given range with
torque because stator current is directly response times at load changes smaller than 1-4
proportional to torque. Input fuel is also directly seconds. In figure, 𝜔 (pu) is reference value of
related to torque produce by machine it means speed equal to 1 and 𝜔(pu)is per unit value of
increase in amount of fuel, also increase torque and actual speed of synchronous generator,
it is increased the stator current and produced more 𝑃 (pu)is per unit mechanical output power of
power and vice versa. Diesel generator set diesel engine used to drive generator.Speed of
combined with Prime mover, excitation system and machine is maintain constant for e ciently using
synchronous machine. generator output power and same actuator tries to
adjust the speed of machine. The simulation model
3.1 Prime mover of diesel engine governor is shown as figure 3.3
The primary movers are internal combustion
engines equipped with mechanical regulators or
governor to keep the imposed speed, integrated in
the injection pump and adjusted to obtain an output
frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz for rated load. In
diesel generator sets, there is speed governor
equipped with prime mover. The purpose is
ensuring that the diesel engine can be specified
speed to stable operation. The combination of
Figure 3.3: Simulation model of diesel engine
diesel engine and governor is used second-order to
governor
modelling and their transfer function also shown in
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
278
The Output speed of diesel engine is going through excitation system are used because after transient it
integral unit conversion for torque. Because diesel will get stable fast so time required very less
engine is a large time delay system, So the torque compair to other excitation system. The modelling
first go through delay unit then multiplied by the diagram of AC1A excitation system with its
actual speed of machine and such result known as transfer function is given below in figure 3.4
mechanical power. Here in DG set engine inertia is
combined with the generator inertia. The torque or
mechanical power drives generator and produce
electricity and then it feed to different load.
3.2 Synchronous machine
A synchronous machine is a device for converting

torque into amperes or it converts the mechanical
power into the electrical power. The synchronous
machine block operates in both generator and
motor modes if torque or mechanical power is Figure 3.4: IEEE type AC1A excitation system
positive it works as synchronous generator and if model
mechanical power is negative it works in a motor
mode. The numerical models that can be used in 3.4 Problem Identification
the study of the synchronous generator can be
classified into circuit models and field models, 3.4.1 Frequency droop control
with the ones most used in electric drive systems The system is in stable condition if frequency
being the circuit models. Before starting the deviation is in range of plus-or-minus 3 %. When
simulation there is required to initialize the system is synchronize with the other system or grid
machine for starting in steady state region. with same frequency and voltage level the
frequency is not constant. It always try to maintain
3.3 Excitation system frequency about constant but during sudden load
increasing or decreasing frequency variation is
Excitation system is the important segment to done. During sudden connection of high load
ensure the voltage accuracy of generation and system frequency will decrease as voltage decrease
improve the stable operation of power system. and speed of synchronous generator also
Reactive power generation also depend on decreased. So it will maintain the frequency nearer
excitation system it means if increasing the to base frequency. The problem like blackout were
excitation being applied to the generator rotor occurs only due to this frequency droop so the
reactive power will increasing acts as inductive control is must require for stable operation of
region and also power factor decreasing that time power system. In figure 4.5 shows how to measure
while generator terminal voltage and the local grid the frequency of synchronous generator.
voltage increased slightly so result is reactive
power began to ow in the generator stator winding 3.4.2 Voltage regulation
and real power decreased. The automatic voltage
regulator is to control the voltage at the generator In most case the generator terminal voltage having
terminals and keep it constant by limiting as fast as rated or desired value. The range of plus-or-minus
possible the voltage peaks and over voltages that 5% are allow to terminal voltage swing but more
occurs due to load variations. The function of than that system collapse. The terminal voltage is
excitation control system mainly in the following the magnitude of dqo component of stator voltage
aspects- V and 𝑉
 Maintain generator terminal voltage i.e.
constant
 Control reactive power allocation of 𝑉 = 𝑉 +𝑉
parallel operation generator
 Effectively improve system static stability The generator terminal always maintain at 1 per
 Improve system transient stability unit but due to some cases like fault and rapid load
In all the cases of diesel generator set AC1A change it will decrease or increase so system is in
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
279
unbalance condition. If generator terminal voltage Input source rated three phase apparent power :
is decrease it means the stator current is increase P = 7:54 MW. Rated voltage: 𝑉 = 25KV.
and vice versa. For stable operation to maintain the Rated frequency= 60 HZ. Use a static load of 5MW
generator terminal voltage equal to 1 pu must to simulate the total power input
require. In figure 4.5 also shows the measurement system. The primary and secondary voltages of
of generator terminal voltage is in Pu or actual transformer are 25 KV-2400 V. Three phase switch
value but in mostly cases it is desired. set to close in the beginning, when the three-phase
ground fault happened in 0.1 seconds, the system
detects the failure by the detection system and
disconnects the normal power grid at that time
three-phase switch are to be off. System operating
state is emergency diesel generators running.
 Emergency diesel generators synchronous
generator parameters are as follows: Silent pole
rotor type is used in the system, where rated
capacity: P =3:125MVA. Rated voltage: 𝑉 =
2400V. Rated frequency: 60 Hz. Xd = 1:56, Xq =
1:06, Xd’=0.296, Xd"=0.177,Td"=0.05, Td'= 3.7,
stator resistance Rs = 0:816, Inertia coefficient is
1.07 and Pole pairs P=2.
 Induction motor parameters are as follows
: rated capacity P = 1:492MV A(0:8889pu), Rated
voltage Ve = 2400V , Rated frequency=60 Hz,
Stator resistance Rs = 0:029ohm, Stator inductance
Ls = 0:0005H, Rotor resistance Rr'=0.022 ohm,
Figure 3.5: Block diagram of diesel generator set Rotor Inductance Lr'=0.0005 H, Mutual Inductance
Lm = 0:0345H, Moment of inertia 63.87 and pole
3.4.3 Rotor speed droop control pair P=2.
 Three static non-dynamic loads are as
The term fuel, torque, speed and also frequency are follows: Load 1 =5 MW, Load 2 = 0.5 MW and
interrelated because speed is directly proportion to load 3 = 0.5 MW.
frequency (f∝N). The real power generation also
decreased due to this issue of speed and frequency 4 Diesel Generator Set
droop. For stable or reliable operation speed
maintain by governor or other regulator function Operating in Standby Mode
5
nearer about 1 pu.
In the case of important equipment or objectives,
3.4.4 Active and reactive power control electric power consumers are usually grouped into
vital consumers and non-vital ones. An electric
The active power and reactive power is directly power security solution for the vital consumers is
proportional to respectively governor(fuel) and to back-up their supply by means of a diesel
excitation system. Reactive power is increased as generator set. The installation of the diesel
excitation increases and real power is increase as generator set should be done so that during a
input fuel increases with the constant power factor. blackout resulting from a grid fault, it is possible to
If reactive power(VAr) increase so power factor is keep connected only the vital consumers. In the
lagging at that time so it behaves as inductive case of wind and/or solar renewable power
region. Excitation is used to control reactive power systems, a black out could occur in the event of
in stator terminal of the generator. In figure 4.5 insufficient solar or wind power. Diesel generator
shows the measurement of active and reactive used mostly for isolated purpose such as in mobile
power generate in stator winding of generator. towers, hospitals, petrol pumps, colleges etc. It is
fact that diesel generator generate 1 kWh energy is
3.5 Simulation parameter costly than the other alternative sources but
availability and fulfil all demand so diesel
 Power supply parameters are as follows generator is mostly used in isolated load. In case of
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
280
Biogas or biomass gasifier plants, due to weather

atmosphere generation may decreased suddenly so
in such situation a three phase grid is connected in
system which can be represented by a renewable
power system. There are groups of resistive type
consumers have the rated powers 5 MW (non-vital
consumers) and other two each 0.5 MW and a
motor 1.492 MW(vital consumers), and they are
supplied from the grid. When a three-phase to
ground fault occurs at the grid level ,the normally
closed breakers B1 cut the energy supply for the
non-vital consumers(5MW) and the vital load is
supplied by diesel generator set. The three-phase
short- circuit occurs in our case after 1.5 seconds
from the simulation start. At time instant 1.6
second breakers open and diesel generator set are
operated in emergency region. After 6.1 second of Figure 4.2: Mechanical Power of DG during
simulation start another single line to ground fault standby mode
occurs in to the system and after 6.4 second it will
be automatically cleared also the breaker B2 open
at 6.1 second and auto reclose to 6.4 second Diesel
generator operated in emergency region is shown
in figure 4.1.
Where we can identify the time evolutions of
mechanical power, rotor speed and output power in
per unit. When the short-circuit or fault occurs after
0.1 seconds from the simulation start, the
mechanical power produced by the generator set
increase from a small value because there is no load
connected before 0.1 seconds to the diesel
generator set and stabilizes at the value imposed by
the regulation system, The output voltage period of
time, after which it comes back very quickly at the
rated value. Such a voltage drop can be prevented
by means of a properly sized UPS system and it is Figure 4.3: Excitation/ field voltage during DG in
simulated with the help of simulation package in standby mode
Matlab.
Figure 4.1: Diesel generator set operated in Figure 4.4: Generator terminal voltage during DG
standby mode in standby mode
4.1 Simulation results
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
281
Figure 4.8: Generator output current under three

phase short circuit fault
Figure 4.5: Rotor speed of machine during DG in
standby mode
Figure 4.9: Generator output current under single

phase to ground fault
Figure 4.6: Generator output voltage under three

phase short circuit
Figure 4.10: Rotor speed of motor during DG in

standby mode
Figure 4.7: Generator output voltage under single

phase to ground fault Figure 4.11: Frequency of DG set during DG in
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
282
standby mode voltage increases about 1.433 pu and it also

stabilize with in few seconds also it shows in figure
4.3. The voltage (pu) at the stator of generator
terminals also demonstrates a significant decrease
for a short time, after which it stabilizes in few
seconds due to the action of the voltage regulation
system. The drop of stator terminal voltage is
shown in figure 5.4. During the transient regime,
due to the sudden coupling of the load, the machine
rotor speed (pu) decreases abruptly, the rotor speed
droop is equal to ((0.97-1)/1 * 100)= -3% but
within few second or short period it stabilized at
the imposed value as a result of the action of the
speed regulating system. The curve of rotor speed
deviation shows in figure 4.5.
Figure 4.12: Active and reactive power during
DG in standby mode  In figure 4.6 and 4.8 the waveform of line
voltage and line current shows that unbalance
5. Result discussion occurs due to the three-phase short circuit fault.
In line voltage at time 1.5 second (During fault)
The swing equation of machine is also write as current ow at low resistance path so voltage
drop is reduced to some extant but in case of
dω line current at time 1.5 seconds suddenly
J = T −T increased because load at that time is increased
dt to some extent. The behaviour of line voltage
also and current are shows that how they increased
𝑑𝜔 and decreased during faulty time and then after
𝜔 𝐽 = 𝑇 −𝑇
𝑑𝑡 opening of circuit breaker at time 1.6 second
So, in stable or steady state operation speed DG start to supplying the load and both are
always be constant to maintain the accelerating stabilized according their load at that time
power. In case if load decreasing the torque start because after 1.6 second grid is disconnected.
to accelerating and speed and frequency also
increasing when load decreased and if load  In figure 4.7 and 4.9 the waveform of line
increasing the torque start to decelerating and also voltage and line current shows that the effects
speed and frequency also decreasing while load of single line to ground fault in the system. In
increased. line voltage and line current at time 6.1 second
fault occurs and at time 6.12 second B2 circuit
 In figure 4.1 Three phase fault occurs at breaker opened so it disconnects that load. In
time between 1.5 to 2.0 seconds from the between the unbalance of line voltage and
simulation start. At time instant 1.6 second B1 current are shown in figure they suddenly
breaker opened it means renewable source is increased to at some extant and after opening of
disconnected and vital resistive load connected to circuit breaker both stabilized with in few
synchronous generator. The mechanical power seconds.
initially developed by the combustion engine is
very small because the synchronous generator  In figure 4.10 shows that three phase short
coupled with the engine is running without load. circuit occurs at time 1.5 second and that time
After suddenly connecting the resistive load, the rotor speed decreased and the speed droop is
mechanical power developed by the engine equal to ((1630-1690)/1690 *100)= -8.9%.
increases rapidly and after few seconds, a new After opening the circuit breaker B1 means grid
operation stabilized region is reached. In figure 4.2 is o and DG instantly supply to the vital load
shows the curve of mechanical power and it is (Motor and resistive) and rotor speed of motor
cleared that within few seconds it is stabilised. back in stabilized limit at 1690 rpm. At time 6.1
Excitation voltage initially set at 1 per unit but at second another single line to ground fault
the time of sudden connection of resistive and occurs and that time also system unbalance and
motor load transient region occurs and excitation
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
283
at time 6.2 second load being disconnected and stalks etc different type of fuel to replacement
the results of rotor speed of motor shown in of diesel in DG set so per kWh energy cost also
figure 4.10. reduced.
 Involving power electronics system to further
 In figure 4.11 shows that the frequency curve improve the performance of the system.
for Diesel generator set operated in emergency
condition. At time 1.5 second fault occurs 8. References
during this frequency and speed goes down
because both are proportion to each other so [1] Robert J. Best, D. John Morrow, David J.
frequency droop during three phase short circuit McGowan and Peter A.Crossley,\Synchronous
fault is equal to((58.25-60)/60*100=-2.1% so it Islanded Operation of a diesel Generator", IEEE
is inacceptable limit and after that 1.6 second it TRANSACTION OF POWER SYSTEM,
is stabilized back to 60 Hz. At time 6.1 second VOL.22,NO.4,NOVEMBER 2007.
another single line to ground fault occurs and at [2] S. Krishnamurthy, T.M. Jahns, and R.H.
time 6.12 second the grid is disconnected and Lasseter,\The Operation of Diesel Gensets in a
system supply by diesel generator set so during CERTS Microgrid", inConf. Proceed. of 2008
this fault frequency also deviate to some extent IEEE Power and Energy Society General Meeting
and it will stabilized back to 60 Hz. - Conversion and Delivery of Electrical Energy in
the 21st Centruy, pp. 1-8, July 2008.
 In figure 4.12 shows the generated active [3] Tiberiu Tudorache, Cristian Roman,\The
and reactive power in output of diesel generated Numerical Modeling of Transient Regimes of
set. DG start after opening of B1 circuit breaker Diesel Generator Sets", Acta Polytechnica
when main grid is disconnected till DG no active Hungarica.Vol.7,No.2,2010.
power is generate but initially reactive power is [4] Ashish Malik, Lakhwinder Singh and Indraj
generating it shown in figure about 0.3 MW. At Singh,\Utilization of biomass as engine
time 1.6 DG set generate active power nearer about fuel",Journal of Scientific and Industrial Research.
0.8 MW and it is stabilized after faulty duration. Vol. 68, October 2009,pp. 887-890.
Another fault come at time 6.1 and at time 6.12 [5] T. Theubou, R. Wamkeue and I. Kamwa.
load being disconnected so actual real power “Dynamic Model of Diesel Generator Set for
decreased to some extent so it is also shown in Hybrid Wind-Diesel Small Grids Applications",
figure 4.12 IEEE Canadian Conference on Electrical and
Computer Engineering(CCECE)2012: Montreal,
6. Conclusion and Future scope QC, Canada.
Diesel generator set is combination of prime [6] Yao lian-fu, Liu Qian, Li Shi and Zhang
mover, excitation system and generator so speed Zhen-yu. “Simulation and Dynamic Pro-cess
and voltage are required to maintain to operate Analysis of Nuclear Emergency Diesel
system in stable condition. Generators". International Conference on
 Diesel generator set increases the reliability of Informatics, Cybernetics, and Computer
the system with renewable sources in case of Engineering (ICCE2011) November 1920, 2011,
stand by operation and DG also used as primary Melbourne, AISC 112,pp 107-115.
source of supply electricity to vital load and it [7] Aparna Pachori, Payal Suhane.\Design and
is reliable for continuous supply to vital load. Modelling of Standalone Hybrid Power System
 Normally DG rating are small hence they offer with Matlab/Simulink",International Journal of
better system performance while connected in Scienti c Re-search and Management
distributed manner. Studies(IJSRMS), ISSN:2349-3771.
 This is especially suitable in remote areas and [8] Biomass Gasi cation Based Power
villages where power quality and reliability is a Generation by Arashi Hi-Tech Bio- Power Private
matter of concern. Limited.
 Diesel generator are used as backup supply [9] MNES Annual Report 2002-2003
system but (Ministry of Non-Conventional Energy Sources,
 Dual fuel type like diesel and gas (syngas) DG Govt of India, New Delhi.
engine will impact less on environment and
improves reliability of system.
 Use like bagasse, rice husk, wood chips, cotton
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
284
Energy Conservation Options to Transport Solids at Higher

Concentration
Navneet Kumar a,*, Sanjeev Kumar Sharmab, Desh Bandhu Singh a
aDepartment of Mechanical Engineering, Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology,
Greater Noida, G.B. Nagar, Uttar Pradesh–201308, Email: navneet_mech48@yahoo.com
bDepartment of Mechanical Engineering, Amity University, Noida, Uttar Pradesh
Abstract
Conveying of granular solids in slurry form through pipeline systems is widely applied in industries
due to its several inherent advantages, such as, continuous delivery, flexible routing, ease in
automation and long-distance transport capability, etc. The present need of energy and water
resources conservation, industrial requirement of transporting a large quantity of solids mass and
improved understanding of the flow mechanism of low concentration solids slurry have given an
impetus to the emergence of higher solids concentration slurry transport systems which adds a new
dimension to the slurry transport arena. The present study aims to generate an extensive experimental
dataset from the pilot plant test facility for better understanding the flow pattern in such pipelines.
Pressure drop and solids concentration profiles are the most significant technical indicators need to
be considered in designing the pipeline slurry transportation system. Therefore, a test loop system is
employed to investigate the pressure drop and solids concentration profiles of iron slurry with
different mix proportions which had 105 mm diameter pipe to facilitate investigation of the changes
in the flow characteristics of commercial slurries and to correlate the efflux concentration and flow
velocity with the various design parameters.
KEY WORDS: iron ore, higher concentration, rheology.
1. INTRODUCTION concentration profile (Kaushal et al., 2005),

As a viable alternative means of a large-scale hence, it necessitates a relatively lower
solids transport through pipelines, a slurry transport velocity as compared to that in low
pipeline system is commonly used across the solids concentration transport systems. This
world for conveying of several materials such way, higher concentration slurry conveying
as coal, fly ash, lime stone, zinc tailings, rock system require less quantity of carrier fluid
phosphate, gilsonite, copper concentrate, iron with likely reduction of pipeline wear, which
ore etc. In such systems, water is usually being in turn, will eventually increase the life of
used as a carrier fluid. Due to huge power pipelines.
consumption, the method is drawing attention
in recent years. Iron ores through the slurry In order to optimize the performance of slurry
pipelines are currently transported from mines pipeline, an experimental database is essential
to the processing plants and coming up in large to design an optimal slurry pipeline system. It
numbers not only in India but also across the is, thus, desirable to have the concentration of
world. The high concentration slurry pipeline commercial slurries high, to an extent possible,
system has emerged out as a preferred option so as to make the system economical.
of solid materials transportation since it deems Published data (Thomas, 1978; Soo, 1987;
to be an economical and environment friendly. Slatter and Wasp, 2002) have shown that fine
Further, the present enhanced consciousness particles slurries at solids concentration above
towards the imbalance in the eco-system and 50% by weight behave like pseudo-
related stringent government policies are also homogeneous suspensions. Thus, the pipeline
forcing the industries to adopt environment can be operated at significantly lower
friendly transportation systems. Studies velocities since the critical deposition velocity
carried out on solids material transport systems for such slurries are observed to be very low.
have shown that the slurry conveying at higher Increased solids concentration beyond 50% by
concentration reduces the skewness in solids weight makes it possible to convey the slurry
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
285
through pipeline in laminar regime since the Settle 3 32 3 42 6 79 83 83

slurry exhibits non-settling behaviour. d 0. .2 5. .3 5. .5 .0 .0
Bunn & Chambers (1993) found that conce 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9
such slurries display non-Newtonian ntrati
characteristics at higher solids concentration. on (%
Gopaliya and Kaushal (2016) performed the by
sand-water slurry flows through horizontal weigh
pipeline and highlighted the effect of grain t)
sizes on various slurry flow parameters.
Recently, Kumar et al. (2016) performed Final static settled concentration (Cw)ss =
numerical simulation of horizontal slurry flow 83.09% by weight or (Cv)ss = 53.04% by
(water-glass beads) of coarse particles volume.
suspensions in a Newtonian carrier fluid.
Glass-beads-water slurry having 440μm mean
diameter particles is analyzed through 54.9 2.1. RHEOLOGICAL TESTING OF
mm diameter pipe at efflux concentrations up SLURRY
to 50% flowing with different slurry velocities
up to 5 m/s. A significant number of literatures Slurry rheology is the most important key
on low concentration slurry transport systems parameter in the design of slurry pipeline
have reasonably explained the transport flow transportation system for the flow of
characteristics of solids but the phenomenon is Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids. The
not yet fully understood for conveying of rheological property so obtained was used as
higher concentration slurry owing to complex input parameter to determine the pressure drop
interactions among the constituent phases. for the estimation of pumping power. The
Therefore, the present study delves deep into rheological experiments were conducted using
the transport mechanism of higher RheolabQC (Anton Paar GmbH, Austria). In
concentration slurries by conducting this study a RheolabQC with measuring cup
experiment investigations. In order to address CC27 and a sensor system ST22-4V-40 having
these concerns, experimental analysis of 12µm 4-bladed vane geometry was used. The
iron-ore slurry flows through 105 mm diameter and length of the vane rotor was 22
horizontal pipe having efflux concentration mm and 40 mm respectively.
and mixture velocity ranges of 2.63 to 31% (by
volume) and 1.35 m/s to 5.11 m/s respectively
have been performed during present study. 2.2. EFFECT OF SOLID
CONCENTRATION ON SLURRY
2. MEASURED MATERIAL AND RHEOLOGY
BENCH SCALE PROPERTIES
The physical properties of iron ore are given in The rheological data in terms of shear stress (τ)
Table 1. The measured specific gravity and and shear rate (γ), in slurry concentration range
median particle size d50 of iron ore are 4.35 and for iron ore of 18.69–56.57% (by vol.) has been
12µm respectively. collected. It is seen that the variation of the shear
Table 1 stress with shear rate at all follow straight line
Physical properties of iron ore behaviour. The data of rheological
(a) Specific gravity of iron ore = 4.35 characteristics analyzed by adopting the
(b) Settling characteristics of the iron ore Bingham-plastic model. The rheological
suspension (Initial concentration Cw = 30% by characteristics of slurries are strongly affected
weight) by the solid concentration in Fig. 1(a-c). With
Time 0 0. 1 5 2 50 80 14 the solid concentration increases, it would
(minu 5 5 40 become progressively more strongly non-
tes) Newtonian fluids, signifying a remarkable
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
286
shear-thinning characteristic over the entire consists of 50 and 105 mm diameter pipes
shear rate range. The variation of apparent approximately 60 m long (see Fig. 2). The
viscosity versus shear rate with concentration mixing tank, measuring tank, slurry pumps,
is presented in Fig. 1(d-f). It is observed that two pipe loops of different diameters and by
the apparent viscosity increased with the pass line are the major components of pilot
increase of solid concentrations and decreased plant test loop. The slurry is prepared in a
with the increase of shear rate. hopper shaped mixing tank. It is made from 4
mm thick mild steel sheets with height of 2 m.
On other hand, this tank is also provided with
a mixer arrangement by an electric motor
mixes the water and the solid particles
mechanically. The slurry is pumped from this
tank into the 105 mm diameter pipe loop by a
centrifugal slurry pump (WILFLEY Model,
Ni-hard coupled with 50 HP motor) and flow
in the 50 mm diameter pipe loop obtained by
means of a rubber lined slurry pump (M/s.
International Combustion Ltd.). Both the
pumps are having sufficient capacity to cover
the entire range of head and discharge needed
at all concentrations in both different diameter
(a) pipe loops. The flow rate of the slurry in the
(b) two pipe loops is maintained over a wide range
(c) by AUDCO valves (plug types) provided near
the delivery of the pump in each loop. A
diverter is also provided at the main exit of the
pipe loop which facilitates the diversion of the
flow to the concerned measuring tank. The
shape of measuring tank is hopper type with
height of 1.5 m and total volume capacity (1.25
m3). The magnetic flow meter provided in the
vertical section of the pipeline. To ensure the
accurate flow rate of slurry, further, a
calibrated electro-magnetic flow meter was
also installed in the horizontal section of the
pipeline for regular monitoring of flow. The
slurry volumetric flow rates and velocities
were measured using electro-magnetic flow
(d) meters. For the visualization of slurry flow to
(e) (f) estimate the deposition velocity, a transparent
(perspex pipes small length) observation
Fig.1 Rheological Characteristics of iron ore chambers in straight reach of the pipelines
slurry at different solid concentration were installed in both pipe loops. It gives the
idea about deposition velocity to avoid the
3. EXPERIMENTAL FACILITY chocking of the slurry pipeline system.
Pilot plant test loops are suitable for studying
the effect of flow rates, mixture velocity and
concentration on flow behaviour, pressure The minimum slurry flow velocity is usually
drops and solid concentration profiles is laid kept more than the deposition velocity. Many
horizontally in the Fluid Mechanics pressure taps along with separation chambers
Laboratory at I.I.T. Delhi. Each test rig
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
287
have been installed at different positions in the pipe loop a sampling point is also provided in
straight reach and pipe bends of pilot plant the vertical portions to collect an average
loop. Separation chambers were provided at efflux sample. The accuracy of the sampling
each pressure tab so that slurry does not enter tube is checked by integrating the measured
in manometric tubes or interface separation of concentration profile to obtain overall
the slurry and the manometric fluid (water) as concentration and comparing it with the
intermediate fluid. measured efflux concentration. During the
collection of concentration samples at various
locations, it was ensured that the flow of the
slurry through the sampling tube outlet is
continuous and uniform. The specific gravity
of the slurry flowing through pipeline is
determined by collecting samples through a
sample point provided in the vertical section.
4. RESULT AND DISCUSSION

In the present work, an effort has been made to
generate the data for pressure drop and
concentration distribution in 105 mm internal
diameter of pipelines for the flow of iron ore
Fig.2 Schematic diagram of pilot plant test commercial slurries at higher concentrations.
loop During the pilot plant loop test facilities the
settling of the slurry was not observed even at
the minimum value of the flow velocity at any
The pressure drop between any two pressure efflux concentration of slurry tested.
taps was measured in either of the pipe loops
by using differential pressure transducers (with 4.1. PRESSURE DROP
capacity of 100 KPa) and flow rate was Pressure drop for iron ore slurry of 12µm
controlled in each pipe of pipe loops by plug particles are presented in Fig. 3 at seven
valves fitted in the individual loops. To ensure different efflux concentrations namely 0, 4.91,
the fully developed flow, the pressure taps are 7.83, 11.8, 16.6, 23.48 and 31% by volume. It
provided more than 50D where D is the pipe is observed that the pressure drop at any given
inner diameter, the gets flow fully developed. flow velocity increases with increase in
To determine the local solid concentration concentration. This trend is seen for all
distribution through the pipe cross-section, a concentrations at all velocities. The rate of
sampling tube for drawing out samples is increase in pressure drop with concentration is
provided in each loop. Concentration comparatively small at low velocities but it
distribution in the straight pipe and along the increases quickly at higher velocities, pressure
bend tangent length has been measured using a drop is more at higher velocities, due to greater
sampling tube having a 4 mm x 6 mm surface area causing extra frictional losses in
rectangular slot 2 mm above the end to collect suspension.
representative samples in the pipe line.
Samples are collected from different heights
from bottom of the pipe in the vertical plane of 4.2. CONCENTRATION PROFILES
the cross-section to a sieve analysis to measure AND DISTRIBUTION
the concentration profile at each elevation
under near isokinetic conditions. During the To calculate the energy dissipation in the pipe,
collection of samples, it is ensured that the knowledge of the concentration and size
flow of the slurry through the sampling tube distribution of solids is also essential.
outlet is nonstop and uniform. At the end of the Evidently the local chord concentration can
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
288
0.5
show a clearer picture of the distribution of V=4 m/s
V=5.11 m/s
0.3
solid particles and their movement in the
0.1
vertical axis of the pipe cross-section. The
y'
-0.1
distribution of solids across the cross-section -0.3
depends on various factors, such as flow -0.5
velocity, the vertical depth of the pipe, the 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
C(y')/Cvf
particle size, its density and solids 0.5
V=1.61 m/s
concentration etc. Solid concentration 0.3 V=2.62 m/s
V=3.65 m/s
distribution was measured using a traversing 0.1
V=5.07 m/s
y'
mechanism and isokinetic sampling probe at -0.1
six levels in the vertical plane. Measured -0.3
vertical Solid concentration distributions are -0.5

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
shown in Fig. 4 (a-f) at different flow C(y')/C vf
velocities. Fig. 4 (a-f) shows concentration 0.5
V=1.35 m/s
V=2.15 m/s
distributions in the vertical plane for iron ore 0.3 V=4.92 m/s
0.1
slurry of 12 µm, by C(y')/Cvf where C(y') is the
y'
-0.1
volumetric concentration at y' = y/D, y being
-0.3
distance from the pipe centre and D the pipe -0.5
diameter and Cvf, is used average efflux 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
concentration in each experiment. It is C(y')/Cvf
observed that the degree of asymmetry in the (a) Cvf = 2.63% (b) Cvf = 4.91%
solids concentration distributions for same (c) Cvf = 7.83%
concentration of slurry increases with 0.5
decreasing velocity. From these figures, the 0.3
V=1.72 m/s
V=2.55 m/s
skewness keeps reducing with increase in 0.1
V=3.3 m/s
V=4.9 m/s
concentration. It is also observed that for a
y'
-0.1
given velocity, increasing concentration -0.3
reduces the asymmetry in the vertical solid -0.5
concentration distributions because of 0 0.5 1 1.5 2

C(y')/Cvf
2.5 3
enhanced interference effect between solid 0.5

V=1.41 m/s
particles. The effect of this interference is so 0.3 V=1.87 m/s

V=2.63 m/s
V=3.11 m/s
strong that the asymmetry even at lower 0.1
y'
velocities is very much reduced at higher -0.1

-0.3
concentrations.
3 -0.5
Water data 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
Cvf = 4.91% C(y')/C vf
2.5 Cvf = 7.83% 0.5
V=1.68 m/s
V=2.21 m/s
Cvf = 11.8% 0.3
V=2.85 m/s
Cvf = 16.6%
2 0.1
Pressure Drop (kPa/m)
y'
Cvf = 23.48%
-0.1
Cvf = 31%
1.5 -0.3
-0.5
1 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
C(y')/C vf
0.5
(d) Cvf = 11.8% (e) Cvf = 16.6%
0
(f) Cvf = 23.48%
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Vm (m/s)
Fig. 4 Measured solid concentration
distributions in a horizontal pipe
Fig.3 Measured pressure drop variation with
flow velocity at different solids concentration
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
289
5. CONCLUSIONS 2. Gopaliya, M. K., Kaushal, D. R., 2016.

Modeling of sand-water slurry flow
Bench scale, rheological properties and pilot through horizontal pipe using CFD.
plant loop testing were determined Journal of Hydrology and
experimentally. Pilot plant loop test involving Hydromechanics. 64 (3), 261–272.
conveying of iron ore slurries through straight 3. Kaushal, D.R., Sato K., Toyota T.,
horizontal pipeline at various solid Funatsu K., Tomita Y., 2005. Effect of
concentrations revealed that the pressure drop particle size distribution on pressure drop
increases with the increase in slurry and concentration profile in pipeline flow
concentration for a given flow velocity. It is of highly concentrated slurry.
also found that for all efflux concentrations, International Journal of Multiphase Flow,
the extent of asymmetry in the concentration 31, 809-823.
profile increases with decrease in the flow 4. Kumar, N., Gopaliya, M. K., Kaushal, D.
velocity. This is expected as a reduction in R., 2016. Modeling for slurry pipeline
flow velocity there will be a decrease in flow having coarse particles. Multiphase
turbulent energy which is responsible for Science and Technology, 28 (1): 1-33.
keeping the solids in suspension. Asymmetry 5. Slatter, P. T., Wasp, E. J., 2002. The
in the concentration profile at any given flow Bingham plastic rheological model: friend
velocity tends to decrease with increasing or foe? Proc. Hydrotransport 15, BHR
slurry concentration because of enhanced Group, Cranfield, Bedford, England, pp.
interference effect between particle- particle. 315-343.
The cause of this interference is so strong that 6. Soo, S. L., 1987. Pipe flow of dense
the asymmetry even at lower velocities is very suspensions. Journal of Pipelines, Vol. 6,
much reduced at higher concentrations. pp. 193-203.
7. Thomas, A. D., 1978. Coarse particles in a
heavy medium-turbulent pressure drop
REFERENCES reduction and deposition under laminar
1. Bunn, T.F., Chambers, A.J., (1993). flow. Proc. Hydrotransport 5, BHRA,
Experiences with dense phase hydraulic Hannover, Germany, paper D5.
conveying of vales point fly ash. Powder
Handling and Processing, 5, 35-43.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
290
Analysis of Process Characteristics for a Batch Production Unit and

Controlling the Variation for Effective Performances
Navneet Kumar a,*, Sanjeev Kumar Sharmab, Krishna Mohan Agrawalb
aDepartment of Mechanical Engineering, Galgotias College of Engineering and Technology, Greater
Noida, G.B. Nagar, Uttar Pradesh–201308, Email: navneet_mech48@yahoo.com

bDepartment of Mechanical Engineering, Amity University, Noida, Uttar Pradesh
Abstract
Even after such advancement and evolution in the field of manufacturing unit, it is still lacking in delivery
quality product as per customer requirement and this can be due to rigidity to change, uncertainties in the
system and fluctuation in the desired value. Process is a pre-defined work in which the raw material is
converting into a finished goods. Due to variation in the process input parameters, there is an effect on
the output product which reduce its effectiveness and reliability. Therefore, it is very important to reduce
or control the variation in the process characteristic to sustain the product in a such demanded market.
The research is done to analyze each process of a capacitor manufacturing unit using Process flow chart,
Failure Mode Effect Analysis and Process control plan to identify the various processes that are at risk,
its effect on the output product and developing a control plan for an effective performance and
maintaining the quality of work.
Keywords: Process Flow Chart, Failure Mode Effect Analysis, Process Control Plan, Risk Priority
Number.
Introduction in the market. The aim of the research is to
With wide range of applications, capacitor is analyze each process characteristics of capacitor
coupled in many electronic equipment from manufacturing which is to identify the risk,
small to large also called as power capacitor. The effect on the output product and developing a
main aim of capacitor is to have standard control plan for reducing and controlling the
capacitance value with which it can bear the high effect of variation of process parameters on the
current and voltage frequency in the any final product. Hence, Control Plan is a method
electrical equipment. Different processes play for documenting the functional elements of
significant contribution in the production of quality control that are to be implemented in
capacitors like winding, baking, spraying, order to assure that quality standards are met for
welding and each process have individual a particular product or service. It can be utilized
importance for acquiring a quality capacitor. for maintaining the working conditions and also
Most of the manufacturers are implementing a scope for more improvements in the near
various technologies to get the best quality future. Furthermore, a Quality Control Plan is a
capacitor which leads to a high investment. critically important document for any
Various regulations have to be considered while manufacturing unit. It is a description of the
manufacturing capacitor as a safety for activities, tools and procedures, needed
environment, spraying and coating is a value- to control process that delivers a service or
added process which use zinc, zinc-tin and product. Finally, the overall objective is to
powder for which the remaining waste goes to minimize and control variation that will be
environment. Manufacturing a good capacitor is beneficial for the enhancement of the product.
not that much important rather manufacturing it Literature review
with healthy environment. Nowadays, Detailed study has been done on FMEA with
continuous improvement tool is getting popular RPN to identify the risk or variation in the
in many manufacturing units to analyze their process and its effect on the product but
working conditions and to sustain their product integrated control plan study is rarely found for
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
291
a process industry. In 1990, B. G. Dale and P. Quality Planning (APQP) process. In 2009,
Shaw did a questionnaire survey on the use of Benjamin Kemper did the modelling of process
failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA) in the flow using various symbols and diagram and
United Kingdom motor industry from 78 address that process diagram, originally used as
organization in which they concluded that in a design tool in information technology,
many organization are seeking to make more use nowdays visualize process flow document
of this technique to facilitate their process of process performance which display relevant
quality improvement. In 1991, Bejamin C.Wei process with process characteristics. In 2010,
present a unified approach in performing S.Q.(shane) Xie et al. explains that the process
FMECA applicable to a large plant design and flow chart/diagram is able to effectively
has establish the steps necessary to perform a represent the type of process knowledge that
failure mode, effects and criticality analysis on carriers flow information and generates a visual
any item at any level. Later in 1992 warren view of each process of the system.
Gilchrist proposed that FMEA is a major tool for Subsequently in 2104, T.sahoo et al did the
quality improvement, it seeks to prevent faults in implementation of FMEA approach which
product and processes at the design stage and it shows its contribution in reducing the
provides a structured approach to analysis. Later maintenance cost, indeed it defines the
in 1995, Sheng-Hsien(Gray) Teng proposed that requirements of dependability in precise
Failure mode effect analysis as an integrated manner. It also identifies critical functions for
approach for product design and process control. the system and several maintenance policies for
The aim of performing FMEA is to develop an the system and its components. More recent in
effective quality control system, to improve the 2015, N Rachieru et all did the risk analysis of a
current production processes, and to ensure high CNC lathe using FMEA to deal with the risk
quality and reliability of the products. The factors and identify the most serious failure
integration of FMEA process to product design modes for corrective actions. Most of the
and process control is absolutely critical to the research is done using FMEA with RPN for
success of FMEA. In 1998, S. A. Abbasi and process variation/risk assessment but, I have
Faisal I. Khan did a review on the risk analysis applied an integrated framework as shown in fig
in a chemical process industry in which they 1 as PFD, PFMEA and PCP to each components
address FMEA as technique for identify the of a capacitor manufacturing unit to determine
failures and its effect. In 2006, Daniel Le Saux the critical process and its risk in the near future
implemented the process control plans and and has developed a control plan.
FMEA in a semiconductor manufacturing
environment in which they concluded that Process
various significant improvement can be
achieved in a controlled, proactive manner when Process Flow Chart
process control plans and a dynamic FMEA are
developed and maintained. Later in the same
year J.Maiti did research on risk and proposed Process
an effective use of resource can be achieved by
using risk based maintenance decision to guide
where and when to perform maintenance. Process Control Plan
According to Automotive Industry Action
Group(AIAG), Process control are an
automotive and aerospace quality tool and Corrective Work
considered an output of the Advance Product Fig .1 Integrated Framework
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
292
Case study causes of failure before they become a reality.

This capacitor manufacturing unit is renowned Hence, it becomes mandatory to be applied
for delivering the effective and safest capacitor during the development stage of product service
in such high competition market to its customer. (warren Gilchrist 1992). The first step in FMEA
To continue their quality and substantiality in the is to identify all the possible failure modes of the
market, they are approaching continuous product and system, then the potential effect of
improvement with Advance Product Quality the failure modes on the product and process
Planning process in their manufacturing unit of with the cause of the failure mode. Critical
capacitor. So, an in-depth analysis on process analysis is performed on the identified failure
and product characteristics is performed to modes by taking the following risk factors
identify the failure cause and its effect on the 1- Occurrence (Probability of failure)
output product and finally control factors are 2- Severity (Severity of the failure)
obtained. 3- Detection (Probability of the non-
detecting the failure)
Methodology The ranking of failure mode for critical actions
is determined in terms of risk priority number
Process flow chart (RPN) (N Rachieru et al.,2015), where RPN is
A process flow chat (PFC) is defined as a formal the product of O*S*D. After the evaluation of
graphic representation of a process sequence, RPN of each process, ranking is done in
work or manufacturing process, organization decreasing order to get the maximum RPN
structure (Lakin et al., 1996). It represents process. FMEA uses a scale from 1 to 10 for
symbols which are used to represent each evaluating the risk factors as shown in table no.3
operation, data, flow direction, equipment etc. and table no.4 shown the FMEA of capacitor
(Aguilar -saven 2003). The flow chart consists manufacturing system.
of product and process characteristics with
standard specification of each process Process Control Plan
parameters. It is used as the initial chart for A process control plan (PCP) is a summary of
analyzing the variation in the product and the methods and systems used to control parts
process quality. Various symbols used in process and processes according to customer
flow chart are shown in the table no. 1 and requirements. It addresses product and process
process flow chart/diagram of current research characteristics and requirements for control also
work is also shown in table no.2 aims at minimizing the variations. The entire
Table no. 1 control strategy for a system, subsystem,
Symb component or a part is summarized (Daniel Le
ols 2 Saux 2006). It is the final stage in which analysis
Descr Oper Inspe Transp Opera De Stor Deci
of PFD and PFMEA data is done for controlling
iption ation ction ortation tion lay age sion the variation of each process of a system or
&Insp Mak
ection ing
subsystem and also determines the methods and
measurements for controlling the variation when
and by whom. Following are the main factors in
process control plan/chart and for the capacitor
production unit, it is shown in table no.5
Process Failure Mode Effect Analysis 1- Process and product attributes: important
Failure Mode Effect Analysis (FMEA) is a characteristics or variables
systematic method of seeking out the potential
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
293
2- Machine, Tool or Device: equipment used 6- Reaction plan: activity that will take place
to perform the task if the process control fails
3- Control Characteristics: process Classification: quality, safety and regulations as
parameters being controlled per norms
4- Method: procedure/medium required to
control the current process parameters
5- Frequency: how often the process control
take place
Table no.2
Operation Operation Incoming Significant Significant comments
sequences description source of product process or notes
variation characteristics characteristics
(output) (input)
2
Winding Winding of the Maintenance Film capacitor Main film turn, No quick
inner and outer and tool with length and pressure roller action on
film to wrap on width, wave cut tension, stagger, breakdown
mandrill and diameter burn off foil
Pressing To remove holes Cold pressing Pressed capacitor Temperature, More
and gap between to make strong pressure, number of
films of bond counting, time, bins for
capacitor jig, pads flow
Masking Capacitors Maintenance, Capacitor rolled in Roll diameter, Poor
masked in winding, bulk for spray ohms design and material
different rolls equipment operation tape handling
Spraying Spraying of zinc Masking, Material deposited Pressure, Less
and zinc-tin on winding, on side edge of deposition area, resource and
roll through gun machine each capacitor wire feeding recycle the
parameters speed, voltage waste
Demasking To demask the Operator Unrolled capacitor Hand process Variation in
masked variation, for the further either manually or time due to
capacitors in masking and operations automatic odd/bad
units spraying masking
Deburring Smoothen the Spraying Removal of Time and speed Waiting due
side edges of excessive spray (RPM) to less
capacitor material material
Baking To remove Environment Heated capacitor to Temperature and High
errors and remove errors and time changeover
defects defects time
Short Rectification of Spraying and lead terminal on A.C/D.C voltage, Excessive
clearance, gap and welding operator side edge of length, pressure, and poor
welding of lead on side variation capacitor and weld area and material
tapping on rod pitch handling
Pre-heating, Heating and Operator Coated capacitor to Time, Waiting due
wax, paint protection from variation and withstand the temperature, to material
coating the atmosphere material ambient conditions vacuum, coat variation
thickness
Marking Labelling of Operator and Indication of value Marking code, Delay due to
specification maintenance for specific machine speed break down
and lot number function and lot number
Post Heating of None Defect and error Time and None
Curring capacitor proof temperature
Visual Naked eye Operator Acceptance or Undip, joint, Less no. of
Inspection inspection rejection bubble, welding observation
Disjoint To disjoint units None Disjointed units Machine speed None
from rod
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
294
Testing Effectiveness of Powder Reliable capacitor H.V, I.R testing, Rework

each unit coating, VI to function S.C VDC/AC,
CAP.value@1khz
Lead cut Cutting in Visual capacitor in Lead cutting None
form length and shape inspection different cut form length, pitch,
on demand burr/scratch
Final Final quality Material Acceptance high Defects, AQL, Poor
inspection check rejection high RE, Dimensions handling
Packaging Packing of units None Capacitors in box Packing type, None
in box to or packet to customer name,
customers delivery piece/polybag
Table No.3 References

1. Dale, B. G., & Shaw, P. (1990). Failure mode and
Linguist Scale/Ra Occurren Severity Detecti effects analysis in the UK motor industry: A state‐
ic terms nk ce of on
of‐the‐art study. Quality and Reliability
Failures
Very 1/2 Unlikely Minimal Easily Engineering International, 6(3), 179-188.
low interferen 2. Kemper, B., de Mast, J., & Mandjes, M. (2010).
ce Modeling process flow using diagrams. Quality
Low 3/4 Relatively Significa Moderat and Reliability Engineering International, 26(4),
few nt e
341-349.
degradati
on 3. Warren Gilchrist, (1993),"Modelling Failure
Moderat 5/6 Occasiona Minor Hidden Modes and Effects Analysis", International
e l damage Journal of Quality & Reliability Management,
High 7/8 Repeated Equipme Difficult Vol. 10 Iss: 5 pp. 16-23.
nt
4. Teng, S. H., & Ho, S. Y. (1996). Failure mode and
damage
Very 9/10 Unavoida Destructi Very effects analysis: an integrated approach for
high ble ve failure difficult product design and process control. International
journal of quality & reliability
Conclusion management, 13(5), 8-26.
Failures are part of system in any manufacturing 5. Khan, F. I., & Abbasi, S. A. (1998). Techniques
and methodologies for risk analysis in chemical
unit which affect the sustainability of their
process industries. Journal of loss Prevention in
product, which cannot be fully eliminated from the Process Industries, 11(4), 261-277.
the system but can be minimized or controlled so 6. Le Saux, D. (2006). The Effective Use of Process
that it has less effect on product characteristics. Control Plans and Process Failure Mode Effects
The present work is an analysis of process Analysis in a GaAs Semiconductor
characteristics of capacitor manufacturing Manufacturing Environment. In 2006 GaAs
industry for determining the failures occurring in Mantech Conference ACRONYMS AOI:
the system and its effect on the output product Automated Optical Inspection HVI: Human
using PFC, FMEA and PCP. The FMEA chart Visual Inspection.
with RPN identifies that spraying is the most risk 7. Arunraj, N. S., & Maiti, J. (2007). Risk-based
bearing process followed by winding and maintenance—Techniques and
applications. Journal of hazardous
welding which caters for careful investigation
materials, 142(3), 653-661.
for these components in all the areas. A quality 8. AIAG, Advanced Product Quality Planning and
process plan is also developed to reduce or Control Plan, (2001).
control the process variation. These results will 9. Wei, B. C. (1991, January). A unified approach to
be help to increase the effectiveness and quality failure mode, effects and criticality analysis
of the output capacitor with balanced working (FMECA). In Reliability and Maintainability
environment.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
295
Symposium, 1991. Proceedings., Annual (pp. Engineering (Vol. 95, No. 1, p. 012139). IOP
260-271). IEEE. Publishing.
10. Chen, W. L., Xie, S. S., Zeng, F. F., & Li, B. M. 13. Aguilar-Saven, R. S. (2004). Business process
(2011). A new process knowledge representation modelling: Review and framework. International
approach using parameter flow chart. Computers Journal of production economics, 90(2), 129-
in industry, 62(1), 9-22. 149.
11. Sahoo, T., Sarkar, P. K., & Sarkar, A. K. (2014). 14. Lakin, Richard, Nick Capon, and Neil Botten.
Maintenance optimization for critical equipments "BPR enabling software for the financial services
in process industries based on FMECA industry." Management services 40.3 (1996): 18-
Method. Int J Eng Innov Technol, 3(10). 20.
12. Rachieru, N., Belu, N., & Anghel, D. C. (2015).
An improved method for risk evaluation in failure
modes and effects analysis of CNC lathe. In IOP
Conference Series: Materials Science and
Table no.4
Operation Process function Product characteristics Potential Potential Potential O S D RPN Ranking
sequences failure effect of cause of
mode failure failure
Winding Winding of the Film capacitor with length Oversize Capacitance Positive 3 9 2 54 2
inner and outer and width, wave cut and decreases value of
film to wrap on diameter stagger
mandrill Undersize No Negative 2 8 2 32 5
functioning stagger
Pressing To remove holes Pressed capacitor to make
and gap between strong bond None None None 0 0 0 0
films of capacitor
Masking Capacitors Capacitor rolled in bulk for Gap in Excessive Machine
masked in spray operation between material in design and 7 2 2 28 6
different rolls ohm gap leads operator
masking wastage effort
Spraying Spraying of zinc Material deposited on side Inaccurate 100% Insufficient
and zinc-tin on edge of each capacitor Deposition Deposition air pressure 3 7 3 63 1
roll through gun is not and current
achieved
Demasking To demask the Unrolled capacitor for the Excessive More effort Due to
masked capacitors further operations work and loss of masking 5 2 2 20 8
in units deposited process
material and design
Deburring Smoothen the side Removal of excessive
edges of capacitor spray material None None None 0 0 0 0
Baking To remove errors Heated capacitor to remove Temp Weaken the Due to
and defects errors and defects variation bond machine 2 8 1 16 10
between unit
films
Short Rectification of lead terminal on side edge Welding No standard Current
clearance, gap and welding of capacitor and tapping on variation pitch and less 3 8 2 48 3
welding of lead on side rod between pressure
terminals
Preheating, Heating and Coated capacitor to Undip and Partial Due to

wax, paint protection from withstand the ambient temperature coating and sudden 2 5 4 40 4
coating the atmosphere conditions variation less current cut
protective off
Marking Labelling of lot Indication of value for Missing of No Machine
and number specific function labels indication of design and 4 2 2 16 10
specification specification operator
of capacitor skills
Post Curing Removal of Defect and error proof None None None 0 0 0 0
moisture
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
296
Visual Naked eye Acceptance or rejection Operator Acceptance Acceptance

Inspection inspection performance of rejected sampling 2 3 3 18 9
capacitors and skills
Disjoint To disjoint units Disjointed units None None None 0 0 0 0
from rod
Testing Effectiveness of Reliability of capacitor to Untested Less Testing
each capacitor function capacitor effectiveness unit in 2 4 3 24 7
of capacitor machine
design
Lead cut form Cutting in length capacitor in different cut Burr No Excessive
and shape form on demand formation functioning powder
on lead of capacitor material 1 8 5 40 4
and cutter
in machine
Final Final quality Quality effectiveness of Hold and If rejected Incoming
inspection check capacitor reprocessing full lot material 3 2 3 18 9
becomes and
scrap acceptance
sampling
Packaging Packing of units Capacitors in box or packet
in box to to delivery None None None 0 0 0 0
customers
7-
Table no.5
Machine/ Product Process Specification Evaluation Sample Control Reaction
Elements tools attributes attributes Class tolerance technique Freq method plan
Winding Stagger Insulation Number of Q Stagger and Micrometer, 2/lot Statistical Meet job
Resistance, turns in number of I.R measuring quality setter of
length and stagger turns for device and control/ that process
width tension Vernier scale Inspection
sheet
Masking Rollers None Machine none Gap between Visual 1/roll Manually Stop the
and tapes design each capacitor inspection operated machine
Spraying Electric Zinc and zinc- Spray gun S&R Gun pressure Pressure Fine Stop the
arc gun tin deposition air pressure and current Gauge, D 1/roll surface of machine
Amp/Volt side edges and inform
meter incharge
Demask Manually, None Standard S Incoming Visual 5-10 Good Contact
automatic time and material and inspection /roll masking supervisor
device environment dust and mask
Baking Oven Current S&Q Bake time and Timer and Productio Stop
machine leakage None temperature thermocouple 1/lot n Book machine
Short Automatic Terminals Current and Q Welding joint Micrometer Visual Meet line
Clearance, welding, polarity and pressure and pitch of and testing 5-10 inspection supervisor
welding lead wire, strong bond variation capacitor device /lot /machine
rods and maintenan
tapes ce
Preheating Powder Powder Current S&R Sudden Maintenance, Regular Stop the
and and tissue deposition variation current shut inspection 1/lot current machine
Coating pads off supply
Marking Marking Labels and Machine Q&S Missing of Visual Maintenan Report to
powder code number design labels and inspection 1/unit ce of Maintenanc
code and skills machine e section
Visual Measuring Quality Sampling Q Operator Visual Operator Double

Inspection gauge and and performance inspection, 1/unit skills and inspection
tools observation measuring Ability by skill
gauge operator
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
297
Testing Testing Effectiveness, Testing and Q Measuring of Visual and 1/lot Check the Stop the
machine I.R and delta measuring parameter inspection device machine
unit sheet and and inform
rework incharge
Lead cut Cutter and Terminal shape Cutting tool Q Uncut or burr Cutter and 1/lot Visual Check
form gauge or size on capacitor micrometer inspection cutter and
rework
Final Inspection Electrical Q Hold, Acceptance 1/lot Visual Recheck or
inspection devices paraments None reprocessing and rejection inspection meet
and or rejection Sampling and supervisor
gauges measuring
gauge
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
298
Availability Analysis of Energy of Micro Hydro Power Plant with Screw

Archimedean Turbine in Indian Context.
Umanand Kumar, K.S.Chandel
Department of Mechanical Engineering, Dr. APJ Abdul Kalam UIT-RGPV, Jhabua, Madhya Pradesh,
INDIA.
*
Corresponding Author’s Email ID: umanand.singh4@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The ability of renewable resources is to provide all of society's energy needs as soul for body.
The utilization of distributed energy resources is increasingly being pursued as an alternative to large
conventional central power stations. Discussions about common and future trends in renewable energy
systems based on reliability and maturity of each technology are presented. Micro-hydro power plant
based on Archimedes Screws turbine is a type of renewable energy power plant that is environment
friendly, easy to be functioned and low operation cost, etc. Turbine for the power plant is mixed flow
Archimedean turbine. However, several previous studies have not considered key complexities such as
dissimilarities in flows or turbine efficiency. Correspondingly, precise costing and return on speculation
data are often absent or deficient sensitivity analysis. Further research is essential to report the risks and
long-term reliability of installations, accompanied by the development of firm policy to direct and
incentivize sustainability gains in this area. A feasibility study has been carried ready for a micro
hydroelectric installation in India.
Keywords: micro-hydro power plant based on Archimedes Screw turbine.
1. Introduction: Small scale hydropower constitutes a cost
Micro hydropower is an eco-friendly, fish effective technology for rural areas in developing
friendly, non-polluting renewable source of countries and, on the other hand, is a quiet
energy. It is the oldest renewable energy method growing sector in India. [3] In the last decade,
for production of electricity known to mankind problems related to energy crisis such as oil
mechanically. According to Kyoto protocol of crisis, climatic change, electrical demand and
1997, most of industrialized countries agreed to restrictions of whole sale markets have a risen
set some emission reduction target in order to world-wide. These difficulties are continuously
maintain environmental & climatic equilibrium increasing, which suggest the need of
of the world exposed by greenhouse effect, ozone technological alternatives to assure their
depletion etc. To overcome these problems, solution. One of these technological alternatives
renewable energy can be utilized to meet those is generating electricity as near as possible of the
international targets. In current scenario, India is consumption site, using the renewable energy
blessed with half a million locations where water sources, that do not cause environmental
mills are serving for centuries. [2] If micro hydro pollutions, such as wind, solar, tidal and micro
power plants are installed there, an energy hydro-electric power plants. [4]
equivalent of 15000MW can be generated & 20
million Indians may get employed. There are 1.1 History of screw turbine:
nearly 5lac (approx.) potential sites over the The screw turbine is a water turbine which
entire Himalayan region from Jammu & Kashmir uses the principle of the Archimedean screw to
to north eastern states and can generate power as convert the potential energy of water on an
much as of 25000 MW i.e. each can generate at upstream level into kinetic energy. It may be
least 5KW. Till date only 25% (approx.) of the compared to the water wheel, though the screw
total hydro power potential has been tapped to turbine has a much higher efficiency.
generate power. Water mills are enough to run The invention of the water screw is credited
TV, refrigerator, cooler, fan & light bulbs etc. to the Greek polymath Archimedes of Syracuse
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
299
in the 3rd century BC. A cuneiform inscription of electricity generating in the early 20th century. In
the Assyrian king Sennacherib (704 - 681BC) 1924 for example in Switzerland nearly 7000
has been interpreted by Dalley to describe the small scale hydropower stations were in use. The
casting of water screws in bronze some 350 years improvement of distribution possibilities of
earlier [8]. This is consistent with the classical electricity by means of high voltage transmission
author Strabo who describes the Hanging lines caused fainted interest in small scale
Gardens as watered by screws. A contrary view hydropower. Renewed interest in the technology
is expressed by Dalley and Oleson in an earlier of small scale hydropower started in China.
review. The German engineer Konrad Kyeser, in Estimates say that between 1970 and 1985 nearly
his Bellifortis (1405), equips the Archimedes' 76,000 small scale hydro stations have been built
screw with a crank mechanism. The there. [8] In 1995, the micro-hydro capacity in
Archimedean screw is an ancient invention; the world was estimated at 28 GW, supplying
attributed to Archimedes of Syracuse (287–212 about 115 TWh of electricity. About 60% of this
BC.), and commonly used to raise water from a capacity was in the developed world, with 40%
watercourse for irrigation purposes. [5] In 1819 in developing areas. Micro hydro plants that are
the French engineer Claude Louis Marie Henri found in the developing world are mostly in
Navier (1785–1836) suggested using the mountainous regions for instance in the some
Archimedean screw as a type of water wheel. In places in the Himalayas as well as in Nepal where
1922 William Moerscher patented the there are around 2,000 schemes, including both
hydrodynamic screw turbine in America. [6] mechanical and electrical power generation. In
1.2 History of Micro Hydro Power Plant: South America, there are micro-hydro programs
The first hydroelectric scheme was in the countries along the Andes, such as Peru
installed in Wisconsin in 1882; three years after and Bolivia. Smaller programs have also been set
Thomas Edison invented the light bulb. Soon up in the hilly areas of Sri Lanka, Philippines and
after, hydropower became an important resource some parts of China [9]
for electricity generation. 20% of total electricity 1.3 Working of screw turbine based plant:
consumed worldwide comes from hydro
electrical plants. In some countries hydropower The screw turbine is a water turbine which uses
supplies 80% of electricity. This has generally the principle of the Archimedean screw to
been supplied by larger hydroelectric schemes. convert the potential energy of water on an
Interest in small hydro declined from its upstream level into kinetic energy. It may be
historical roots due to the success of these large compared to the water wheel, though the screw
hydropower plants in bringing down costs and turbine has a much higher efficiency. The turbine
the success of other technologies such as nuclear consists of a rotor in the shape of an
and diesel generation. However concern about Archimedean screw which rotates in a
climate change, air quality and nuclear semicircular trough. Water flows into the turbine
generation and increasing costs of fossil fuel and its weights presses down onto the blades of
based generation has renewed interest in small the turbine, which in turn forces the turbine to
hydro and other renewable forms of generation. turn. Water flows freely off the end of the turbine
[7] The use of falling water as a source of energy into the river. The upper end of the screw is
is known for a long time. In the ancient times connected to a generator through a gearbox. [5]
waterwheels were used already, but only at the The Archimedean screw turbine is applied on
beginning of the nineteenth century with the rivers with a relatively low head (from 1 m to 10
invention of the hydro turbine the use of m) and on low flows (up to around 10 m3/s on
hydropower got a new impulse. Small-scale one turbine). Due to the construction and slow
hydropower was the most common way of movement of the blades of the turbine, the
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
300
turbine is considered to be friendly to aquatic All". This scheme will ensure continuous and
wildlife. It is often labelled as "fish friendly". uninterrupted electricity supply to all
The Archimedean turbine may be used in households, industries and commercial
situations where there is a stipulation for the establishments by creating and improving
preservation and care of the environment and necessary infrastructure. Its a joint collaboration
wildlife. [5] of the Government of India with states to share
The low rotational speed and large flow-passage funding and create overall economic growth.
dimensions of Archimedean screws also allow 2.1 Power Generation in India:-
fish to pass downstream through the screw in S. Type of Power Power Capacity(MW) Perc
No Generation enta
relative safety. Archimedean screws are often . ge
touted as ‘fish friendly’ hydro turbines, which (%)
they undoubtedly are, though we at Renewable 1. Thermal Energy 1,92,971.5 58.3
First would say that all hydro systems should be 2. Hyd Large 44963.42 13.6
ro Small 4389.55 1.3
fish friendly, regardless of turbine type. In non- Ene
screw hydro systems this just means well rgy
designed intake screens and fish passes / by 3. Wind Energy 32700.64 9.9
4. Solar Energy 14771.69 4.5
passes would be required. Note that if upstream
5. Biomass Energy 8295.78 2.5
fish passage is required at an Archimedean screw 6. Nuclear Energy 6780 2
site, a fish pass will be required. The final 7. Gas Power 25150.38 7.6
advantage of the Archimedean screw is 8. Diesel Power 837.63 0.3
simplified civil engineering works and Total 330860.51
foundations. Because screws don’t have draft
tubes or discharge sumps, it means that the depth
Power Generation in India(%)
of any concrete works on the downstream-side of
the screw is relatively shallow, which reduces Thermal
construction costs. The civils works are also Hydro
relatively simple, the main part being the load-
Wind
bearing foundations underneath the upper and
lower bearings. In softer ground conditions the Solar
load-bearing foundations can be piled. [6] Biomass
2. Analysis of Energy: [1] Nuclear
The utility electricity sector in India has
one National Grid with an installed capacity of
330.86 GW as on 30 November 2017.
Renewable power plants constituted 31.7% of
total installed capacity. India is the world's third
largest producer and fourth largest consumer of
electricity. Electric energy consumption in
agriculture was recorded highest (17.89%) in
2015-16 among all countries. India has surplus
power generation capacity but lacks adequate
infrastructure for supplying electricity to all
needy people. In order to address the lack of
adequate electricity supply to all the people in the
country by March 2019, the Government of
India launched a scheme called "Power for
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
301
29. A&N 7.91 5.250 -------

Power Capacity in India(MW) Islands
250000 Total 19749.44 3803.678 895.40
Power Capacity
in India(MW)
200000 Classification of small hydro power
projects in India
150000 Class Station capacity in KW
Micro hydro Upto 100
Mini hydro 101 to 2000
100000 Small hydro 2001 to 25000
2.2.1 Small hydel power condition in India:

50000
A&N Islands
0 West Bengal
Uttarakhand
Uttar…
Tripura
Fig.-1 Tamil Nadu
Describe the comparison of available power with Sikkim
respect to small hydro power (only 1.3%) Rajasthan
Contributed. Punjab
2.2 Potential, Installed & under Orissa
Implementation of Small Hydro Power (as Nagaland
Potential(MW
)
on31.03.2014):-[4] Mizoram
State Wise Numbers And Aggregate Capacity Of SHP Projects(Upto 25 MW) Implementati
S.No. State Potential Installed Implementation(MW) Meghalaya on(MW)
(MW) (MW) Manipur
1. Andhra 978.40 221.030 32.04
Pradesh Maharashtra
2. Arunachal 1341.38 103.905 22.23
Pradesh Madhya…
3. Assam 238.69 34.110 12.00 Kerala
4. Bihar 223.05 70.700 17.70
5. Chhattisgarh 1107.15 52.000 115.25 Karnataka
6. Goa 6.50 0.050 -------- Jharkhand
7. Gujarat 201.97 15.600 --------
8. Haryana 110.05 70.100 3.35 Jammu &…
9. Himachal 2397.91 638.905 76.20 Himachal…
Pradesh
10. Jammu & 1430.67 147.530 17.65 Haryana
Kashmir
11. Jharkhand 208.95 4.050 34.85 Gujarat
12. Karnataka 4141.12 1031.658 173.09 Goa
13. Kerala 704.10 158.420 52.75
14. Madhya 820.44 86.160 4.90 Chhattisgarh
Pradesh Bihar
15. Maharashtra 794.33 327.425 43.70
16. Manipur 109.13 5.450 2.75 Assam
17. Meghalaya 230.05 31.030 1.70 Arunachal…
18. Mizoram 168.90 36.470 0.50
19. Nagaland 196.98 29.670 3.20 Andhra…
20. Orissa 295.47 64.625 3.60
21. Punjab 441.38 156.200 19.45 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
22. Rajasthan 57.17 23.850 -------
23. Sikkim 266.64 52.110 0.20
24. Tamil Nadu 659.51 123.050 ------- Fig.-2
25. Tripura 46.86 16.010 ------- Comments
26. Uttar 460.75 25.100 -------
Pradesh
27. Uttarakhand 1707.87 174.820 174.04
8. West Bengal 396.11 98.400 84.25
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
302
Describes the comparison of available potential,

projects installed & projects under
implementation of small hydro power plants in
various states of India. Haryana ranked 1st with
63.69 % followed by Rajasthan 41.71% and Goa
& Jharkhand ranked last with 0.77% and 1.94%
respectively as compared to projects installed &
potential available. West Bengal ranked 1st with
28.30% followed by Jharkhand with 17% &
Sikkim ranked last with 0.093% followed by
Madhya Pradesh with 0.66% as compared to
project under implementation and rest of
available potential.
2.3 Established screw turbine power projects

in India:
S.N Place Capac He Pow
o. ity ad er
1. Vadodra(Gujar 1 m3/s 5 m 33
at) KW
2. Indore(M.P.) 0.6m3/ 5 m 19
s KW
3. Pune(Maharas 1.4 15 50
3
htra) m /s m KW
4. Korba(Chhattis 0.3 15 20
3
garh) m /s m KW
5. Mechuka(Arun 0.3m3/ 15 25
achal Pradesh) s m KW Fig.-3
6. Tato(Arunacha 0.3 15 20
3
l Pradesh) m /s m KW 3. Comparison Between various turbines: [10]
Turbine Screw Cross Kaplan Francis
Type→ Turbine Flow Turbine Turbin
Turbine e
Efficien Up to Up to Above Above
cy 90%.Re 85%.Re 90%.Co 90%.Co
mains mains mes mes
constant constant down down
with with drastical changes
varying varying ly at at
load. load. varying varying
load. load.
Output Varies Varies Require Require
proporti proporti sa sa
onally to onally to constant constant
inlet inlet flow & flow &
flow flow Head to Head to
conditio generate generat
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
303
ns and conditio power. e Reliabili Excellen Good Good Good

there is ns. Output power. ty t
no risk comes Mainten Negligib Regular Regular Regular
of down ance le
damage exponen Environ Fish Fish Fish Fish
from tially at ment compati incompa incompa incomp
running part Compati ble tible tible atible
dry. inlet bility
flow
conditio
n.
3.1 Objectives of Micro Hydro Power Plant
Generall with Screw Turbine:
y, does  Eco-friendly in nature & have zero effect
not on environment in the sense of pollution.
perform  Cutting of trees and displacement of people
at low
flow in
is not required.
summer  Suitable for power consumption of small
season. villages or one or more than one families.
Generati Good for Good for Good Up to  Sources-renewable energy resources.
on 5 KW to 5 KW to for 75 1000M  Small canals, ponds & rivers etc. can be
Capacity 500 KW 100 KW KW to 5 W
utilized as resources.
MW
Head Best for Best for Best for Best for  Negligible maintenance & operation cost.
ranges ranges ranges ranges  Fish friendly.
from 1 from from 2 from 30  Easy & fast installation.
m to 10 1.75 m m to 50 m to  Very less civil work required.
m to 40m m 800 m  High reliability.
Dischar Can Can Can Approx.
ge work work work more
 Efficient for low and variable water heads
efficientl efficientl efficient than 1m (Minimum 1m head).
y from y from ly from  Durability (mode of operation).
0.2 m3/s 0.04 3 m3/s  Low wear & tear.
to 10 m3/s to 5 to 30  Cavitations & erosion cannot affect the
m3/s m3/s m3/s
Ease Of Factory Requires Require Require
turbine.
Installati pre- Penstock s s  Efficiency will remain same with respect to
ons assemble & Draft Penstoc Penstoc varying loads.
d, less tube. k& k&  No control system necessary.
civil Draft Draft  Efficiency is more as compared to water
work. tube. tube.
Very Very
wheels & small turbine.
expensi expensi  Ultra long life at least 30 years.
ve civil ve civil  CO2 reduction.
work. work.  Natural flow of water i.e. no pressure built
Installati 2-3 5-6 10-12 More up.
on months months months than 1
 Wild life habitat will not be affected.
Period years
Durabili Only Only Only Only 4. CONCLUSION:
ty Water clear clear clear Dam having higher water holding capacity for
required water water water large scale hydro power plants leads to many
required required required drastic problems including people displacement,
Wear & Negligib High Very Very deforestation, loss of agriculture land &
Tear le high high
earthquakes. Viz., they are some examples, an
earthquake occurred at Latur & Ushmanabad
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
304
(Maharashtra) due to KOENA dam and at (8.)

Jabalpur (MP) due to BARGI dam. Due to http://josiah.berkeley.edu/2007Fall/ER200N/Re
INDRA SAGAR dam the Harshood place was adings/Micro_Hydro_2007.pdf
completely displaced & new Harshood was (9.)
established known as Chhannera. Only Due to https://energypedia.info/wiki/Micro_Hydro_Po
SARDAR SAROVAR dam at Narmada River wer_(MHP)_Plants
(Gujrat) more than 2 lakhs people were (10.) www.jashindia.com
displaced, 37 thousand hectares agriculture lands
& 10713 hectares deforestation took place etc.
There are many other several examples of these
kind of dams due to which the mentioned
problems are occurring.
India is blessed with abundant hydro electrical
potential, estimated 19749.44 MW, rank 5th in
the world, in terms of utilizable potential. But
when compared to other sources of micro hydro
power, Screw turbine is negligible in
consideration. It can give power to a particular
house or one or more families or even to small
villages. It has more efficiency and less
transmission losses as compared to other power
plants. According to survey, only 4389.55MW of
power is generated by small hydro power plants,
rather available potential is of thousands of MW
but could not utilized 22% (approx.) in total.
Some major states of India have even not
installed & implemented these small power
plants where potential is available. Using higher
efficiency of screw turbines, local power
requirement can be fulfilled, transmission losses
can be reduced, more employment can be
provided & nature can be preserved.
References:
(1.)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electricity_sector_
in_India.
(2.) http://decarboni.se/publications/kyoto-
protocol-1997
(3.) www.aprekh.org_files_RREST_AlokJindal
(4.) www.mnre.gov.in
(5.) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Screw_turbine
(6.) http://www.renewablesfirst.co.uk/hydro-
learning-centre/archimedean-screw/
(7.) http://greenbugenergy.com/get-educated-
knowledge/the-history-of-hydropower
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
305
Solar Energy in India and National Solar Mission: A Review

Mahendra Kumar Meena
Department of Political Science, SGGG Banswara Raj. (India)
Introduction outline of its 8 National Mission, was approved

In global climate change regime, India has been by the Prime Minister’s Council on Climate
regarded as a prominent player due to its huge Change (PMCCC), a 26- member apex advisory
population, developmental needs and great body, convened barely three week earlier
economic potential. Since the Earth Summit without a thorough discussion.4
1992, India has been playing a very crucial and In launching India’s National Action Plan on
pivotal role in shaping global environmental Climate Change on June 30, 2008, the Prime
policies. In 1972, at Stockholm conference, Minister of India, Dr. Manmohan Singh stated:
Indian Prime minister Smt. Gandhi had Our vision is to make India’s economic
described “poverty as a greatest polluter” and development energy-efficient. Over a period of
thus underscored India’s preference to the time, we must pioneer graduated shift from
development to eradicate poverty. Thus, India’s economic activity based on fossil fuels to one
policy stand in international climate change based on non-fossil fuels and from reliance on
regime has been articulated around the equal non-renewable and depleting sources of energy
right of development for each individual. India to renewable sources of energy. In this strategy,
had successfully negotiated during the making the sun occupies center-stage, as it should, being
of United Nation Framework for Climate literally the original source of all energy. We
Change(UNFCCC) and the inclusion of will pool our scientific, technical and managerial
“common but Differentiated Responsibility” in talents, with sufficient financial resources, to
article 7 of the Rio Declaration can be marked as develop solar energy as a source of abundant
grand success for India and hence for all energy to power our economy and to transform
developing nations.1 the lives of our people. Our success in this
The principal of CBDR explicitly acknowledged endeavor will change the face of India. It would
the historical responsibility of developed also enable India to help change the destinies of
countries in the degradation of the environment people around the world.”5
and hence, assigned the primary responsibility to
the developed counties to avert climate change It can be said that India has added renewable
and its adverse effects. To secure energy needs energy as an important alterative to its energy
for the development, India has always been in matrix to reduce GHG emission, which is mainly
denial mode to accept any binding commitment dominated by coal-based power production, To
to reduce its GHG emission despite being fourth fulfill the international commitments made by
largest GHG emitter (2341000 kts Co2, 2013)2. India through ‘Intended Nationally Determined
This Indian potion successfully went through Contribution’(INDC) to the UNFCCC.
Kyoto Protocol (1997) under immense pressure Enormous business opportunities further,
from the developed countries that India should impetus the Indian policy makers to explore the
embrace binding mitigation commitments. potential of alternative energy sources in context
Under the furious pressure from the developed of India’s energy security and to meet the huge
countries, just before G-8 summit in Japan (June energy requirement to fuel India’s development.
2008), Indian PM Dr. Manmohan Singh
launched National Action Plan on Climate India is geographically blessed with bright
Change (NAPCC) 3 The NAPCC , with the sunlight in most of its part, throughout the year.
This nature’s blessing has tremendous potential
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
306
to produce clean solar power. The National framework to achieve this objective and make
Action Plan on Climate Change also points out: India a global leader in solar energy. Further,
“India is a tropical country, where sunshine is Government has revised the target of Grid
available for longer hours per day and in great Connected Solar Power Projects from 20,000
intensity. Solar energy, therefore, has great MW by the year 2021-22 to 100,000 MW by the
potential as future energy source. It also has the year 2021-22 under the National Solar Mission
advantage of permitting the decentralized and it was approved by Cabinet on 17th June
distribution of energy, thereby empowering 2015.8
people at the grassroots level”. Based on this Importance and relevance of solar energy
vision a National Solar Mission is being for India9
launched under the brand name “Solar India”6 1. Cost: Solar is currently high on absolute costs
compared to other sources of power such as coal.
The Eight National Mission The objective of the Solar Mission is to create
The operational content of the National Action conditions, through rapid scale-up of capacity
Plan lies in the eight different National Missions, and technological innovation to drive down
which were simultaneously announced by the costs towards grid parity. The Mission
Indian government. These are as: anticipates achieving grid parity by 2022 and
1. National Solar Mission parity with coal-based thermal power by 2030,
2. National Mission for Enhanced Energy but recognizes that this cost trajectory will
Efficiency depend upon the scale of global deployment and
3. National Mission for Sustainable Agriculture technology development and transfer. The cost
4. National Water Mission projections vary –from 22% for every doubling
5. National Mission o Sustainable Habitat of capacity to a reduction of only 60% with
6. National Mission for sustaining the global deployment increasing 16 times the
Himalayan Ecosystem current level. The Mission recognizes that there
7. National mission for A Green India are a number of off-grid solar applications
8. National Mission for strategic Knowledge for particularly for meeting rural energy needs,
Climate Change. which are already cost-effective and provides for
Each Mission says NAPCC, ‘will be tasked to their rapid expansion.
evolve specific objectives’ until financial year 2. Scalability: India is endowed with vast solar
2016-2017.It originally mandated the nodal energy potential. About 5,000 trillion kWh per
ministries agencies to submit eight year energy is incident over India’s land area
comprehensive mission documents by the end of with most parts receiving 4-7 kWh per sq. m per
2008, to be approved by the PMCCC.7 day. Hence both technology routes for
conversion of solar radiation into heat and
JawharLal Nehru National Solar Mission electricity, namely, solar thermal and solar
The National Solar Mission was launched on the photovoltaics, can effectively be harnessed
11th January, 2010 by the Prime Minister. The providing huge scalability for solar in India.
Mission has set the ambitious target of deploying Solar also provides the ability to generate power
20,000 MW of grid connected solar power by on a distributed basis and enables rapid capacity
2022 is aimed at reducing the cost of solar power addition with short lead times. Off-grid
generation in the country through (i) long term decentralized and low-temperature applications
policy; (ii) large scale deployment goals; (iii) will be advantageous from a rural electrification
aggressive R&D; and (iv) domestic production perspective and meeting other energy needs for
of critical raw materials, components and power and heating and cooling in both rural and
products, as a result to achieve grid tariff parity urban areas. The constraint on scalability will be
by 2022. Mission will create an enabling policy the availability of space, since in all current
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
307
applications, solar power is space intensive. In Mission have adopted a 3-phase approach,
addition, without effective storage, solar power spanning the remaining period of the 11th Plan
is characterized by a high degree of variability. and first year of the 12thPlan (up to 2012-13) as
In India, this would be particularly true in the Phase 1, the remaining 4 years of the 12thPlan
monsoon season. (2013-17) as Phase 2 and the 13th Plan (2017-22)
3. Environmental impact: Solar energy is as Phase 3. At the end of each plan, and mid-term
environmentally friendly as it has zero during the 12thand 13th Plans, there will be an
emissions while generating electricity or heat evaluation of progress, review of capacity and
4. Security of source: From an energy security targets for subsequent phases, based on
perspective, solar is the most secure of all emerging cost and technology trends, both
sources, since it is abundantly available. domestic and global. The aim would be to
Theoretically, a small fraction of the tota protect Government from subsidy exposure in
incident solar energy (if captured effectively) case expected cost reduction does not
can meet the entire country’s power materialize or is more rapid than expected.
requirements. It is also clear that given the large
proportion of poor and energy un-served To achieve this, the Mission targets are:
population in the country, every effort needs to  To create an enabling policy framework
be made to exploit the relatively abundant for the deployment of 20,000 MW of solar
sources of energy available to the country. power by 2022.
While, today, domestic coal-based power  To ramp up capacity of grid-connected
generation is the cheapest electricity source, solar power generation to 1000 MW within three
future scenarios suggest that this could well years –by 2013; an additional 3000 MW by 2017
change. Already, faced with crippling electricity through the mandatory use of the renewable
shortages, price of electricity traded internally, purchase obligation by utilities backed with a
touched Rs 7 per unit for base loads and around preferential tariff. This capacity can be more
Rs 8.50 per unit during peak periods. The than doubled –reaching 10,000MW installed
situation will also change, as the country moves power by 2017 or more, based on the enhanced
towards imported coal to meet its energy and enabled international finance and
demand. The price of power will have to factor technology transfer. The ambitious target for
in the availability of coal in international 2022 of 20,000 MW or more, will be dependent
markets and the cost of developing import on the ‘learning ‘of the first two phases, which if
infrastructure. It is also evident that as the cost successful, could lead to conditions of grid-
of environmental degradation is factored into the competitive solar power. The transition could be
mining of coal, as it must, the price of this raw appropriately up scaled, based on availability of
material will increase. In the situation of energy international finance and technology.
shortages, the country is increasing the use of  To create favorable conditions for solar
diesel-based electricity, which is both expensive manufacturing capability, particular solar
–costs as high as Rs 15 per unit -and polluting. It thermal for indigenous production and market
is in this situation the solar imperative is both leadership.
urgent and feasible to enable the country to meet  To promote programmes for off grid
long-term energy needs. applications, reaching 1000 MW by 2017 and
2000 MW by 2022.
Objectives and Targets  To achieve 15 million sq. meters solar
The objective of the National Solar Mission is to thermal collector area by 2017 and 20 million by
establish India as a global leader in solar energy, 2022.
by creating the policy conditions for its diffusion  To deploy 20 million solar lighting
across the country as quickly as possible The systems for rural areas by 2022.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
308
will be established to support an expanding and
Mission Strategy (phase 1 and 2)10 large-scale solar energy programme, both for
applied and R&D sectors. In Phase I, at least
The Mission has strategy to achieve its targets 1000 young scientists and engineers would be
and objectives mainly through five ways; incentivized to get trained on different solar
energy technologies as a part of the Mission’s
A. Utility connected applications: constructing long-term R&D and HRD plan.
the solar grid is the key driver for promoting The Road Map
solar power would be through a Renewable
Purchase Obligation (RPO) mandated for power The aspiration is to ensure large-scale
utilities, with a specific solar component. This deployment of solar generated power for grid-
will drive utility scale power generation, connected as well as distributed and
whether solar PV or solar thermal. The Solar decentralized off-grid provision of commercial
Purchase Obligation will be gradually increased energy services. The deployment across the
while the tariff fixed for solar power purchase application segments is envisaged as
will decline over time. Follows:
B. The below 80°C challenge –solar collector: Table 1: The Solar Mission’s Proposed
The Mission is setting an ambitious target for Roadmap
ensuring that applications, domestic and Sr.No Application Target Target Target
industrial, below 80°C are solarised. Segment Phase I Phase II phase III
(2010- (2013-17) (2017-22)
C. The off-grid opportunity -lighting homes 13)
of the power deprived poor: A key opportunity 1 Solar 7 15 Million 20 million
for solar power lies in decentralized and off-grid Collector Million Sq.Metres Sq.Metres
applications. In remote and far-flung areas Sq.
Metres
where grid penetration is neither feasible nor 2 Off- 200MW 1000MW 200MW
cost effective, solar energy applications are cost- GridSolar
effective. The Government has promoted the use Application
3 Utility Grid 1000- 4000- 20000M
of decentralized applications through financial Power 2000M 10000M W
incentives and promotional schemes. While the W W
Solar Mission has set a target of 1000 MW by Source:The Ministry of New and Reneable Energy,GOI,
2017, which may appear small, but its reach will JNNSM, N.Delhi, P.7
add up to bringing changes in millions of
Economic Incentives: To achieve the leadership
households.
position in solar energy economic incentives to
D. Manufacturing capabilities: innovate,
the solar industry is inevitable. Providing
expand and disseminate: Currently, the bulk of
adequate loan facility, setting up solar parks,
India’s Solar PV industry is dependent on
SEZ like facility for component manufacturing,
imports of critical raw materials and components
wavier in custom duty, ease of doing business,
–including silicon wafers. Proactive
single widow clearance, are some requirements t
implementation of Special Incentive Package
boost solar revolution in India.
(SIPs) policy, to promote PV manufacturing
Importantly, Power purchase Agreement is
plants, including domestic manufacture of
essential part of solar business to ensure the
silicon material, would be necessary.
economic viability of solar power. Again, the
E. R&D for Solar India: creating conditions for
falling prices of solar power are creating positive
research and application A major R&D initiative
sentiment and attracting investment to the solar
to focus: An ambitious human resource
industry. Upendra Tripathy, formerly secretary
development programme, across the skill-chain,
of the renewable energy ministry, “When we
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
309
started, people didn’t believe that solar was for crore. The alliance brings together sun-rich
real. They thought it was imaginary given that nations for a research and collaboration initiative
the tariffs were at Rs18 per unit. They thought it that has the potential to change the face of future
was a story which was being hyped. However, a energy access. It will be a platform to benchmark
lot of people including companies and financial low-cost solar solutions and will provide unique
institutions got interested. We called for open investment opportunity for the developing
bidding and whatever was happening world. The initiative places India in a more
internationally, be it in terms of technology or assertive and constructive position on the
falling solar PV (photovoltaic) prices got international stage, no longer merely accepting
reflected here. With no cartels being formed, it the politics of climate change, but now shaping
helped India,”11 them via its diplomatic and geopolitical
The solar space has already seen a significant influence.14
decline in tariffs from Rs10.95-12.76 per kWh in
2010-11. The year 2017 has brought the prices Conclusion
further down. India’s solar power tariff hit a new Country like India has very much unbalanced in
low of Rs2.44 per unit on 12 May 2017 at the electricity production. Production is less and
auction of 500 megawatt (MW) of capacity at the consumption is very much. Solar power is very
Bhadla solar park in Rajasthan.12 The decrease good option in India to increase power
in solar power prices attributed to the decision of production. This is also very good for our
the Government of India to cover solar power by environment protection and economic
Solar Energy Corporation of India Ltd(SECI) development. Solar power is unlimited source of
under the ambit of tripartite agreement for energy and our country also provide suitable
payment security against defaults by State climate for this energy but we need some better
distribution companies13 idea to increase efficiency and decrease
production cost. Our government launches some
Towards the Global Leader in Solar schemes for production of solar power and
Power achieves some successes but we need education
India launched an International Solar Alliance and publicity in society for these schemes so that
(ISA) at the CoP21 Climate Conference, with an people take some initiative for use renewable
announcement by Prime Minister Modi that the energy as much as at a place of conventional
revolution in the field would bring power to all energy sources. Currently we are generating
citizens, and create unlimited economic 4.59% of solar energy of total produced
opportunity. Over 100 countries falling between renewable energy installed capacity in India. It
tropics of Cancer and Capricorn have assured is very low in comparison of total installed
their participation in the alliance for which India capacity of renewable energy and scope is very
will be providing the initial funding of Rs 175 much for this solar PV.
References 3. Prime minister’s Council on climate

1. Retrieved from http://www.un.org change,GOI,2008, NAPCCC,
/documents/ga/conf151/aconf15126- N.Delhi,http:// pmindia.nic.in/pg01-52.pdf.
1annex1. htm 4. Praful Bidwai, “The politics of Climate
2. World Bank Data, available on Change and the Global Crisis’, p.129,Orient
http://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.RU BlackSwan,2012
R.TOTL.ZS/countries/1W- 5. http://www.mnre.gov.in/file-
8S?display=default manager/UserFiles
/mission_document_JNNSM.pdf
6. Ibid.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
310
11. Solar Tariff ars heat up India, Livemint, 31
7. Praful Bidwai, “The politics of Climate may 2017.
Change and the Global Crisis’, p.130,Orient 12. http://www.livemint.com/Industry/saGIF4
BlackSwan,2012 VEwvv38rf208tUAM/Solar-power-tariff-
8. Ibid. falls- further -to-Rs244-per-unit.html
9. http://www.mnre.gov.in/file- 13. Ibid.
manager/UserFiles 14. Chetan Chauhan, “Pm Modi to launch Solar
/mission_document_JNNSM.pdf Alliance in Paris Summit”,Hindustan
10. Ibid. Times, Nov.30, 2015, N.Delhi
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
311
Optimization Techniques Based Selective Harmonic Elimination for
Multilevel Inverter with Reduced Number of Switches
R. K. Kumawat*,1, D.K.Palwalia2
Department of Electrical Engineering
Rajasthan Technical University Kota, India
Corresponding Author:1rkkumawat.phd@rtu.ac.in, 2dkpalwalia@rtu.ac.in
Abstract
Multilevel inverter (MLI) is an alternative for high power and high voltage applications. It has low
switching stress on power switches, lower total harmonic distortion (THD), higher efficiency and low
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI). Higher number of power switches contributes complexity of
control and high cost. In this paper a seven-level MLI is proposed with reduced switch count and
improved performance. Selective Harmonic Elimination (SHE) that can be applied MLI ar desire
switching frequency offers elimination of harmonics in output voltage. Also, by using SHE technique
with cascade H-bridge multilevel inverters, the necessity of using filter in output can be minimized.
In this paper, SHE equation have been solved by using Genetic Algorithms (GA) and Newton-
Raphson Method. It has been aimed to eliminated desire harmonic order at fundamental output
voltage and also have been analyzed and compared the harmonics.
Keywords—Multilevel inverter(MLI), THD, PWM, Full-bridge, Half bridge
I. INTRODUCTION speed drive, micro grid and power system

DC to AC power conversion play a crucial role control multilevel inverter received more
in recent years and implemented for high power attention. It is commercialized as three basic
and high voltage application. It attracts in power topology: neutral point clamped (NPC), flying
generation, energy transmission, distribution and capacitor (FC), and cascade H- bridge (CHB)
utility application. It has been widely applied in [12–16]. Neutral point clamped is also known as
variable frequency drive, power quality device, diode clamped multilevel inverter. DC bus
UPS, HVDC transmission, inducting heating, voltage split in N-level by series connected bulk
SVC, FACTS, marine propulsion, fuel cell, solar capacitor threw fast switching diode. Drawback
cell. Concept of multilevel inverter is lucrative of NPC is higher number of diode and Dc-link
solution in the medium and high voltage voltage balancing as the number of level increase
application with high power conversion and [17]. Capacitor clamped inverter required large
enhancement power quality [1–4]. it produce number of clamping capacitor to clamp the
output voltage waveform with control output voltage by proper selection of capacitor
frequency, amplitude and phase by controlling combination [18]. Cascade H-bridge inverter
the semiconductor switches [5–8]. A two-level consists of full bridge and half bridge module
inverter use PWM operation with high switching with all source connected in series at each phase.
frequency and eliminate the lower order CHMLI have simplicity of control, lesser rating
harmonics. Issue with two level inverters is high and least number of power semiconductor
switching frequency loss due to unavailability of switches. It has no need of clamping diode and
high power high voltage semiconductor device. voltage balancing capacitor. It has less common
MLI provides a cost-effective solution with low node voltage, separate DC sources.
distortion, reduced dv/dt stress, voltage limit To control the output voltage and eliminate
capability of semiconductor switches, better harmonics a method is used for switching power
harmonic profile, and high voltage capability. It semiconductor switches. Method for proper
can operate at both fundamental switching selection of switching angle such as space vector
frequency and high switching frequency using modulation (SVM), space vector pulse width
pulse width modulation scheme [9–11]. For high modulation (SVPWM), sinusoidal pulse width
voltage high power application such as power modulation (SPWM), selective harmonic
quality, renewable energy resource, adjustable
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
312
elimination (SHE) has been conventionally used staircase voltage
[19-21]. waveform, the optimized switching angles are
SVM or CBPWM technique based on High obtained
switching frequency modulation [22-24]. It leads using by Newton-Raphson technique and
to high switching losses and lower order Genetic Algorithm
harmonic producing high THD in output voltage. technique (GA). If we know the good initial
Due to this side band round carrier frequency guesses then the results can be optimized well
appear. Low or fundamental switching more.
frequency modulation based SHE technique has II. CONVENTIONAL CASCADE MULTILEVEL
been developed for control of CHMLI. It has less INVERTER
switching losses and few communications per Full bridge topology of cascade H-bridge with
cycle. It maintains rapid power quality and direct four switches, a DC voltage source is used to
control over output voltage harmonic. Equation generate three levels square wave output voltage
produced by SHE-PWM are highly nonlinear waveform. Cascade multilevel consists of series
transcendental, depends on solving a series of connection of multiple single phase modules
trigonometric equation and produced simple, with symmetric and asymmetric manner [25].
multiple or no solution for fixed value Each module generates voltage level include
modulation index. Thus, providing all possible positive, negative and zero. Configuration of
and analytical solution using less computational cascade H-bridge is shown in fig.1
complex method for SHE equation through Overall output voltage of multilevel inverter is
extensive range of modulation index 0 to 1, has given
been big task for researcher. V0  Vdc1  Vdc 2  Vdc 3  ...........Vdcn
Another approach has been implemented to (1)
solve SHE equation based on converting If the entire Dc voltage source in each module
transcendental equation in to polynomial have equal the inverter is known as symmetric
equation [25-28]. Theory of symmetric and multilevel. The number of output voltage steps
resultants of polynomials has been suggested to in symmetric multilevel inverter is
solve equation obtain from transcendental N step  2n  1
equation. For this approach, proper initial guess
for switching angle and modulation index are (2)
required. It is challenging task to guess initial Maximum output voltage is due to the
switching angle and modulation index for which communication of switches is:
solution exist. That approach is unattractive Vo (max)  n  Vdc (3)
because degree of polynomial is in direct relation Where n is the number of dc voltage source
with inverter level hence polynomial is very If the entire DC voltage sources in each module
complex, numerical difficulty, and have unequal voltage level the inverter is known
computational burden. as asymmetric multilevel inverter. It can provide
In this paper, the researchers have performed large number of output voltage steps without
simulation for seven levels cascade H-bridge increasing the number of switches. The number
multilevel of voltage steps and maximum output voltage are
inverter, and used the selective harmonic given as follow:
elimination PWM N step  2n1  1
switching method. PWM [29-30]. Selective
harmonic (4)
elimination PWM switching method is utilized Vo(max)  (2n  1) Vdc (5)
for p 1
If V  2 Vdc for p=1, 2, 3……, n
p
controlling the gate signals of switching device.

Switching N step  3n (6)
angles are solved from the non-linear (3n  1)
transcendental Vo (max)  Vdc (7)
2
equations. For generating the optimized
If V p  3 p 1Vdc for p=1, 2, 3……, n
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
313
bridge are connected per phase hence total
S11 S31
output voltage per phase is given by
+
𝑣 (𝜔𝑡) = 𝑣 (𝜔𝑡 ) + 𝑣 (𝜔𝑡) + 𝑣 (𝜔𝑡 ) +
Edc1 E01
+
S41 S21 - ⋯ + 𝑣 (𝜔𝑡 ) (14)
Non-liner fundamental equation for the odd
harmonic component is given by
S32
S12
+ (cos(𝛼 ) + cos(𝛼 ) + ⋯ + cos(𝛼 )) =
E02
Edc1 +
S42 S22 - Eo 𝑣 (15)
Generally, for s number of switching angles, one
angle is used for desire fundamental output
voltage V1 and remaining (s-1) switching angle
S1n S3n
+
are used to eliminate certain lower order
Edcn + E0n harmonics. The relation between fundamental
S4n S2n - voltage and maximum fundamental voltage
V1max is given by modulation index ‘m’. The
modulation index is defined as the ratio of
Fig.1. Configuration of cascade multilevel fundamental output voltage V1 to maximum
inverter fundamental voltage V1max. Maximum
III. ANALYSIS USING SELECTIVE HARMONIC fundamental voltage is obtained when all
ELEMINATION switching angle are zero.
The selective harmonic elimination method is 𝑉 = hence the expression for ‘m’
also known as programmed PWM or 𝜋𝑣
fundamental switching frequency method based 𝑚=
4𝑠𝑣
on harmonic elimination theory. Assuming
quarter wave symmetry and equal sources the
𝑣 =𝑚 for 0<m≤1
staircase, output voltage can be given by the
Fourier series expansion as follows: Thus, nonlinear transcendental equation is
𝑣 (𝜔𝑡 ) = 𝑎 + (𝑎 cos(𝑛𝜔𝑡) + formed and after solving these equation
modulation index and switching angle (𝛼 𝑡𝑜 𝛼 )
𝑏 sin(𝑛𝜔𝑡)) (8)
characterizing the harmonic contain in output
Due to symmetricity, it does not contain even
waveform. To eliminate 3rd ,5th ,7th and 9th
harmonic component
harmonic 𝑣 , 𝑣 , 𝑣 and 𝑣 are set to zero.
𝑎 = ∫ 𝑣 (𝜔𝑡 )𝑑𝑡 (9) (cos(𝛼 ) + cos(𝛼 ) + cos(𝛼 ) + ⋯
𝑎 = ∫ 𝑣 (𝜔𝑡) cos(𝑛𝜔𝑡)𝑑𝑡 (10) + cos(𝛼 )) = 𝑠𝑚
(cos(3𝛼 ) + cos(3𝛼 ) + cos(3𝛼 ) + ⋯
𝑏 = ∫ 𝑣 (𝜔𝑡) sin(𝑛𝜔𝑡)𝑑𝑡 + cos(3𝛼 )) = 0
( (cos(5𝛼 ) + cos(5𝛼 ) + cos(5𝛼 ) + ⋯
11) + cos(5𝛼 )) = 0
Hence Fourier expression can be written as (cos(7𝛼 ) + cos(7𝛼 ) + cos(7𝛼 ) + ⋯
𝑣 (𝜔𝑡) = , ,
(𝑏 sin(𝑛𝜔𝑡)) (12) + cos(7𝛼 )) = 0
The value of bn component is compute as (cos(9𝛼 ) + cos(9𝛼 ) + cos(9𝛼 ) + ⋯
+ cos(9𝛼 )) = 0
𝑏 = (cos(𝑛𝛼 ) + cos(𝑛𝛼 ) + (16)
, , The foremost objective is to minimizing the
⋯ + cos(𝑛𝛼 )) nonlinear transcendental equation set, which is
(13) express as
Subjected to 𝛼 < 𝛼 < 𝛼 < 𝛼 … < 𝑓(𝛼 , 𝛼 , 𝛼 … … . 𝛼 )
𝛼 ≤𝜋 2 Subjected to
where ‘s’ is number of H-bridge connected in 𝛼 <𝛼 <𝛼 <𝛼 …<𝛼 ≤𝜋 2
cascade per phase and ‘n’ is order of harmonics.
If Vdc is input DC voltage for n single phase H-
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
314
There are number of approach to solve nonlinear steps involved in development of the algorithm
transcendental equation. By converting are
nonlinear transcendental equation in to 1. The switching angle matrix
polynomial equation with resultant method all 2. 𝛼 = [𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 ]
possible solution for any number of level can be 3. The nonlinear system matrix
compute when they exist. Total harmonic4. 𝐹 =
distortion for corresponding solution compute by ⎡ cos 𝛼 cos 𝛼 cos 𝛼 cos 𝛼 cos 𝛼 ⎤
⎢cos 3𝛼 cos 3𝛼 cos 3𝛼 cos 3𝛼 cos 3𝛼 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
%𝑇𝐻𝐷 = × 100 ⎢cos 5𝛼 cos 5𝛼 cos 5𝛼 cos 5𝛼 cos 5𝛼 ⎥
⎢cos cos 7𝛼 ⎥
(17) ⎢
7𝛼 cos 7𝛼 cos 7𝛼 cos 7𝛼
⎥
IV. SOLVING SHE EQUATION USING ⎣cos 9𝛼 cos 9𝛼 cos 9𝛼 cos 9𝛼 cos 9𝛼 ⎦
OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUE 5.
In earlier section, SHE has been implemented on

CHMLI configuration and nonlinear And its derivate
transcendental SHE equations set have been
𝑑𝑓
developed. In order get feasible solution during 𝑑𝛼
completed range of modulation index (m) from ⎡ − sin 𝛼 − sin 𝛼 − sin 𝛼 − sin 𝛼 −sin 𝛼 ⎤
0 to 1 which give less %THD has been challenge ⎢ −3sin 3𝛼 −3 sin 3𝛼 −3 sin 3𝛼 −3sin 3𝛼 −3 sin 3𝛼 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
task for researchers hence deterministic and = ⎢−5 sin 5𝛼 −5 sin 5𝛼 −5 sin 5𝛼 −5 sin 5𝛼 −5 sin 5𝛼 ⎥
⎢−7 sin −7 sin 7𝛼 ⎥
stochastic algorithms have been developed. A ⎢
7𝛼 −7 sin 7𝛼 −7 sin 7𝛼 −7 sin 7𝛼
⎥
well-known Newton-Raphson (NR) method ⎣ −9sin 9𝛼 −9 sin 9𝛼 −9 sin 9𝛼 −9 sin 9𝛼 −9 sin 9𝛼 ⎦
comes under deterministic or iterative approach

and stochastic optimization techniques includes6. The corresponding harmonic amplitude matrix
Continuous-Genetic Algorithm (C-GA) and
Modified Species based Particle Swarm 𝑚𝜋
𝑇= 0 0 0 0
Optimization (MSPSO). This section explains 4
newton Raphson method optimization algorithm Above Following equation can be written as
to solve SHE equation. 𝐹 (𝛼) = 𝑇
V. SOLVING USING NEWONS RAPHSON METHOD Statement of algorithm can be written as
Newton's method was first designated by Isaac a. Guess the initial value for 𝛼 with 𝑗 = 0
Newton in 1969, twenty years later Joseph Assume 𝛼 = [𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 𝛼 ]
Raphson got close to Newton’s approach but b. Calculate the value of
only for polynomials of degree 3,4,5…10. In 𝑓 (𝛼 ) = 𝐹
1740, Thompson Simpson explained NR methodc. Linearize function 𝐹(𝛼) = 𝑇 about 𝛼
as an iterative method to solve optimization 𝜕𝑓
problems by setting the gradient to zero. First 𝐹 + 𝑑𝛼 = 𝑇
𝜕𝛼
implementations of Newton’s method to solve d. 𝑑𝛼 = [𝑑𝛼 𝑑𝛼 𝑑𝛼 𝑑𝛼 𝑑𝛼 ]
SHE equations to eliminate %THD in CHMLI is e. Calculate the value of 𝑑𝛼
by H. S. Patel & R. G. Hoft in 1973. Later in 𝜕𝑓
literature several researchers have used Newton's 𝑑𝛼 = 𝐼𝑁𝑉 (𝑇 − 𝐹 )
method to solve nonlinear transcendental SHE f. 𝜕𝛼
Updated initial guess values are
equations. To solve nonlinear transcendental
𝛼 = 𝛼 + 𝑑𝛼
equations Newton-Raphson method is one of the
g. Repeat the process for above equation until
traditionally preferred iterative methods This
equation 𝑑𝛼 satisfy the desire solution and
method based on calculus approach which is
satisfy the following condition
powerful and fast-iterative method to reach
h. 0<𝛼 <𝛼 <𝛼 ≤𝜋 2
global minimum. It begins with an initial guess
and generally converges at a zero. Basic VI. GENETIC ALGORITHM TECHNIQUE
requirement of NR method is good initial guess. In order to ease the complexity of controlling
If the initial guess is good, rate of convergence is modern industries with multiple objectives and
fast and computational time is reduced. The constraints, many researchers have developed
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
315
biologically inspired algorithms and proved their Start
effectiveness of control compared to derivative
approaches. Genetic algorithm is one of the Find No. of Variable
Stochastic optimization (SO) methods to solve
nonlinear transcendental equations effectively. Set population size
GAs is a subclass of Evolutionary computing
and are random search algorithms. Though, all Evaluate fitness function
minimum seeking algorithms uses the same
basic approach of heading downhill from an
If No. of iterations No
arbitrary starting point but they differ in deciding less then 100
in which direction to move and how far to
move (Davis 1991). After Successive Yes
GA operation
improvements like increasing the speed of
search process with good intelligence, without
trapping at local minimum, powerful and widely If cost function
accepted biologically inspired algorithm of No less then 1
Genetic Algorithm has been proposed by John

Yes
Hallond in 1975 and finally it has been stop
popularized by one of his student Goldberg who
has solved the complex problem of control of
VII. SIMULATION RESULTS
gas-pipe line transmission for his dissertation
All simulating results and work is done on
work (Chamber 1995). Later it has been
MATLAB 2012a package. Selective harmonic
successfully implemented for solving number of
elimination pulse width
engineering optimization problems due to the
modulation (SHE-PWM) switching method is
advantages such as Optimization with
used for controlling the cascade multilevel
continuous or discrete variables, no need of
inverter, and the nonlinear transcendental
calculus information, capability of dealing with
trigonometric Eq. 16 and objective fitness
a large number of variables, well suited for
function are solved and optimized by applying
parallel computers, ability to find optimum
both
global minimum instead of local minimum even
of proposed newton-raphson (NR) methods and
in most complex objective functions
GA techniques respectively.
(Sivanandam & Deepa 2011); (Deb 2001).
In this work, Continuous Genetic Algorithm has

been used to solve nonlinear transcendental SHE
equations during whole range of MI from 0 to 1.
Steps involved in Continuous GA are as follows
Step 1: Defining of optimization variables, cost

function, cost. (cost minimization).
Step 2: Generation of initial population.
Step 3: Fitness/Cost evaluation. Figure 2: Switching angles versus modulation
Step 4: Selection of Mates. index for NR Method
Step 5: Mating.
Step 6: Mutation. The simulating results are discussed for single-
Step 7: Convergence check. phase inverter with separate equal and constant
Step 8: Repeat step (2) to step (7) until dc sources. Each separate source has 24 volts,
requirements met. and case is studied for modulation index range
from 0 to 1. Optimized results for cascade
Detailed explanation of algorithm is presented in multilevel inverter are obtained at particular
(Ozpineci et al. 2005). modulation indexes where the THD is lowest.
Modulation index versus switching angles,
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
316
THD, and frequency versus are shown in Fig.2- switches for realizing Nstep for the load.
Fig. 5. Therefore, the proposed topology results in
reduction of installation area and cost and has
100 simplicity of control system.
80
mi
alpha1
The Newton-Raphson and GA techniques for
alpha2 harmonics elimination have been compared for
60 alpha3
alpha4 equal and constant dc source cascade H-bridge
40 alpha5
inverter. Optimized angles have been obtained
20
by
Computational Time
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Modulation Index
0.9145
0.8214
(secs)
Figure 3: Switching angles versus modulation
index for GA Method
%THD
Switching Angles, THD and Computational Time
5.33
6.19
1
0.8
62.67
37.27
0.6
𝛼
0.4
54.41
24.46
TABLE I
𝛼
0.2
Switching Angle
0
34.83
23.32
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
𝛼
% THD
20.93
12.69
Figure 4: THD versus modulation index for NR 𝛼
Method
11.66
4.82
𝛼
Modulation
Index
0.755
0.97
Modulation Index
Method
GA
NR
solving the SHE problem. The total harmonic

distortion (THD) for voltages have been reduced
Figure 5: THD versus modulation index for GA in more amount using GA techniques rather than
Method Newton-Raphson technique, but Newton-
VIII. CONCLUSION Raphson takes time lesser than GA.
New configuration of cascaded multilevel
inverter has been proposed in this paper with a REFERENCES
view to obtain all possible additive and [1] N. S. Choi, J. G. Cho, and G. H. Cho, “A
subtractive combinations of the input DC level general circuit topology of multilevel
in the output voltage waveform. Suggested inverter,” in Power Electronics Specialists
topologies need fewer switches and gate driver Conference, 1991. PESC’91 Record., 22nd
circuits with minimum standing voltage on Annual IEEE, 1991, pp. 96–103.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
317
[2] L. G. Franquelo, J. Rodriguez, J. I. Leon, S. [11] J. Rodriguez, L. G. Franquelo, S. Kouro, J.
Kouro, R. Portillo, and others, “The age of I. Leon, R. C. Portillo, M. Aá. M. Prats, and
multilevel converters arrives,” Industrial M. A. Perez, “Multilevel converters: An
Electronics Magazine, IEEE, vol. 2, no. 2, enabling technology for high-power
pp. 28–39, 2008. applications,” Proceedings of the IEEE, vol.
[3] P. W. Hammond, “A new approach to 97, no. 11, pp. 1786–1817, 2009.
enhance power quality for medium voltage [12] L. M. Tolbert and F. Z. Peng, “Multilevel
drives,” in Petroleum and Chemical converters as a utility interface for
Industry Conference, 1995. Record of renewable energy systems,” in Power
Conference Papers., Industry Applications Engineering Society Summer Meeting,
Society 42nd Annual, 1995, pp. 231–235. 2000. IEEE, 2000, vol. 2, pp. 1271–1274.
[4] Rakesh Kumar Kumawat, Seema Agrawal, [13] Seema Agarwal, Seemant Chourasiya,
Seemant Chourasiya , Dr.D.K.Palwalia, “A Rakesh Kumar Kumawat, Dr. D. K.
Comparative Study of Power Inverter Palwalia, “Performance Analysis of
Topology and Control Structures for Standalone Hybrid PVSOFC- BATTERY
Renewable Energy Recourses” , IARJSET, Generation System”, IARJSET, NCREE-
NCREE-2015, Vol. 2, Special Issue 1, May 2015, Vol. 2, Special Issue 1, May 2015, pp
2015,pp 350-354, ISSN (Online) 2393- 49-53, ISSN (Online) 2393-8021, ISSN
8021, ISSN (Print) 2394-1588. (Print) 2394-1588.
[5] J.-S. Lai and F. Z. Peng, “Multilevel [14] W. Zhao, H. Choi, G. Konstantinou, M.
converters-a new breed of power Ciobotaru, and V. G. Agelidis, “Cascaded
converters,” Industry Applications, IEEE H-bridge multilevel converter for large-
Transactions on, vol. 32, no. 3, pp. 509– scale PV grid-integration with isolated DC-
517, 1996. DC stage,” in Power Electronics for
[6] T. Meynard and H. Foch, “Multi-level Distributed Generation Systems (PEDG),
choppers for high voltage applications,” 2012 3rd IEEE International Symposium
EPE journal, vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 45–50, 1992. on, 2012, pp. 849–856.
[7] F. Z. Peng and J.-S. Lai, “Multilevel cascade [15] A. Lesnicar and R. Marquardt, “An
voltage source inverter with seperate DC innovative modular multilevel converter
sources.” Google Patents, 1997. topology suitable for a wide power range,”
[8] Amit Kumar Sharma, Rakesh Kumar in Power Tech Conference Proceedings,
Kumawat & Ashok Kumar Sharma, 2003 IEEE Bologna, 2003, vol. 3, p. 6–pp.
“Simulation Of Ac To Ac Converter Fed [16] L. Lin, Y. Zou, Z. Wang, and H. Jin,
Induction Motor For Fault Detection And “Modeling and control of neutral-point
Reduced Harmonic Content”, International voltage balancing problem in three-level
Journal of Electrical and Electronics NPC PWM Inverters,” in Power Electronics
Engineering Research, Engineering Specialists Conference, 2005. PESC’05.
Research (IJEEER) ISSN(P): 2250-155X; IEEE 36th, 2005, pp. 861–866.
ISSN(E): 2278-943X Vol. 4, Issue 5, Oct [17] M. Malinowski, K. Gopakumar, J.
2014, 53-62. Rodriguez, and M. A. Perez, “A survey on
[9] F. Z. Peng, J.-S. Lai, J. W. McKeever, and cascaded multilevel inverters,” Industrial
J. VanCoevering, “A multilevel voltage- Electronics, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 57,
source inverter with separate DC sources for no. 7, pp. 2197–2206, 2010.
static var generation,” Industry [18] A. Nabae, I. Takahashi, and H. Akagi, “A
Applications, IEEE Transactions on, vol. new neutral-point-clamped PWM inverter,”
32, no. 5, pp. 1130–1138, 1996. Industry Applications, IEEE Transactions
[10] L. M. Tolbert, F. Z. Peng, and T. G. on, no. 5, pp. 518–523, 1981.
Habetler, “Multilevel converters for large [19] F. Z. Peng, W. Qian, and D. Cao, “Recent
electric drives,” Industry Applications, advances in multilevel converter/inverter
IEEE Transactions on, vol. 35, no. 1, pp. topologies and applications,” in Power
36–44, 1999.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
318
Electronics Conference (IPEC), 2010 with reduced number of switches using level
International, 2010, pp. 492–501. shifting PWM technique,” in Power, Energy
[20] J. Rodriguez, S. Bernet, P. K. Steimer, and and Control (ICPEC), 2013 International
I. E. Lizama, “A survey on neutral-point- Conference on, 2013, pp. 676–680.
clamped inverters,” Industrial Electronics, [30] N. A. Rahim, K. Chaniago, and J. Selvaraj,
IEEE Transactions on, vol. 57, no. 7, pp. Single-phase seven-level grid-connected
2219–2230, 2010. inverter for photovoltaic system,” Industrial
[21] X. Yuan and I. Barbi, “Fundamentals of a Electronics, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 58,
new diode clamping multilevel inverter,” no. 6, pp. 2435–2443, 2011.
Power Electronics, IEEE Transactions on,
vol. 15, no. 4, pp. 711–718, 2000.
[22] R. Kumawat and D. Palwalia, "A novel BIOGRAPHIES
PWM control for asymmetric multilevel
inverter based on half bridge module," in R.K.Kumawat B’91, in Sikar
Power India International Conference Rajasthan received the B.Tech
(PIICON), 2016 IEEE 7th, Bikaner, India, degree in Electrical Engineering
2016, pp. 1-5, 2016. from Jaipur National University,
[23] F. Peng, J. McKeever, and D. Adams, Jaipur, India, in 2011;
“Cascade multilevel inverters for utility the M.Tech degree in Power System from
applications,” in Industrial Electronics, University College of Engineering, RTU,
Control and Instrumentation, 1997. IECON Kota, India in 2014.Where he has been
97. 23rd International Conference on, 1997, pursing Ph.D degree in Power Electronic
vol. 2, pp. 437–442. and Drive since 2014. His research interest
[24] E. Villanueva, P. Correa, J. Rodr𝚤guez, and includes power electronic for renewable
M. Pacas, “Control of a single-phase energy, multilevel converters and electrical
cascaded H-bridge multilevel inverter for machine.
grid-connected photovoltaic systems,”
industrial Electronics, iEEE Transactions Dr.D.K.Palwalia, B’76, in Ajmer
on, vol. 56, no. 11, pp. 4399–4406, 2009. Rajasthan have received his B.Tech
[25] E. Babaei, “A cascade multilevel converter & M.Tech in 96 and 98 respectively.
topology with reduced number of switches,” He obtained his Ph.D form IIT
Power Electronics, IEEE Transactions on, Roorkee
vol. 23, no. 6, pp. 2657–2664, 2008. in 2010. He is working as Associate
[26] E. Babaei and S. H. Hosseini, “New Professor in Electrical Engineering
cascaded multilevel inverter topology with Department at University College of
minimum number of switches,” Energy Engineering, RTU, Kota. His research
Conversion and Management, vol. 50, no. interest are power electronic & Drive,
11, pp. 2761–2767, 2009. renewable energy, induction generator and
[27] J. Ebrahimi, E. Babaei, and G. B. digital control design
Gharehpetian, “A new multilevel converter
topology with reduced number of power
electronic components,” Industrial
Electronics, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 59,
no. 2, pp. 655–667, 2012.
[48] G. Vijay and D. Palwalia, "A Novel
Analysis and Modeling of Boost And Buck
Converter," International Journal of
Electronics, Electrical and Computational
System, vol. 6, pp. 239-243, March 2017.
[29] T. Lakshmi, N. George, S. Umashankar, and
D. Kothari, “Cascaded seven level inverter
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
319
Techno-economic Analysis of Solar Photovoltaic Cooling System: an

analysis in four different climates in India
B.L.Gupta
Department of Mechanical Engineering, Govt. Engineering College Bharatpur (Raj.)
Email: blgbharatpur@gmail.com, M – (0) 9414810114
Abstract
This study covers the techno- economic analysis of solar energy-based cooling system using photovoltaic (PV)
technology for an office building located in four different climatic zones of India using simulation techniques.
For Cooling technology multiple options have been considered; Mono crystalline, Poly crystalline and thin film
cells. The building geometry, user profile and construction have been considered identical for chosen locations in
four climatic zones; Ahmedabad from hot and dry zone, Bangalore from moderate zone, Chennai from warm and
humid zone and Delhi from composite zone. The building modeling has been done using Google sketch up
software while the simulation has been carried using TRNSYS v-17 software. The cooling load of the building
varies with the climatic zones. Technically solar photovoltaic cooling system is possible having the solar fraction
in the range of 0.24-0.57 and Primary energy savings reaches 57 % in the hot and dry climate. In this way the
carbon dioxide (CO2) emission is also avoided. The payback periods, are higher in all the climate zones and the
least being 14.23 years for the hot and dry climate. When PV based systems are optimally used with net metering
provisions during the non-cooling periods then the payback period is 4-6 years for all climate zones. On the basis
of techno-economic analysis, it is recommended that considering the prevailing costs and performance levels, net
metering scheme should be immediately introduced in all states.
sulphurous gases emitted from power plants,
1. Introduction killing sensitive living species, disrupting
To improve the thermal comfort conditions, complex soil chemistry and affecting human
particularly in the summer season, there is health. Greenhouse gases such as CO2 (by
growing demand of conventional vapour product of combustion of fossil fuels), CH4,
compression air conditioners. This growing N2O, and halocarbons released from human
demand not only increases electricity activities absorb outgoing energy from the earth
consumption but also global warming. Building and cause warming effects. Secondly, the
architectural characteristics and trends like refrigerants like chlorofluocarbons (CFCs),
increasing ratio of transparent to opaque hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs) and
surfaces in the building envelope to even popular hydrofluocarbons (HFCs) are also responsible
glass buildings has also significantly increased for ozone depletion and global warming (Fan et
the thermal load on the air conditioners al. 2007). UN Intergovernmental Panel on
(Henning 2007). Climate Change (IPCC) warned that the average
The conventional vapour compression global temperature may increase by 1.4-4.5 K till
refrigeration cycle driven by grid electricity 2100. The average global temperature has
increases the real cost of development. Firstly, it already risen by 0.6 K in the last century. In such
strongly increases the consumption of electricity a scenario, Kyoto Protocol adopted in 1997, a
and fossil energy. Energy sources based on fossil legally binding agreement under which the
fuels such as coal, oil, gas, and nuclear energy industrialized countries agreed to reduce their
sources etc., are either diminishing or are scarce collective greenhouse gases by 5.2% compared
in nature, location and volume hence a serious to the year 1990. In Europe HFC-134a was
energy deficiency threat. In addition, it causes banned for the air conditioning units in the new
serious environmental hazards by releasing cars starting from 1 January 2009 (Kim 2008).
poisonous gases. One of the major In the present work parametric study and
environmental issues is acid rain resulting from performance analysis of solar photovoltaic
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
320
cooling systems has been performed considering Solar Air Conditioning.

the annual solar fraction and relative primary The building being used in this research work is
energy savings. Three types of photovoltaic an office building with square envelope of 15m
panel have been taken for the solar photovoltaic length and 15 m width. The height of the
cooling (mono crystalline, poly crystalline and Building is 3.5 meters and total floor area is 225
thin film). For performance analysis, m2. Building is divided in the five zones having
Ahmedabad represents hot and dry climate, orientation towards north. The entire building is
Bangalore represents moderate climate, Chennai used for office purpose in the day time only and
represents warm and humid climate and Delhi whole area is conditioned. Windows on all four
represents composite climate. The cooling load sides together constitute a WWR of 26%. The
of the building is different due to the climatic detail dimension of Building is shown in the
condition and consequently the system Table 2 and in the Fig 2. Building envelope
performance also differs. Financial viability of consists of the parts of building that separate the
the cooling system has been examined through controlled indoor environment from the
comparison with the energy consumption of uncontrolled outdoor environment. It includes
conventional cooling system for producing the the walls, floor, roof and fenestration (windows,
same cooling effect. Payback period is also door). Walls, roof and window thickness and
calculated. materials are selected such that the U-value of
2. Solar photovoltaic cooling systems construction meets the ECBC requirement.
This system is simulated using TRNSYS Table 3 shows the complete details of U-value
program v-17. In this cooling system the used here.
packaged terminal air conditioner of 10 TR has
been chosen operated by the electrical power
supplied by the photovoltaic panel. If the power
generated by the photovoltaic panel is less than
required by the air conditioner then the
remaining power will be taken from the grid. If
the power generated by the photovoltaic panel is
greater than required by the air conditioner then
the remaining power will be supplied to the grid.
The system is simulated using the three types of
panels, mono-crystalline, polycrystalline and Fig.2:3 D view of Building
thin film cell. Table 2 : Building Zone area and Internal
load on Building
S Wes Nor
PV PANEL
. t th
Building Type56 N Compon Core East Zon Zon South
o ent Zone Zone e e Zone
1 Zone 212.9 143.6 143. 143. 143.64
Weather data Type-15
Vol.(m3 4 4 64 64
)
AIR CONDITIONER 2 Zone 60.84 41.04 41.0 41.0 41.04
INVERTER Area(m2 4 4
)
3 WWR - 27 27 23 27
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART THERMOSTATE (%)
MIXTURES
2 Infiltrati 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Fig 1 Schematic of Solar Photovoltaic Cooling on
System (ACH)
3 Ventilati 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
3. Specification of Building coupled with on(ACH
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
321
) load but the total cooling load is highest for
4 LPD(W/ 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8
m2)
warm and humid climate (Chennai) where the
5 People( 8 6 6 6 6 warm and humid climate increases the latent
Nos.) heat load than others resulting in highest cooling
6 Equip. 80 80 80 80 80
Load(W
demand. Hot and dry climate (Ahmedabad) is
) the second highest cooling load city because of
7 Schedul 0900- 0900- 090 090 0900- longer cooling period.
e(Time) 1800 1800 0- 0- 1800
180 180
0 0 Annual Cooling Demand
4. Result and Discussion (kWhth/m2)
4.1 Annual cooling load analysis 250 225.64 100
Peak cooling load kW

The cooling load of the five zone buildings 200
194.72
80
Annual CoolingDemand
having a conditioning area of 225 m2 are 155.92
150 130.85 60
determined using TRNSYS program. From the
kWhth/m2
building cooling model, the cooling load can be 100 40
31.07 28.23 31.59
determined partly as infiltration gain, ventilation 50 20.85 20
gain, sensible gain and latent gain. The total 0 0
cooling load of a building is the summation of
infiltration, ventilation, internal gain and solar
gain through walls, windows and roof. The Fig.3: Annual
infiltration load is due to cracks, fenestration in cooling loads and peak cooling load
the walls and roof, whereas ventilation load is
due to fresh air supplied to the building. The 4.2 Solar Fraction
person sitting inside the building also has a part
of sensible and a part of latent heat load. It is the ratio of the annual cooling produced by
Lighting, equipment, is also responsible for the the solar to the total annual cooling demand of the
cooling load. The major part of the load is by building.
solar gain through the walls and windows Solar Fraction
Annual cooling produced by solar absorption chiller
depending on the U value of the construction =
Annual coling demand of building
materials. In this study the building load is Fig 4 a-c shows the variation of annual solar
calculated by using TRNSYS simulation fraction with the photovoltaic area for the three
program for four cities situated in four different types of panel Mono, Poly and Thin film
climate conditions. respectively.
Fig.3 shows the annual cooling demand and It is clear from the fig 4 a-c that as the area of
peak cooling load for the different cities selected photovoltaic panel is increased the annual solar
from different climate zones. It is clear that the fraction also increases for all type of panels and
peak cooling load is 31.59 kW for Delhi climate. The annual power generation directly
(composite climate) whereas the lowest 20.85 depends on the area of PV panel so any increase
kW is for Bangalore (Moderate climate) while in the PV area increases the power generation and
annual cooling demand per square meter of more power directly supplied to the cooling
building area is highest 225.64 kWhth/m2 for system enhances the solar fraction. The highest
Chennai (Warm and humid). This indicates that solar fraction (0.37-0.57) for mono-cells is
the peak cooling load is higher in composite observed for the hot and dry climate due to higher
climate (Delhi) and hot and dry climate power generation, and good matching between
(Ahmedabad) because the variation of the cooling load and power generation in the day
temperature is higher there resulting in the peak time. The lowest solar fraction (0.32-0.49) for
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
322
Hot and dry (Ahmedabad)
mono-cells is observed in the warm and humid Moderate (Bangalore)
climate due to very high cooling load 225 Warm and humid (Chennai)
0.60
kWhth/m2 and high annual power consumption of
Solar Fraction
17912 kWhel. 0.45
For moderate and composite climate, the annual 0.30
solar fraction ranges between 0.33-0.51, and 0.35- 0.15
0.54 respectively. The value of solar fraction for
0.00
the composite climate is also higher because of 70 80 90 100 110
the good matching between the power generation
PV Area m2
and the cooling demand in the summer months.
The annual solar fraction is lower for the thin film (c) Thin film
cells because of the low efficiency of cells for all Fig.4 a-c Annual solar fraction
type of climates. The annual power generation for 4.3 Primary Energy Savings
the poly cell is higher than the thin film but lower
than the mono-cell so the annual solar fraction for Primary energy consumption is calculated from
poly-cell lies between the mono and thin film energy consumption of the cooling systems by
cells. dividing it to the conversion factor 0.36 [Eicker
Hot and dry (Ahmedabad) et al.]. In the solar photovoltaic cooling system,
Moderate (Bangalore)
Warm and humid (Chennai) the electrical consumption is done by the
Composite (Delhi) compressor, condenser fan and blower. The
0.60
primary energy savings is the difference
between the primary energy consumption by the
Solar Fraction
0.45
solar photovoltaic cooling system and the
0.30
primary energy consumption by the
compression-based cooling system operated by
0.15
grid power.
Fig 5 a-c shows the primary energy savings for
0.00 the mono, poly and thin film cell respectively. It
70 80 90 100 110 is clear from the graph that the primary energy
savings increase with the PV area for all the
PV Area m2
climates and type of PV panels. The highest
(a) Mono primary energy saving is for the mono cell and
lowest for the thin film cells, and for poly cells
Moderate (Bangalore) it is between mono and thin film.
Warm and humid (Chennai) The primary energy savings are highest 36%-
Composite (Delhi) 56% for the hot and dry climate and lowest for
0.60
the warm and humid climate, the reason is same
Solar Fraction
0.45 as in the annual solar fraction. The cooling

demand is very high for the warm and humid
0.30 climates and power generation is lesser than hot
0.15 and dry climates resulting in the low primary
energy savings in the warm and humid climates,
0.00 i.e., 31%-49%. The range of primary energy
70 80 90 100 110 savings in the moderate climate and composite
PV Area m2 climate are 35-55% and 34-54 % respectively.
(b) Poly
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
323
Hot and dry (Ahmedabad) periods then the payback period is in the range
Moderate (Bangalore) of 4-6 years.
60
Primary Energy
45 Moderate (Bangalore)
Savings(%)
40
Payback period (Years)

30
30
15 20
0 10
70 80 90 100 110 0
PV Area m2 Mono Poly Thin
(a) Mono Type of PV panel
(a)
Moderate (Bangalore) Hot and dry (Ahmedabad)
60 Moderate (Bangalore)
10
Payback period (Years)

Primary Energy
45
Savings(%)
8
30
6
15 4
0 2
70 80 90 100 110 0
PV Area m2 Mono Poly Thin
Type of PV panels
(b) Poly
(b)
Moderate (Bangalore) Fig.6 Payback periods (a) Solar photovoltaic (b)
Warm and humid (Chennai) Solar photovoltaic (with net metering)-
60
Collector/PV area-90m2
Primary Energy
Savings(%)
45
30 5. Conclusions
15
In the solar photovoltaic cooling system, the S.F.
is highest for hot and dry climate (Ahmedabad)
0
and lowest for warm and humid climate
70 80 90 100 110
(Chennai) due to higher cooling demand in
PV Area m2
Chennai. Primary Energy Savings increases
(c) Thin rapidly with the PV area. Solar photovoltaic
Fig.5 a-c Primary energy savings cooling system (without net metering) has a high
payback period. Lowest payback of 14.23 years
4.4 Payback Periods: is found for hot and dry climate (Ahmedabad)
Fig 6 a and b shows the payback photovoltaic due to good combination of cooling demand and
cooling systems based on the present cost annual electricity generation, for moderate
structure in India [see appendix]. It is clear from climate (Bangalore) payback is highest 34 years.
the graph that the payback is higher. In the solar when PV based systems are optimally used with
photovoltaic cooling system, the lowest payback net metering provisions during the non-cooling
period is observed for the hot and dry climate periods then the payback period is 4-6 years for
that is 14.23 years with the thin film cells. If the all climatically zones. In this way this cooling
PV based systems are optimally used with net system avoided a large part of CO2 emission.
metering provisions during the non-cooling
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
324
hospital” Energy and Building, Vol. 42, pp.

265-272.
6. References
1. Central Electricity Regulatory Commission
New Delhi.
2. Eicker U., Colmenar-Santos A., Teran L.,
Cotrado M. 2014 “Economic evaluation of
solar thermal and photovoltaic cooling
systems through simulation in different
climatic conditions: An analysis in three
different cities in Europe” Energy and
Buildings, Vol. 70, pp. 207-223.
3. Eicker U., Pietruschka D. 2009 “Design and
performance of solar powered absorption
cooling systems in office buildings” Energy
and Building, Vol. 41, pp. 81-91.
4. Energy Conservation Building Code
(ECBC) User Guide, Bureau of Energy
Efficiency (2007).
5. Hartmann N., Glueck C. Schmidt F.P 2011
“Solar cooling for small office buildings:
Comparison of solar thermal and
photovoltaic option for two different
European Climates.” Renewable Energy,
Vol. 36, pp. 1329-1338.
6. Henning H.M. 2007 “Solar assisted air
conditioning of buildings – an overview”
Applied Thermal Engineering, vol. 27 pp.
1734–1749.
7. Kim D.S., Infante Ferreira C.A. 2008 “Solar
refrigeration options – a state-of-the-art
review” Int. Journal of Refrigeration, Vol.
31, pp. 3–15.
8. Lazzarin R.M. 2014 “Solar cooling: PV or
thermal? A thermodynamic and economical
analysis” Int.Journal of Refrigeration,
Vol.39, pp. 38-47.
9. Mateus T., Oliveira A.C. 2009 “Energy and
economic analysis of an integrated solar
absorption cooling and heating system in
different building types and climates”
Applied energy, Vol. 86, pp. 949-957.
10. Tsoutsos T., Aloumpi E., Gkouskos Z.,
Karagiorgas M. 2010 “Design of a solar
absorption cooling system in a Greek
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
325
Effect of Renewable Energy on Green House Effect and Environment
: A Study
Ravi Prakash Maheshvari, Akhil Nema
Civil Engineering Department, Govt. Engineering College Banswara, Raj. (India)
Corresponding Author: rpmaheshvari@gmail.com
Abstract
Our earth is enclosed by the cover of some gases which retains the heat of rays coming from the sun
which increases the the temperature of the earth, this process is called as Green House Effect. This
effect increases the temperature and creates some problems like global warming, skin diseases and
sea level rise. Renewable energy is basically generated from renewable resources such as wind, rain,
tides, waves, sunlight, geothermal that is collected from renewable resources. Renewable energy
often provides energy in four important areas electricity generation, air heating and water heating
cooling, transportation, and rural energy services. In this study, it is observed that the renewable
energy may be a good solution for the harmful and dangerous effects of greenhouse gases.
Keywords: Renewable Energy, Green House Effect, Environment, Solar, Wind, Global Warming.
The bulk of harmful carbon dioxide emissions
1 Introduction appear from combustion of fossil fuels,
In our society the production and consumption
of electricity is increasing day by day because
it has become the major requirement for us. primarily coal, oil, and natural gas, with
There are more ways in which we are using relatively modest supplementary assistance
that electricity such as television, computers, coming from deforestation, changes in land
refrigeration etc. This electric energy is exploit, soil erosion, and farming.
producing by coal, diesel and many renewable If the emissions of green house gases will rise
sources such as solar, wind, biomass etc. continuously at the present rate then it is
Today fossil fuels are the major input for the estimated that the temperature will increase
production of the electricity which are emitting chronologically till 2047 with dangerous and
some harmful agents to the environment like injurious effects on humans, plants and bio life.
carbon dioxide and methane. Refrigeration and
burning of fossil fuels gives chlorofluoro
carbon type harmful chemicals to the
environment. These harmful chemicals and
agents are the main causes of environment
degradation and Green House Effect.
A greenhouse gas is a agent which emits and
An environmental gas which emits and absorbs
radiant energy within the thermal infrared
range is a greenhouse gas. This creates the
greenhouse effect. The primary gases in Earth's
atmosphere responsible for greenhouse effect
are water vapour, carbon dioxide, methane,
nitrous oxide, and ozone. The present average
temperature is 150c while it would be -180c
without these gases. All the energy generation
and consumption processes and human
activities has created that the atmospheric
concentration of carbon dioxide (CO2), from Some researchers studied and said that humans
280 ppm in 1750 to 406 ppm in early 2017. are responsible for global warming and green
house effects because deforestation and fossil
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
326
fuel combustion emits the carbon dioxide and sustainable in this paper. This study comprises
other gases which are increasing temperature of the limitations of nuclear energy as a
of environment and magnitude of green house sustainable energy resource. So, this study
gases, this process is known as Green House concluded that if the fossil fuel combustion is
Effect. This effect is warming the earth surface replaced by nuclear energy then it is required
and affecting the environment. Major green to improve the technology to reduce
house gases are carbon dioxide, methane and greenhouse gas emissions. The technology
nitrous oxide. The contribution of green house should improve to diminish the risk in adopting
gases in atmosphere are as follows. the nuclear energy. The radioactive disposal
that is harmful to the environment should be
Compou Formu Concentrat Contribut minimise for the duration of mining and other
nd la ion in ion works. The elimination of radioactive disposal
atmospher that is harmful to the environment should be
e (ppm) minimise for the duration of mining and other
Water H20 10-50,000 36-72% works. The technology should be improving at
vapour that level where the public should have trust on
and nuclear industry on basis of technologies and
clouds financial performance.
Carbon Co2 400 9-26% Bjorn Ulsterman et al. (2007), studied in this
dioxide work on evaluation of greenhouse gas
Methane Ch4 1.8 4-9% emissions from organic and conventional
Ozone O3 2.8 3-7% systems using carbon cycle model. The work
in this paper explain the knowledge about
When the temperature increases the carbon and nitrogen in soil-plant-animal-
concentration of greenhouse gases is increase. environment system. In this research, soil is
This increment in temperature is due to used for the calculation of carbon, fossil
combustion of fossil fuels, refrigeration and energy is used for the emission of carbon
power generation in power plants. dioxide, farm animals is used for the emission
The concentrations of carbon dioxide, of methane and again soil is used for the
methane, and nitrous oxide are all known to be emission of nitrus oxide. The specific global
increasing and in recent year, so their warming potential is used in this work for
greenhouse gases, principally converting the results into carbon dioxide
chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), have been added equivalents.
in significant quantifies to the atmosphere. Y.S. Mohammed, et al. (2012) has studied in
Noam lior (2008) studied on renewable energy this article and presented that the effect of
about the present situation and future demand. human made energy generation sources will be
In that research the work was about the recent dangerous in future because they are emitting
estimates and forecasts about the oil, gas and the greenhouse gases in large magnitude. This
coal resources and their reserve/production work also gives a considerable information
ratio, nuclear and renewable energy potential. about energy utilization circumstances and
The work is also consisting of impact of intimidating complicated energy context and
rapidly growing economies of highly said that it will become worrying incident
populated countries and the effect of global worldwide after sometime. Some reduction
warming is also discussed. The research work techniques byy using renewable energy and
concluded that the ways to resolve the problem control measures are also discussed in this
of the availability, cost and sustainability of article.
energy resources alongside the rapidly rising
demand. 2 SOURCES OF GREEN HOUSE GASES
Joshua M. Pearce (2012) reviewed and There are various greenhouse gases are Water
analysed the challenges that nuclear power vapor (H20), Carbon dioxide (CO2), Methane
must overcome in order to be considered (CH4), Nitrous oxide (N20), Ozone (O3),
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
327
Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). There are protrusion takes into explanation the effects of
various sources of these greenhouse gases. aerosols which tend to cool the climate as well
That are natural systems and human activities, as the delaying effects of the oceans which
human activities are the energy production, have a large thermal capacity.
transformation and consumption. The fraction  Sea Level Rise
of an emission left behind in the atmosphere If global warming occurs, sea level will go up
after a particular time is the "Airborne due to two different processes. Firstly, warmer
Fraction" (AF). The yearly AF is the ratio of temperature grounds sea level to rise due to the
the atmospheric rise in a given year to that thermal expansion of seawater. Secondly,
year's total emissions. The percentage water from melting glaciers and the ice of
contribution of the greenhouse gases to the Greenland and the Antarctica would also add
greenhouse effect on earth the four major gases water to the ocean. It is forecasted that the
are: carbon dioxide 9–26%, methane, 4–9%, Earth's common sea level will rise by 0.09 to
water vapour 36–70%, ozone 3–7%. 0.88 m between 1990 and 2100.
The percentages of annual greenhouse gases  Impact on Human Life
are shown in fig. Over half of the human population lives within
100 kilometres of the sea. Most of this
Annual Green House Gases population lives in urban areas that serve as
seaports. A measurable rise in sea level will
Emissions INDUSTRIAL
have a severe economic impact on low lying
TRANSPORTATION coastal areas and islands, for examples,
increasing the beach erosion rates along
AGRICULTURE coastlines, rising sea level displacing fresh
10.3 16.8 groundwater for a substantial distance inland.
POWER PLANTS
11.3 Experiments have shown that with higher
14 WASTE DISPOSAL concentrations of CO2, plants can grow bigger
10 and faster. However, the effect of global
12.5 LAND USE AND warming may affect the atmospheric general
3.4 BIOMASS
21.3 circulation and thus altering the global
FOSSIL FUEL
precipitation pattern as well as changing the
RESIDENTIAL AND soil moisture contents over various continents.
COMMERCIAL  Impact on Aquatic systems
Due increment in temperature the wetlands are
2.1 Impact of Green House Effect On reduced so the population of marine species are
Environment reduced. Nevertheless, the full impact on
 Global Warming aquatic species is not known.
If the greenhouse gases concentration  Impact on Hydrological Cycle
increases then reduction in outgoing infrared Rise in temperature increases evaporation that
radiation occurs, thus the Earth's climate creates more rainfall. In some regions there is
would change this “climatic change” is called a great rainfall while in few areas there is no
as “global warming” of the Earth's surface and rainfall. So, these fluctuations may increase the
the subordinate atmosphere as warming up. global precipitation.
Nevertheless, a small increase in temperature 3. RENEWABLE ENERGY AND
will bring many other changes such as cloud RESOURCES
cover and wind patterns. Some of these Renewable energy resources are scattered exist
changes may be work to boost the warming. in excess of wide geological areas than other
Based on some research the energy resources which are intense in few
"Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change" countries. Now a day’s quick consumption of
in their third assessment report has forecast renewable energy resources is necessary
that global mean surface temperature will rise because they are renewable. The results of a
by 1.4℃ to 5.8℃ by the end of 2100. This recent review of the literature concluded that
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
328
as greenhouse gas (GHG) emitters begin to be turbine. Wind is a very hygienic resource of
held liable for damages resulting from GHG energy, but it requires large space and
emissions resulting in climate change, a high occasionally noisy blades to work.
value for liability mitigation would provide  Biomass energy when the plant
powerful incentives for deployment of material and animal excreta is burnt then there
renewable energy technologies. In worldwide was the emission of biomass energy. Biomass
survey of public analysis show that most of the comes from freshly livelihood organisms, not
civilian are in support of renewable energy the old materials that form fossil fuels.
sources. More than 30 countries are using more  Geothermal energy The Earth's
than 20% of their energy supply as a renewable interior is extremely hot—hot enough to melt
energy. Two nations that are Norway and the rock that comes out of a volcano in the form
Iceland are making their full energy by using of lava. That heat creates hot water and steam
renewable energy sources and some other below the Earth's surface, which can be
countries are preparing for renewable energy harnessed by digging a well. As the steam or
for their energy supply. water rises, it can be used to run a turbine and
Earlier to the growth of coal in the middle of create electricity.
the 19th century almost all energy used was  Hydropower is energy captured from
renewable. Almost without a doubt the oldest the movement of water. It is sometimes called
known use of renewable energy in the form of hydroelectric power because the water is used
traditional biomass to fuel fires dates from to turn turbines that create electricity. The
7,90,000 years ago. Use of biomass hydropower energy is a fresh and fine source
for hearth failed to become common of energy that creates about no pollution but it
place till several many thousands of years may cause changes to the surrounding
later someday between a pair of, 2,00,000 and atmosphere that can influence animals and
4,00,000 years past in all probability the plants.
second oldest tradition of renewable energy is
harnessing the wind so as to steer ships higher
than water. In past time the
human labour, animal power, water power and
wind were the renewable resources.
Renewable energy resources may be some
natural resources like that Sun's
electromagnetic radiation, tides or heat
generation inside the Earth. Following are the
main renewable energy resources:
 Solar energy the radiation of the sun is
captured in solar panels that are exposed to
sunlight. The sunlight can be changed into
electrical energy to power all the appliances in 3.1 Advantages of Renewable Energy
a home. It can also be used to heat a house and 1. First main advantage of renewable
to create hot water. There are also some energy is that it is renewable it is therefore
drawbacks in solar energy system that they durable and so it will never run out.
consume some more space for their 2. Renewable energy services normally
arrangement and the collection of energy need not as much of maintenance than
completely depends upon whether conditions. conventional power generators. Their fuel
 Wind power it is energy derived from being brought from natural and available
the movement of the wind. The most resources that reduces the expenditure of
recognizable example of wind power is the action.
windmill, which is using for crushing the grain. 3. Even more importantly, renewable
This principle is also using in generation of energy produces little or no waste products
electricity using turbine that is known as wind such as carbon dioxide or other chemical
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
329
pollutants, so has minimal impact on the on the opposite hand, the renewable-energy
environment. sources square measure simply obtained, and
4. Renewable energy projects can also that they don't unleash any harmful gases.
bring economic benefits to many regional 2. Reduction in Carbon Emission
areas, as most projects are located away from If we use the conventional energy resources the
large urban centres and suburbs of the capital carbon dioxide emission increases in the
cities. environment. On the other hand, if we use the
renewable sources for energy the emission of
3.2 Disadvantages of Renewable Energy carbon dioxide drastically reduces. The
5. First main drawback of renewable renewable energy is nearby in great quantity
energy that it is not easy to produce the energy only wants right technology and infrastructure.
in bulk as great as those generated by Some researchers said that conventional power
conventional fossil fuel generators. Because generation resources emit nearly 40% of the
the consumption is more than the production in carbon dioxide. Which is destructive to the
our society. For proper maintenance there atmosphere.
should be a perfect balance in various sources 3. Helps in reducing Global Warming
of energy. The renewable-energy resources facilitate for
6. Another difficulty in renewable energy reducing the global warming as it reduces the
resources is that this energy depends on quantity of greenhouse gases emission to the
whether conditions. For example, flowing environment that is major contributing factor
water is required to operate the hydro to it. The renewable energy sources will help
generators and wind is required to operate the in eliminating the emission of poisonous gases.
wind turbines. The present cost of renewable 4. Sustaining the Renewable-Energy
energy is more than conventional energy Sources
generators. It is very important to keep up the renewable-
7. The production of renewable energy is energy resources because these are
required more space and for collection it facilitating in generating the fresh and clean
requires the particular location that means if energy which is very important and useful for
we want to take more benefits of renewable the environment now a day. For this, the
energy we have to construct a whole government ought to expect to the
arrangement of network. And these correct infrastructure and technological
arrangements of network require burning the improvement which will facilitate them to
fossil fuels that ultimately emits the sustain for longer. Moreover,
greenhouse gases. the property can facilitate in handling several
environmental problems
ROLE OF RENEWABLE ENERGY IN regarding fuel depletion, emission
REDUCTION OF GREEN HOUSE GASES of dioxide and alternative threatening problem
AND CONTROL MEASURES s.
1. No Damage to Environment while 5. Decreases the Adverse Environmental
Extracting Impacts
Major energy resources used for power The renewable energy is a clean type of energy
generation are extracted from the core of the on the other hand another conventional type of
planet. This includes oil, gas, or resources is giving the harmful and injurious
coal. large amounts of those resources square environment. So, we should have to go for
measure extracted, and it wants a lot renewable energy because by using this energy
of exploitation of the mother Earth. we can keep our country green and clean.
This results in increase in expenses due The world is growing on daily basis more and
to constant drilling. This lead to the more so the individual requires the utilization
discharge of hepatotoxic gases into the of the electricity at residence or industrialized
atmosphere that becomes damaging for establishments. So, it is the best time to about
nature additionally as humans. However, turn from conventional resources to the
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
330
renewable resources feel the clean and green organic and conventional farming
environment. systems’’, Renewable Agriculture and
Food Systems: 23(1); 38–52, 30 july
8. CONCLUSION 2007.
This research study concluded that energy 3. Noam Lior, 2008, “Energy Resources
production, transformation and consumption and Use: The Present Situation and
are the main reasons of greenhouse gases Possible Paths to The Future, Journal of
emission and global warming that are very Energy, Elsevier Publication, Energy 33,
harmful and adverse to human life. This study 842-857,
has also shown that the energy production, doi:10.1016/j.energy.2007.09.009.
transformation and consumption are the major 4. Joshua M. Pearce,2012, “Limitations of
source of greenhouse gas emission actually Nuclear Power as a Sustainable Energy
and human actions are the minor sources. It is Source”, Journal of Sustainability, ISSN
clear from this work that these gases and 2071-1050, 4, 1173-1187;
agents are very harmful to us so application of doi:10.3390/su4061173.
renewable energy is the best option for 5. Y.S. Mohammed, A.S. Mokhtar, N.
reducing the effects of these harmful agents to Bashir, U.U. Abdullahi, S.J. Kaku, U.
the environment. Ultimately, it is required to Umar, 2012, “A Synopsis on the Effects
increase the uses of renewable energy of Anthropogenic Greenhouse Gases
utilization to solve the problems of energy Emissions from Power Generation and
safety, energy loss and health related issues. Energy Consumption” , International
The earth is enclosed by a cover of gases, Journal of Scientific and Research
which allows the energy from the sun to reach Publications, ISSN 2250-3153,1-7, 10,
the earth’s surface and temperate it. The October, 2012.
majority of the heat is reflected back to space 6. Scott Canonico, Royston Sellman, Chris
but some part of gases is retained by the Preist, 2009 “Reducing the Greenhouse
atmosphere that increases the temperature of Gas Emissions of Commercial Print with
the earth so the gases which retain the heat in Digital Technologies,” International
atmosphere is called as greenhouse gases and Symposium on Sustainable Systems and
this effect is known as greenhouse effect. So, Technology (ISSST),1-8.
this increment in temperature results some 7. Arman Shehabi, Ben Walker and Eric
problems to environment such as global Masanet, 2014,“The energy and
warming, melting of ice and sea level rise etc. greenhouse-gas implications of internet
By using the renewable energy like solar, video streaming in the United States”,
wind, biomass and hydropower etc. we can Environ. Res, 1-11.
reduce the effect of greenhouse problems and 8. WWW. History of greenhouse gases,
can give the healthy and joyful environment to (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greenhous
the coming generation. e_gas)
9. Greenhouse effect –Wikipedia.com.
9. REFERENCES 10. Renewable energy – Wikipedia.com.
1. Pooja T. Latake, Pooja Pawar, Anil C
Ranveer, 2015, “The Greenhouse Effect
and Its Impacts on Environment”,
International Journal of Innovative
Research and Creative Technology,
IJIRCT, ISSN: 2454-5988, (2015)/
IJIRCT1201068.
2. Bjorn Kustermann, Maximilian Kainz,
Kurt-Jurgen Hulsbergen, 2007,
“Modeling carbon cycles and estimation
of greenhouse gas emissions from
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
331
Fault Ride-Through Techniques of Wind Turbine State of Art: A

Review
Manish kumawat, Aditya Prakash Dixit
Department of Electrical Engineering, Govt. Engineering College Banswara, Raj. (India)
Corresponding Author: mkumawat813@gmail.com
Abstract
Today, renewable sources for the generation of electricity is becoming more popular due to depleting
fossil fuels. Solar and wind energy is the world’s fastest growing source of renewable energy also grid
integration of wind power is growing in leaps and bounds and India is one of them. The cost of
producing one kilowatt hour of electrical energy from the wind power is the cheapest. All this has
become possible because of recent developments in electrical, mechanical, power electronics, materials
and other fields which have wide range of applications in renewable energy technology. Wind power,
at the one end is very much useful source of energy same time when it is connected to the electric grid
creates some quality issues like voltage sag, swell, harmonics etc. Wind power plants are much affected
by faults which occur in each and every power plant. In this article a comparative study has been
carried out for different fault ride-through techniques.
Keywords: Renewable Energy, Fault ride-Through Technique, Crowbar, Blade-pitch angle control,
STATCOM
1. Introduction includes more than doubling of large wind

The Renewable energy is a form of energy power capacity. These large targets, if achieved
which is obtained from naturally from tides, timely, would place India amongst the world
wave, sunlight, wind, ocean and geothermal
heat. It is used in following important areas leaders in renewable energy sector. Overall
such as generation of electricity, heating and installed capacity of India is 329.4 GW and
cooling of water and air, transportation, renewables contribute 57.472 GW as of 14 June
and rural (off-grid) energy services. Renewable 2017. Contribution of wind and solar is nearly
energy sources exist around the world, in 61% and 19% respectively. MNRE has sets its
discriminate to other energy sources, which are targets to produce renewable electricity from 43
situated in a limited number of areas. Rapid GW in April 2016 to 175 GW by 2022. This
expand and utilization of renewable energy includes 100 GW from solar power, 60 GW
may reduce the rate of climate change and from wind power. These ambitious targets
affect the world in economic measure. would make India one of the leading green
energy producers and surpassing many
1.1 Renewable energy in India developed countries in the world. Wind power
India is a vast country. Its energy requirement is generation capacity in India has significantly
increasing day by day and depleting coal make increased in recent years making total installed
to switch towards renewables. Based capacity of 32.72 GW (October 2017). This is
on Renewable Energy Policy Network of 21 the fourth largest installed wind power capacity
century (REN21's) 2017 report, renewables in the world. Due to increment of wind power
contributed 17.7% to total Indian energy the tariff of wind power has dipped a record
consumption. Renewable sources for electricity low of ₹2.64 (4.1¢ US) per kWh (without any
are targeted to increase heavily by 2022 this subsidies) during the auctions for wind power
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
332
projects in October 2017. Before that the tariff voltage control. The operational issues are
was Rs.3.42/kWh in August 2017. Following Power system stability, frequency control, short
tables shows the Fuel wise Generation Installed and long term balancing, impact on
Capacity in India and Installed capacity of transmission and distribution and economic
renewable energy source in India. dispatch. Power system stability affects by the
faults occurring in the system and seeks more
Table 1.1 Fuel wise Generation Installed attention. Different faults occurring in power
Capacity in India system also affects grid stability where the
penetration of wind power is large. Hence
Installed Capacity % Share in
Fuel
(MW) Total transmission and distribution operators decided
to form new grid codes addressing these issues.
THERMAL 219,490 66.7% Thus, it was required to analyze fault ride
Coal 193,467 58.8% through behavior of DFIG wind turbine under
Gas 25,185 7.6% the influence of new grid code. Modern large-
Diesel 838 0.3%
scale wind turbines, typically 1 MW and larger,
HYDRO 44,653 13.6%
are normally required to include systems that
NUCLEAR 6,780 2.1%
RES 58,303 17.7%
allow them to operate through such an event,
TOTAL 329,226
and thereby “ride through” the voltage dip.
Depending on the application the device may,
National Power Training Institute
during and after the dip, be required to:
(N.R.)Badarpur, New Delhi -110044)
 Disconnected temporarily from the grid and
Table 1.2 Installed capacity of renewable but reconnect and continue operation after
energy source (31 August 2017) the dip, stay disconnected until manually
Energy source Power(GW) Percentage reconnected
 stay operational and not disconnect from the
Wind energy 32GW 56%
grid and support the grid with reactive power
Solar energy 13GW 22% (Fault Ride-Through)
Biomass energy 8GW 14% 2. Fault ride through
Fault ride through (FRT) is the capability of
Small hydro energy 4GW 8%
WT generators to stay connected in the network
National Power Training Institute (N.R.) for short periods of lower voltage (voltage dip).
Badarpur, New Delhi -110044) It is needed at distribution level to prevent a
short circuit which causes loss of generation.
1.2 Issues Associated with Wind Energy Some critical loads such as computer systems
The wind penetration levels in India has and industrial processes are handled by
increased dramatically in the recent years. This an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) or
increase, affect the performance of the power capacitor bank to supply make-up power during
system due to its integration and operation. A interruption of supply in a similar manner.
moderate share does not create any problem. 2.1 Fault Ride-Through Requirement of
Increasing capacity may create many problems Wind Turbine Systems
therefore new regulations for grid connection of Expanding wind power creates some new
WPPs become necessary for stability of power problems to power system. The power system
system. These new regulation creates issues with large scale wind power will involve
which are: 1) Interface issue and 2) Operational problems in steady state operation and in
issue. Interface issues are short circuit power contingency condition. FRT keep the WTs to
control, active and reactive power control and stay connected to grid during faults so that
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
333
stability to the power transmission system is capability to maintain the reactive power
maintained. The most common fault in the balance and the power factor in the desired
power system is voltage drop and its lowest range.
depth can be zero. The stator of DFIG is 3. Strategies
directly connected to the grid, while its three- FRT approaches can be divided into two main
phase rotor windings are coupled to the grid categories:
through a back-to-back converter. Very high 1. Passive Methods these methods use
rotor current may lead to the damage of rotor additional equipment: such as crowbar
side converter and the DC bus over-voltage. methods, energy capacitor system (ECS) and
During the fault, a large fault current flows energy storage system (ESS), blade pitch angle
through the stator of DFIG because it is directly control.
connected to the grid. Since the rotor and stator 2. Active Methods These methods use
are magnetically coupled and the flux is appropriate converter control.
conservative this disturbance must affect the
rotor of DFIG making the rotor current very 1. Passive methods
high and an overcurrent may flow through the
rotor side converter. Owing to this WTs must A) Blade pitch angle control: It is one of the
have capability to support voltage by providing most widely used techniques to regulate the
reactive power to the grid and this is done output power of a wind turbine. This method is
riding-through the fault. Following figure based on the variation in the input power to the
shows the voltage supporting capability of turbine as the pitch angle of the blades is
WTs. changed. Pitch angle of blade is varied by
hydraulic actuators.
B) Crowbar methods: This is the classical
method to fulfill FRT requirements. It has
ability to protect the generator and the converter
as well during the faults. Dangerous effects of
fault are minimized by crowbar protections
systems. Crowbar avoid the disconnection of
the doubly fed induction wind generators from
the network during faults.
Fig 1.1 variation of voltage in FRT

(http://energyprofessionalsymposium.com/img/
1237/image023_2.jpg
New grid codes ensures that during FRT

following conditions must meet. During a
voltage drop, turbines remain connected for Fig 2.1 Crowbar [9]
specific time duration before being allowed to Faults at terminal of DFIG induced the high
disconnect. Wind power plants must regulate current and increased the DC-link voltage of the
their active power output to ensure a stable converter, to protect from this severe condition
frequency in the system and reactive power crowbar protection system is used.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
334
Conventional crowbar, series crowbar and a form, and is the most widely used for energy
new protection method named the outer storage in a variety of application.
crowbar are main types of crowbar system.
In conventional crowbar technique, when a
short circuit occurred the RSC is disabled and
bypassed, at the same time external resistors are
coupled via the slip rings of the rotor windings
in place of the converter.
The series crowbar, three resistors which are
parallel with bidirectional static switches are
connected in series with stator winding. During
short circuit at the DFIG terminals these
switches are triggered otherwise switches are
not triggered.
Outer crowbar is quite similar to series crowbar
Fig 2.3 Energy storage (https://ars.els-
but difference in series crowbar and series outer
cdn.com/content/image/1-s2.0-
crowbar is that the outer crow bar is connected
S0960148116302981-gr15.jpg)
in series with the DFIG instead of the stator
2. Active Methods
winding.
C) Energy capacitor system: This method is
It is a combination between hardware
similar to some extent to crowbar
modifications (e.g., crowbar) and control
configuration, except that this method protects
strategies.
the converter from overvoltage and can
A feed-forward transient current control scheme
dissipate energy without effecting the rotor
is used for the rotor side converter (RSC) of a
currents.
DFIG with crowbar protection. Another method
uses a parallel grid side rectifier (PGSR) with a
series grid side converter (SGSC). All these
methods require additional devices which leads
to extra costs and increases system complexity.
So, it would be better to eliminate these
devices. With these considerations, the
implementation of classical flux-oriented vector
control techniques (PI controllers) has been
proven to work well to fulfill the grid code
requirements. But, this kind of control could be
easily saturated when dealing with substantial
sag and it is sensitive to the generator
parameters and other phenomena such as
disturbances and unmodeled dynamics. These
Fig 2.2 Energy capacitor (https://ars.els- above classical control techniques suffers from
cdn.com/content/image/1-s2.0- the drawback that is their linear nature due to
S0378779613002174 gr1.jpg) which robustness is lacking.
A robust nonlinear controller based on the
D) Energy storage system: This method sliding mode, an LVRT scheme for a PMSG-
controls the generator during the fault. The based WT based on the feedback linearization
battery stores energy in the electrochemical theory and a susceptance control strategy are
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
335
some nonlinear control strategies are also

proposed for FRT of wind turbines.
3. New approaches 4. Comparison
STATCOM and DVR are the new devices to Faults are the severe problem faced by wind
provide FRT of WTs. turbines connected to grid. Due to fault in the
Static synchronous compensator (STATCOM) system power is lost so fault ride-through
is a Flexible AC Transmission Systems provides the alternative power to distribution
(FACTS) device. It is a power electronic based network. So many FRT techniques are
synchronous var compensator that generates proposed for this. All the methods of FRT have
three-phase reactive power in synchronism with some advantages and disadvantages associated
the transmission line voltage. It is connected to with them. Passive methods are easy to
it by a coupling transformer. STATCOM implement, cost effective, have best
consist of a three-phase inverter using Gate controllability of active and reactive power also
Turn-off Thyristors. It acts as a sink or a source improve voltage profile. They also suffers some
of reactive power (inductor/capacitor). By disadvantages like large response time and have
varying the amplitude of the converter voltage reduced peak generating capacity, also absorbs
with respect to the system bus voltage, large amount of reactive power from the grid
STATCOM can continuously exchange power this will degrade the grid voltage. In some
through the flow of a controlled current. The methods additional energy storing elements are
power exchange between STATCOM and rest required which further increases the cost of the
of the system is purely reactive although an system. Due to additional cost and complexity
insignificant amount of active power is supplied in passive methods, active methods using PI
by the grid to compensate for converter losses. controller are proposed. These methods
This reactive power support enables the saturated easily when they deal with sags. Some
STATCOM improve the voltage profile of the linear controllers are also there but they are not
system and reduce voltage fluctuation in event robust. Besides this some new techniques are
of grid disturbance. under development and testing. These are
Dynamic Voltage Restorer (DVR) is a series STSTCOM and DVR method. They provide
connected device, which corrects the voltage active and reactive power to the system during
dip and restore the load voltage in case of a fault when it is required during faults.
voltage dip. Basic DVR topology is illustrated 5. Conclusion
in Fig 3.1. Dynamic Voltage Restorer (DVR) is LVRT is found to be the biggest challenge
applied to compensate for voltage sags and facing by wind turbine farms; in particular
swells and expected to respond fast (less than those using DFIGs. This type of generator is
1/4 cycle) and thus employs PWM converters very sensitive to grid disturbance, in particular
using IGBT devices. voltage sags. To overcome this sensitivity,
several FRT techniques have been proposed.
These strategies have been examined and
advantages and disadvantages of each one have
been discussed. The use of additional hardware
can be avoided if the rotor-side converter is
able to counter the grid disturbance effects.
Therefore, particular attention has been drawn
to nonlinear control strategies. Some new
techniques are also developed in recent years.
Figure 3.1 Basic DVR Topology FRT techniques are very costly and industries
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
336
doesn’t disclose their researches due to Farm using STATCOM" (2011). Theses and
competitive market. Therefore, future dissertations. Paper 1407.
researches should be focused on the 7.C. Jauch, P. Sorensen, I. Norheim and C.
development of DFIG robust and cheaper Rasmussen, “Simulation of the Impact of Wind
strategies for the solution of FRT problem. Power on the Tran- sient Fault Behavior of the
Nordic Power System,” Elec- tric Power
Reference System Research, Vol. 77, 2007, pp. 135-144.
1. Marwa Ezzat, Mohamed Benbouzid, Sm 8.S. J. Hu, J. L. Li and H. H. Xu, “Analysis on
Muyeen, Lennart Harnefors. Low-Voltage the Low- Voltage-Ride-Through Capability of
Ride-Through Techniques for DFIG-Based Direct-Drive Perma- nent Magnetic Generator
Wind Turbines: State-of-the-Art Review and Wind Turbines,” Automation of Electric Power
Future Trends. IEEE IECON 2013, Nov 2013, Systems, Vol. 31, No. 17, 2007, pp. 73-77.
Vienne, Austria. pp.7681-7686, 2013. 9.https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Sadegh_
2. Xinyan Zhang1, Xuan Cao2, Weiqing Ghani_Varzaneh/publication/281627313/figure/
Wang1, Chao Yun1 Fault Ride-Through Study fig1/AS:287010901250058@1445440139828/F
of Wind Turbines Journal of Power and Energy igure-1-Schematic-diagram-for-DFIG-
Engineering, 2013, 1, 25-29 accompanied-with-conventional-crowbar-
3. Supercapacitor energy storage system for protection.png.
fault ride-through of a DFIG wind generation 10. Meegahapola LG, Littler T, Flynn D.
system A.H.M.A. Rahim a,⇑, E.P. Nowicki b a Decoupled-DFIG fault ride-throughstrategy for
Department of Electrical Engineering, King enhanced stability performance during grid
Fahd University of Petroleum & Minerals, faults. IEEE Trans Sustain Energy 2010;1:152–
Dhahran, Saudi Arabiab Department of 62.
Electrica & Computer Engineering, University 11. Ahsanul Alam M, Rahim AHMA, Abido
of Calgary, Calgary, AB,Canada MA. Supercapacitor based energy storage
4. Ms.Ch.laxmi, Ms.K.Sree Latha, 3Dr.Himani system for effective eault ride through of wind
1Asst.prof(EEE) GNITC,Hyderabad generation system. In:IEEE international
2Assoc.Prof(EEE) GNITC, Hyderabad 3Prof & symposium on industrial electronics (ISIE-
HOD(EEE) Aurora’s Engg ,Bhongir 2010), Bari, Italy July, 2010.
Improving the low voltage ride through 12. X. Dawei, R. Li, P. J. Tavner, and S. Yang,
capability of wind generator system using "Control of a doubly fed induction generator in
crowbar and Battery Energy storage system. a wind turbine during grid fault ride-through,"
International Journal of Engineering Science IEEE Transactions on Energy Conversion, vol.
Invention ISSN (Online): 2319 – 6734, ISSN 21, pp. 652-662, 2006.
(Print): 2319 – 6726 13. E. Koutroulis, D. Kolokotsa, and G.
5. Supercapacitor energy storage based-UPQC Stravrakakis,"Optimal design and economic
to enhance ride-through capability of wind evaluation of a batteryenergy storage system for
turbine generators Gangatharan the maximization of the energygenerated by
SIVASANKAR, Velu SURESH KUMAR wind farms in isolated electric grids,"
Department of Electrical and Electronics WindEngineering, vol. 33, pp. 55-81, 2009.
Engineering, Thiagarajar College of 14. V. Akhmatov, “Analysis of dynamic
Engineering, Madurai, India, Turk J Elec Eng behavior of electric power system with large
& Comp Sci (2015) 23: 1867 { 1881 amount of wind turbine”, Ph.D. thesis, Orsted
6. Montazeri, Miad Mohaghegh, "Improved DTU, pp. 26–28,30, 31, 2003.
Low Voltage Ride Through Capability of Wind 15. S. M. Muyeen, R. Takahashi, T. Murata,
and J. Tamura, “Integration of an energy
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
337
capacitor system with a variablespeed wind

generator,” IEEE Trans. Energy Convers., vol.
24, no. 3, pp. 740-749, Sep. 2009.
16. K. H. Kim, Y. C. Jeung, D. C. Lee, and H.
G. Kim, “LVRT scheme of PMSG wind power
systems based on feedback linearization,” IEEE
Trans. Power Electron., vol. 27, no. 5, pp.
2376-2384, May 2012.
17. D. W. Xiang, S. C. Yang and L. Ran,
“Magnet Excitation Control Strategy of DFIG
on Grid Operation during Power System
Symmetric Fault,” Proceedings of the CSEE,
Vol. 26, No. 3, 2006, pp. 164-169.
18. D. Campos-Gaona, E. Moreno-Goytia and
O. Anaya-Lara, “Fault Ride-Through
Improvement of DFIG-WT by Inte- grating a
Two-Degrees-of-Freedom Internal Model Con-
trol,” IEEE Transactions on Industrial
Electronics, Vol. 60, No. 3, 2013, pp. 1133-
1145.
19. F. Díaz-González, A. Sumper, O. Gomis-
Bellmunt and R. Villafáfila- Robles, “A review
of energy storage technologies for wind power
applications,” Renewable and Sustainable
Energy Reviews, vol. 16, n°4,pp. 2154-2171,
May 2012.
20. D. Ramirez, S. Martinez, C. Carrero and
C.A. Platero, “Improvements in the grid
connection of renewable generators with full
power converters,”Renewable Energy, vol. 43,
pp. 90-100, July 2012.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
338
Numerical solution to Natural convection in Triangular enclosures and

its application for double dome solar water distillation systems
Nagesh Babu Balama, Akhilesh Guptab, Ashok Kumara, B.M Sumana
a
CSIR-Central Building Research Institute, Roorkee, India
b
Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee, India
Abstract:
Natural convection flow is numerically estimated in triangular domain using finite difference method.
Natural convection flow in triangular domain enclosures is a common phenomenon observed in a variety
of applications such as double dome type solar water distillation units, building roof top cross-section
(attic space), solar collectors and in many other engineering applications. Convection flow is analyzed
by varying the Rayleigh number (Ra) from 103 to 106 and the aspect ratio from 0.2 to 1.0 with bottom
surface heated and inclined surfaces cooled simultaneously. The fluid inside the domain is air having
Prandtl no (Pr) = 0.7. The results are presented in stream line and temperature contours. Bipartisan,
counter rotating triangular and symmetric stream line contours are observed within the domain for lower
values of Ra. As ‘Ra’ value is increased the stream line contours exhibit unsymmetrical behavior with
one major contour and counter rotating minor contours. The present study provides more physical insight
into the natural convection in triangular domain applications and also provide a mechanism to control
the heat transfer by varying aspect ratio at the design stage.
Keywords: Natural convection, Finite Difference method, Vorticity, Streamfunction, Triangular
Domain.
Nomenclature:
Ar Aspect Ratio (H/L) β Thermal expansion coefficienct
Gr Grashoff number ε Numerical tolerance limit
H Height of enclosure θ Non dimensional temperature
L Length of enclosure ν Kinematic viscosity
n Time step ρ density
Pr Prandtl number τ Non dimensional time
Ra Rayeligh number ψ Stream function
t time ω vorticity
T Temperature γ Angle of inclination
𝑢⃗ Velocity vector Subscripts
u,v Vel. components in x & y directions h hot
x,y Transverse and normal coordinates c cold
α Thermal diffusivity I,j X and Y coordinate indices
1. Introduction: convection in isosceles triangular domain is

Natural convection in triangular enclosures is a studied by many researchers due to its variety of
very common phenomena observed in variety of applications. Holtzman et al [4] has carried out
applications such as double dome type solar experimental and numerical laminar natural
water distillation units, building roof top cross- convection studies in isosceles triangular
section (attic space), solar collectors and in enclosures with a heated horizontal base and
many other engineering applications. A cooled upper walls. The problem is examined
comprehensive review of natural convection in over aspect ratios ranging from 0.2 to 1.0 and
triangular enclosures is carried out by kamiyo et Grashof number (Gr) from 103 to 105.
al [1] and das et al [2] and Saha et al[3]. Natural
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
339
Pitchfork bifurcation is observed at critical Gr this study is to analyze the pitchfork bifurcation
above which the symmetric solutions are of the flow about the geometric center line. The
unstable to finite perturbations and asymmetric overall studies are found to be in good agreement
solutions are instead obtained. Basak et al. [5] and have been able to consistently predict the
used finite element method to simulate the natural convection flow in triangular domain.
natural convection in isosceles triangular Similar studies were conducted for non-isosceles
enclosures due to uniform and non-uniform and inclined triangular domains. Mahmoudi et
heating at the side walls. The numerical solution al. [8] conducted Numerical Study of Natural
of the problem is presented for various Rayleigh Convection in an right-angled triangular
numbers (Ra), (103 < Ra < 106) and Prandtl enclosures for Different Thermal Boundary
numbers (Pr), (0:026 < Pr < 1000). It has been Conditions using Lattice Boltzmann method.
found that at small Prandtl numbers, geometry Numerical results are obtained for a wide range
does not have much influence on flow structure of parameters: the Rayleigh number spanning
while at Pr = 1000, the stream function contours the range (103 - 106) and the inclination angle
are nearly triangular showing that geometry has varying in the intervals (0° to 120°) and (0° to
considerable effect on the flow pattern. In 360°) for two cases adiabatic vertical walls and
addition, the presence of multiple circulations inclined isothermal walls. It is observed that
are observed for small Pr = 0.026 which causes inclination angle can be used as a relevant
wavy distribution of local Nusselt number. It is parameter to control heat transfer in right-angled
observed that non-uniform heating produces triangular enclosures.
greater heat transfer rates at the center of the
walls than the uniform heating; however, Solar distillation in double dome and single
average Nusselt numbers show overall lower dome structures are well studied using double
heat transfer rates for the non-uniform heating diffusive convection in triangular enclosures.
case. Taher et al[6] used Lattice Boltzamann Omri et al [9] has studied the Natural convection
method (LBM) for simulating similar problem effects in solar stills. The aim of the study is to
and studied the effect of varying the Ra and examine the thermal exchange by natural
Aspect ratio. Saha et al [7] has studied the convection and effects of buoyancy forces on
Natural convection in a triangular enclosure flow structure. The study provides useful
heated from below and non-uniformly cooled informations on the flow structure sensitivity to
from top. The numerical simulations of the the governing parameters, the Rayleigh number
unsteady flows over a range of Rayleigh and the tilt angle, on the thermal exchange. In a
numbers and aspect ratios are carried out using basin still receiving a uniform heat flux, the
Finite Volume Method. Since the upper inclined results show that the bottom is not isotherm and
surfaces are linearly cooled and the bottom the flow structure is sensitive to the cover tilt
surface is heated, the flow is potentially angle. Many recirculation zones can occur in the
unstable. It is revealed from the numerical core of the cavity and the heat transfer is
simulations that the transient flow development dependent on the flow structure. The results of
in the enclosure can be classified into three this study can provide information for the
distinct stages; an early stage, a transitional enhancement of the design of the energy systems
stage, and a steady stage. The flow inside the such as solar water distillers and air conditioning
enclosure depends significantly on the systems. Rahman et al [10] has studied the
governing parameters, Rayleigh number and Double-diffusive natural convection in a
aspect ratio. The effect of Rayleigh number and triangular solar collector. Effects of the thermal
aspect ratio on the flow development and heat Rayleigh number and buoyancy ratio are
transfer rate are discussed. The key finding for presented by streamlines, isotherms,
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
340
isoconcentration as well as local and mean heat Figure1: The triangular domain model
and mass transfer rates for the aforesaid Consider a 2D triangular domain of base length
parameters. Effects of the thermal Rayleigh ‘2l’ and height ‘H’ as shown in Fig. 1. The cavity
number and buoyancy ratio are presented by is filled with air and its bottom and inclined
streamlines, isotherms, isoconcentration as well walls are maintained at ‘θh’ and ‘θc’,
as local and mean heat and mass transfer rates respectively. Boundary conditions for a
for the aforesaid parameters. triangular enclosure is shown in figure [1].
A 2D Laminar Natural Convection flow is
Varol et al. [11] has conducted study on Natural assumed inside the cavity. Boussinesq
convection in triangular enclosures with approximation is assumed for the gravity term in
protruding isothermal heater. Governing the momentum equation. The flow is governed
parameters, which are effective on flow field and by the following set of equations.
temperature distribution, are; Rayleigh number,
aspect ratio of triangle enclosure, dimensionless Conservation of Mass
height of heater, dimensionless location of 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑣
heater and dimensionless width of heater. + =0
𝜕𝑥 𝜕𝑦
Streamlines, isotherms, velocity profiles, local Conservation of X-directional Momentum with
and mean Nusselt numbers are presented. It is Boussinesq approximation
found that all parameters related with 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑢 𝜕𝑢
geometrical dimensions of the heater are +𝑢 +𝑣
𝜕𝑡 𝜕𝑥 𝜕𝑦
effective on temperature distribution, flow field 1 𝜕𝑝 𝜕 𝑢 𝜕 𝑢
and heat transfer. = − +𝜐 +
𝜌 𝜕𝑥 𝜕𝑥 𝜕𝑦
In the present study, Convection flow is − 𝑔𝛽 (𝑇 − 𝑇 )𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛾
analyzed by varying the Rayleigh number (Ra) Conservation of Y-directional Momentum with
from 103 to 106 and the aspect ratio (base Boussinesq approximation
length/height) from 0.2 to 1.0 with bottom 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑣 𝜕𝑣
+𝑢 +𝑣
surface heated and inclined surfaces cooled 𝜕𝑡 𝜕𝑥 𝜕𝑦
simultaneously. The fluid inside the domain is 1 𝜕𝑝 𝜕 𝑣 𝜕 𝑣
= − +𝜐 +
air having Prandtl no (Pr) = 0.7. The results are 𝜌 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑥 𝜕𝑦
presented in stream line and temperature + 𝑔𝛽 (𝑇 − 𝑇 )𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛾
contours. Conservation of Energy
𝜕𝑇 𝜕𝑇 𝜕𝑇 𝜕 𝑇 𝜕 𝑇
2. Problem Formulation +𝑢 +𝑣 = 𝛼 +
𝜕𝑡 𝜕𝑥 𝜕𝑦 𝜕𝑥 𝜕𝑦
Average Nusselt Number
1 𝜕𝑇
𝑁𝑢 = − 𝑑𝑦
𝐿 𝜕𝑥
Grashoff Number: Gr = Ra X Pr
Boundary conditions for a triangular domain are

as follows
𝑥 = 𝑥, 𝑦 = 0: 𝑢 = 0, 𝑣 = 0, 𝑇 = 𝑇
𝑥 = 𝑥, 𝑦 = 𝑥: 𝑢 = 0, 𝑣 = 0, 𝑇 = 𝑇 ∀ (𝑥 ≤ 𝑙)
𝑥 = 𝑥, 𝑦 = (2𝑙 − 𝑥), 𝑢 = 0, 𝑣 = 0, 𝑇 =
𝑇 ∀( 𝑥 > 𝑙)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
341
2. Numerical Method
Average Convective Nusselt Number Nuc :
The governing equations are solved in a 2D
triangular domain. Vorticity-Stream function 1 2 Ar
2 Ar 0
formulation is used for solving the Governing Nu c  Nuc ( X )dX
equations. Obtained Partial differential
equations for Stream function, vorticity and where Convective Nusselt Number is the ratio of
Temperature are converted to Algebraic Nusselt number at given Gr to Nusselt number
equations using Finite difference method. evaluated for corresponding conduction solution
Staircase approximation is used to solve the I.e Gr = 0 given by
finite difference method applied to non- Nuc Gr   
rectangular geometry. 1st order Upwind scheme Nu c  ; Nuc Gr     and
Nuc Gr 0  Y Y 0
is used for discretization of convective terms.
2nd order Central difference scheme is used for H
Ar  for triangular domain shown in figure []
discretization of diffusion terms. 2nd Order L
Alternate Direction Implicit (ADI) scheme is
used to discretize the transient term. The Grid Independence study:
obtained coefficient matrices are in implicit line The governing equations are solved in a 2D
Tri-diagonal form and are solved using Thomas triangular domain. The numerical computations
algorithm. The numerical computations are are carried out for 154X77 grid nodal points for
carried out for 154X77 grid nodal points for a a time step of 10-4. The convergence criteria
time step of 10-4. The convergence criteria required that the absolute difference between the
required that the absolute difference between the current and previous iterations for all of the
current and previous iterations for all of the dependent variable be less than 10-5. Grid
dependent variable be less than 10-5. Grid Independence test is carried out for various grid
Independence test is carried out and found sizes from 101X51, 154X77, 201X101 and
154X77 grid density gives satisfactory found that 154X77 grid density gives
performance for the present study. The average satisfactory performance for the present study.
Nusselt number is calculated at the bottom
surface. Table1 : Comparision of Average Convective
Nusselt Number, with holtzman et al.:
4.Results Aspect Gr = Gr = Gr =
Ratio 103 104 105
The results obtained for triangular domain are Holtzman 1.0 1.0 1.07 1.80
compared with Holtzman et al.[4]. for the et al.
Average Convective Nusselt number parameter. Present 0.996 1.08 1.85
This parameter is defined as given below. Table Study
[1] shows the comparision of Nuc for various Holtzman 0.5 1.0 1.20 2.19
Aspect ratios in the range of 0.2 to 1.0. and for et al.
Grashoff Number in the range of 103 to 105 . Present 0.99 1.20 2.20
Figure [2] shows the comparision of local Study
convective Nusselt number ( Nuc ) along the Holtzman 0.2 1.0 1.28 2.48
et al.
Symmetric plane of Isosceles triangular domain
Present 0.998 1.29 2.45
for Ar = 0.5, Gr = 105
Study
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
342
Figure 3: Natural convection flow Isotherms

with Aspect ratio:1.0, Ra = 103
Figure 4: Natural convection flow Streamlines

Figure 2 : Comparision of local convective
Nusselt number with Holtzman et al.
The non-dimensional streamline and

temperature contours are shown in the following
figures [3 - 10] by varying the Rayleigh number
from Ra = 103 to 105 . The effect of changing the
angle of inclination of inclined walls is observed
in figure [9-10] for Ra = 106 and inclination
angle of inclined walls = 30°.

ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
343

Figure 9: Isotherms for Ra = 106 and angle of

inclination = 30°.

Figure 10: Streamline and Isotherms for Ra =

106 and angle of inclination = 30°.
with Aspect ratio:1.0, Ra = 105 Conclusions:
This paper presents a method for solving viscous
incompressible Navier-stokes equations in
vorticity stream-function formulation and its
application to natural convection flow in
triangular domain.
Convection flow is analyzed by varying the

Rayleigh number (Ra) from 103 to 106 and the
aspect ratio from 0.2 to 1.0 with bottom surface
heated and inclined surfaces cooled
simultaneously. Such configuration is
commonly encountered in solar water
distillation systems of double dome type.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
344
Journal of Heat Transfer 122 (2000) 485–

The results are presented in stream line and 491.
temperature contours. At low temperature 5. T. Basak, S. Roy, Ch. Thirumalesha, Finite
difference between bottom wall and inclined element analysis of natural convection in a
walls the heat raises at the symmetric plane at triangular enclosure: effects of various
center of triangular domain and cools near the thermal boundary conditions, Chemical
inclined walls and thus completing a rotating Engineering Science 62 (2007) 2623–
contours which are symmetric in nature. 2640.
Bipartisan, counter rotating triangular and 6. M. A. Taher, Y. W. Lee, and H. D. Kim,
symmetric stream line contours are observed LBM Simulation on Natural Convection
within the domain for lower values of Ra. As Flow in a Triangular Enclosure of Green
‘Ra’ value is increased the stream line contours House under Winter Day Conditions,
exhibit unsymmetrical behavior with one major Journal of Engineering Thermophysics,
contour and counter rotating minor contours. 2016, Vol. 25, No. 3, pp. 411–423
7. Suvash C. Saha , Y.T. Gu, “Natural
The developed method estimates the Natural convection in a triangular enclosure heated
convection flow behaviour in triangular domain. from below and non-uniformly cooled
The present study can be applied for optimizing from top”, International Journal of Heat
the design of Solar water distillation systems. and Mass Transfer 80 (2015) 529–538
8. Ahmed Mahmoudi, Imen Mejri,
Mohamed Ammar Abbassi, and Ahmed
References: Omri, “Numerical Study of Natural
1. O.M. Kamiyo, D. Angeli, G.S. Barozzi, Convection in an Inclined Triangular
M.W. Collins, V.O.S. Olunloyo, S.O. Cavity for Different Thermal Boundary
Talabi,A comprehensive review of natural Conditions: Application of the Lattice
convection in triangular enclosures, Appl. Boltzmann Method”, FDMP, vol.9, no.4,
Mech. Rev. 63 (2010) 06080. pp.353-388, 2013
2. D. Das et al., Studies on natural convection 9. Ahmed Omri, Jamel Orfi, Sassi Ben
within enclosures of various (non-square) Nasrallah, “Natural convection effects in
shapes – A review, Int. J. Heat Mass solar stills”, Desalination 183 (2005) 173–
Transfer (2016), 178
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstran 10. M.M. Rahman , Hakan F. Öztop A.
sfer.2016.08.034 Ahsan, M.A. Kalam, Y. Varol, “Double-
3. S.C. Saha, M.M.K. Khan, A review of diffusive natural convection in a triangular
natural convection and heat transfer in solar collector”, International
attic-shaped space, Energy Build. 43 Communications in Heat and Mass
(2011) 2564–2571. Transfer 39 (2012) 264–269
4. G.A. Holtzman, R.W. Hill, K.S. Ball, 11. Y. Varol, H.F. Oztop, T. Yilmaz, Natural
Laminar natural convection in isosceles convection in triangular enclosures with
triangular enclosures heated from bellow protruding isothermal heater, International
and symmetrically cooled from above, Journal of Heat Mass Transfer 50 (2007)
2451–2462.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
345
Concept Paper
on
Solar Parks to Ramp up Solar Projects in the Country, Issues and
Challenges: Contribution towards Climate Change
Radhey Shyam Meena1, Swati Agariya2, Prof. D. K. Palwaliya3,
Dr. Shivlal4, Dr. Nitin Gupta5, A. S. Parira6 , S K Gupta7
1,6,7Ministry of New & Renewable Energy, New Delhi, India 110003
2National Institute of Solar Energy, Gurugram, India 122005
3,4Government Engineering College Banswara, India 327001
5Malaviya National Institute of Technology, Jaipur, India 302017
Abstract
The objective of this paper is to review the basic concepts of solar parks and its new era of
development of solar projects in India. The paper describes the most recent approach for development
of solar projects in the form of a solar park with growth oriented and easily acceptable facilities to
all. Considering the declining prices of solar power vis-a-vis other source of costlier power, leading
to growth in solar sector by which it has become more affordable to Solar Project Developers (SPDs)
and Distribution Companies (DISCOMs). In solar parks an increased trend in participation in bidding,
as they foresee opportunities in solar business with reasonable return on investment. Further, the
increased scalability, assured off-take, guaranteed payment, risk free and preserving grid connectivity
also created an environment of profitable business. With a strong commitment to increase the
renewable sources-based energy capacity to 175 GW by 2022, India has a target to install 100 GW
of solar energy capacity out of which 40 GW would be the share of Solar Parks.
The another approach in this chapter is to evaluate the determined policy in India on large scale ultra-
mega solar projects or solar parks which designed as a package deal, enabling project development
time lines to be streamlined by allowing different government as well as private agencies to undertake
land acquisition and seek necessary permits, and providing a dedicated common infrastructure in the
form of developed land, water availability and access roads, and power transmission systems for
setting up solar power generation plants inside the solar park.
Key words: Solar Parks, Renewable Energy in India, National Solar Mission, Solar Development
17) as Phase-II and the 13th Plan (2017-22) as
1. Introduction Phase-II. Policy framework under Mission is to
National Solar Mission (NSM) is a major create the necessary environment to attract
initiative by Government of India, to promote industry and project developers to invest in
ecologically sustainable growth and research, domestic manufacturing and
addressing energy security challenge. The development of solar power generation and
NSM is one of the eight missions of National thus create the critical mass for a domestic
Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC). solar industry.
Recognizing the potential of solar energy to The mission National Solar Mission (NSM)
contribute to energy security of the country, under the brand name “Solar India” set an
the Government of India launched NSM on the target of adding 20 GW of Grid connected and
11th January, 2010. The objective of the NSM 2 GW of Off-grid capacity by 2022.
is to establish India as a global leader in solar India, in its Intended Nationally Determined
energy, by creating the policy conditions for its Contributions (INDC), announced to increase
diffusion across the country as quickly as share of installed electric power capacity from
possible. Implementation of the Mission is non-fossil-fuel-based energy resources by
envisaged to adopt a 3-phase approach, 2030 to 40% and to reduce the emission
spanning the period of the 11th Plan and first intensity of its GDP from 33 to 35% by 2030.
th
year of the 12 Plan (up to 2012-13) as Phase- In consideration of above, the Government of
I, the remaining 4 years of the 12th Plan (2013- India in June 2015 scaled up the target for
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
346
setting up of grid connected solar power 15 to 2016-17 as on 31.03.2017), as compared
capacity from 20,000 MW to 1,00,000 MW by to 11,746 MW installations during preceding
2022 under the NSM. The above capacity is three years (2011-12 to 2013-14).
proposed to be achieved through deployment
of 40,000 MW of rooftop solar projects and 40000.00
60,000 MW medium& large scale solar 32746.87
projects. 30000.00
In order to harness the solar potential
efficiently and to achieve the objectives of 20000.00 15747.81
NSM, it was required to develop State level
Infrastructure solely dedicated to promote 10000.00 8181.70
4399.35
solar power generation. One of the ways of 863.92 114.08
achieving that was development of solar parks 0.00
in a focused manner across different parts of 1
Wind Power
the country. Solar Power- Ground Mounted
The solar park is a large chunk of contagious BioPower
land developed with all necessary Small Hydro Power
Solar Power- Roof Top
infrastructures like approach & access road, Waste to Power
water facility, power evacuation infrastructure,
metrological station, telecommunication Figure 1: Installed Capacity of Renewable
infrastructure etc. Solar Park also facilitates Energy in India as on 30-11-2017 (Source:
developers by reducing the number of required MNRE/CEA)
approvals. The most important benefit from the
solar park for the private developer is the The cumulative installed capacity of grid
significant time saved. The solar parks renewable power has reached to 57,244 MW at
facilitate the solar project developers to set up the end of FY 2016-17, which accounts for
projects in a plug and play model. 17% of grid renewable power installed
2. Solar Energy Status in India: capacity from all resources. The aggregate
India’s Power Sector has predominantly been 57,244 MW grid renewable power installed
based on fossil power and use mostly capacity includes 32,280 MW from Wind
domestically produced coal to generate power, 12,289 MW from Solar power, 4380
electricity. The country has been rapidly MW from Small Hydro Power and 8295 MW
adding generating capacity since from Bio-Power as shown in the figure 2.
Independence largely due to economic growth,
5526
5502
rising population, rapid urbanization leading to 6000
Installed Capacity (MW)
rise in demand. The utility electricity sector in 5000

3423
India has one National Grid with an installed

3019
4000
2312
capacity of 330.86 GW as on November, 2017.

2079
3000
1700
India is the world's third largest producer and

1112
2000
946
790
656
627
fourth largest consumer of electricity. The

305
296
252
237
219
185
171
1000
106
gross electricity consumption was 1,122 kWh 0

per capita in the year 2016-17. The per capita 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17
Wind Power Solar Power Bio Power Small Hydro
electricity consumption is low compared to
many countries despite cheaper electricity Figure 2: RE sectors wise progress during
tariff in India. The contribution of power from last 5 years
renewable energy sources contributes about However, the main challenges being faced in
17% and that of solar power is more than 4% conventional power generation include
in the overall energy mix as shown in figure1. depleting coal reserves in India, difficulty in
The growth of around 90% has been achieved procurement of imported coal and long
with capacity addition of 22,256 MW grid gestation periods of coal-based power plants.
renewable power during last three years (2014-
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
347
India, with its large population and rapidly However, after the launch of the NSM and
growing economy, needs access to clean, cheap other State policies encouraging solar energy
and reliable sources of energy. India lies in the generation, the solar capacity grew at a rapid
high solar insolation region, endowed with pace. Total solar capacity installed of about 1
huge solar energy potential with most of the GW was added upto the 11th Plan Period and
country having about 300 days of sunshine per about 9 GW were added in 12th Plan Period. In
year with the daily solar radiation incident last five years, solar energy sector has grown
varies from 4 - 6 kWh per square meter of at a rapid pace. As shown in figure 3 the
surface area depending upon the location and installed capacity of solar projects has
time of the year. increased from 2,632 MW in 2013-14 to
Government of India has taken up renewable 16,675 MW in 2017-18 .
energy as an article of faith and set up an 16675
ambitious target of 175 GW installed
renewable capacity by 2022. Out of 1,75,000 12288
MW, 1,00,000 MW is proposed to be achieved
through solar energy. As on October 2017, 6763
around 14,800 MW solar power projects have 3744
2632
been installed in the country. 1030 1686
3 11 36
The Government is promoting solar energy
through fiscal and promotional incentives,
such as capital subsidy, generation-based Figure 3: Cumulative Installed capacity (in
incentive, accelerated depreciation, viability MW as on 30-11-2017, Source: MNRE/CEA)
gap funding (VGF), financing solar rooftop Out of the above solar capacity, the 10 states
systems as part of home loan, concessional contribute about 90% of the total capacity
custom duty, exemption from excise duty and installed as shown in figure 4.
foreign direct investment up to 100 per cent 3500.00 2990.07
under the automatic route, etc. 3000.00
There is tremendous opportunity for foreign 2500.00
2310.46
2165.21
investment in India in solar sector as foreign 1819.42
1800.85
2000.00
1304.11
direct investment is permitted under the 1500.00 1184.86
876.80
automatic route. Reserve Bank of India (RBI) 1000.00 521.88
509.38
has announced renewables including solar 500.00
energy as priority sector. This will enable 0.00
banks to provide loans up to a limit of Rs 150

million to borrower companies of renewable
energy. For individual households, the loan
limit has been set to Rs 1 million per borrower.
Figure 4: Top ten states in Solar Capacity (in
Ministry of Finance has accorded in-principle
MW)
approval for issuance of tax free infrastructure
4. Solar Manufacturing in India
bond of Rs. 5000 crore for funding renewable
One of the NSM’s objectives is to take global
energy projects.
leadership role in solar manufacturing across
India has taken another initiative to create an
the value chain of leading edge solar
International Solar Alliance (ISA). It will be a
technologies and target a 4-5 GW equivalent
group of around 120 countries working for
installed capacity by 2020. The Mission
development and promotion of solar energy.
statement mentions setting up of dedicated
India as founder member of this alliance has
polysilicon manufacturing capacities sufficient
offered to have its secretariat and also
to cater to produce 2 GW worth of solar cells
committed some financial contribution.
annually.
3. Growth of Solar Capacity
In India, most manufacturing capacity was idle
Prior to the launch of National Solar Mission,
or operating at low utilisation rates, primarily
only 11 MW of solar capacity was installed.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
348
because it is uncompetitive due to lack of scale, tariff is Rs. 5.68 per kWh. The cost of PV
low-cost financing, and underdeveloped modules have since continuously been
supply chains. Solar manufacturing in India reducing over the period with advancement of
started after the announcement of the NSM. technology as well as with significant
The present cell and module manufacturing improvement in global supply scenario. In
capacities in India are given below: view of the falling cost of PV modules, the
Module tariff of solar PV projects have also been
Cell
declining significantly as in the graphically
10000
7746.44
representation of figure 8 below.
8000 6817.12
6000 2.5
2.2
4000 2731 2689 2
1.75
2000
1.5
0
Installed capacity Operational capacity 1 1
0.5 0.6 0.59 0.52 0.48

Figure 5: Installed and Operation Capacity of 0.34
Solar Module & Solar Cell 0
2010-11
2011-12
2012-13
2013-14
2014-15
2015-16
2016-17
2017-18
In respect of installed and operation capacity in
India, actual production capacity is quite low
Module Cost…
as shown in figure 6 that in year 2013
production of module & cell was 743 MW & Figure 7: Declining Module Cost
171 MW respectively and now in 2016-17 the 5. Trend of Solar Tariff
production is around 2257 MW & 682 MW Calculation of tariff depends on various factors
respectvily. that include location, solar irradiance in the
Module
State, availability of conducive State policy for
2500 solar, availability of land, the cost of financing
2257.19135
3
and business environment, willingness of
2000 DISCOMS to purchase the solar power, power
evacuation infrastructure, etc.
1500
1418.161 20
17.91
18
1000 960.962
743.275 16
682.57
500 14
420.687
332.839
171.383 12
0
2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17 10
Figure 6: Year wise production of Solar 8 7 6.47

6.45 6.17
Module and Solar Cell 6 4.34
The solar projects under Phase-1 of National 4 3.30
2.44
Solar Mission were set up during the period 2
2010-11 to 2011-12. For the period 2010-11, 0
CERC determined the project cost of solar PV
projects as Rs.16.90 Cr. / MW based on the
prevalent PV module prices (US$ 2.2/Wp) and
Figure 8: Year-wise lowest solar tariff (in Rs.
the corresponding tariff as Rs.17.91 per kWh.
/kWh)
The project cost determined by CERC for the
Pursuant to successful bidding of solar projects
period 2016-17 is Rs. 5.30 Cr./MW based on
under NSM, the solar projects which are being
the PV modules prices of US$0.48/Wp.
set up under the State Scheme are mostly
Declining module cost year wise is as shown
selected through a process of tariff based
in the figure 7.The corresponding solar PV
competitive bidding and reverse auction. This
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
349
method of selection has brought down the solar other financial challenges. To overcome these
average bid tariff discovered in challenges, the scheme for Development of
bidding/auctions significantly from a level of Solar Parks has been introduced in December,
Rs. 17.91 per kWh in December, 2010 to about 2014.
Rs.2.97 per kWh in February, 2017. Tariff in A solar park is large contiguous stretch of land
Indian solar market changed regularly as with high insolation levels and provides
shown in Figures that the weighted average developers an area that is well characterized
tariff varies from Rs. 17.91 per unit to Rs. 2.44 with proper infrastructure and access to
per unit. The declining trend of solar power amenities and where the risk of the projects can
tariff during the period from 2010-11 to 2017- be minimized.
18 is shown below in figure 8 below: A solar park facilitates assured availability of
land and transmission infrastructure facilities
The recent downward trends in solar tariff may for setting up higher capacity of solar projects,
be attributed to the factors such as economies reducing the number of approvals required,
of scale, assured availability of land, and minimizing time of setting up solar projects
power evacuation systems under the solar thereby provide both economy of scale for
parks. cost-reduction and achieving large scale
6. Concept of solar Park reduction in GHG emissions.
The concept of solar park was conceived from The solar parks provide specialized services to
Charanka Solar Park in Gujarat, and closely incentivize solar project developers to invest in
followed by the Bhadla Phase-I Solar Park in solar projects in the park. These services while
Rajasthan. Solar power projects can be set up not being unique to the park, are provided in a
anywhere in the country. To set up solar central, one-stop-shop, single window format,
projects, a solar project developer is required making it easier for investors to implement
to identify and acquire the required land along their projects within the park in a significantly
with all necessary statutory clearances required shorter period of time, as compared to projects
from the concerned Government, arrange other outside the park which would have to obtain
infrastructure facilities like approach road, these services individually.
water, telecommunication facility etc., develop In addition, the park provides road access (both
transmission infrastructure for evacuation of approach roads and smaller access roads to
solar power to the nearest grid substation. The individual plots), water (via a dedicated
above process is required to be followed by reservoir located within the premises),
every solar project developer for setting up boundary fence and security, each of which
solar projects. It generally takes a longer time would have entailed additional costs for the
for project developers to acquire land, get developer outside the park.
change of land use and various permissions, Each of these specialized services offer
etc. which delays the project. significant benefits to the project developers
The solar projects scattered in multiple but come at a premium. Land plots within the
locations lead to higher project cost per MW solar park are more expensive than outside.
and higher transmission losses. Total cost of a But this premium is easily justifiable by these
solar project depends on multiple factors such services, which are bundled into the land cost.
as solar insolation at a particular site, However, the most important benefit from the
infrastructure facilities required to be park for the project developer is the significant
developed, logistics, cost of funding, time saved. The centralized, single window
prevailing prices of solar cells/modules and nature of the services within the park reduces
related policies of the Government. the time between project conceptualization and
Solar Parks can be instrumental in overcoming operations, translating into economic and real
the bottlenecks otherwise faced by monetary gains for the project developers and
independent power producers in a solar PV the State.
plant, related to land availability, developing The capacity of the solar park has been kept at
evacuation infrastructure and its funding and 500 MW and above level in order to achieve
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
350
economy of scale for cost-reduction. However, transmission line to connect with the existing
smaller parks can also be set up in hilly areas network is therefore, required to be set up
where contiguous land may be difficult to either by CTU or STU. Setting up of sub-
acquire in view of the difficult terrain and station nearby the solar park and creation of
where there is acute shortage of non- transmission line to connect with the existing
agricultural lands. network of CTU/STU is termed as external
A systemic representation of the concept of the power evacuation system.
solar park is given in figure 7. Operational Structure:
The State Governments willing to set up solar
parks first identify an agency for development
of solar park. The agency entrusted with the
responsibility of setting up of solar park is
termed as Solar Power Park Developer
(SPPD). A State Government may select SPPD
in any of the following four modes:
Modes for selection of SPPD
The State designated nodal agency, could

be a State Government Public
Figure 9: Systemic representation solar park Mode I Sector Undertaking (PSU) or a Special Pu
The solar park is divided into several plots rpose Vehicle (SPV) of the State Govern
ment.
based on the topography & availability of the
land and suitability of power evacuation A Joint Venture Company between the
arrangement. Here in above figure, P1, P2 & State designated nodal agency and SECI with 50: Mode II
P3 are the individual plots and A1, A2…B6 are 50 % equity.
solar projects inside the plots of the solar park.
The State designates SECI as the nodal ag
The power generated from the individual Mode III ency on behalf of State Government on m
projects pooled to a nearby pooling station. For utually agreed terms.
this each plot is interconnected with pooling
stations through 33kV/other suitable voltage Private entrepreneurs without any equity particip
ation from SECI, but may have equity participati Mode I
underground, over ground or overhead cable. on from the State Government or its agencies. V
The construction of this line from the solar
projects up to the pooling station is the
reponsibity of the Solar Project Developers
(SPDs). The SPPD is tasked with acquiring the land for
The Solar Power Park Developer (SPPD) is the park, cleaning it, leveling it and allocating
responsible to set up, internal transmission the plots for individual projects. Apart from
system to evacuate the power from the solar this, the SPPD are also entrusted with
park. The internal transmission system consists providing the necessary facilities like approved
of setting up of the pooling stations (with land for installation of solar projects and
33/220 kV or suitable voltage level) inside the required permissions including change of land
solar park and will also draw transmission line use etc; road connectivity to each plot of land;
to transmit power from pooling station to the water availability for construction as well as
nearest sub-station of Central Transmission running of power plants; flood mitigation
Utility (CTU) or State Transmission Utility measures like flood discharge, internal
(STU) at 220 KV/400 KV or suitable voltage drainage etc; power during construction;
level. centralized weather monitoring station;
The solar power from the solar park needs to telecommunication facilities; power
be evacuated to the existing grid. A grid- evacuation facility consisting of pooling
substation (220 KV/400 KV or suitable voltage stations to allow connection of individual solar
level) right adjacent to the solar park and projects with pooling station through a
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
351
network of underground/over ground cables or have been acquired for 9 solar parks namely
overhead lines; housing facility for basic Radhnesada solar park in Gujarat, Bhadla Ph-
manpower wherever possible; parking, II, Bhadla-III Solar Park & Bhadla IV solar
warehouse etc. parks in Rajasthan, Ananthapur-II & Kurnool
8. Progress and Status solar parks in Andhra Pradesh and solar parks
in Meghalaya, Uttarakhand and Uttar Pradesh.
The Scheme for Development of Solar Parks Further more than 90% of required land have
was rolled out in December, 2014 by been acquired in five solar parks namely
Government of India. It was planned to set up Ananthapur-I & Kadapa solar parks in Andhra
at least 25 solar parks, each with a capacity of Pradesh, Pavagada solar park in Karnataka,
500 MW and above, thereby targeting around Rewa solar park in MP, Aamguri solar park in
20, 000 MW of solar power installed capacity; Assam as shown in the figure 12.
in a span of 5 years commencing from 2014-
15. Smaller parks are also allowed in Power Purchase Agreement (PPAs) have been
Himalayan region & other hilly States where signed for around 4545 MW of solar projects
contiguous land is difficult to acquire in view inside various solar parks; out of which 2230
of difficult terrain and in States where there is MW of have been commissioned. Further,
acute shortage of non-agricultural land. tenders for additional 2500 MW have been
Considering the demands for more solar parks issued for which PPAs are yet to be signed.
in States, the capacity of the solar park scheme Solar Projects inside the five solar parks have
is enhanced from 20,000 MW to 40,000 MW already been commissioned as shown in the
in March, 2017. All these solar parks are figure 11.
proposed to be set up by 2019-20.
Total Capacity Capacity Commissioned
(MW) (MW)
As on October 2017, 35 solar parks with 1600 1500
cumulative capacity of 20,503 MW have been
1400
approved in 21 States as shown in figure 10
1200
these solar parks are in different stage of 1000
1000
1000
development. In addition to the above recently
500 MW solar park approved for Tamil Nadu 800 680680
500
by TNEB Ltd. 600
400 250 250
200
200 50
0
Figure 11: Solar projects commissioned

inside various solar parks
9. Remarkable Case Studies

Kurnool Solar Park (1000 MW) in Andhra
Pradesh: The Kurnool Solar Park of capacity
Figure 10: Solar Parks in India 1000 MW has already been commissioned and
is operational since March, 2017. Around 240
The land of around 1,11,000 acres have been MU of clean energy is generated from this park
identified & 66,000 acres of land have been till end of May resulting in savings of 2.1 Lakh
acquired in various solar parks. 100% land tones of CO2 emissions.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
352
(d)
Figure 13 Kurnool Solar Park in AP (a)
(a) Kurnool Solar Park (1000 MW
commissioned) (b) Anantpuramu Phase –I
solar park (250 MW commissioned) (c)
Pooling substation of NP Kunta site and
Kurnool site and (d) ground level water
reservoir with rain water harvesting at
Kurnool
With commissioning of 1000 MW capacity at
single location, Kurnool Solar Park has
emerged as the World’s Largest Solar Park
after Longyangxia Dam Solar Park of capacity
850 MW in China which was commissioned in
the year 2016.
Pavagada Solar Park (2000 MW) in

Karnataka: The Pavagada Solar Park in
Karnataka (2,000 MW), would be the largest
solar park of it’s kind after Tengger Desert
(b) Solar Park of capacity 1500 MW in Zhongwei,
Ningxia of China which is under construction
and also known as the “Great Wall of Solar” in
China. Pavagada Solar Park in Karnataka has
the potential to be the largest solar park in the
world once completed. Here, 200 MW solar
photovoltaic projects along with 15 minutes
energy storage facility through battery for peak
smoothening is also proposed to be set up by
Solar Energy Corporation of India (SECI).
Rewa Solar Park (750) in Madhya Pradesh:
Rewa Solar Park in Madhya Pradesh brought a
revaluation in tariff of solar power in Indian
market by achieving the lowest ever levelized
tariff of Rs. 3.30/kWh through competitive
bidding of 750 MW. The tariff so discovered
depends inter alia on multiple factors like the
(c) long-term and concessional debt from World
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
353
Bank, three level payment security mechanism Bhadla Phase III Solar Park (1000 MW) in
through Letter of Credit, Payment Security Rajasthan: The Bhadla Phase III Solar Park in
Fund, State Guarantee, power purchase tied Rajasthan is being developed by a JVC of State
directly with end procurers like Madhya Government of Rajasthan and IL&FS. SECI
Pradesh Power Management Corporation Ltd. invited the bids for 500 MW solar projects
(MPPMCL) and Delhi Metro Railway inside Bhadla-III solar park and the lowest
Corporation (DMRC) etc.The tariff of Rewa tariff discovered for 200 MW is Rs. 2.44 per
Project is not unviable; rather it is low on unit followed by Rs. 2.46 per unit for 300 MW
account of its better project structure, under the VGF scheme.
bankability, balanced risk allocation, pre-
identified available land, the readiness of 10. Issues & Challenges
internal and external evaluation structure, and The concept of solar parks has indeed emerged
a soft loan from the World Bank. as a powerful tool for the rapid development of
The projects (three units each of 250 MW) solar power projects in India. Assured
were awarded to the three successful bidders. availability of land and transmission
The tariff of Rs. 2.97, Rs. 2.974, and Rs. 2.979 infrastructure are the major benefits of a solar
per kWh discovered for the three 250 MW park. The recent downward trends in solar
units each of Rewa park is the first-year tariff tariff may be attributed to the factors like
with 5 paise per year increase for 15 years. The economies of scale, assured availability of land
levelized tariff for 25 years of Rewa Solar Park and power evacuation systems under solar
projects would be around Rs. 3.30/kWh. park.
Kadapa Solar Park (1000 MW) in Andhra The Solar Park Scheme aims to provide a huge
Pradesh: The Kadapa Solar Park in Andhra impetus to solar energy generation by acting as
Pradesh (1,000 MW) being developed by a flagship demonstration facility to encourage
APSPCL has also set a new record after the project developers and investors, prompting
success of Rewa Solar Park as the tariff additional projects of similar nature, triggering
discovered for 250 MW project is Rs. 3.15 a economies of scale for cost-reductions,
unit. technical improvements and achieving large
Bhadla Phase IV Solar Park (500 MW) in scale reductions in GHG emissions. It would
Rajasthan: In Bhadla Phase-IV Solar Park at enable States to bring in significant investment
Bhadla, Jodhpur, Rajasthan being developed from project developers, meet its Solar
by JVC of State Government of Rajasthan and Renewable Purchase Obligation (RPO)
M/s Adani Renewable, the lowest tariff mandate and provide employment
discovered is Rs. 2.62 per unit for 250 MW by opportunities to local population.
SECI under the VGF scheme. However, the development of solar parks has
various issues and challenges as given below:
(i) Land: Land is a very critical input for
development of solar park. The requirement of
land is approximately 4-5 acres for the setting
up of solar parks. Land for the setting up of
solar park is generally identified by the
State/UT Government unless the SPPD has its
own land. It is the responsibility of the State
Government to help in making the land
available if the SPPD selected by the State
Government needs help. States are encouraged
to identify sites receiving good solar radiation
and sites which are closer to CTU, preferably
locations with spare transmission capacities
Figure 14: 680 MW Solar Park Bhadla Ph-II and water availability. However, private
in Rajasthan entrepreneurs selected by the State
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
354
Government as SPPD are allowed arrange their government of Andhra Pradesh for direct
own land for setting up the solar park. Land are negotiation with farmers to finalise the
generally taken on long term lease from compensation payable to different categories
Government as well as private sources. In such of land to enable speedy acquisition of land.
cases, the State Governments are required to For acquisition of government land, assigned
ensure that the land is free from any dispute. land and patta land following process is being
The park provides opportunity for all followed in Andhra Pradesh as shown in the
technologies in a technologically agnostic figure 16.
fashion.
In order to provide for such a large tract of
contiguous land with appropriate insolation
levels, the state governments are advised to
prioritize the use of government waste / non-
agricultural land in order to speed up the
acquisition process. The inexpensive land are
preferred in order to keep the land cost as low
as possible and attract the developers. The land
owned by the State Government is given
priority and efforts are made to acquire private
land as minimum as possible. If land cannot be
made available in one location, then land in
few locations in close vicinity are also taken.
The acquisition of land for solar park is one of
the biggest challenges. Various state Figure 16: Land acquisition process in
governments have announced favorable land Andhra Pradesh
policies that have been instrumental in
reducing this hassle. Some of the cases of APSPCL, the Solar Power Park Developer in
acquisition of land are hereunder: Andhra Pradesh is facing various issues in
In Rajasthan, the State Government under its acquisition of land for the solar parks.
Solar Policy, 2016 has announced availability APSPCL has selected the land, maximum of
of land to the developers at lowest cost. There which belongs to the State Government. The
are six solar parks in Rajasthan and in all the State Government usually assigns certain
cases; the State Government has made the Government lands to land less poor by giving
required land available to the park developers. assignment. The Government can take back
Most of the lands allotted for solar parks are these assigned lands for its own use by paying
Government land and there was no land suitable compensation on par with the patta
conversion charge whereas the stump duty was lands. Before paying compensation to these
5-6% of the value of the land. assigned lands, the revenue department calls
In Andhra Pradesh, there are four solar parks land owners/farmers for original assignment
being developed by AP Solar Power and other relevant records for verification. The
Corporation Pvt. Ltd. (APSPCL), a joint issue arises when the farmers fail to submit the
venture company of Solar Energy Corporation records for claiming compensation. The
India (SECI), Andhra Pradesh Power revenue department denies compensation to
Generation Corporation (APGENCO) and these farmers who fail to submit he records.
New & Renewable Energy Development These farmers regularly come to site and stop
Corporation of Andhra Pradesh Ltd. the works.
(NREDCAP). In all the cases, the park Further while granting assignment to land less
developer tried to select government land. poor, the Government stipulates condition to
However, there are also assigned and patta the farmers to bring the land in to the
land. A negotiation committee comprising of cultivation within three years. If the farmers
local revenue authorities is constituted by the don’t bring the land into cultivation within
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
355
three years, the assignment granted to the solar parks, two solar parks are being
farmers will be cancelled and the farmer is not developed by private entrepreneurs. Both the
eligible for any compensation. These types of private entrepreneurs are facing challenges in
farmers also come to site and stop the works. acquisition of land. Further, incidence of stamp
Some of the farmers approach court seeking duty for non-agricultural lands is much higher
compensation for these types of lands. Some than the duty payable for agricultural land. In
farmers deny claiming compensation and want order to address this, issue the government
to retain his assigned land for his livelihood. In decided to exempt industries covered under the
some cases, it is not possible to delete this land industrial policy from payment of stamp duty.
from acquisition if the land is in the middle of However, solar parks and solar projects are not
acquired land. In such cases the farmers included as an industry as per this policy. The
approach courts and comes to site and stops the land conversion charges and stamp duty
works. charges which are under the ambit of the State
In Karnataka, 2000 MW solar park is being Governments. Incidence of stamp duty would
developed by Karnataka Solar Power escalate the cost of solar parks exorbitantly.
Development Corporation Ltd. (KSPDCL); a (ii) Financing: Significant investment is
joint venture company of Karnataka required to be made for development of solar
Renewable Energy Development Ltd. parks which include acquisition of land, get the
(KREDL) & SECI. The uniqueness in land land developed and provide necessary
acquisition for the Pavagada solar park in infrastructure like road connectivity,
Karnataka is that the entire land of 13000 acres transmission infrastructure etc. Further,
is private land and taken on lease for a period investment is also required to be made in the
of 28 years which is first of its kind in World operation & maintenance of solar parks,
with ownership of land vesting with land employing staff and other activities like
owners, as acquiring of land is a major hurdle marketing etc. The entire cost of development
in implementation of any project. The land including cost involved in acquisition of land
owners will be getting land lease charges of Rs. forms the total cost of the project.
21,000/acre/annum with 5% escalation once in Under the Solar Park Scheme, the Government
every two years on the base rate. Pavagada is of India provides Central Financial Assistance
one of the most backward Taluks in the state of (CFA) of up to Rs. 20.00 lakh per MW or 30%
Karnataka. The area is dry and due to lack of of the project cost including grid-connectivity
water for irrigation, the farmers are suffering cost, whichever is lower, for development of
due to lack of source of employment. the solar park. While CFA covers only part of
Establishment of solar park in this area will the park cost, the remaining amount is being
create local employment to the public in a large taken from the Solar Project Developers
extent and will improve the revenue to the (SPDs) as one-time upfront charges and
Government. recurring O&M charges, when they enter the
In states like Madhya Pradesh, Uttar park to set up solar projects. This financial
Pradesh, the land is mostly Government model is being adopted in most of the solar
owned and there is as such no problem in parks. Few cases are given as under:
acquisition of land. In Andhra Pradesh, APSPCL is meeting their
In Haryana, a solar park of capacity 500 MW financial requirement for development of solar
is being developed by Saur Urja Nigam parks partly by Central grant (Rs. 12.00
Haryana Ltd (SUN Haryana). Sun Haryana is Lakh/MW) and the balance fund is met by
facing challenges in acquisition of land as the collecting one-time solar power development
panchayat land lease policy of Government of expenses (around Rs.40 Lakh/MW) from the
Haryana does not allow sub-leasing of land. solar power developers (SPDs). Further, O&M
However, sub-leasing of land to SPDs is charges (Rs.2.50 to 3.00 lakh/MW) are also
required for setting up of solar projects. collected annually from the SPDs to meet the
In Maharashtra, there are three solar parks yearly expenditure to be incurred towards
each of capacity 500 MW. Out of these three maintenance of solar power park.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
356
In Karnataka, KSPDCL is meeting their “Development of Solar parks and Ultra Mega
financial requirement for development of solar Solar Power Projects” @ Rs. 12 Lakh/MW or
parks partly by Central grant (Rs. 12.00 30% of the cost of development of internal
Lakh/MW) and the balance fund is met by infrastructure of solar park, whichever is lower.
collecting one-time solar power development It may be treated as part of equity of the SPPDs;
expenses (around Rs.28 Lakh/MW) from the b) SPPD’s internal resources (equity of
solar power developers (SPDs). Further, O&M the SPPDs or land contribution) and annual
charges (Rs.2.50 to 3.00 lakh/MW) are also park charges / user fee to be charged from the
collected annually from the SPDs to meet the selected SPDs. However, collection of upfront
yearly expenditure to be incurred towards charges by the SPPDs from the SPDs is not
maintenance of solar power park. allowed for the financial assistance received
In Bhadla Phase-II solar park of Rajasthan, from the World Bank and Central Grants
Rajasthan Solarpark Development Company received from MNRE.
Limited (RSDCL) is meeting their financial c) Financial assistance from World Bank.
requirement for development of solar parks However, the financial assistance from World
partly by Central grant (Rs. 12.00 Lakh/MW) Bank would be limited to 50% of the total cost
and the balance fund is met by collecting one- of development of internal infrastructure of the
time solar power development expenses of Rs. Solar Park.
6.00 Lakh/hectare. Further, O&M charges (Rs. (iii) Grid Integration of Solar Parks: In case
30,000/- per annum per hectare) are also of large scale renewable generation,
collected annually from the SPDs to meet the particularly for large scale solar parks, it is not
yearly expenditure to be incurred towards possible to absorb the energy locally. The
maintenance of solar power park. scenario is more prominent especially during
The onetime charges put an upfront burden on the period of high solar generation wherein
the selected SPDs. In order to reduce this electricity demand is not at peak level.
burden, Ministry of New and Renewable Transmission system is required to be planned
Energy is tying up with different bi-lateral and for integrating such large scale solar power
multi-lateral financing agencies for long tenure parks with the State grid as well as with the
and concessional loan for development of solar inter-state/national grid. Integrated planning
parks. The long tenure and concessional approach would ensure that solar generation
financing from bi-lateral and multi-lateral does not have to be backed down during solar
financing agencies would be utilized in maximized scenario or other than peak demand
development of the internal infrastructure, period and local grid network must be stable
such as, internal transmission system, water even when solar generation is not available
access, road connectivity, communication during night time. This integration provides
network, etc. of the solar parks. With low cost reliability of transmission and power supply to
financing, the solar power generated in the the whole system. Owing to intermittent nature
solar parks is expected to be cheaper. of solar energy, it requires support from the
The Rewa Solar Park in Madhya Pradesh is grid. The transmission capacity requirement
one of the solar parks availing World Bank for grid integration of solar parks shall also
loan for development of park infrastructure. depend upon quantum of power to be
The World Bank loan has a component called transmitted/integrated. Once all the solar parks
Clean Technology Fund (CTF), the USD are commissioned, solar projects of aggregate
interest rate of which is 0.25% per annum fixed capacity 40 GW would be connected to the
over the life of the loan. The door-to door tenor grid.
of IBRD financing is 24 years and that of the To evolve plan for grid integration of large
CTF could be 40 years. The Rewa solar park is scale solar/wind generation capacities,
financed by combination of the following three POWERGRID has been entrusted by Ministry
components: of Power (MOP) to formulate Grid Integration
a) Central Financial Assistance (CFA) from Plan for envisaged renewable capacity addition
Government of India under the scheme for by 2022 as Green Energy Corridors-II. The
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
357
scope of Green Energy Corridors-II includes LTA/Connectivity application. However,
identification of transmission scheme, its location of the generation project and its
implementation, financing strategy etc. The quantum needs to be firmed up in advance so
power evacuation arrangement for the that transmission system planning can lead the
identified solar parks approved under Pahse-I generation and its implementation may match
of the Solar Park Scheme envisaged through with solar generation development.
Intra state & Interstate evacuation is evolved as An approach should also be developed to build
Green Energy Corridors-II (Part-A). The the transmission for High potential RE zones
report on Green Energy Corridor-II covers the in anticipation of subsequent RE development
plan for grid integration of solar parks at inter- rather than waiting for RE project to first come
state level and intra-state level. up with their requirements i.e. Transmission to
POWERGRID has carried out studies to lead generation approach.
identify transmission infrastructure (v) Forecasting of Solar Generation: Solar
requirement for solar parks in various states. generation forecasting & its real time
To carry out the studies, inputs like existing monitoring are important tools to address
generation data, information regarding details variability & uncertainty aspect of its grid
of solar parks i.e. location, quantum and time integration. State-of-the-art forecasting helps
frame in various states, pocket wise RE & grid operator to manage power system balance
conventional generation capacity addition for economic, reliable & secured operation of
program in time frame of 2016-17 & 2018-19 the grid even in high RE penetration regime.
has been considered. Information about In this direction, establishment of Renewable
existing and planned transmission system Energy Management Centers (REMC) co-
including various transmission corridors High located with SLDCs/RLDC/NLDC in RE
Capacity Corridors/Green Energy corridors, resources rich states was proposed as part of
wind and solar generation pattern, network Green Energy Corridor-I. REMC shall be
topology etc. has been taken into account in responsible for forecasting of RE generation in
studies. In order to facilitate transfer of power their jurisdiction for different time horizons,
from envisaged solar parks, inter-state & intra- real time tracking of RE generation and close
state transmission scheme is evolved with total co-ordination with their SLDC/RLDC for
estimated cost of Rs 12,786 crore. smooth grid operation. It is proposed that the
(iv) Difference in Gestation period of Solar envisaged solar parks shall be integrated with
Generation and Transmission: Gestation these REMCs also for monitoring, scheduling
period of solar projects is very less (12-18 & forecasting purpose.
months) vis-a-vis transmission development (vi) Ancillary Services: Ancillary Services,
(24-36 months) for integration with the grid. defined as: "those services necessary to
Further, the capacity utilization factor for solar support the transmission of electric power
generation is low resulting into high from seller to purchaser given the obligations
transmission tariff. In view of the above, of control areas and transmitting utilities
Transmission development for solar within those control areas to maintain reliable
generation faces two critical issues i.e. operations of the interconnected transmission
matching implementation period (Generation system."
vis-a-vis Transmission) as well as transmission The two most important ones are the
tariff. a) Reserves of generation to support falls of
As per the prevailing regulation in India, inter- generation and with the goal to maintain
state transmission system for generation the frequency and interchanges in the case
project is evolved based on Long Term of loss of some generation.
Access/Connectivity application by the b) Maintain the voltage profile in the system
applicant. However, keeping in view of short High Renewable penetration scenario
gestation period of RE, transmission necessitates increased balancing and system
development need to be done much ahead of flexibility requirements. In such scenarios, to
generation without considering ensure the reliability of the power system and
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
358
quality of electricity, additional services viz.  Availability of solar power at competitively
Ancillary services may be needed by the low tariffs. Total capacity when
system operator to achieve system balancing in operational, will generate 64 billion units of
real time. The Detailed Procedure for Ancillary green energy/electricity per year @1.6
Services Operations for Inter-state has been million unit per MW.
approved by CERC in March, 2016. The  Achievement of 40,000 MW solar
Ancillary Services have been rolled out for capacities would contribute to long term
implementation in April 2016. Similar energy security of country and ecological
framework needs to be implemented in the security by reduction in carbon emissions
states also. and carbon footprint, as well as generate
11. Conclusion large direct & indirect employment
The concept of solar parks has indeed emerged opportunities in solar and allied industries
as a powerful tool for the rapid development of like glass, metals, heavy industrial
solar power projects in India. Assured equipment etc.
availability of land and transmission  Installation of 40,000 MW of solar will lead
infrastructure are the major benefits of a solar to abatement of around 56 million tons of
park. The recent downward trends in solar CO2 per year over its life cycle.
tariff may be attributed to the factors like  Creation of solar parks has attracted foreign
economies of scale, assured availability of land players to invest in solar projects in India.
and power evacuation systems under the Solar More investment opportunities will enhance
Park Scheme. The issues/challenges can be income.
resolved by concerted efforts of all stake  The solar parks will also provide productive
holders. The major benefits of solar parks are use of abundant wastelands which in turn
 50,000 MW of solar projects can be set up facilitate development of the surrounding
in 50 proposed solar parks in various States/ areas.
UTs of the country. *****
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
359
Interconnected Hybrid RE Network with Embedded VSC -

MTDC Transmission System for Secure and Efficient Power
Delivery: Modeling and Steady State Response Analysis
Jeetendra Singh Rathore, Mukesh Lodha, Shivani Johari, Rituraj Soni
Sri Balaji College of Engineering & Technology, Jaipur (Rajasthan)
Jsrathore9@gmail.com
Radhey Shyam Meena,
Ministry of New & Renewable Energy, New Delhi (India)
Corresponding Author: rshyam.mnre@gov.in
Abstract
This paper deals with one of the major challenge in the field of Indian Power Sector with a
objective of to provide a framework for promotion of large grid connected and interconnected
Renewable Energy (RE) networks for optimal and efficient utilization of transmission
infrastructure and land, reducing the variability in renewable power generation and thus
achieving secure and better grid stability with improved power quality at delivery end. The
proposed studies are going to encourage new technologies, methods and way-outs involving
combined operation of wind and solar PV power generation systems with embedded Voltage
Source Converter (VSC)-MTDC transmission system, to transmit bulk power, to control
power, to modulate power and to improvement in system stability. The paper focused on a case
study of two separate-interconnected systems through a DC transmission network of the
capacity of 24 kW wind power generation system and 24 kW solar power generation system
has been used for analysis of steady state response of the system. Performance of the system
and steady state response analyze using MATLAB techniques and is better then non-RE
network and also found in acceptable range for secure operation and better grid stability.
Key words: Integrated Solar Wind System, Interconnected Renewable Energy Network
(IREN), Multi Terminal Direct Current (MTDC) Transmission System, Voltage Source
Converters (VSC), Power Quality (PQ) of India Power Sector (IPS), Grid Stability (GS).
1. Introduction direct investment up to 100 per cent under

India has set an ambitious target of reaching the automatic route etc. The country has
175 GW of installed capacity from already crossed a mark of 32 GW of wind
renewable energy sources including 100 and 12.28 GW of solar power installed
GW from solar and 60 GW from wind and capacity up to March 2017[1].
plan for 10 GW solar wind hybrid capacity Solar and wind power being infirm in
by the year 2022 for which the Government nature impose certain challenges on grid
of India has launched several schemes for security and stability. Studies revealed that
promotion of solar and wind energy in the solar and winds are almost complementary
country to achieve the target. The to each other and hybdridation of two
Government is promoting renewable technologies would help in minimizing the
energy through fiscal and promotional variability apart from optimally utilizing
incentives such as capital subsidy, tax the infrastructure including land and
holiday on the earnings for 10 years, transmission system. Superimposition of
generation based incentive, accelerated wind and solar resource maps shows that
depreciation, viability gap funding (VGF), there are large areas where both wind and
financing solar rooftop systems as part of solar have high to moderate potential. The
home loan, concessional excise and custom existing wind farms have scope of adding
duties, preferential tariff for power solar PV capacity and similarly there may
generation from renewables, and foreign be wind potential in the vicinity of existing
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
360
solar PV plant. Suitable policy grid, provide remote islands with reliable
interventions are required not only for new power supply, and regulate the frequencies.
wind-solar hybrid plants but also for Though, to expand an existing traditional
encouraging hybridization of existing wind point to point line controlled converter
and solar plants [2-3]. Performance and HVDC line into hybrid MTDC system
feasibility explained in [4] for an integrated achived [10]. One of the most suitable
hybrid system in which a solar cell, wind applications of VSC-based MTDC
turbine, fuel cell and ultra capacitor system transmission systems is in the field of wind
is developed using a novel technique to farms interconnection. Of course there are
complement each other. Hybrid renewable many publications which investigated the
energy systems in [5] help to increase possibility of utilizing CSC converters for
system reliability and improve power aggregation of offshore wind farms [11-13].
quality. This paper explained the way to However, CSCs need for reactive power
integrate the power output from solar photo support at the point of connection which
voltaic array, fuel cell stack and battery consequently leading the connected AC
with a provision for on site hydrogen system to have a high enough short circuit
generation by means of an electrolyzer and ratio [14-15]. Some literature has proposed
H2 tank. The control strategy handles the that installation of Static Compensators
source power effectively by considering the (STATCOM) at the point of connection
limited life cycle of storage devices. In [6] CSC terminal to offshore station can solve
one such novel initiative wherein electricity this problem [16]. However, the proposed
requirement is fulfilled by renewable solution brings about other issues such as a
energy presented. In this study, an wider footprint, more losses, and more
integrated hybrid system is used to generate complexity in the wind power system.
electricity from the combination of solar Contrarily, based on VSC HVDC link
and wind energy. Fuel cell and electrolyzer characteristics such as rapidly and
also used for storage and better independently control of active and reactive
performance on remote applications. A powers and black-start capability, these
combination of a solar cell, fuel cell, and VSC links are superior to CSC links for
ultra capacitor system for power generation wind farm grid interconnection [17-19].
was presented in [7]. In this work the That is why VSC links have been proposed
available power from the renewable energy as a more rational and efficient solution to
sources is highly dependent on be used for interconnection of wind farms.
environmental conditions such as wind Therefore, due to these especial
speed, radiation, and ambient temperature. characteristics of VSC links, such systems
Fuel cell and ultra capacitor system were are mostly used for wind farms
used to overcome the deficiency of the solar interconnections. Reference [20] proposed
cell and wind system. This system is used the construction of a low voltage DC grid
for off-grid power generation in non- using VSCs to aggregate the power of
interconnected or remote areas. High several wind turbine units. It has also
Voltage DC Transmission system is used to been proposed using hybrid MTDC
transmit bulk power, to control power, to systems based on VSCs and CSCs for
modulate power for improvement in system subtransmission and distribution systems in
stability. Mostly voltage source converters urban areas of large cities [21].
used as insulated gate turn of thyristor in dc
network. In [8] it was described the basic 2. An Approach towards
modeling and simulation of voltage source Integration
converter in HVDC are explained. In [9] it Under the integration category of wind-
was proposed to integrate large capcity solar hybrid power plants, Wind Turbine
renewable energy into the existing power Generators (WTGs) and Solar PV systems
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
361
have been configured to operate at the same deployed for controlling the power output
point of grid connection. There can be two of hybrid system.
different approaches towards integrating (b) Wind-Solar Hybrid- DC integration:
wind and solar depending upon the size of DC integration is possible in case of
each of the source integrated and the variable speed drive wind turbines using
technology type. Here we concluded two converter-inverter. In this configuration the
approaches i.e. (a) Technology front (b) DC output of the both the wind and solar
Size of the source PV plant is connected to a common DC bus
On the technology front, in case of fixed and a common invertors suitable for
speed wind turbines connected to grid using combined output AC capacity is used to
an induction generator, the integration can convert this DC power in to AC power.
be on the HT side at the AC output bus.
However, in case of variable speed wind 3. Modeling of Interconnected
turbines deploying inverters for connecting Hybrid Network
with the grid, the integration can even be on In this section an interconnected hybrid
the LT side before the inverter i.e. at the network of the wind and solar based
intermediate D.C bus. The second configuration is presented. With their
important aspect would be related to the advantages of being abundant in nature
sizing – which would depend on the and nearly non-pollutant, renewable
resource characteristics. energy sources have attracted wide
In order to achieve the benefits of hybrid attention. Wind power is one of the most
plant in terms of optimal and efficient promising clean energy sources since it
utilization of transmission infrastructure can easily be captured by wind generators
and better grid stability by reducing the with high power capacity. Photovoltaic
variability in renewable power generation, (PV) power is another promising clean
in the locations where the wind power energy source since it is global and can be
density is quite good, the size of the solar harnessed without using rotational
PVs capacity to be added as the solar- generators. In fact, wind power and PV
hybrid component could be relatively power are complementary to some extent
smaller. On the other hand, in case of the since strong winds mostly occur during the
sites where the wind power density is night time and cloudy days whereas sunny
relatively lower or moderate, the days are often calm with weak winds.
component of the solar PV capacity could Hence, a wind–PV hybrid generation
be relatively on a higher side. However, a system can offer higher reliability to
wind-solar plant will be recognized as maintain continuous power output than
hybrid plant if the minimum ratio of total any other individual power generation
rated capacity of WTGs and solar PV plant system.
is 1: 0.25. This kind of hybrid generation system can
The implementation of wind solar hybrid be divided into two main types—the
system has depends on different stand-alone off-grid system and the grid-
configurations and use of technology connected system. For the grid-connected
detailed below: system, the interface between the hybrid
(a) Wind-Solar Hybrid- AC integration: generation system and the power grid has
In this configuration the AC output of the to be specially designed. For the stand-
both the wind and solar systems is alone off-grid system, the hybrid
integrated either at LT side or at HT side. In generation system can easily be set up in
the later case both system uses separate remote and isolated areas where a
step-up transformer and HT output of both connection to the utility network is either
the system is connected to common AC impossible or unduly expensive. Over the
Bus-bar. Suitable control equipment is years, there has been only few research
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
362
work on the standalone wind–PV hybrid does not experience the same type of
generation system in which the wind turbulence that wind does but there can be
generators are focused on induction variations over the short term. Most often,
machines. The purpose of this thesis is to these are related to the passage of clouds.
present a new way of grid connected and Simulink blocks of the different
interconnected wind–PV hybrid components in the experimental model are
generation system with embedded VSC- shown in Figure. In the figure, these are
DC transmission system for secure and the PV array system block, inverter block,
efficient power delivery to the end users. three-phase source block, controller block
Solar System and the load block respectively. This
The solar radiation resource is model also includes the MPPT model, in
fundamentally determined by the location the next chapter, these blocks will be
on the earth´s surface, the date, and the discussed individually will look into how
time of day. These factors determine the the models are implemented as shown in
maximum level of radiation. Other factors figure 1 and figure 2.
such as height above sea level, water vapor This model based on 24 kW system which
or pollutants in the atmosphere and cloud design internally in figure1 and full
cover decrease the radiation level below diagram as shown in figure 2.
the maximum possible. Solar radiation
Figure 1: Internal model of solar system based on the equations

ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
363
International Conference & Expo on “Advances in Power Generation from Renewable Energy Sources (APGRES 2017)” December 22-23, 2017 at GEC Banswara, www.apgres.in
Figure 2: 24 kW PV system
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
364
Wind System
Ultimately wind resources are driven minutes) variations in speed and direction,
almost entirely by the sun’s energy, known as turbulence.
causing differential surface heating, but The power output of wind turbine relates
they tend to be very dependent on location. to wind speed with a cubic ratio. Both the
Over most of the earth, the average wind first order moment of inertia (J) and a
speed varies from one season to another. It friction based dynamic model for the wind
is also likely to be affected by general turbine rotor and a first order model for the
weather patterns and the time of day. It is permanent magnet generator are adopted.
not uncommon for a site to experience a The dynamics of the wind turbine due to
number of days of relatively high winds its rotor inertia and generator are added by
and these days to be followed by others of considering the wind turbine response as a
lower winds, strongly interfering with the second order slightly under-damped
operation planning of a hybrid system system. Using this simple approach, small
comprehending wind turbines. The wind wind turbine dynamic is modeled as
also exhibits short term (seconds to shown in figure 3 and figure 4.-
Figure 3: Internal Model of 3 kW wind system
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
365
Figure 4: 24 kW Wind System
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
366
Voltage Source Converter (VSC) Based VSC based multi terminal DC system
Multi Terminal Dc (MTDC) System contains number of VSC’s either offshore
Two basic converter technologies are used or onshore connected to same DC link.
in modern HVDC transmission systems. VSC connected to generating station can
These are conventional line commutated, be offshore or onshore depending upon
current source converters (CSC) and self renewable energy nature i.e. tidal energy,
commutated, voltage-sourced converters offshore wind farms, solar panels etc. But
(VSC). Two types of configuration can be throughout this paper we will consider
adopted in Multi Terminal DC (MTDC) offshore wind farms as it have more
systems. The parallel connection which capacity to generate electricity and can
allows DC terminals to operate around a meet the needs. Each offshore wind farm
common rated voltage VDC. The second requires an offshore substation used to
configuration is the series connection install VSC converter and number of
where one of the converters controls the connections to DC link depends upon
current around a common rated current MTDC application, same in the case of PV
and the power is controlled by the rest of system. Before designing MTDC system,
converters. This configuration is well design engineer must consider techno-
suited for Current Source Converter economic factors imposed by utility.
(CSC) MTDC systems since CSCs in the Economic factors include geographical
DC side are functioning as a voltage location, number of offshore substations,
source which can be connected in series onshore platforms, DC link, DC Circuit
without need for special switching. Breaker, ultra-fast mechanically actuated
Compared to CSCs, VSCs are functioning disconnector, and cost. Technical aspects
as an ideal current source in its DC sides can be: effective utilization of MTDC
allowing the parallel connection of several lines, rating of DC link, protection of
DC terminals without posing any technical MTDC under abnormal conditions and
difficulties. As perviously mentioned, in a support to connected AC network.
VSC link the direction of power can be MTDC system must satisfy the security
changed through the reversal of current and Quality of Supply Standard as well as
direction and the voltage polarity at the DC voltage of MTDC system must be
DC side can remain unchanged. These constant during abnormal conditions on
capabilities are perfectly suited for AC sides of VSC DC. Each terminal of
constructing an MTDC system. VSC VSC based MTDC system must be able to
MTDC systems with parallel connected control active and reactive power, support
converters have a great potential to be used AC network voltage and frequency
in the future bulk power systems. independently. VSC based MTDC system
Possibility of such connections has led to behavior strongly depends upon the
the proposition of a DC ’Super Grid’ that control nature which mainly rely on
could connect several renewable energy system topology and kind of AC grid
sources to a common MTDC network. connection.
Utilizing VSC-based MTDC systems can Figure shows the VSC station model with
give the following possibilities to the its elements. The model at the DC side is
power systems- (a) Control of the MTDC depicted as single line representation. The
system, (b) increasing the flexibility of model consists of AC buses, coupling
power flow controllability, (c) enhancing transformer, series reactance, AC filter,
transmission capacity, (d) improving the converter block on the AC side and on the
voltage profile in the network, and DC side, DC Bus, DC filter and DC line. As
integrating large scale of renewable or it can be seen each VSC station is
new energy sources positioning at connected to the AC grid at the so called
different locations. point of the common connection (PCC).
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
367
PCC is connected to AC side of VSC power system are developed using the
through a converter transformer, shunt filter VSC topology. Modeling and simulations
and finally phase reactor. On the other side are conducted using MATLAB/Simulink
i.e. DC side, DC bus, at which a shunt DC software packages to verify the
capacitor is connected to the ground, is effectiveness of the proposed system. The
connected to the VSC from one side and to results show that the proposed hybrid
DC line from other side as shown in figure power system can tolerate the rapid
5. changes in natural conditions and suppress
. the effects of these fluctuations on the
voltage within the acceptable range and
supply power at end user with better
quality.
This system has 48 kW PV generation
System, a 48 kW wind energy system, a
500 kM DC transmission line and VSC
universal bridge for conversion purpose
used. It is used to step up voltage to DC
440 V and invert to Vrms, 50 Hz AC.
Figure 5: VSC Station Model The renewable energy based hybrid
Interconnected Network system model made in Simulink is shown
In this work, a detailed dynamic model and in Figure 6, 7 and 8.
simulation of an interconnected hybrid
Figure 6: Interconnected through a DC Transmission Network and VSC system
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
368
Figure 7: System-I of Capacity 24 kW wind and 24 kW PV system
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
369
Figure 8: System-II of 24 kW wind and 24 kW PV system
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
370
Simulation Results of the Interconnected Network
Figure 9: Wind Solar Power
Figure 10: Hybrid Voltage
Figure: 11 Voltage and Current of Wind System

ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
371
Figure 12: 3-Phase Volatage of wind
Figure 13: Voltage and Current for Solar System
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
372
Figure 14: 3 Phase Volatage for PV System
Figure 15: Out put Voltage of System 1
Figure 16: Out put voltage of System 2
Figure 17: Combined 3-Phase Volatge after Transmission
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
373
Figure 18: Interconnected 3-Phase Voltage

The system presented in this study is Figure 10 also illustrates that parallel
simulated under several conditions like operation of the system continues without
different input voltages and different load any interruption, even input voltages of
sharing ratios. Some of the simulation the converters have different values. The
results are given in this section. As ripple on the output voltage of the system
mentioned previously, the system is is given in Fig. 17. It has been obviously
controlled by the PI control blocks. If the seen that the ripple is quite less (1.2 V),
converters operate uncontrolled, some around 0.385 %, which is highly
serious problems may occur like considerable value. Moreover, this ripple
overshooting and instability. has been minimized by controlling the
Figure 9 illustrates waveforms of wind and converters with high switching
solar power in the case of hybrid system. frequencies without using an external
Figure 10 illustrates waveforms of wind filter.
and solar voltage. Figure 11 illustrates
waveforms of Voltage and Current of Steady State Response:
Wind System. Figure 12 illustrates
waveforms of 3 phase voltage of wind
system. Figure 13 illustrates waveforms of
Voltage and Current of PV System. Figure
14 illustrates waveforms of 3 phase
voltage of PV system. Figure 15 illustrates
waveforms of voltage in the case of hybrid
system for system 1. Figure 16 illustrates
waveforms of voltage in the case of hybrid
system for system 2. Figure 17 illustrates
waveforms of voltage in the case of
interconnected system. Figure 18
illustrates waveforms of 3 phase voltage in
the case of interconnected system.
Voltage and current signals when the
converters operate uncontrolled. Also,
parallel connection operation is achieved
in a very short time, around 0.3 s, which
means that the system has a fast response
time. In the study, another test is carried
out to observe the system response against
the load variations after the system is
passed to steady state conditions. The
system response against the load
variations is illustrated in Fig. 18 when the
load is shared equally. As depicted on the
figure, the load value is 100 ohm between
0 s and 1 s.
The presented load sharing system has
been also tested for different sharing
ratios. This situation can be observed in
Fig. 10, where the wind system feeds the
load with 70 % load ratio, and the PV
system feeds it with 30 % load ratio.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
374
sharing techniques in order to ensure power

flow control among the energy sources. The
system presented is also tested against the
instant load variations on the output side.
Negative effects of the load variations are
eliminated in a very short time and load
sharing operation is maintained
successfully under new load conditions.
The system performance can satisfy the
user in all perspectives. It could regulate the
output power properly while its transients
were damped very quickly.
Reference:
1. Radhey Shyam Meena, Dr. Nitin
Gupta, Prof. D. K. Palwaliya, Dr. A. K.
Sharma "Integration of Solar Parks:
Global Impact of Intermittent RE
Figure 19: Bode Nichols and Pole Zero Generation" International Journal of
Charstrstics for the System Research and Innovation in Social
Figure 19 explain the Bode Nichols and Science -IJRISS vol.1 issue 4, pp.07-
Pole Zero Charstrstics for the System 15 2017
2. Radhey Shyam Meena, Dilip Nigam,
Conclusion: Dr. A. K. Tripathi, "Journey Towards
In this study, an effective parallel Sustainable Growth with Energy
connection model for interconnected hybrid Security and Global Tracking
network has been developed to use it in Framework: Case of Hybrid Project"
multi-input energy systems. Firstly, the Conference on Metering India 2017
system is modelled and mathematically towards smart and sustainable utilities
analysed. Once the converter is organized by IEEMA India with IEC,
mathematically modelled, it is then MNRE & MoP, 06-07 April 2017
simulated in MATLAB/Simulink in order (Published Paper no. 41 of
to test the mathematical model and to proceeding).
define the required circuit parameters. 3. Radhey Shyam Meena, Bharat Dubey,
Then, a model for parallel connection Dr. Nitin Gupta, Dr. D K Sambariya, A
operation is also developed and simulated S Parira, M K Lodha, ’’ Performance
in MATLAB/Simulink. According to and feasibility analysis of integrated
simulation results, it has been observed that hybrid system for remote isolated
ripples on the output voltage of the communities’’ IEEE Publication, 2016
converters are considerably minimized. IEEE International Conference on
Furthermore, parallel operation of the Electrical Power and Energy Systems,
system has been maintained without any ISBN 978-1-5090-2476- 6/16/$31.00
interruption, even though the energy ©2016 IEEE, December 2016.
sources have different input voltages. 4. Radhey Shyam Meena, Dilip Nigam,
Transient state analysis of the system is also Dr. Nitin Gupta, M K Lodha ‘’Control
realized and it is observed that the system Strategy of a Stand-Alone Hybrid
reaches to steady state conditions in a very Renewable Energy System for Rural
short time. In the system presented, load Home Application’’ IEEE Publication,
sharing operation among the converters is 2016 IEEE Seventh India International
carried out by realizing the active current Conference on Power Electronics
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
375
(IICPE 2016), ISBN 978-1-5090- electronics and applications (ICIEA),

4530-3/16/$31.00 ©2016 IEEE, 2014, pp 569–574.
November 2016. 11. T. Niknam, F. Golestaneh, and A.
5. Radhey Shyam Meena, "Sustainable Malekpour, “Probabilistic energy and
Development of Remote Isolated operation management of a microgrid
Communities Using Integrated Hybrid containing wind/photovoltaic/fuel cell
System: A New Generation of generation and energy storage devices
Renewable Energy'' Akshaya Urja, based on point estimate method and
Magazine of Ministry of New & self-adaptive gravitational search
Renewable Energy, Volume 10 Issue algorithm” Energy, 43, 427-437 (2012)
2, pp 42-45, October 2016. DOI: 10.1016/j.energy.2012.03.064
6. Radhey Shyam Meena, Deepa Sharma, 12. D. Xiang, L. Ran, J. Bumby, P. Tavner,
Dr. D. K. Birla,”PV-Wind Hybrid and S. Yang, “Coordinated control of
System with Fuel Cell & Electrolyzer”, an hvdc link and doubly fed induction
International Journal of Engineering generators in a large offshore wind
Research ISSN: 2347-5013 Volume farm,” Power Delivery, IEEE
No.4, Issue No.12, pp: 673-679, 01 Transactions on, vol. 21, no. 1, pp. 463
Dec. 2015. – 471, January 2006.
7. Radhey Shyam Meena, M K Lodha, 13. S. Bozhko, G. Asher, R. Li, J. Clare,
“Modeling and Simulation of Voltage and L. Yao, “Large offshore dfigbased
Source Converter in High Voltage Dc wind farm with line-commutated hvdc
System" International Journal of connection to the main grid:
Multidisciplinary Research and Engineering studies,” Energy
Modern Education, ISSN (Online): Conversion, IEEE Transactions on,
2454 - 6119 Volume I, Issue II, 2015, p vol. 23, no. 1, pp. 119 –127, March
p 166-171, 2015. 2008.
8. Radhey Shyam Meena, M K Lodha, 14. N. Kirby, L. Xu, M. Luckett, and W.
"Analysis of Integrated Hybrid VSC Siepmann, “Hvdc transmission for
Based Multi-Terminal DC System large offshore wind farms,” Power
Using Control Strategy", International Engineering Journal, vol. 16, no. 3, pp.
Journal of Advanced Research in 135 –141, June 2002.
Electrical, Electronics and 15. Y. H. L. J. Arrillaga and N. R. Watson,
Instrumentation Engineering. ISSN Flexible power transmission: the
(Print): 2320 – 3765 ISSN (Online): HVDC options. John Wiley & Sons,
2278 – 8875 Vol. 4, Issue 12, pp-9823- 2007.
9830, December 2015. 16. L. Xu, L. Yao, and C. Sasse, “Grid
9. IEEE Industrial and Commercial integration of large dfig-based wind
Power Systems Department Working farms using vsc transmission,” Power
Group Report of the Protection Systems, IEEE Transactions on, vol.
Committee, “Application 22, no. 3, pp. 976 –984, August 2007.
Considerations of Static Over current 17. L. Xu and B. R. Andersen, “Grid
Relays: A Working Group Report” connection of large offshore wind
IEEE Trans. Industry Applications., farms using hvdc,” Wind Energy., no.
Vol. 33, pp.1493 - 1499. 4. BIBLIOGRAPHY 85
10. Wang P, Xiao J, Setyawan L, Jin C, 18. X. Koutiva, T. Vrionis, N. Vovos, and
Hoong CF (2014) Hierarchical control G. Giannakopoulos, “Optimal
of active hybrid energy storage system integration of an offshore wind farm to
(HESS) in DC microgrids. In: 2014 a weak ac grid,” Power Delivery, IEEE
IEEE 9th conference on industrial Transactions on, vol. 21, no. 2, pp. 987
– 994, April 2006.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
376
19. W. Lu and B. T. Ooi, “Multi-terminal Transactions on, vol. 18, no. 1, pp. 201
lvdc system for optimal acquisition of – 206, January 2003.
power in wind-farm using induction 21. L. Jiao, G. Joos, C. Abbey, F. Zhou, and
generators,” in Power Electronics B.-T. Ooi, “Multi-terminal dc (mtdc)
Specialists Conference, 2001. PESC. system for wind farms powered by
2001 IEEE 32nd Annual, vol. 1, 2001, doubly-fed induction generators
pp. 210 –215 vol. 1. (dfigs),” in Power Electronics
20. W. Lu and B.-T. Ooi, “Optimal Specialists Conference, 2004. PESC
acquisition and aggregation of offshore 04. 2004 IEEE 35th Annual, vol. 2,
wind power by multiterminal voltage- June 2004, pp. 1413 – 1418 Vol.2.
source hvdc,” Power Delivery, IEEE
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
377
Mitigation of Inrush Current in Power Transformer using Prefluxing

Technique
Avinash Yadav, Jyoti Kant Sharma, Shivani Johari, Mukesh Lodha
Sri Balaji College of Engineering & Technology, Jaipur (Rajasthan)
Swati Agariya
National Institute of Solar Energy, Gurugram, India 122005
Poonam Meena
DMRIPC Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi (India)
Email: rspunam2016@gmail.com
Corresponding Author: aviyadava@gmail.com , swati.agariya12april@gmail.com
Abstract:
Transformer is the most expensive component in power system. So this is very necessary to provide
sufficient protection for that component. There are many problems which may occur in transformer
like over current, overvoltage etc because of faults which can damage the transformer. Damage in
transformer can create a serious problem in transmission or distribution of system. Three phase
transformer produces severe starting current which is called inrush current. This inrush current
induces harmonics which is high in magnitude and generate at the time of re energisation of
transformer and it is 2 to 5 times greater than rated current. This current generates several problems
like mal operation of relays, damaging the windings and core of transformers. In this paper a
technique to mitigate inrush current in three phase transformer which involves injecting some amount
of DC flux in the primary of transformer has been proposed, this process is known as prefluxing.
After setting the initial fluxes of the transformer it is energized by conventional controlled switching.
To verify the effectiveness of the proposed prefluxing method and to mitigate inrush current for
transformer, a MATLAB®/simulation model is designed and developed.
Keywords: Inrush Current, Transformer, Prefluxing, MATLAB®/Simulink
to the magneto motive force (mmf) in the
1. INTRODUCTION core and the mmf is proportional to winding
Nonlinear properties of circuit elements can current, the current waveform will be in-
be a potential source of abnormalities. phase with the flux waveform, and both will
Transformer magnetizing inrush current is be lagging the voltage waveform by 90º. In
an example. When a transformer is initially an ideal transformer the magnetizing current
connected to a source of AC voltage, there would rise to approximately twice its normal
may be a substantial surge of current through peak value as well generating the necessary
the primary winding called inrush current. mmf to create this higher-than-normal flux.
This is analogous to the inrush current However, most transformers aren’t designed
exhibited by an electric motor that is started with enough of margin between normal flux
up by sudden connection to a power source, peaks and the saturation limits to avoid
although transformer inrush is caused by a saturating in a condition like this and so the
different phenomenon. core will almost certainly saturate during
We know that the rate of change of this first half-cycle of voltage. During
instantaneous flux in a transformer core is saturation disproportionate amounts of mmf
proportional to the instantaneous voltage are needed to generate magnetic flux. This
drop across the primary winding or as stated means that winding current which creates
before, the voltage waveform is the the mmf to cause flux in the core will
derivative of the flux waveform, and the flux disproportionately rise to a value easily
waveform is the integral of the voltage exceeding twice its normal peak. This is the
waveform. In a continuously-operating mechanism causing inrush current in a
transformer, these two waveforms are phase- transformer primary winding when
shifted by 90º. Since flux (Φ) is proportional connected to an AC voltage source. As the
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
378
magnitude of the inrush current strongly as a method to mitigate inrush current in a

depends on the exact time that electrical single phase transformer by making a
connection to the source is made. If the transformer model considering saturation
transformer happens to have some residual characteristics of magnetic core and an
magnetism in its core at the moment of inevitable residual flux. They also
connection to the source, the inrush could be introduced the concept of core flux
even more severe. Because of this equalization which means equalization of
transformer over current protection devices flux in all the three limbs of transformer core
are usually of “slow-acting” variety so as to when one of the phases is energized. They
tolerate current surges such as this without calculated the inrush in their model for
opening the circuit. simultaneous closing, rapid closing and
The inrush phenomenon was known to delayed closing of circuit breakers [4].
people from years when the transient Ramsis S. Girgis et. Al. describe the
behavior of RL circuits was studied. The characteristic of inrush current of present
studies related to magnetic materials, BH design of power transformers. They says that
curves, saturation, etc. enabled scientists to Accurate calculation of peak and % 2nd
understand the concept in a better way. harmonic of inrush current is critical to
Gaowa Wuyun et. al. in this paper, appropriate selection of relay protection of a
introduces the residual flux of transformer power transformer. A description is given of
ferromagnetic-core which is not random a rigorous calculation of magnitude and
when it enters into Power System without wave-shape of inrush current as a function of
load form last cutting off. Firstly, the the transformer design parameters as well as
relationship between residual fluxes and the parameters of the system to which the
last exciting current was discussed, then transformer is connected [5] Hongkui Li. et.
hysteresis loop was divided into three al. shown the analysis of three phase power
antisymmetric sections according to transformer winding forces caused by
reversibility of magnetic domains Methods magnetic inrush and short circuit currents.
were proposed to calculate residual flux These forces are compared with the
approximately section by section based on corresponding forces due to short-circuit of
the principle of similar-shape and the windings. Three-dimensional finite
ferromagnetic characters [1]. Scientists element computation of three-phase power
started modeling of inrush current by transformer is carried out based on the
constructing a low frequency model of maximum permissible magnetic inrush
transformer. A.M. Miri, et. al. Modeled a current value where its amplitude is the same
100 MVA transformer and obtained inrush as the rated short-circuit current. To verify
current in all the three phases [2]. Kunal J the computation results, they are compared
Patel discuss the effects of inrush current in with those obtained using Ansys software
transformers they describe the fundamental simulation [6]. Salman Kahrobaee et. al.
theory and relevant laws of the transformer worked on the investigation and mitigation
and inrush current. A number of factors of inrush current in power transformer
affecting inrush current are discussed. The during black start of an independent power
inrush current theory and their equation are producer plant, energy and power
derived. The effects of inrush current are engineering. They describe that when a
described in brief. The Matlab Sim-Power transformer is energized by the utility, a
system is used for the simulation. The typical inrush current could be as high as ten
simulation results compared with each other times its rated current. This could cause
and also data available from actual same size many problems from mechanical stress on
transformer. Finally six solutions to inrush transformer windings to harmonics injection
current mitigation techniques with a and system protection malfunction. There
practical low cost answer are provided [3]. have been numerous researches focusing on
John H. Brunk ahnd Klaus J. Frohlich calculation and mitigation of the transformer
theoretically proposed controlled switching inrush current. With the development of
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
379
smart grid, distributed generation from exceed the peak current. The main reason to
independent power pro-ducers (IPPs) is generate the inrush current is flux. When a
growing rapidly. They simulate the electrical equipment is de energized, some
simulation model in DIgSILENT Power flux remain in the core or air gap of the
Factory software [7]. Mukesh Nagpal et. al. equipment and when again energized the
proposed a technique to mitigate inrush same equipment, the flux trying to reach
current of start transformer by introducing a beyond the maximum value of 2Φmax, it
neutral resistor. They simulated results for becomes constant but current is always
both, simultaneous closing and delayed proportional to flux so the current increased
closing of circuit breakers [8]. Juei Shyu et. gradually and reaches 5 to 10 times greater
al. proposed a model to reduce inrush than full load current of equipment [6].
current of a single-phase transformer by When transformer energized, several
using voltage series compensation. he used currents flows in transformer which are
voltage sag caused by switching to control shown in figure 2. Current 1 is peak current,
the voltage of a compensator [9]. In [10-17] current 2 is large pulse width current and
several worked on sequential energisation of current 3 is mal functioning current. Peak
three phase transformers along with a neutral current is the current which is maximum
resistor. They made a steady state analysis of value of current either positive or negative
transformer with neutral resistor and plotted direction of the transformer. Large pulse
the inrush peak for its different values. They width current has large value of width in
also formulated optimal neutral resistor for each steps of sinusoidal wave. Mal function
mitigation of inrush current. current is generated by inrush phenomena. It
can also call as false function current.
2. PROBLEM FORMULATION
The inrush current has already been
described in Chapter 1. This inrush current is
very harmful for transformers. It can burn
the transformer winding due to heating up of
winding. When the transformers starts, high
magnitude harmonics rich current generated
in the transformer, this high current
generated due to high flux in air gap in
transformers. This high current heating up
the winding and the dangerous situation can Figure 2: Inrush current waveforms [6]
be created in the transformers [5].
Figure 1: Current waveform

Figure 1 shows a general waveform with
inrush current magnitude, peak current and
steady state current. At the time of starting
of electrical equipment large current get Figure 3: Flow chart to differentiate the
generated in the equipment and it is tries to inrush current
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
380
Figure 3 shown the flow chart of inductance between the energizing winding
differentiate inrush current. As the and the core, geometry of the transformer
transformer re energized, current will flow in core and the maximum flux carrying
the primary core of transformer. The value capability of the core material. From past
of current (magnitude and phase ) is years many techniques have used to mitigate
measured by current transformer , which inrush current for example point on wave
discriminate between normal current and switching, pre insertion of resistance in
fault current. In next step, preset value primary of transformer, injection of voltage
compare the current with calculated value in tertiary winding etc.
and 1st and 2nd harmonics are also calculated
in the calculated current. If 1st and 2nd 4. MITIGATION OF INRUSH
harmonics are present with large value in the CURRENT IN THREE PHASE POWER
current, it shows that inrush current is TRANSFORMER USING
present and if both harmonics absent which PREFLUXING
means there are internal or external faults are A MATLAB Simulink model has prepared
present in the transformer. Both, the for simulation study. Here three phase power
magnitude and presence of harmonics are transformers having a rating of 250 MVA,
decide about the next step to protect the 11/400 KV, 50 Hz, connected to a supply
transformer. If there is inrush current or source as shown in Figure 4. This model
external fault present, the transformer do not used prefluxing technique to mitigate inrush
trip but if there is internal fault present, the current and harmonics. Current and flux
transformer will trip immediately. For the measurement devices are connected whose
next samples, this process repeat again and results are also shown in next section. The
again. core is used with specific initial fluxes and
saturation limit. Some amount of flux
3. REDUCTION TECHNIQUES provides in each phase to get the value of
There are many methods to mitigate inrush inrush current. When the power transformer
current like injection of resistor in system, energized, the flux of all three phases will
injection of voltage by Pulse Width increase and reach till the maximum value of
Modulation, Point on Wave switching flux. And after that maximum value of flux
(POW). This Chapter describes a new will become saturated and drawn more
method to mitigate inrush current which inrush current from source, which may be 5
called prefluxing and modeling to mitigate to 10 time greater than rated current. The
inrush current with using prefluxing. A filter main reason of saturation of flux is due to
is also used in prefluxing device to control residual. Residual flux is nothing but it is
the harmonics in power transformer. The some amount of flux which remains in the
prefluxing technique is the combination of core at the time of de energisation of
POW prefluxing device and filters. In recent transformer. Residual flux is depending on
years, various protection systems for the rating of power transformer and at the
transformers based on the differential instant on which transformer is
relaying were developed. Various deenergizing. It will have different value for
techniques based on complex circuit or different rating transformer. MATLAB
microcomputers are proposed to distinguish Simulink model shown in figure.
inrush current fault current. However, the
transformer still must bear with large 5. SIMULATION RESULTS
electromagnetic stress impact caused but the Prefluxing technique is used to reduce the
inrush current. The main factors affecting effect of inrush current and harmonics till
the magnetizing inrush current are POW 99%. The prefluxing technique discussed in
voltage at the instant of energization, Chapter 4 and the result of transformer after
magnitude and polarity of residual flux. using prefluxing is shown under:
Total resistance of the primary winding, Mitigated Current: Figure shows the
power source inductance, air core current after using prefluxing technique on
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
381
transformer. The inrush current goes down Flux: Flux of all three phases shown in
99 % by this technique. figure 5 (D) This flux is unsaturated flux.
Figure 5 (A) Mitigated current in phase

A. Figure 5 (D) Flux of compensated system
Figure 5 (A) shows the mitigated current in Harmonics: By using prefluxing technique
phase A. the magnitude of current is 46 Amp and filter, the harmonics eliminate from the
which is normal for transformer while system. Figure 5 (E) shows the harmonics in
without using any technique the current in phase A, phase B and phase C.
phase A was 1700 Amp.
Figure 5 (B) Mitigated current in phase Figure 5 (E1) Harmonics in phase A

B Figure 5 (E1) shows the harmonic in phase
Figure 5(B) shows the mitigated A. Total harmonic distortion (THD) in phase
current in phase B the magnitude of current A is 0.04 %, while THD without using
is 47 Amp This is normal for transformer prefluxing is 25.78%. So this technique
while without using any technique, the reduces harmonics 99 %. Fundamental
current in phase B was 1425 Amp. component as figure 5.5 is 0.07 and second
harmonic is 0.028
Figure 5 (C) Mitigated current in phase

C
Figure 5(E2) Harmonics in phase B
Figure 5.(C) shows the mitigated
Figure 5(E2) shows the harmonic in phase B.
current in phase C the magnitude of current
Total harmonic distortion (THD) in phase B
is 46 Amp This is normal for transformer
is 0.02 % while THD without using
while without using any technique the
prefluxing is 39.12 %. So this technique
current in phase C was 410 Amp.
reduces harmonics 99 %. Fundamental
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
382
component as figure 5.6 is 0.0012 and Amps by prefluxing. So the conclusion is

second harmonic is 0.014. that, prefluxing technique is not only
economic but also it is very efficient for
covering the purpose completely.
6. CONCLUSION
The main purpose of this thesis is to
mitigate the inrush current and harmonics
which is generated in three phase power
transformer. This inrush current is very
harmful for transformer. The effect and
Figure 5 (E3) Harmonics in phase C factors of inrush current on power
Figure 5(E3) shows the harmonic in transformer is also described in this thesis.
phase B. Total harmonic distortion (THD) in In this thesis, we have investigate inrush
phase B is 0.02 % while THD without using current, harmonics, voltage and flux by
prefluxing is 81.38 %. So this technique using MATLAB®/simulink model and find
reduces harmonics 99 %. Fundamental the high magnitude starting current and total
component as figure 5.7 is 0.0016 and harmonics distortion in transformer .
second harmonic is 0.013. In this thesis, we have introduce a
Table 5.1 Comparison between SSSC and new technology to reduce the inrush current
prefluxing technique to mitigate inrush and harmonics that is called prefluxing
current technology. This prefluxing is a device
Without using Using SSSC Using which is made by charged capacitor and
Phas any mitigation prefluxing converter. There are many methods to
es technique technique
Curr Harmon Curr Har Curre Har
reduce high starting current and harmonics
ent ic ent mon nt mon but all methods reduce only 70% to 80 %
ic ic starting current and harmonics but in this
research, we have reduce 95 % of starting
A 190 25.78 190 17.2 46 0.04 current and harmonics.
0 6
B 142 39.12 58 28.6 47 0.02
5 0 7. FUTURE SCOPE
C 410 81.38 60 22.6 46 0.02 The proposed prefluxing device can
7
replace filter popularly used for harmonics
mitigation. It reduces the cost of the system
As shown by table 5.1, prefluxing technique
satisfactory extent. This prefluxing device is
is far better than SSSC. Prefluxing technique
cheaper in comparison to power electronics
not only mitigates inrush current in
compensation devices like SSSC, DVR,
transformer but also it eliminates harmonics.
UPFC etc to improve stability of system.
SSSC technique can mitigates only 80
percent of inrush current while prefluxing
REFERENCES
mitigates 98 percent of inrush and
1. Gaowa Wuyun ,Po Li and Dichen Liu,
harmonics. As shown in above table, there is
“Phase Control to Eliminate Inrush Current
1900 Amps of inrush current in phase A
of Single-phase Transformer by Using
which is mitigated by SSSC till 190 Amps
Approximate Calculation of Residual flux”
while prefluxing mitigated same current till
IEEE 2006
46 Amps which is almost negligible. The
2. A.M. Miri, C Muller, C Sihler, “Modelling
same case can be shown in another two
of Power Transformers by a detailed
phases, phase B has 1425 Amps current
magnetic equivalent circuit” Researchgate
which mitigated 58 Amps by SSSC and 47
publication 228429082.
Amps by prefluxing and in phase C,
3. Kunal J Patel, “Effect of Transformer Inrush
generated 410 Amps current which is
Current” thesis, University of Southen
mitigated till 60 Amps by SSSC and 46
Queen land , PP 2539.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
383
4. John H. Brunke, Klaus J. Fröhlich, Senior 11. L.Jebaraj and N. Muralikrishnan, “DE
Member, IEEE, “Elimination of Algorithm based Comparison between Two
Transformer Inrush Currentsby Controlled Different Combinations of FACTS Devices
Switching—Part II: Theoretical under Single Line Outage Contingency
Considerations” IEEE, vol. 16, April2001. Conditions” IEEE 2012.
5. Ramsis S. Girgis, Ed G. Tenyenhuis, 12. Saidi Amara and Hadj Abdullah Hsan, “
Member, IEEE, “Characteristics of Inrush Power System Stability improvement by
Current of Present Designs of Power FACTS device: A comparison between
Transformers” IEEE, 2007. STATCOM, SSSC and UPFC” IEEE 2012.
6. Hongkui Li1, Yan Li, Xi Sun, 13. Sandeep Tripathi, R.K Tripathi, “ Voltage
DongxuLi,Youteng Jing, “Analysis of Stability Improvement in Power System
ThreePhase Power Transformer Windings using FACTS Controller: States of
Forces Caused by Magnetic Inrush and ArtsReview” IEEE2010.
ShortCircuit Currents” IEEE, Sept.2009. 14. Li Wang, Quang Son Vo, “ Power Flow
7. Salman Kahrobaee, Marcelo C. Algrain, Control and Stability Improvement of
SohrabAsgarpoor, “Investigation and Connecting an Offshore Wind Farm to a One
Mitigation of Transformer Inrush Current –Machine Infinite bus System Using a Static
during Black Start of an Independent Power Synchronous Series Compensator” IEEE
Producer Plant, Energy and Power 2013.
Engineering, 2013 15. Alex Reis, Jose C. de Oleveira, Roberto
8. Mukesh Nagpal, Terrence G. Martinich, Ali Apolonio, Herivelto S. Bronzeado, “ A
Moshref, Kip Morison, and P. Kundur, Controlled Switching methodology for
“Assessing and Limiting Impact of Transformer inrush Current Elimination:
Transformer Inrush Current on Power Theory and Expermrimental Validation”
Quality” IEEE transaction, vol. 21, April IEEE Oct2011
2006. 16. Douglas I. Taylor, Joseph D. Law, Brian K.
9. Juei Lung Shyu, “A Novel Control Strategy Johnson and Normann Fischer,
of Reduce Transformer Inrush Current by “SinglePhase Transformer Inrush Current
Series Compensation” IEEE2005 Reduction Using Prefluxing” IEEE, January
10. Abbas Ketabi, Ali Reza HadidiZavareh, 2012.
“New Method for Inrush Current Mitigation 17. V. Oiring de Castro Cezar, LL. Rouve, JL.
Using Series VoltageSource PWM Coulomb, FX. Zgainski, O. Chadebec, and
Converter for Three Phase Transformer” B. Caillault, “Elimination of inrush current
IEEE2011. using a new prefluxing method. Application
to a single phase transformer” IEEE2014
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
384
Analysis of Solar Thermal Cooling System Using TRANSOL

Khagendra Kumar Upman*, Deepak Goyal, Dhawal Vyas, Navneet Sharma B.L.Gupta*
Government Engineering College Bharatpur Rajasthan.
*Corresponding Author email: kha16gietupman@gmail.com,blgbharatpur@gmail.com
Abstract:
This paper covers the performance analysis of solar thermal cooling system for a computer
laboratory situated in Government Engineering College Bharatpur using Flat Plate Collector,
Evacuated Tube Collector and Compound Parabolic Collector. The computer lab has the floor and
roof area 198.55 m2. The peak cooling load is calculated and it is 34.94 kW, accordingly 10TR
vapor absorption cooling system was adopted. The 10 TR vapour absorption system was operated
by a field of collector area varying from 80-120 m2..The other parameters like hot storage tank, cold
storage tank, pump, cooling tower etc are used. The simulation was carried out on TRANSOL
Program for Bharatpur city situated in east of Rajasthan (INDIA). It can be conclude that solar
thermal cooling system is technically feasible because it offers good solar fraction in the range of
0.52-0.75. The primary energy savings reaches up to 52%.
Keywords—Solar Thermal System, TRANSOL, Solar Fraction, Primary Energy ,
1.Introduction
Because of global warming, increased energy motor of the compressor for producing the
need, limited resources and environmental cooling effect in the evaporator by absorbing
pollution there is dire need for development of
such technologies that can offer decrease in
energy consumption, peak electrical demand,
and energy costs without lowering the desired
level of comfort. That can also significantly
reduce the emission of CO2 because buildings
use around 50% of the total energy
consumption in developed countries. In place of
the use of electricity in conventional cooling
systems, solar thermal cooling systems use
solar heat to produce refrigerating effect. In
such systems the phenomenon of sorption: the
process by absorption liquid-gas and the
process by adsorption solid gas are utilized to
produce the refrigeration effect.
A solar electric refrigeration system consists Fig. 1 Vapour Absorption System

mainly of photovoltaic panels and an electric heat and rejecting heat to the ambient by the
refrigeration device based on vapor condenser. In the vapour absorption systems, a
compression system. Photovoltaic panels pair of substances having the strong affinity to
consist of solar cells which are basically made form a solution is utilized. Among the pair of
of semiconductor materials that convert the substances, the substance having lower boiling
incident solar radiation into direct current. This temperature is called refrigerant and the other is
direct current may be directly used to drive the called absorbent. Solar thermal collector is used
DC compressor or may be converted into AC to to supply low grade heat input in the generator.
drive the conventionally used AC compressor. Cooling is produced in the evaporator and heat
Using solar panels for refrigeration has many is rejected from the condenser and the absorber.
advantages. They are simple, compact in size, H2O-LiBr and NH3-H2O are the two major
high power to weight ratio and have no moving working pairs used in the absorption system. In
parts. In this system solar panel drive the DC the water lithium bromide pair H2O works as
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
385
the refrigerant and other is the absorbent while Therefore, total cooling load = 10.01 + 24.93 =
in the ammonia H2O pair ammonia works as the 34.94 kW.
refrigerant and water is the absorbent. 3 Modelling and Simulation
In the present work modelling and simulation of
Currently, various absorption machines with small scale solar cooling systems is carried out
COPs ranging from 0.3 to 1.2 are available. For using TRANSOL program. The program
double-effect LiBr-water chillers with COPs TRANSOL EDU 3.1 is used for the simulation
around 1.2 are available for air conditioning of a solar thermal cooling system. The
which use solar collector capable of working at simulation is carried out for a computer lab
150°C but the costs of these systems are high. used in day time only and which is considered
Less expansive collectors can be used for single to be in situated at Govt. engineering college
effect LiBr-water absorption machine. Bharatpur in India an Asian country.
The solar analyzed thermal cooling system is
2. Methodology Adopted: composed of a solar collector field (Solar
collector), hot storage tank (HST), cold storage
The whole work is divided into three phases. tank (CST) and vapour absorption chiller
First phase is related to defining a building for (VAC). Three different types of collectors are
carrying out the analysis. The building has a considered in this study flat plate, evacuated
floor area of 198.55 square meters. Parameters tube and compound parabolic. The solar
such as construction detail, occupancy, lighting collector captures the energy from the sun and
load, ventilation, infiltration are defined as per supplies energy to a hot storage tank through an
utilization of existing building of computer lab external heat exchanger.
situated at Govt. engineering college Bharatpur. A 35 kW capacity vapour absorption chiller
The cooling load of the building is determined (VAC) is selected which have the COP 0.7 and
by using calculation for sensible cooling load pump power consumption of 210W. A cooling
and latent cooling load. Details of heat gain, with tower of 90 kW capacities is selected because
respect to source, such as wall conduction, the generator capacity of VAC is 50 kW and
reflection, direct solar heat gain etc are taken. heat rejection in the condenser is 90 kW.
In the second phase according to the cooling load A hot storage tank of 5000 litres and a cold
of the building the component sizing for solar storage tank of 1000 litres are used. The wide
thermal cooling system is carried out. The variance of collector area 80-120 m2 is taken
building simulation of solar thermal cooling with an interval of 10 m2.
system is done in the program TRANSOL 3.1 Two pumps are used in the solar collector loop,
(software for simulating thermal solar cooling one is to circulate hot working fluid from solar
systems) by taking suitable component and their collector to heat exchanger, and another to
size. Based on the results given by the circulate fluid between heat exchanger and hot
program’s key parameters, solar fraction, storage tank. These pumps (P1, P2) are known
primary energy savings, electrical (Grid) COP as primary and secondary pump respectively
and paybacks are calculated for solar thermal and operated by control strategy depending on
cooling systems. Finally in the last phase solar radiation intensity. The flow rate of pump
conclusion is made on the behalf of paybacks is constant. The system stops the pumps if the
whether the system was adopted for the existing temperature in the hot storage tank exceeds the
building or not. maximum security value.
Laboratory is scheduled from 9 AM to 6 PM A vapour absorption machine (VAM) is directly
from Monday to Saturday and Sunday is connected to the hot storage tank, this machine
holiday. is turned on when cooling is required and the
temperature of the solar tank is over a set point
Total room sensible heat = 1.115 x total temperature. The heat coming from the
sensible heat gain from all sources = 24.93 kW absorber and condenser is released by cooling
Total room latent heat = 1.06 x total latent heat tower controlled by a variable frequency drive
gain from all sources = 10.01 kW that increases energy efficiency and reduces
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
386
electrical energy consumption. The cold water

coming out from the evaporator of vapour
absorption machine is stored in the cold storage Fig. 7 shows that comparison of solar fraction
tank (CST). for different three types of collector i.e
An electrical operated compression cooling FPC/ETC/CPC and shows that the using CPC
machine is used as a backup in order to cover solar fraction is highest.
complete cooling demand of the building. This
compression based cooling machine is operated
only when the cooling demand is in building
and the temperature of the cold storage tank is
below than the specified set point temperature.
Fig. 4 Solar Fraction for FPC
Fig. 2 Solar Thermal Cooling System

4. Simulation Results:
In this paper we have analyzed and compared
performance of solar thermal cooling system
using 3 types of solar collector. These collectors
are: Flat plate collector (FPC), Evacuated tube
collector (ETC) and Compound parabolic
collector (CPC). Simulation is performed to
find out some performance metrics like Annual
net collector efficiency, solar fraction and Fig. 5 Solar Fraction for ETC
Specific net collector output for each collector.
Simulation results are as follows:
Fig. 3 Net Collector Efficiency for FPC Fig. 6 Solar Fraction for CPC
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
387
This study covers the performance analysis of

solar thermal cooling system for a computer lab
situated in government engineering college
Bharatpur using FPC, ETC and CPC. The
computer lab has the area 198.55 m2 .The peak
cooling load is 34.94 kW accordingly 10TR
vapour absorption cooling system was adopted.
The 10 TR vapour absorption system was
operated by a field of collector area varying
from 80-120 m2.. The solar fraction is highest
for the CPC type collector and lowest for the
FPC. The highest solar fraction has been
observed as 0.63, 0.72, 0.73 for FPC/ETC/CPC
for the collector area range in 80-120 m2. At
Fig. 7 Comparison of Solar fraction for each high collector area the collected heat is
collector increased in all the type of collector but in the
case of ETC and CPC the heat losses also
5. Conclusion: increase.
absorption cooling system in a Greek
Referances: hospital” Energy and Building, Vol.42,
1. ASHRAE, Handbook of fundamentals, pp. 265-272.
1997,2009. 7. Gupta, B.L., 2015. “Technoeconomic
2. Climatech Aircon Engineering Pvt. Ltd. comparision of small scale solar thermal
Jaipur Jaipur. 2014 “Quotation for and photovoltaic cooling system” Ph.D
supplying the packaged air conditioner thesis MNIT Jaipur.
and pumps” at Government Engineering 8. Henning H.M. 2007 “Solar assisted air
College Bharatpur (Raj.) India. conditioning of buildings – an overview”
3. Duffie J.A., Backman W.A. 2006 “Solar Applied Thermal Engineering, Vol. 27,
engineering of thermal process” Third pp. 1734–1749.
edition Published by John Wiley & Sons 9. Kim D.S., Infante Ferreira C.A. 2008
Inc, Hobokan New Jersey. “Solar refrigeration options – a state-of-
4. Eicker U., Colmenar-Santos A., Teran L., the-art review” International Journal of
Cotrado M. 2014 “Economic evaluation Refrigeration Vol. 31, pp. 3–15.
of solar thermal and photovoltaic cooling 10. TRANSOL
systems through simulation in different http://aiguasol.coop/en/transol-solar-
climatic conditions: An analysis in three thermal-energy software.
different cities in Europe” Energy and 11. Tsoutsos T., Aloumpi E., Gkouskos Z.,
Buildings, Vol. 70, pp. 207-223. Karagiorgas M. 2010 “Design of a solar
5. TRANSOL absorption cooling system in a Greek
http://aiguasol.coop/en/transol-solar- hospital” Energy and Building, Vol.42,
thermal-energy software. pp. 265-272.
6. Tsoutsos T., Aloumpi E., Gkouskos Z.,
Karagiorgas M. 2010 “Design of a solar
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
388
Analysis and Modeling of AC-DC Buck Converter Using PFC Control

Technique
Gaurav Vijay1,*, D.K.Palwalia2
Department of Electrical Engineering, Rajasthan Technical University Kota, India
Corresponding Author: gvijay.mtech@rtu.ac.in
Abstract
This paper presents non-isolated single-phase AC-DC buck converter which are used for
improving power quality at AC mains input source which improves power factor. The AC-DC
converters convert to regulate supply process which injects harmonics distortion and waveform at
input AC source. This AC-DC buck converter are used with PFC based technique. This technique
reduces the input current harmonics and improves power quality. The main objective of this paper is
to obtain a unity power factor and a constant DC output voltage. Here, a source conditioning based
design of these converter is demonstrated and a comparison of with and without source conditioning
based converter is shown. The operation and simulation results obtained by the proposed source
conditioning scheme, with the help of MATLAB/Simulink that verifies the design.
Keywords—Buck Converter; Proportional Integral(PI); Without PFC Technique; With PFC
Technique.
I. INTRODUCTION efficiently from one level to another. These

Now a day, it is generally the AC-DC converters required because unlike AC, DC
converters are widely used in low power cannot be simply stepped up or down using a
applications. The power electronics application transformer. In many ways, a DC-DC converter
is to convert the electric power available from a is the DC equivalent of a transformer. These
power source into the form which is best suited converters are widely applicable in different
for user loads. Some types of power converters areas like, where 24V to be stepped down from
are required to interface between power source a truck battery to 12V DC to operate a radio,
and load to achieve this objective. Hence, the transceiver or mobile phone. The DC-DC
converters may be AC-DC, DC-DC, AC-AC, converter includes various topologies such as
DC-AC [1], with or without transformer Buck converter, Boost converter, Buck-
isolation depending on the load. The Boost[5] and Cuk converter. To improve the
conventional power factor correction(PFC) power factor in the buck converter topology.
converters can achieve close to unity power There are two types of PFC methods as passive
factor, low total harmonic distortion(THD) and method and active method. The active PFC
constant output voltage. method is used recently in most of the electronic
In this block diagram single phase AC components. Power conditioning techniques
source is feed to the diode bridge rectifier. It is like PFC and harmonic filtration is used to
convert AC power into DC power but it is reduce in the circuit THD[6].
unregulated power. This unregulated power is The AC-DC buck converter is probable by
to convert regulated DC power by using control using typically diode bridge rectifier(DBR)
DC-DC converter[2-4]. circuit[7-9]. The use of diode rises the
Single Phase Uncontrolled Filter DC-DC nonlinearity of the system as the diode is
AC Source Diode Capacitor Converter Load
Rectifier DC DC
considered as nonlinear load. Non-linear loads
DC
(unregulated) (unregulated) (regulated)
generally do not cause reactive power to flow at
the fundamental line frequency. They can,
Controller
however, draw higher RMS currents and hence
Fig. 1. Block diagram of AC-DC Converter add to distribution system losses for a given
load. The non-linear nature of these loads then
DC-DC converters are the electronic draws non-pure sine wave currents thus causing
devices used to change DC electrical voltage harmonics of the fundamental current to be
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
389
present. Since harmonic distortion is caused by freewheeling diode. The switching network
nonlinear elements connected to the power made up of the transistor and the diode ‘chops’
system, any device that has non-linear the DC input voltage VDC and therefore the
characteristics will cause harmonic distortion. converter is known as ‘chopper’, which
The power quality issue will increase[10-12]. produces a decrease average output voltage.
This converter is used to convert the input The switching frequency fs = and the duty
side AC supply to a regulated DC output. This
cycle is –
converter produces supply pollution and makes
source current nonlinear as, the source current 𝐷= = = 𝑓𝑡 (1)
( )
in this converter infects the input current S L
harmonics, ripple and THD[13-15]. The rapid
increase in deployment of such converter
expressively increase the problem. In order to
+
achieve the conversion of AC-DC, two stages VDC
C RL +
are used. First stage is a DBR which provide DM
- Vo
AC-DC conversion and the second is a DC-DC -
converter[16-18]. This complete system
through its operation gives desired output but
along with that, the input side line current
harmonics, ripple and THD are high.
In these source current harmonics, ripple is Fig. 2. Equivalent Circuit for PWM buck
condensed by PFC control technique[19-22]. Converter
This control technique requires two control B. Design Oriented Analysis of Buck Converter
loops which are essential with the outer loop The calculation of buck converter where
named as voltage loop controller and inner loop V DC = 24V, Vo = 12V, Io = 0.8616A, RL = 13.9𝛺,
is PWM current loop controller. Some other ripple voltage Vr (1% of Vo) = 0.12V, ripple
word control technique is used to control current ∆iL = 1.72A, switching frequency fs =
inductor current include peak current control, 100kHz. and the other parameter is listed Table
average current control, hysteresis control and I is given as follows –
border line control[23-26]. Normally, direct
current output voltage of the converters in the Duty ratio:
system output is used as feedback loop as outer 𝐷= (2)
closed loop control and different control Output power:
systems such as proportional-integral 𝑃 =𝑉 𝐼 (3)
controller, proportional-integral-derivative Inductor L:
( )
controller, sliding-mode-control are providing 𝐿= (4)
to fast dynamic response[27-30]. Capacitor C:
II. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
A. Analysis of PWM Buck Converter
C= (5)
A buck converter is a step-down converter Ripple Current ∆iL:
( )
where the output DC voltage which is lower ∆𝑖 = (6)
than the input voltage. It has the advantages of ESR rC:
simplicity and low cost. A PWM DC-DC buck 𝑟 = (7)
converter is a combination of diode, inductor ∆
and MOSFET switch. Here MOSFET works as TABLE I. PARAMETER FOR BUCK CONVERTER
TOPOLOGY
a switch and it’s on and off control depends on
PWM signal. Filtering capacitor with equivalent Parameter Values
series resistance(ESR) is also required to the Input Voltage VDC 24 V
output of the converter to decrease output Output Voltage VO 12 V
voltage ripple. The diode DM is known as Duty Ratio D 0.5
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
390
Parameter Values based AC-DC buck converter only one control

Input Voltage VDC 24 V loop which is voltage loop like PI controller is
Output Voltage VO 12 V required. In this PI controller the output voltage
is taken as a reference signal. This reference
Inductor L 34.75 µH signal is compared with a constant to generate
Capacitor C 35.83 µF voltage error signal, this voltage signal is feed
ESR rc 69.76 m𝛺 to PI controller and output of this controller is
Output Power PO 10.3 W compared with triangular pulse. The output
III. PROPORTIONAL-INTEGRAL CONTROL signal of relational operator is PWM signal that
STRATEGY is feed to the switch.
In order to control and regulate the output L
S
DC voltage at desired level, against input
voltage and load variation, a fast and reliable D1 D3
closed loop controller is essential to sustain the
steady as well as dynamic performance of C RL
+
Vo
DM
system. The voltage error Ve is calculated from VS -
the difference between the reference voltage V*

D4 D2
and the output DC voltage Vo as –
𝑉 = 𝑉∗ − 𝑉 (8)
+
KI  ∑ PWM
Controller
PI
Controller
Ve 
I +
Integral Gain Limited Integrator + V*o
V* Ve Fig. 4. AC-DC without PFC based Buck

+
∑ Converter
- Vo
KP
Proportional Gain
Fig. 3. Schematic of Proportional-Integral(PI)

Controller
The output DC voltage Vo is fed to error

amplifier to produce error signal Ve
proportional to the subtracted value of Vo from
reference set point value V*. The error signal Ve
is feed to PI controller.
The transfer function of PI controller is as –
𝑇𝐹(𝑠) = 𝐾 + (9)
IV. MODES OF OPERATION AND SIMULATION
RESULTS
A. Without PFC Based Buck Converter
In AC-DC buck converter without power
factor correction technique, only one control
loop is required. The single phase without PFC
based AC-DC diode bridge rectifier is shown in Fig. 5. Simulation results of input, output
Fig.4. that converts into regulated DC supply by voltage and input current waveforms without
using DC-DC buck converter. Without PFC PFC based Buck converter
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
391
Fig. 6. FFT analysis of without PFC based Buck Fig. 8. Simulation results of input, output
converter voltage and input current waveforms with PFC
based Buck converter
In order to achieve the conversion of AC-DC, a
DBR is used which provides desired DC output. In voltage loop controller the voltage error
The input line current harmonics are analyzed signal is processed through the PI controller to
using FFT tool and the total harmonic distortion get desired control signal. The voltage error
is shown in Fig. 6. The THD in input side line signal is generated by output voltage and
current is 46.71% which is quite high and power reference voltage. This PI controller signal is
factor is 0.63. product of the unit template of AC supply
B. With PFC Based Buck Converter voltage and the product signal is compared by
The single-phase AC-DC diode bridge rectifier actual DC current signal. The compared signal
with PFC based buck converter is shown in is amplified by gain and compared with
Fig.7. With PFC based AC-DC buck converter, triangular pulse and the output signal of
there are two control loops which are essential relational operator is PWM signal that is feed to
with the outer loop named as voltage loop the switch. The inner loop known as PWM
controller. current loop controller.
S L
Idc
D1 D3
+
DM C RL Vo
VS -
D4 D2
VS
Ref. I*dc  PWM
+
Current Controller
Generator
PI Ve 
Controller +
V*o
Fig. 7. AC-DC with PFC based Buck

Fig. 9. FFT analysis of with PFC based Buck
Converter
converter
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
392
International journal of engineering

The source current as shown in Fig. 8. is research and applications (IJERA), vol.
analyzed for harmonics using FFT tool. The 2, pp. 2531-2537, 2012.
FFT analysis of source current as depicted in [3] S. Singh and B. Singh, "Power quality
Fig. 9. demonstrates that the THD in case of improved PMBLDCM drive for
PFC based buck converter which is reduced to adjustable speed application with reduced
9.16%. The input voltage and current sensor buck-boost PFC converter," in
waveforms are in same phase that shows Emerging Trends in Engineering and
improved power factor is 0.98 and the Technology (ICETET), 2011 4th
comparison of with and without PFC Controller International Conference on, 2011, pp.
can be listed in Table II. 180-184, 2011.
TABLE II. COMPARISON OF WITH AND [4] K. jayaswal, D. K. Palwalia, G. jain, and
WITHOUT PFC CONTROLLER MODE P. kumar, "Design-Oriented Analysis of
Modes of Operation Non-isolated DC-DC Buck Converter,"
Paramet
Without PFC With PFC Ciência e Técnica Vitivinícola, vol. 30,
er
Controller Controller no.2, pp. 177-213, 2015.
% THD 46.71 9.16 [5] M. M. S. Khan, M. S. Arifin, M. R. T.
Power Hossain, M. A. Kabir, A. H. Abedin, and
0.63 0.98
Factor M. Choudhury, "Input switched single
V. CONCLUSION phase buck and buck-boost AC-DC
This paper describes power quality converter with improved power quality,"
improvement of AC-DC buck converter using in Electrical & Computer Engineering
PFC based technique. The power quality issue (ICECE), 2012 7th International
not only refers to the good quality of power but Conference on, 2012, pp. 189-192, 2012.
also to the input parameters which affect the [6] R. Suganya, N. Kamaraj, and M.
output of the system. To improve the source Sudalaimani, "Reduction of THD in
current characteristics, a conditioning technique Single Phase AC to DC Boost Converter
is required. Two kinds of control loop are used using PID controller," in Advanced
voltage loop control and PWM current loop Communication Control and Computing
control. The source conditioning scheme is Technologies (ICACCCT), 2014
simulated for buck converter. The simulation International Conference on, 2014, pp.
results show that, with the proposed source 147-151, 2014.
conditioning method the THD is reduced to [7] S. Singh and B. Singh, "Power quality
9.16% and this decrease in the harmonic content improvement in a PMBLDCM drive
shows that the PFC based buck converter is using a forward buck converter,"
working efficiently and also makes the input International Journal of Engineering and
voltage and current waveforms are in same Information Technology, vol. 2, pp. 7,
phase that shows power factor is improved to 2010.
0.98 which is useful to increase the efficiency of [8] L.-S. Yang and T.-J. Liang, "Analysis and
the system. design of a novel single-phase PFC AC-
DC step-up/down converter," in Applied
REFERENCES Power Electronics Conference and
[1] B. Singh, B. N. Singh, A. Chandra, K. Al- Exposition (APEC), 2011 Twenty-Sixth
Haddad, A. Pandey, and D. P. Kothari, "A Annual IEEE, 2011, pp. 1470-1474, 2011.
review of single-phase improved power [9] K. Hirachi and M. Nakaoka, "Improved
quality AC-DC converters," IEEE control strategy on single-phase buck-
Transactions on industrial electronics, type power factor correction converter,"
vol. 50, pp. 962-981, 2003. International journal of electronics, vol.
[2] I. Kour and N. Kaur, "Real Time Ripple 86, pp. 1281-1293, 1999.
Analysis of Buck DC-DC Converter,"
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
393
[10] Y. Jang and M. M. Jovanović, "Bridgeless [18] Y. Zhou and B. Wang, "A large signal
high-power-factor buck converter," IEEE dynamic model for buck-cascaded Buck-
Transactions on Power Electronics, vol. Boost converter in universal-input PFC
26, pp. 602-611, 2011. applications," in Electrical Machines and
[11] A. F. de Souza, D. C. Pereira, and F. L. Systems, 2008. ICEMS 2008.
Tofoli, "Comparison of control International Conference on, 2008, pp.
techniques used in power factor 4080-4085, 2008.
correction rectifiers," in Power [19] K. Arora, S. Katiyar, and R. Patel,
Electronics Conference and 1st Southern "Design and analysis of AC to DC
Power Electronics Conference converters for input Power Factor
(COBEP/SPEC), 2015 IEEE 13th Correction," in Applied and Theoretical
Brazilian, 2015, pp. 1-6, 2015. Computing and Communication
[12] L. Huber, L. Gang, and M. M. Jovanovic, Technology (iCATccT), 2016 2nd
"Design-oriented analysis and International Conference on, 2016, pp.
performance evaluation of buck PFC 171-176, 2016.
front end," IEEE Transactions on Power [20] J. Yang, W. Zhang, F. Al-Naemi, and X.
Electronics, vol. 25, pp. 85-94, 2010. Chen, "A high power factor rectifier
[13] R. Ramesh, U. Subathra, and M. Ananthi, based on buck converter operating in
"Single phase AC-DC power factor discontinuous inductor current mode,"
corrected converter with high frequency Energy and Power Engineering, vol. 5,
isolation using buck converter," pp. 842-849, 2013.
International Journal of Engineering [21] G. Vijay and D.K.Palwalia, "A Novel
Research and Applications, vol. 4, no. 3, Analysis and Modeling of Boost And
pp. 79-82, 2014. Buck Converter," International Journal
[14] Y. Dagur and D. M. K. Gupta, "Single of Electronics, Electrical and
Phase AC-DC Converter Employing Computational System, vol. 6, no. 3, pp.
Power Factor Correction with High 239-243, 2017.
Frequency Isolation Using Buck-Boost [22] J. Mahdavi, A. Emadi, and H. Toliyat,
PWM Converter," International Journal "Application of state space averaging
of Innovative Research in Science method to sliding mode control of PWM
Engineering and Technology, vol. 4, pp. DC/DC converters," in Industry
11, 2015. Applications Conference, 1997. Thirty-
[15] W. Wei, L. Hongpeng, J. Shigong, and X. Second IAS Annual Meeting, IAS'97.,
Dianguo, "A novel bridgeless buck-boost Conference Record of the 1997 IEEE,
PFC converter," in Power Electronics 1997, pp. 820-827, 1997.
Specialists Conference, 2008. PESC [23] S. K. Sharma, D. K. Palwalia, and V.
2008. IEEE, 2008, pp. 1304-1308, 2008. Shrivastava, "Analysis of boost converter
[16] M. Junaid and B. Singh, "Analysis and with input source power conditioning," in
design of buck-boost converter for power Power Electronics, Intelligent Control
quality improvement in high frequency and Energy Systems (ICPEICES), IEEE
on/off-line UPS system," in Power International Conference on, 2016, pp. 1-
Electronics, Drives and Energy Systems 5, 2016.
(PEDES), 2014 IEEE International [24] R. Kumawat and D. Palwalia, "A novel
Conference on, 2014, pp. 1-7, 2014. PWM control for asymmetric multilevel
[17] D. Cortés, J. Alvarez, and J. Alvarez- inverter based on half bridge module," in
Gallegos, "Feedforward and feedback Power India International Conference
robust control of the buck converter," (PIICON), 2016 IEEE 7th, Bikaner, India,
IFAC Proceedings Volumes, vol. 35, pp. 2016, pp. 1-5, 2016.
313-318, 2002. [25] D. K. Palwalia and S. P. Singh, "Digital
Signal Processor-based Controller Design
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
394
and Implementation for Self-excited

Induction Generator," Electric Power
Components and Systems, vol. 36, pp.
1130-1140, 2008.
[26] W. Li and X. He, "Review of nonisolated
high-step-up DC/DC converters in
photovoltaic grid-connected
applications," IEEE Transactions on
Industrial Electronics, vol. 58, pp. 1239-
1250, 2011.
[27] K. Matsui, I. Yamamoto, T. Kishi, M.
Hasegawa, H. Mori, and F. Ueda, "A
comparison of various buck-boost
converters and their application to PFC,"
in IECON 02 [Industrial Electronics
Society, IEEE 2002 28th Annual
Conference of the], 2002, pp. 30-36,
2002.
[28] D. D. C. Pereira, M. R. Da Silva, E. M.
Silva, and F. L. Tofoli, "Comprehensive
review of high power factor ac-dc boost
converters for PFC applications,"
International Journal of Electronics, vol.
102, pp. 1361-1381, 2015.
[29] M. H. Rashid, Power electronics:
circuits, devices, and applications: ISBN
9788131702468 Pearson Education India,
2009.
[30] S. Singh, B. Singh, G. Bhuvaneswari, and
V. Bist, "A Power Quality Improved
Bridgeless Converter-Based Computer
Power Supply," IEEE Transactions on
Industry Applications, vol. 52, pp. 4385-
4394, 2016.
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
395
Architectural and Technical Approach for Self-Sustainable Building
Kapil vyas1, Dilip Sharma2, Shivlal3
1 U.G.Student, Civil Engineering Department, GEC Banswara.
2,3 Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering Department, GEC Banswara.
3 Principal, GEC Banswara
Corresponding Author: kapil.vyas28@yahoo.com, dilip17714@gmail.com
Abstract
Growth of population and demand in energy has leaded us to create and find new ways to quench our
thirst for energy. By giving the solutions for energy demand the environment must not be on stake,
fitting in architecture and building design to create a more greener and eco-friendlier as well as
sustainable design to reduce the carbon per capita. Filling the blank new spaces created in the
sustainable architecture has opened the ideas of eco-friendly and sustainable designs to carry our
increasing demand of energy and comfort. Using sustainable architecture and technologies, and
introducing the technology that uses the renewable source of energy and not depending on fossil fuels.
Building architecture so as it can be self-sustained by its own renewable energy source.
Keywords: Renewable Energy, Self-Sustainable Building, Solar, Wind, Biomass, Architectural

Orientation.
1. Introduction conditioning. Globally building sector

Green buildings are becoming increasingly consumed largest energy and utmost
common for both residential and commercial consumed in heating, ventilation and space
structures. The high demand for green design conditioning. This load can be reduced by
integrates world consciousness for the application of solar chimney and integrated
environment and sustainability. In many cases approaches in buildings for heating, ventilation
green structures may provide a lower lifetime and space conditioning. They concluded that it
cost alternative to conventional building is a sustainable approach for these applications
methods, but has a higher sustainability future in buildings. The authors are reviewed the
if developed correctly and efficiently. concept, various method of evaluation,
Although green technology is more expensive modelings and performance of solar chimney
than traditional technologies, it has the variables, applications and integrated
potential to have a shorter payback period due approaches. Peter et al. studied in their paper
to significantly reduced utility bills. With the a conceptual framework aimed at
current economic condition, cost-effective implementing sustainability principles in the
designs will certainly drive the market building industry. The proposed framework
forward. The idea of green design is still a new based on the sustainable triple bottom line
concept. Therefore, the definition of what is, principle, includes resource conservation, cost
and what is not green has sometimes been efficiency and design for human adaptation.
confusing. Following a thorough literature review, each
principle involving strategies and methods to
2. Previous work study be applied during the life cycle of building
Shiv Lal et al. have studied that the residential projects is explained and a few case studies are
and commercial buildings demand increases presented for clarity on the methods. The
with rapidly growing population. It leads to the framework will allow design teams to have an
vertical growth of the buildings and needs appropriate balance between economic, social
proper ventilation and day-lighting. The and environmental issues, changing the way
natural air ventilation system is not construction practitioners think about the
significantly works in conventional structure, information they use when assessing building
so fans and air conditioners are mandatory to projects, thereby facilitating the sustainability
meet the proper ventilation and space of building industry. Grierson and Moultrie
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
396
worked in their research that the paradigm shift The Chicago Centre For Green Technology
for sustainable buildings requires a (CCGT), Chicago, U.S.A.
transformation of the architectural design In 1999 the Chicago Department of
process. This paper examines how Environment embarked on an ambitious
sustainability is embedded into design project known as The Chicago Centre for
methodology and mapped onto, or has Green Technology (CCGT). The Department
transformed, the design process. Interviews gathered a team of architects and engineers
with a sample of Scottish architectural and who produced the final designs and oversaw
multidisciplinary practices were undertaken the construction of a building that would serve
to explore the common approaches and as an example for companies and 7
barriers to sustainable design. Case study homeowners all over North America.An
methodology was also employed to consider amount of $5.4 million was spent renovating
exemplar buildings and the value of post- an existing two-storey, 40 000 ft2 building,
occupancy evaluation is discussed. Within the that was to be converted into a green building.
context of the global environmental The project team incorporated many of the
perspective, UK and Scottish legislation, most advanced green technologies available at
sustainable principles and blueprints, a process the time in the design of the CCGT. The idea
model is developed to provide a framework for was to design a building that would reduce the
discussion and review. The first creative step demand on natural resources and energy while
is given as an alignment of practice ethos with decreasing the production of pollution and
established architectural philosophies and waste. The building was to do this without
principles, from across the sustain ability forcing occupants to change their habits
spectrum, to move towards at ypology of drastically. The teams design focuses on four
sustain able building design. major areas: lighting, water, earth, and air. The
following is a brief summary of the
3. The concept of “green” compilation of green technologies used in
3.1 Overview of “Green Concept” in Chicago.
Building Design  Lighting
There are large amounts of materials used and Purpose: to reduce fossil fuel emissions
energy consumed during the construction and released when electricity is produced.
operation of an average building. The world’s CCGT design includes:
population has grown exponentially since the  Photovoltaic cells.
Second World War, and there is currently  Passive light designs including a
pressure on available land and natural greenhouse with heat absorbing tiles and
resources. As a society, we will eventually be skylights.
faced with the depletion of our most widely  Smart lighting, which adjusts the electrical
used source of energy, the non- renewable lights according to the available natural
fossil fuels. There are many ways in which light, thus lowering electricity
these organizations are taking steps to reduce requirements.
consumption such as developing new types of  Motion-sensitive lights that turn themselves
vehicles, energy sources, recycled materials, off when the room is empty.
and designing environmentally friendly  Water
buildings. These environmentally friendly Purpose: To reduce pollution due to storm
buildings are also known as “green” buildings. water runoff water and to reduce the demand
Example of Existing Green Building on the municipal sewer system.
To illustrate the benefits of integrating green CCGT design includes:
concepts in building design, construction and  Green roof (with succulent plant stores
operation, a few examples of green buildings water in its roots and leaves and therefore
are provided. These examples also help to does not need to be watered during drought)
answer the question “what is a green  Cisterns (holding tanks used to collect rain
building?” water)
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
397
 Disconnected downspouts (drain to soil not Leadership in Energy and Environmental
sewer) Design (LEED) rating system.
 Bio swales (ditches with water-loving This is a program defining and rating green
plants which filter pollutants) buildings. A Canadian equivalent rating
 Earth system is currently under development.
Purpose: To reduce the demand on natural It is expected to focus on the same major areas
resources provided by such as oil, wood, and that the LEED rating system does.
minerals. These areas are:
CCGT Design includes:  Sustainable Site Planning
 Promotion of alternate forms of  Safeguarding Water and Water
transportation by providing bike racks, Efficiency
showers, electrical outlets in the parking lot  Energy Efficiency and Renewable
for electric cars, and close to major bus Energy
routes.  Conservation of Materials and
 Demolition waste was recycled when Resources
possible.  Indoor Environmental Quality
 Use of recycled materials in the furnishings The LEED rating system awards points for
in the building. how a building’s design deals with specific
 Air solutions for the above-mentioned issues.
Purpose: Reduce air pollution and the need for The United States Green Building Council
heating and cooling using non-renewable (USGBC) uses the LEED checklist to rate a
resources. building. Depending on the total points
CCGT design includes: achieved for solutions related to the above
 A ground source heat pump and pipe system areas, a rating for the building is awarded as
that carries a (non-toxic) liquid similar to follows:
antifreeze through a series of looped pipes Certified 26-32 points
200 feet (61 m) below ground level. The Silver 33-38 points
liquid is used to regulate the temperature in Gold 39-51 points
the building. Platinum 52-60 points
 Highly effective insulation, including the Benefits
green roof, that lowers heating and cooling The benefits of receiving a rating from LEED
costs. Use of natural gas to heat the building include increased publicity and promotion of
 Use of local materials in the construction high quality design. The rating also gives
and operation of the building. This reduces designers’ a method of comparing new designs
pollution related to transportation and helps to old designs in order to determine their
the local economy. success.
 Use of less harmful chemical products both Drawback
for the construction and for the maintenance Application for a LEED assessment costs the
of the building. builder extra money and it does not change the
 The green roof atmospheric carbon dioxide building once it is built.
to oxygen through the natural process
(photosynthesis) of the plant life. The roof 4. Self sustainable technologies
also absorbs rainwater and thus reduces the 4.1 Smart Lighting/ Power Saving
amount of water released into the city’s Electronics
sewer system. Simplest way to reduce energy is by using
 LEED and C2000 Rating systems power saving electronics and smart lightings.
LEED Accreditation These devices are designed to turn off when
In the United States the most prominent green not in use. Smart lights contain photo sensors
building accreditation program is the that read how much natural light is entering in
the building and dim electric lights when there
is enough natural light. Sometime smart lights
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
398
are equipped with motion detection sensors so resources and do not produce greenhouse
as to automatically shut off the lights when no gases. They are an efficient, clean way to
one is in the room. The major benefit of smart produce energy. Wind turbines are relatively
lighting and power saving electronics is that low-cost. A 50-kW turbine will be enough to
they reduce energy consumption. The satisfy the daily energy need of a house.
reduction in energy implies reduced electricity
costs. 4.4 Solar Panels
4.2 Solar Water Heating Every building whether home, industry,
Solar water heating panels are a system of uses institution or commercial establishment can
glazed collectors that uses the sun's energy generate some solar power by installing PV
rather than electricity or gas to heat water. A panels on the roof top. Sometimes this can be
solar water heater uses glazed collectors that a BIPV (building integrated).
are mounted on roof and is connected to
storage tank. Fluid is pumped to the glazed
collectors where it is warmed by the solar
energy, and returned to a heat exchanger where
heat from the fluid is used to heat the water.
The water is then collected in an insulated
water storage tank so as the water can be used
when the sun is not shining. A typical system
will provide 50% to 75% of the water-heating
load. Fig. 3 : Solar Panels
4.5 Urban Bio Gas Plant

Due to scarcity of petroleum and coal it
threatens supply of fuel throughout the world
also problem of their combustion leads to
research in different corners to get access the
new sources of energy, like renewable energy
resources. Solar energy, wind energy, different
thermal and hydro sources of energy, biogas
are all renewable energy resources. But, biogas
is distinct from other renewable energies
because of its characteristics of using,
controlling and collecting organic wastes and
Fig. 1: Solar Water Heating
at the same time producing fertilizer and water
4.3 Wind Turbine
for use in agricultural irrigation. Biogas does
not have any geographical limitations nor does
it require advanced technology for producing
energy, also it is very simple to use and apply.
Deforestation is a very big problem in
developing countries like India, most of the
part depends on charcoal and fuel-wood for
fuel supply which requires cutting of forest.
Also, due to deforestation It leads to decrease
the fertility of land by soil erosion. Use of
dung, firewood as energy is also harmful for
the health of the masses due to the smoke
Fig. 2: Wind Turbine arising from them causing air pollution. We
Wind turbines are powered by the wind to need an ecofriendly substitute for energy.
produce energy. They do not use up natural Kitchen waste is organic material having the
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
399
high calorific value and nutritive value to previously researched and would also
microbes, that’s why efficiency of methane take responsibility for those
production can be increased by several orders corresponding sections of the
of magnitude as said earlier. It means higher modelling tool.
efficiency and size of reactor and cost of This personal maintenance of the basic
biogas production is reduced. Also, in most of knowledge of the systems being
cities and places, kitchen waste is disposed in analyzed helped to save time and avoid
landfill or discarded which causes the public confusion, as team members did not
health hazards and diseases like malaria, have to conduct a total handoff of
cholera, typhoid. Inadequate management of information to someone unfamiliar
wastes like uncontrolled dumping bears with the characteristics of that
several adverse consequences. It not only leads sustainable element.
to polluting surface and groundwater through The downside of this approach is that it
leachate and further promotes the breeding of kept information fragmented amongst
flies, mosquitoes, rats and other disease group members.
bearing vectors. Also, it emits unpleasant However, to address this issue and help
odour & methane which is a major greenhouse maintain a cohesive analysis and
gas contributing to global warming. Mankind report, team members adhered to a
can tackle this problem(threat) successfully consistent schedule of weekly group
with the help of methane, however till now we meetings and maintained open lines of
have not been benefited, because of ignorance communication between meetings
of basic sciences – like output of work is through the use of email and electronic
dependent on energy available for doing that databases such as Drop Box and
work. Google Docs.
References
1. Shiv Lal, S.C. Kaushik, P.K. Bhargav,
(2013), “Solar chimney: A sustainable
approach for ventilation and building
space conditioning”, International Journal
of Development and Sustainability, ISSN:
2168-8662, Volume 2 Number 1, Pages
277-297, ISDS Article ID:
IJDS12110901.
2. Peter O. Akadiri, Ezekiel A. Chinyio, Paul
Fig. 4: Urban Bio Gas Plant O. Olomolaiye (2012), “Design of A
Sustainable Building: A Conceptual
5. CONCLUSION Framework for Implementing
The motivation for this project stems from Sustainability in the Building Sector”,
recent green trends. Green technologies are Journal of Buildings, 2, 126-152, ISSN
rapidly developing and readily available. 2075-5309, doi:
Throughout each step of the design, the 10.3390/buildings2020126.
project focused on green alternatives to 3. David Grierson, Carolyn Moultrie (2011),
traditional construction practice. “Architectural Design Principles and
The goal of the project was to reveal Processes for Sustainability: Towards a
the potential that sustainable living has Typology of Sustainable Building
to become standard practice. Design”, Design Principles and Practices:
Overall, this was a very smooth An International Journal Volume - 5,
transition, as early on it was decided Number – 4, ISSN1833-1874.
that individuals would keep working 4. Gan, G. (2011), “General expressions for
with the sustainable elements they had the calculation of air flow and heat
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
400
transfer rates in tall ventilation cavities”,
Building and Environment, Vol. 46 No.
10, pp. 2069-2080.
5. Macias, M., Gaona, J.A., Luxan, J.M. and
Gomez, G. (2009), “Low cost passive
cooling system for social housing in dry
hot climate”, Energy and Buildings, Vol.
41 No. 9, pp. 915-921.
6. GRIERSON,D.2009, Towards
Sustainable Building Design, Design
Principles and Practices: An International
Journal, Volume3, Number3, 2009,
ISSN1833-1874.
7. LEED New Construction v,2,2 Reference
Guide, Third Edition, US Green Building
Council, Washington, DC 4.
8. LEED Home Reference Guide, US Green
Building Council, Washington, DC 5.
9. LEED New Construction & Major
Renovation Reference Guide, Version 2.2,
Second edition September 2006, US
Green Building Council, Washington,
DC.
10. Renewable Energy: Wikipedia.com
ISBN-978-81-932091-2-7
401
APGRES-2017 Working Committee
Mr. Ankur Kulshreshtha

Mr. Sohan Lal Swami
Mr. Rajendra Prajapati
Mr. Surya P. Meena
Mr. Daljeet Singh
Mr. Shailendra Goswami
Mr. Himanshu Swarnkar
Mr. Praful Patidar
Mr. Prateek Dixit
Mr. Rahul Gangwani
Mr. Aditya P. Dixit
Mr. Aditya Prakash Dixit
Mr. Akhil Nema
Mr. Ravi Prakash Maheshvari
Ms. Sulbha Kothari
Ms. Viveka Soni
Mr. Pradeep K. Tank
Mr. Praveen Rathore
Mr. Kishan Singh Solanki
Advances in Power
Generation from
Renewable Energy
Sources
(APGRES-2017)

Conference Proceeding of Advances in Pow

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Conference Proceeding of Advances in Pow

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

International Conference & Expo on

Government Engineering College Banswara

GOVERNMENT ENGINEERING COLLEGE BANSWARA

INNOVATIVE RESEARCH PUBLICATION

Mr. Ankur Kulshreshtha, GEC Banswara

S. No. Title Page No.

7. Review of Different Energy Resources 37-40

8. IA Review of CFD Methodology used for Solar Devices 41-45

9. Impact of RES in Distribution Systems 46-48

10. Microbial pretreated Water hyacinth as an Energy Source 49-55

11. Effect of Viscosity in Biomechanics for the Fluid: A Review 56-58

12. Thermodynamic investigation on biomass derived syngas fueled 59-63

14. Parametric study of Pump as Turbine-1: variation of speed 70-75

15. Performance Analysis of a Low Price Thermoelectric Cooler: An 76-82

19. An Assessment of Wind Power Potential in Astana: A Wind Power 102-111

27. Design Aspects of Small Scale Wind Turbines: A Review 156-161

33. State of Health Assessment of Lead Acid Cells as a Function of 187-192

35. Reactive Power Compensation using Static Synchronous Series 198-201

39. Renewable Energy Options and Possibilities to develop Banswara 215-224

55. Optimization Techniques Based Selective Harmonic Elimination 312-319

Short note for Conference

Dr. Prashant Jamwal

Cascade Utilization of Energy and Exergy for the Performance

Nomenclature quantitatively and qualitatively and thereby

where, 𝑊̇ is the exergy of electrical DNI. This is because increase in DNI as a

𝐸̇ − 𝑄̇ 1− The effect of change in turbine back pressure

Environment Temperature(0C) 270C

decreases while exergetic cooling to power

ηII (%), Cooling to Power ratio

condenser, thermodynamic performance of

the financial support provided through the

ejector refrigeration cycle. Applied Thermal

Modeling, simulation and performance analysis of monocrystalline and

1. INTRODUCTION Following equations were written in MATLAB

IPV = NPISC - NSIO{ exp (q(VPV + IPV RS)/

Fig 6:MATLAB P-I characteristics for Varying

Fig 2: Circuit diagram to analyze V-I

3.2 EXPERIMENTAL ANALYSIS

3.2.2 Effect of shading on PV Module power

3.2.3 Space Efficiency:

while for that of polycrystalline panel was 0.20

maintained by diverting excess power carrier wave of unity amplitude to generate

The reference three-phase load-side converter

currents (i∗ ,i∗ and i∗ ) are generated by

feeding the voltage error signals to the PI

Wind speed (m/s) 10

The reference three phase load side converter - v

currents are then compared with sensed load

side converter currents (i , i and i ) to

compute the load side converter current errors

−i … … … … … … … … … … … … … … . . (13) Vabc_B1 Vpu

load-side converter to maintain a constant

Fig. 7 Load Side Controller

1. T. F. Chan, and L. L. Lai, “Permanent

Effect of Heat Transfer Fluids on the Techno-Economic Performance

(Capitalcost  capitalrecoveryfactor) annualO & M cost

Figure 3: Schematic of solar thermal power plant

30 et al., 2017b; Jung et al., 2015)

180 transfer Hitec

n.d.). The monthly energy output obtained for 10.0

10.00 of Hitec heat transfer fluid is minimum (103.3

Months of the year

Solar Cells Life Cycle Assessment of heat 148. doi:10.1016/j.rser.2017.05.084

https://sam.nrel.gov/download (accessed 23. SolarPACES, 2016. NREL: